UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, DC 20549

FORM 20-F

REGISTRATION STATEMENT PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(b) OR 12(g) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
 

OR

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
 

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2018

OR

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
 

For the transition period from ____ to ____

OR

SHELL COMPANY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
 

Date of event requiring this shell company report: Not applicable
Commission file number 001-36484

 
NORDIC AMERICAN OFFSHORE LTD.
 
 
(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)
 
     
 
(Translation of Registrant's name into English)
 
     
 
BERMUDA
 
 
(Jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)
 
     
 
LOM Building
 
 
 
27 Reid Street
 
 
Hamilton HM 11
 
 
Bermuda
 
 
(Address of principal executive offices)
 
     
 
Emanuele Lauro, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
Tel No. +377-9798-5715
NAOInvestors@scorpiogroup.net
9, Boulevard Charles III Monaco 98000
 
 
(Name, Telephone, E-mail and/or Facsimile number and
Address of Company Contact Person)
 
     
 
Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
 
     

 
Title of each class
Trading Symbol(s)
Name of each exchange on which registered
 
 
Common Stock.  $0.10 par value
NAO
New York Stock Exchange
 

Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:  None

Securities for which there is a reporting obligation pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Act: None

Indicate the number of outstanding shares of each of the issuer's classes of capital or common stock as of the close of the period covered by the annual report:

As of December 31, 2018, there were 7,648,486 shares outstanding of the Registrant's common stock, $0.10 par value per share, as adjusted for our reverse stock split effective January 28, 2019.

Indicate by check mark if the Registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.

Yes
No

If this report is an annual report or transition report, indicate by check mark if the Registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

Yes
No

Note – Checking the box above will not relieve any registrant required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 from their obligations under those Sections.

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports) and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.

Yes
No

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during this preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such files).

Yes
No

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer or an emerging growth company.  See the definitions of "large accelerated filer," "accelerated filer" and "emerging growth company" in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large accelerated filer 
Non-accelerated filer
Accelerated filer 
Emerging growth company 

If an emerging growth company that prepares its financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards† provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act.    

† The term "new or revised financial accounting standard" refers to any update issued by the Financial Accounting Standards Board to its Accounting Standards Codification after April 5, 2012.

Indicate by check mark which basis of accounting the Registrant has used to prepare the financial statements included in this filing:
U.S. GAAP

International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board

Other

If "Other" has been checked in response to the previous question, indicate by check mark which financial statement item the Registrant has elected to follow.

Item 17

Item 18

If this is an annual report, indicate by check mark whether the Registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).
Yes
No

(APPLICABLE ONLY TO ISSUERS INVOLVED IN BANKRUPTCY PROCEEDINGS DURING THE PAST FIVE YEARS)

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed all documents and reports required to be filed by Sections 12, 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 subsequent to the distribution of securities under a plan confirmed by a court.
Yes
No


CAUTIONARY STATEMENT REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
Certain matters discussed herein may constitute forward-looking statements. The Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 provides safe harbor protections for forward-looking statements in order to encourage companies to provide prospective information about their business. Forward-looking statements include statements concerning plans, objectives, goals, strategies, future events or performance, and underlying assumptions and other statements, which are other than statements of historical facts.
The Company desires to take advantage of the safe harbor provisions of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 and is including this cautionary statement in connection with this safe harbor legislation. The words "believe," "anticipate," "intend," "estimate," "forecast," "project," "plan," "potential," "may," "should," "expect," "pending" and similar expressions identify forward-looking statements.
The forward-looking statements are based upon various assumptions, many of which are based, in turn, upon further assumptions, including without limitation, our management's examination of historical operating trends, data contained in our records and other data available from third parties. Although we believe that these assumptions were reasonable when made, because these assumptions are inherently subject to significant uncertainties and contingencies which are difficult or impossible to predict and are beyond our control, we cannot assure you that we will achieve or accomplish these expectations, beliefs or projections. We undertake no obligation to update any forward-looking statement, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise.
Important factors that, in our view, could cause actual results to differ materially from those discussed in the forward-looking statements include the strength of world economies and currencies, general market conditions, including fluctuations in charter rates and vessel values, changes in demand in the offshore support vessel (OSV) market, changes in charter hire rates and vessel values, demand in offshore support vessels, our operating expenses, including bunker prices, dry docking and insurance costs, governmental rules and regulations or actions taken by regulatory authorities as well as potential liability from pending or future litigation, general domestic and international political conditions, potential disruption of shipping routes due to accidents or political events, the availability of financing and refinancing, vessel breakdowns and instances of off-hire and other important factors described from time to time in the reports filed by the Company with the Securities and Exchange Commission, or the SEC.


TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page
PART I
 
1
ITEM 1.
IDENTITY OF DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND ADVISERS
1
ITEM 2.
OFFER STATISTICS AND EXPECTED TIMETABLE
1
ITEM 3.
KEY INFORMATION
1
 
A.   Selected Financial Data
1
 
B.   Capitalization and Indebtedness
2
 
C.   Reasons for the offer and use of Proceeds
2
 
D.   Risk Factors
2
ITEM 4.
INFORMATION ON THE COMPANY
15
 
A.   History and Development of the Company
15
 
B.   Business Overview
15
 
C.   Organizational Structure
25
 
D.   Property, Plants and Equipment
25
ITEM 4A
UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS
25
ITEM 5.
OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW AND PROSPECTS
25
 
A.   Operating Results
28
 
B.   Liquidity and Capital Resources
30
 
C.   Research and Development, Patents and Licenses, etc.
33
 
D.   Trend Information
33
 
E.   Off Balance Sheet Arrangements
33
 
F.   Tabular Disclosure of Contractual Obligations
34
 
G.   Safe Harbor
34
ITEM 6.
DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND EMPLOYEES
36
 
A.   Directors and Senior Management
36
 
B.   Compensation
37
 
C.   Board Practices
37
 
D.   Employees
37
 
E.   Share Ownership
37
ITEM 7.
MAJOR SHAREHOLDERS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
37
 
A.   Major Shareholders
37
 
B.   Related Party Transactions
37
 
C.   Interest of Experts and Counsel
39
ITEM 8.
FINANCIAL INFORMATION
39
 
A.   Consolidated Statements and other Financial Information
39
 
B.   Significant Changes
40
ITEM 9.
THE OFFER AND LISTING
40
ITEM 10.
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
40
 
A.   Share Capital
40
 
B.   Memorandum and Articles of Association
40
 
C.   Material Contracts
46
-i-


 
D.   Exchange Controls
46
 
E.   Taxation
47
 
F.   Dividends and Paying Agents
52
 
G.   Statement by Experts
52
 
H.   Documents on Display
52
 
I.   Subsidiary Information
52
ITEM 11.
QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK
52
ITEM 12.
DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES OTHER THAN EQUITY SECURITIES
53
PART II
 
53
ITEM 13.
DEFAULTS, DIVIDEND ARREARAGES AND DELINQUENCIES
53
ITEM 14.
MATERIAL MODIFICATIONS TO THE RIGHTS OF SECURITY HOLDERS AND USE OF PROCEEDS
53
ITEM 15.
CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES
53
 
A.   Disclosure Controls and Procedures.
53
 
B.   Management's annual report on internal control over financial reporting.
53
 
C.   Attestation report of the registered public accounting firm.
54
 
D.   Changes in internal control over financial reporting.
54
ITEM 16.
RESERVED
54
ITEM 16A.
AUDIT COMMITTEE FINANCIAL EXPERT
54
ITEM 16B.
CODE OF ETHICS
54
ITEM 16C.
PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES
54
 
A.   Audit Fees
54
 
B.   Audit-Related Fees
54
 
C.   Tax Fees
54
 
D.   All Other Fees
54
 
E.   Audit Committee's Pre-Approval Policies and Procedures
55
 
F.   Not applicable
55
ITEM 16D.
EXEMPTIONS FROM THE LISTING STANDARDS FOR AUDIT COMMITTEES
55
ITEM 16E
PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES BY THE ISSUER AND AFFILIATED PERSONS.
55
ITEM 16F.
CHANGE IN REGISTRANT'S CERTIFYING ACCOUNTANT
55
ITEM 16G.
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
55
ITEM 16H.
MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURE
55
PART III
 
55
ITEM 17.
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
55
ITEM 18.
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
55
ITEM 19.
EXHIBITS
56

-ii-

PART I
ITEM 1.   IDENTITY OF DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND ADVISERS
Not applicable
ITEM 2.   OFFER STATISTICS AND EXPECTED TIMETABLE
Not applicable
ITEM 3.   KEY INFORMATION
Throughout this annual report, all references to "Nordic American Offshore," "NAO," the "Company," "we," "our," and "us" refer to Nordic American Offshore Ltd. and its subsidiaries. Unless otherwise indicated, all references to "U.S. dollars," "USD," "dollars," "US$" and "$" in this annual report are to the lawful currency of the United States of America, references to "Norwegian Kroner" and "NOK" are to the lawful currency of Norway and references to "British Pounds" and "GBP" are to the lawful currency of the United Kingdom.
Following the one-for-ten reverse stock split effected on January 28, 2019, pursuant to which every ten common shares issued and outstanding were converted into one common share, all share and per share amounts disclosed throughout this annual report, in the table below and in our consolidated financial statements, have been retroactively updated to reflect this change in capital structure, unless otherwise indicated. Please see "Item 4. Information on the Company—A. History and Development of the Company".

A.   Selected Financial Data
The following selected historical financial information should be read in conjunction with our audited financial statements and related notes, which are included herein, together with "Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects."  The Selected Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income (Loss) data for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016 and the selected Consolidated Balance Sheet data as of December 31, 2018 and 2017 have been derived from our audited financial statements included elsewhere in this document. The Selected Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income (Loss) data for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, and the selected Consolidated Balance Sheet data for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014 have been derived from our audited financial statements not included in this Annual Report on Form 20-F.

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA
All figures in thousands of USD except share data
                             
   
Year ended December 31,
 
Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income (Loss) Data
 
2018
   
2017
   
2016
   
2015
   
2014
 
Charter Revenues
   
20,654
     
17,895
     
17,697
     
36,372
     
52,789
 
Charter Costs
   
(2,215
)
   
(1,815
)
   
(1,448
)
   
(1,523
)
   
(1,281
)
Vessel Operating Costs
   
(25,173
)
   
(20,454
)
   
(24,137
)
   
(24,580
)
   
(23,038
)
General and Administrative Costs
   
(4,757
)
   
(4,222
)
   
(4,503
)
   
(4,261
)
   
(5,815
)
Depreciation Costs
   
(17,298
)
   
(17,472
)
   
(16,152
)
   
(14,379
)
   
(11,393
)
Impairment Loss on Vessel
   
(160,080
)
   
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
 
Net Operating (Loss) Income
   
(188,869
)
   
(26,068
)
   
(28,543
)
   
(8,372
)
   
11,262
 
                                         
Interest Income
   
207
     
298
     
10
     
34
     
258
 
Interest Costs
   
(8,031
)
   
(4,880
)
   
(3,467
)
   
(1,807
)
   
(1,044
)
Other Financial (Costs) Income
   
(601
)
   
327
     
(151
)
   
(699
)
   
(2,333
)
Total Other (Costs) Income
   
(8,425
)
   
(4,255
     
3,608
)
   
(2,472
)
   
(3,119
)
Income Tax Benefit (Expense)
   
-
     
997
     
-
     
-
     
(1,212
)
Net (Loss) Income
   
(197,294
)
   
(29,326
)
   
(32,151
)
   
(10,844
)
   
6,931
 
                                         
Basic (Loss) Earnings per Share
   
(31.50
)
   
(5.33
)
   
(15.35
)
   
(4.67
)
   
3.41
 
Diluted (Loss) Earnings per Share
   
(31.50
)
   
(5.33
)
   
(15.35
)
   
(4.67
)
   
3.41
 
Cash Dividends Declared per Share
   
0.21
     
0.8
     
2.8
     
9.4
     
13.5
 
Basic Weighted Average Shares Outstanding
   
6,263,094
     
5,499,561
     
2,093,926
     
2,320,314
     
2,031,453
 
Diluted Weighted Average Shares Outstanding
   
6,263,094
     
5,499,561
     
2,093,926
     
2,320,314
     
2,031,453
 
Market Price per Common Share as of December 31,
   
4.20
     
11.99
     
27.50
     
52.60
     
124.90
 
                                         
Other Financial Data:
                                       
Net Cash (Used in)  Provided by Operating Activities
   
(21,807
)
   
(14,032
)
   
(16,262
)
   
5,987
     
17,183
 
Dividends Paid
   
(1,860
)
   
(4,933
)
   
(5,997
)
   
(21,922
)
   
(31,221
)
                                         
Selected Balance Sheet Data (at period end):
                                       
Cash and Cash Equivalents
   
8,466
     
31,506
     
2,953
     
5,339
     
46,398
 
Total Assets
   
191,074
     
387,711
     
374,854
     
336,200
     
322,421
 
Total Long-Term Debt (1)
   
132,457
     
136,552
     
136,193
     
45,833
     
-
 
Common Stock
   
764
     
647
     
234
     
234
     
234
 
Total Shareholders' Equity
   
54,065
     
248,273
     
234,196
     
280,857
     
319,230
 

(1)
The balances shown are net of unamortized deferred financing fees.  The principal balance (excluding unamortized deferred financing fees) of long term debt consists of $132,900, $137,000, $137,000 and $47,000 as of December 31, 2018, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively. As of December 31, 2014, we had no long-term debt (all numbers in thousands of U.S. dollars).
1


B.   Capitalization and Indebtedness
Not applicable.
C.   Reasons for the offer and use of Proceeds
Not applicable.
D.   Risk Factors
Some of the following risks relate principally to the industry in which we operate. Other risks relate principally to ownership of our common shares. The occurrence of any of the events described in this section could significantly and negatively affect our business, financial condition, operating results or cash available for dividends or the trading price of our common shares.
Industry Specific Risk Factors
We rely on the oil and natural gas industry, and volatile oil and natural gas activity impacts demand for our services.
Our vessels are all focused on, and used primarily in, the oil and gas business, including in the installation, maintenance and movement of oil and gas platforms. Demand for our services, as well as our operations, growth, and stability in the value of our vessels, depend on activity in offshore oil and natural gas exploration, development and production. The level of exploration, development and production activity is affected by factors such as:

·
prevailing oil and natural gas prices;

·
the ability or willingness of the Organization of Petroleum Exporting Countries, or OPEC, to control oil production levels and pricing, as well as the level of production by non-OPEC countries;

·
expectations about future prices and price volatility;

·
cost of exploring for, producing and delivering oil and natural gas;

·
sale and expiration dates of available offshore leases;

·
demand for petroleum products;

·
current availability of oil and natural gas resources;

·
rate of discovery of new oil and natural gas reserves in offshore areas;

·
local and international political, environmental and economic conditions;

·
technological advances; and

·
the ability of oil and natural gas companies to obtain leases, permits or obtain funds for capital.
The level of offshore exploration, development and production activity has historically been characterized by volatility. The oil and gas drilling industry is cyclical, and the industry is in a down cycle.  Between March 2014 and March 2019 the price of Brent crude fell from over $100 per barrel to approximately $60 per barrel, reaching a low point in January 2016 of less than $30 per barrel. In response to the decrease in prices of oil and gas, expenditures for offshore drilling decreased. The decline in exploration and development of offshore areas has resulted in a decline in demand for our offshore marine services. The lack of investment in offshore oil and gas exploration, development and production resulted in reductions in our day rates and utilization rates, and has had a material effect on our financial condition and results of operations. A prolonged period of depressed or volatile oil and gas prices could cause difficulties in finding charter parties for our vessels or achieving consistent utilization, or we may be compelled to charter out our vessels at lower rates, which may result in decreased revenues and/or profitability and result in losses due to idle vessels.
2


Risks involved with operating ocean-going vessels could affect our business and reputation, which could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition.
The operation of an ocean-going vessel carries inherent risks. These risks include the possibility of:

·
a marine disaster;

·
terrorism;

·
environmental accidents;

·
cargo and property losses or damage; and

·
business interruptions caused by mechanical failure, human error, war, terrorism, piracy, political action in various countries, labor strikes, or adverse weather conditions.
Any of these circumstances or events could increase our costs or lower our revenues. The involvement of our vessels in an oil spill or other environmental disaster may harm our reputation as a safe and reliable vessel operator.
An increase in the supply of OSVs would likely have a negative effect on charter rates for our vessels, which could reduce our earnings.
Charter rates for OSVs, such as platform supply vessels, or PSVs, anchor handling tug supply vessels, or AHTS vessels, and crew boats, depend in part on the supply of vessels. Excess vessel capacity in the industry or a particular offshore market may result from:

·
constructing new vessels;

·
moving vessels from one offshore market area to another; or

·
converting vessels formerly dedicated to services other than offshore marine services.
In the last 10 years, construction of vessels of the type we operate has increased. The addition of new capacity of various types to the worldwide offshore marine fleet is likely to increase competition in those markets where we presently operate which, in turn, could reduce day rates, utilization rates and operating margins, which would affect our financial condition and results of operations, cash flows and ability to pay dividends.
We are dependent, and expect to continue to be dependent, on spot charters and any decrease in spot charter rates may adversely affect our earnings and our ability to pay dividends.
As of the date of this annual report, we employed nine of our vessels in the spot market, exposing us to fluctuations in spot market charter rates.  The spot charter market may fluctuate significantly based upon the supply and demand for OSVs such as ours. The successful operation of our vessels in the competitive spot charter market depends on, among other things, obtaining profitable spot charters and minimizing, to the extent possible, time spent waiting for charters. The spot market is very volatile, and there have been periods when spot charter rates have declined below the operating cost of vessels. If future spot charter rates decline, we may be unable to operate our vessels trading in the spot market profitably, meet our obligations, including payments on indebtedness, or pay dividends in the future.
Our business has inherent operational risks, which may not be adequately covered by insurance.
In the event of a casualty to a vessel or other catastrophic event, we will rely on our insurance to pay the insured value of the vessel or the damages incurred.  We procure insurance for the vessels in our fleet against those risks that we believe the shipping industry commonly insures against.  This insurance includes marine hull and machinery insurance, protection and indemnity insurance, which includes pollution risks and crew liability insurance, and war risk insurance.  Currently, the amount of coverage for liability for pollution, spillage and leakage available to us on commercially reasonable terms through protection and indemnity associations and providers of excess coverage is $1 billion per vessel per such occurrence.
3


We may not be adequately insured against all risks.  We may not be able to obtain adequate insurance coverage for our fleet in the future, and we may not be able to obtain certain insurance coverages.  The insurers may not pay particular claims.  Our insurance policies may contain deductibles for which we will be responsible and limitations and exclusions which may increase our costs or lower our revenue.
We cannot assure you that we will be adequately insured against all risks or that we will be able to obtain adequate insurance coverage at reasonable rates for our vessels in the future.  For example, in the past more stringent environmental regulations have led to increased costs for, and in the future may result in the lack of availability of, insurance against risks of environmental damage or pollution.  Additionally, our insurers may refuse to pay particular claims.  Any significant loss or liability for which we are not insured could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition.
Our operating results are subject to seasonal fluctuations, which could affect our operating results.
The operation of our fleet may be subject to seasonal factors dependent upon which region of the world we are operating our vessels.  Our vessels currently operate in the North Sea and West Africa, however, if the terms and conditions for operations in other regions are more favorable, we may employ our vessels in other markets.
Operations in the North Sea are generally at their highest levels during the months from April through August and at their lowest levels from December through February primarily due to lower construction activity and harsh weather conditions affecting the movement and servicing of drilling rigs. Our operations in West Africa are generally not subject to seasonality fluctuations.
Regulations relating to ballast water discharge coming into effect during September 2019 may adversely affect our revenues and profitability.
The United Nations International Maritime Organization, or the IMO, has imposed updated guidelines for ballast water management systems specifying the maximum amount of viable organisms allowed to be discharged from a vessel's ballast water.  Depending on the date of the IOPP renewal survey, existing vessels constructed before September 8, 2017 must comply with the updated D-2 standard on or after September 8, 2019.  For most vessels, compliance with the D-2 standard will involve installing on-board systems to treat ballast water and eliminate unwanted organisms.  Ships constructed on or after September 8, 2017 are to comply with the D-2 standards on or after September 8, 2017.
All ten of our PSVs currently comply with the updated guidelines and our two AHTS vessels will be required to comply with the updated guidelines upon their first special survey occurring after September 8, 2019. The costs of compliance, and bringing the non-compliant vessels into compliance, may be substantial and may adversely affect our revenues and profitability.
If economic conditions throughout the world deteriorate or become more volatile, it could impede our operations.
Our ability to secure funding is dependent on well-functioning capital markets and on an appetite to provide funding to the shipping industry. At present, capital markets are well-functioning and funding is available for the shipping industry. However, if global economic conditions worsen or lenders for any reason decide not to provide debt financing to us, we may not be able to secure additional financing to the extent required, on acceptable terms or at all. If additional financing is not available when needed, or is available only on unfavorable terms, we may be unable to meet our obligations as they come due, or we may be unable to enhance our existing business, complete additional vessel acquisitions or otherwise take advantage of business opportunities as they arise.
The world economy faces a number of challenges, trade wars that cause markets to plunge, the effects of volatile oil prices, continuing turmoil and hostilities in the Middle East, the Korean Peninsula, North Africa and other geographic areas and countries. If one or more of the major national or regional economies should weaken, there is a substantial risk that such a downturn will impact the world economy. There has historically been a strong link between the development of the world economy and demand for energy, including oil and gas.
In Europe, large sovereign debts and fiscal deficits, low growth prospects and high unemployment rates in a number of countries have contributed to the rise of Eurosceptic parties, which would like their countries to leave the Euro. The exit of the United Kingdom from the European Union and potential new trade policies in the United States further increase the risk of additional trade protectionism.
4


In China, a transformation of the Chinese economy is underway, as China transforms from a production-driven economy towards a service or consumer-driven economy. The Chinese economic transition implies that we do not expect the Chinese economy to return to double digit GDP growth rates in the near term. According to the International Monetary Fund, the growth rate of China's GDP is expected to decrease to 6.2% for the year ending December 31, 2019. Furthermore, there is a rising threat of a Chinese financial crisis resulting from substantial personal and corporate indebtedness.
While the recent developments in Europe and China have not had a significant immediate impact on our charter rates, an extended period of deterioration in the world economy could reduce the overall demand for our services. Such changes could adversely affect our future performance, results of operations, cash flows and financial position.
Credit markets in the United States and Europe have in the past experienced significant contraction, de-leveraging and reduced liquidity, and there is a risk that U.S. federal and state governments and European authorities continue to implement a broad variety of governmental action and/or new regulation of the financial markets. Global financial markets and economic conditions have been, and continue to be, volatile.
We face risks attendant to changes in economic environments, changes in interest rates and instability in the banking and securities markets around the world, among other factors. We cannot predict how long the current market conditions will last. These recent and developing economic and governmental factors may have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition and may cause the price of our common shares to decline.
Prospective investors should consider the potential impact, uncertainty and risk associated with the development in the wider global economy. Further economic downturn in any of these countries could have a material effect on our future performance, results of operations, cash flows and financial position.
The state of global financial markets and economic conditions may adversely impact our ability to obtain financing on acceptable terms, or at all, which may hinder or prevent us from expanding our business.
Global financial markets and economic conditions have been, and continue to be, volatile. In recent years, operating businesses in the global economy have faced tightening credit, weakening demand for goods and services, deteriorating international liquidity conditions, and declining markets. Since 2008, there has been a general decline in the willingness of banks and other financial institutions to extend credit, particularly in the shipping industry, due to the historically volatile asset values of vessels. As the shipping industry is highly dependent on the availability of credit to finance and expand operations, it has been negatively affected by this decline.
As a result of concerns about the stability of financial markets generally and the solvency of counterparties specifically, the cost of obtaining money from the credit markets may increase as many lenders have increased interest rates, enacted tighter lending standards, refused to refinance existing debt at all or on terms similar to current debt and reduced, and in some cases ceased, to provide funding to borrowers. Due to these factors, additional financing may not be available if needed and to the extent required, on acceptable terms or at all. If additional financing is not available when needed, or is available only on unfavorable terms, we may be unable to expand or meet our obligations as they come due or we may be unable to enhance our existing business, complete additional vessel acquisitions or otherwise take advantage of business opportunities as they arise.
The United Kingdom's decision to leave the European Union following a referendum in June 2016, or Brexit, contributes to considerable uncertainty concerning the current and future economic environment. Brexit could adversely affect European or worldwide political, regulatory, economic or market conditions and could contribute to instability in global political institutions, regulatory agencies and financial markets. We believe that these effects of Brexit will not materially affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.
Further, governments may turn to trade barriers to protect their domestic industries against foreign imports, thereby depressing shipping demand. In particular, leaders in the United States have indicated that the United States may seek to implement more protective trade measures. President Trump was elected on a platform promoting trade protectionism. The results of the presidential election have thus created significant uncertainty about the future relationship between the United States, China and other exporting countries, including with respect to trade policies, treaties, government regulations and tariffs. For example, on January 23, 2017, President Trump signed an executive order withdrawing the United States from the Trans-Pacific Partnership, a global trade agreement intended to include the United States, Canada, Mexico, Peru and a number of Asian countries. In March 2018, President Trump announced tariffs on imported steel and aluminum into the United States that could have a negative impact on international trade generally. Most recently, in January 2019, the United States announced expanded sanctions against Venezuela, which may have an effect on its oil output and in turn affect global oil supply. Protectionist developments, or the perception they may occur, may have a material adverse effect on global economic conditions, and may significantly reduce global trade. Moreover, increasing trade protectionism may cause an increase in (a) the cost of goods exported from regions globally, (b) the length of time required to transport goods and (c) the risks associated with exporting goods. Such increases may significantly affect the quantity of goods to be shipped, shipping time schedules, voyage costs and other associated costs, which could have an adverse impact on our charterers' business, operating results and financial condition and could thereby affect their ability to make timely charter hire payments to us and to renew and increase the number of their time charters with us. This could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.
Due to these factors, we cannot be certain that financing will be available if needed and to the extent required, on acceptable terms, or at all.
5


We are subject to laws and regulations, which can adversely affect our business, results of operations, cash flows and financial condition, and our ability to pay dividends.
Our operations are subject to numerous international, national, state and local laws, regulations, treaties and conventions in force in international waters and the jurisdictions in which our vessels operate or are registered, which can significantly affect the ownership and operation of our vessels.  These regulations include, but are not limited to, the U.S. Oil Pollution Act of 1990, or OPA, the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act, or CERCLA, the U.S. Clean Air Act, the U.S. Clean Water Act and the U.S. Maritime Transportation Security Act of 2002, or the MTSA, and treaties and conventions of the IMO, including the International Convention for the Prevention of Pollution from Ships of 1973, as from time to time amended and generally referred to as MARPOL, the International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea of 1974, or the SOLAS Convention, and the International Convention on Load Lines of 1966. Compliance with such laws, regulations and standards, where applicable, may require installation of costly equipment or implementation of operational changes and may affect the resale value or useful lives of our vessels. These costs could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, cash flows and financial condition.  A failure to comply with applicable laws and regulations may result in administrative and civil penalties, criminal sanctions or the suspension or termination of our operations.
Environmental laws often impose strict liability for remediation of spills and releases of oil and hazardous substances, which could subject us to liability without regard to whether we were negligent or at fault.  Under OPA, for example, owners, operators and bareboat charterers are jointly and severally strictly liable for the discharge of oil within the 200-mile exclusive economic zone around the U.S. Furthermore, the 2010 explosion of the Deepwater Horizon well and the subsequent release of oil into the Gulf of Mexico, or other similar events, may result in further regulation of the shipping and offshore industry, and modifications to statutory liability schemes, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.  An oil spill could result in significant liability, including fines, penalties and criminal liability and remediation costs for natural resource damages under other federal, state and local laws, as well as third-party damages.
Climate change and greenhouse gas restrictions may adversely impact our operations and markets.
Due to concern over the risk of climate change, a number of countries and the IMO have adopted regulatory frameworks to reduce greenhouse gas emissions. These regulatory measures may include, among others, adoption of cap and trade regimes, carbon taxes, increased efficiency standards, and incentives or mandates for renewable energy. In addition, although the emissions of greenhouse gases from international shipping currently are not subject to the Paris Agreement (discussed below), or the Kyoto Protocol to the United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change, that required adopting countries to implement national programs to reduce emissions of certain gases, a new treaty may be adopted in the future that includes restrictions on shipping emissions.
We are subject to international safety standards and the failure to comply with these regulations may subject us to increased liability, may adversely affect our insurance coverage and may result in a denial of access to, or detention in, certain ports.
The operation of our vessels is affected by the requirements set forth in the International Safety Management Code, or the ISM Code, promulgated by the IMO under the SOLAS Convention.  The ISM Code requires ship owners, ship managers and bareboat charterers to develop and maintain an extensive "Safety Management System" that includes the adoption of a safety and environmental protection policy setting forth instructions and procedures for safe operation of vessels and describing procedures for dealing with emergencies.  In addition, vessel classification societies impose significant safety and other requirements on our vessels.
If labor interruptions are not resolved in a timely manner, they could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, cash flows, financial condition and ability to pay dividends.
Our technical managers employ masters, officers and crews to man our vessels. If not resolved in a timely and cost-effective manner, industrial action or other labor unrest could prevent or hinder our operations from being carried out as we expect and could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, cash flows, financial condition and ability to pay dividends.
World events could affect our results of operations and financial condition.
Continuing conflicts in the Middle East and North Africa, and the presence of the United States and other armed forces in several countries, may lead to additional acts of terrorism and armed conflict around the world, which may contribute to further economic instability in the global financial markets. These uncertainties could also adversely affect our ability to obtain financing on terms acceptable to us or at all.
6


We are subject to war, sabotage, piracy, cyber-attacks and terrorism risk.
War, sabotage, pirate, cyber and terrorist attacks or any similar risk may affect our operations in unpredictable ways, including changes in the insurance markets, disruptions of fuel supplies and markets, particularly oil, and the possibility that infrastructure facilities, including pipelines, production facilities, refineries, electric generation, transmission and distribution facilities, offshore rigs and vessels, and communications infrastructures, could be direct targets of, or indirect casualties of, a cyber-attack or an act of piracy or terror.  War or risk of war may also have an adverse effect on the economy.  Insurance coverage can be difficult to obtain in areas of pirate and terrorist attacks resulting in increased costs that could continue to increase.  We continually evaluate the need to maintain this insurance coverage as it applies to our fleet.  Instability in the financial markets as a result of war, sabotage, piracy, cyber-attacks or terrorism could also affect our ability to raise capital and could also adversely affect the oil, natural gas and power industries and restrict their future growth.
Governments could requisition our vessels during a period of war or emergency, resulting in a loss of earnings.
A government could requisition one or more of our vessels for title or for hire.  Requisition for title occurs when a government takes control of a vessel and becomes her owner, while requisition for hire occurs when a government takes control of a vessel and effectively becomes her charterer at dictated charter rates.  Generally, requisitions occur during periods of war or emergency, although governments may elect to requisition vessels in other circumstances.  Although we would be entitled to compensation in the event of a requisition of one or more of our vessels, the amount and timing of payment would be uncertain.  Government requisition of one or more of our vessels may negatively impact our revenues.
Company Specific Risk Factors
Our ability to continue as a going concern is contingent upon our ability to raise an additional $15.0 million of currently uncommitted equity .
 We have agreed with the lenders under our Initial Credit Facility to extend waivers of our compliance with certain financial covenants until January 31, 2020.  We also received a commitment from the lenders under our Initial Credit Facility, upon the satisfaction of certain conditions precedent, to a new $132.9 million term loan facility with a maturity of December 6, 2023 (which is further described in Note 12 to our annual financial statements) to refinance the Initial Credit Facility, which had an outstanding balance of $132.9 million as of December 31, 2018.  Among these conditions precedent is the requirement to raise an additional $15.0 million of equity, which is uncommitted as of the date of this annual report.  If we are unsuccessful in raising this additional equity, then we may have to ask our lenders under the Initial Credit Facility for further waivers by the expiration of the waiver period of January 31, 2020.
Additionally, under the terms of the DVB Supplemental Agreement which amended the DVB Credit Facility to facilitate the sale of the two AHTS vessels from Scorpio Offshore Holding Inc., or SOHI, a related party affiliate that is a closely held company owned and controlled by certain members of the Lolli-Ghetti family, to the Company, the lender has the right, but not the obligation, to unwind the sales of the two AHTS vessels if the additional $15.0 million of equity is not raised by October 31, 2019.  Under this scenario, the shares in the vessel-owning subsidiaries for these two vessels would be exchanged for the shares of the Company that were previously issued as consideration for the transaction on the date of the unwinding.
Management's plans include raising additional equity through the capital markets in order to meet this condition.  As those plans have not been finalized as of the date of this annual report, the satisfaction of this condition is not considered probable under the applicable accounting standards. If we are unsuccessful in raising this additional equity, then we may have to ask our lenders under the Initial Credit Facility for further waivers prior to the expiration of the waiver period of January 31, 2020. As such contingency plans to negotiate and obtain further waivers have not commenced, such actions also are not considered probable under the accounting standards. Accordingly, under the applicable accounting standards, neither the raising of $15.0 million of additional equity, nor management's contingency plans to negotiate and obtain further waivers beyond January 31, 2020, are considered probable and as a result, substantial doubt is deemed to exist about the Company's ability to continue as a going concern.  On this basis, we have disclosed in Note 5 of our financial statements that substantial doubt is deemed to exist about the Company's ability to continue as a going concern and the report of our independent auditors on our financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2018 includes an explanatory paragraph referencing such disclosures.
The expression of such doubt or our inability to overcome the factors leading to such doubt could have a material adverse effect on our stock price, our business relationships and ability to raise capital and therefore could have a material adverse effect on our business and financial prospects.
7


We are subject to certain risks with respect to our counterparties on contracts, and failure of such counterparties, such as our vessel charterers, to meet their obligations could cause us to suffer losses or negatively impact our results of operations and cash flows.
We have entered into, and may enter into in the future, various contracts, including charter agreements, shipbuilding contracts and credit facilities.  Such agreements subject us to counterparty risks.  The ability and willingness of each of our counterparties to perform its obligations under a contract with us will depend on a number of factors that are beyond our control and may include, among other things, general economic conditions, the condition of the maritime and offshore industries, the overall financial condition of the counterparty, prevailing charter rates, and various expenses.  For example, the combination of a reduction of cash flow resulting from declines in world trade, a reduction in borrowing bases under reserve-based credit facilities and the lack of availability of debt or equity financing may result in a significant reduction in the ability of our charterers to make charter payments to us. As a result, charterers may seek to renegotiate the terms of their existing charter agreements or avoid their obligations under those contracts. Should a charterer fail to honor its obligations under agreements with us, it may be difficult to secure substitute employment for such vessel, and any new charter arrangements we secure in the spot market or on time charters may be at lower rates. As a result, we could sustain significant losses which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows, as well as our ability to pay dividends, if any, in the future, and comply with covenants in our credit facilities.

We may not be able to renew or replace expiring charters for our vessels.
We have a number of charters that will expire in 2019. Our ability to renew or replace expiring charters or obtain new charters, and the terms of any such charters, will depend on various factors, including market conditions and the specific needs of our customers. Given the highly competitive and historically cyclical nature of our industry, we may not be able to renew or replace the charters or we may be required to renew or replace expiring charters or obtain new charters at rates that are below, and potentially substantially below, existing day rates, or that have terms that are less favorable to us than our existing charters, or we may be unable to secure charters for these vessels. This could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

We may acquire additional secondhand vessels in the future, which exposes us to increased operating costs which could adversely affect our earnings and, as our fleet ages, the risks associated with our vessels could adversely affect our ability to obtain profitable charters.
We have acquired and may continue to acquire secondhand vessels. While we are entitled to inspect the secondhand vessels which we may acquire, this does not provide us with the same knowledge about their condition that we would have had if these vessels had been built for, operated and maintained exclusively by us.  Generally, purchasers of secondhand vessels do not receive the benefit of warranties from the builders for the secondhand vessels that they acquire.
In general, the costs to maintain a vessel in good operating condition increase with the age of the vessel. Older vessels are typically less fuel efficient than more recently constructed vessels due to improvements in engine technology. Governmental regulations, safety and other equipment standards related to the age of vessels may require expenditures for alterations or the addition of new equipment to some of our vessels and may restrict the type of activities in which these vessels may engage. We cannot assure you that, as our vessels age, market conditions will justify those expenditures or enable us to operate our vessels profitably during the remainder of their useful lives. As a result, regulations and standards could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows and ability to pay dividends.
Governmental regulations, safety or other equipment standards related to the age of vessels may require expenditures for alterations, or the addition of new equipment, to our vessels and may restrict the type of activities in which the vessels may engage.  As our vessels age, market conditions may not justify those expenditures or enable us to operate our vessels profitably during the remainder of their useful lives.
Because the market value of our vessels may fluctuate significantly, we may incur losses when we sell vessels which may adversely affect our earnings, or could cause us to incur impairment charges
The fair market value of vessels may increase and decrease depending on but not limited to the following factors:

·
general economic and market conditions affecting the shipping industry;

·
competition from other shipping companies;
8



·
types and sizes of vessels;

·
the availability of other modes of transportation;

·
the cost of newbuildings;

·
shipyard capacity;

·
governmental or other regulations;

·
age of vessels;

·
prevailing level of charter rates; and

·
technological advances in vessel design or equipment or otherwise.
During the period a vessel is subject to a time charter, we will not be permitted to sell it to take advantage of increases in vessel values without the charterers' agreement. If we sell a vessel at a time when ship prices have fallen, the sale may be at less than the vessel's carrying amount on our financial statements, with the result that we could incur a loss and a reduction in earnings. In addition, if we determine at any time that a vessel's future limited useful life and earnings require us to impair its value on our financial statements, that could result in a charge against our earnings and a reduction of our shareholders' equity. We recorded an impairment charge of $160.1 million in the year ended December 31, 2018, in relation to our vessels. It is possible that the market value of our vessels will continue to decline in the future and could adversely affect our ability to comply with current or future financial covenants contained in our loan agreements or other financing arrangements. Any impairment charges incurred as a result of declines in charter rates and other market deterioration could negatively affect our business, financial condition, operating results or the trading price of our common shares.
Conversely, if vessel values are elevated at a time when we wish to acquire additional vessels, the cost of acquisition may increase and this could adversely affect our business, results of operations, cash flow and financial condition.
As the markets recover, we change our marketing strategies or for other reasons, we may be required to incur higher than expected costs to return previously stacked vessels to active service.
Stacked vessels are not maintained with the same diligence as our marketed fleet. Depending on the length of time the vessels are stacked, we may incur costs beyond normal drydock costs to return these vessels to active service. These costs are difficult to estimate and may be substantial.
We derive a significant portion of revenues from a relatively small number of larger customers, the loss of any of which could adversely affect our business and operating results.
The portion of our revenues attributable to any single customer may change over time, depending on the level of relevant activity by any such customer, our ability to meet the customer's needs and other factors, many of which are beyond our control. In addition, our results of operations, financial condition and cash flows could be materially adversely affected if one or more of these customers decide to interrupt or curtail their activities, terminate their contracts with us, fail to renew existing contracts, and/or refuse to award new contracts, and we were unable to contract our vessels with new customers at comparable day rates.
The relationship of some of our shareholders and our directors and officers with the Scorpio group of companies may create conflicts of interest.
Two of our largest shareholders, Scorpio Offshore Investments Inc., or SOI, and SOHI (related party affiliates of ours) are entities affiliated with the Scorpio group of companies, or Scorpio, including Scorpio Bulkers Inc. (NYSE: SALT) and Scorpio Tankers Inc. (NYSE: STNG). In aggregate, SOI and SOHI own 58.6% of the Company and therefore have the ability to control many decisions put to a vote of the shareholders. The interests of SOI and SOHI may differ from your interests and the interests of other shareholders. Additionally, many of our directors and officers, including Messrs. Emanuele Lauro (our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer), Robert Bugbee (our President and a director), Cameron Mackey (our Chief Operating Officer) and Filippo Lauro (our Vice President), serve as directors or executive officers of other Scorpio entities as well. These relationships may create conflicts of interest in matters involving or affecting us and such conflicts may not be resolved in our favor.
9


Certain of our officers do not devote all of their time to our business, which may hinder our ability to operate successfully.
Certain of our officers participate in business activities not associated with us, and as a result, they may devote less time to us than if they were not engaged in other business activities and may owe fiduciary duties to the shareholders of both us as well as the shareholders of other companies with which they may be affiliated, including companies within Scorpio. We expect that each of our executive officers will continue to devote a substantial portion of their business time to the management of the Company. However, their positions across multiple companies may create conflicts of interest in matters involving or affecting us and our customers and it is not certain that any of these conflicts of interest will be resolved in our favor. This could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.
Volatility with LIBOR and potential changes to it as a benchmark could affect our profitability, earnings and cash flow.
The London Interbank Offered Rate, or LIBOR, is the subject of recent national, international and other regulatory guidance and proposals for reform. These reforms and other pressures may cause LIBOR to be eliminated or to perform differently than in the past. The consequences of these developments cannot be entirely predicted, but could include an increase in the cost of our variable rate indebtedness and obligations.  LIBOR has been volatile in the past, with the spread between LIBOR and the prime lending rate widening significantly at times. Because the interest rates borne by a majority of our outstanding indebtedness fluctuates with changes in LIBOR, significant changes in LIBOR would have a material effect on the amount of interest payable on our debt, which in turn, could have an adverse effect on our financial condition.
Furthermore, interest in most financing agreements in our industry has been based on published LIBOR rates. Recently, however, there is uncertainty relating to the LIBOR calculation process, which may result in the phasing out of LIBOR in the future. As a result, lenders have insisted on provisions that entitle the lenders, in their discretion, to replace published LIBOR as the base for the interest calculation with their cost-of-funds rate. If we are required to agree to such a provision in future financing agreements, our lending costs could increase significantly, which would have an adverse effect on our profitability, earnings and cash flow.  In addition, the banks currently reporting information used to set LIBOR will likely stop such reporting after 2021, when their commitment to reporting information ends. The Alternative Reference Rate Committee, or the Committee, a committee convened by the Federal Reserve that includes major market participants, has proposed an alternative rate to replace U.S. Dollar LIBOR: The Secured Overnight Financing Rate, or SOFR. The impact of such a transition away from LIBOR would be significant for us because of our substantial indebtedness.
Because we obtain some of our insurance through protection and indemnity associations, we may be required to make additional premium payments.
We may be subject to increased premium payments, or calls, in amounts based on our claim records, as well as the claim records of other members of the protection and indemnity associations through which we receive insurance coverage for tort liability, including pollution-related liability.
A decision of our Board of Directors and the laws of Bermuda may prevent the declaration and payment of dividends.
Our ability to declare and pay dividends is subject at all times to the discretion of our Board of Directors, and compliance with Bermuda law, and may be dependent, among other things, on our having sufficient available distributable reserves. For more information, please see "Item 8. Financial Information—A. Consolidated Statements and other Financial Information Dividend Policy". We may not continue to pay dividends at rates previously paid or at all.
Bermuda's continued presence on a list of non-cooperative jurisdictions by the European Union could harm our business.
On March 12, 2019, Bermuda was placed by the European Union on its list of non-cooperative jurisdictions for tax purposes due to an issue with Bermuda's economic substance legislation which was not resolved in time for the European Union's deadline. At present, the impact of being included on the list of non-cooperative jurisdictions for tax purposes is unclear. While Bermuda has now amended its legislation which the Bermuda Government has stated has addressed this issue and expects to be removed from the list of non-cooperative jurisdictions at the European Union's Economic and Financial Affairs Council's next meeting which is scheduled for May 17, 2019, there can be no assurance that Bermuda will be removed from such list. If Bermuda is not removed from the list and sanctions or other financial, tax or regulatory measures were applied by European Member States to countries on the list or further economic substance requirements were imposed by Bermuda, our business could be harmed.
10


If the United States Internal Revenue Service were to treat us as a "passive foreign investment company," that could have adverse tax consequences for United States shareholders.
A foreign corporation is treated as a "passive foreign investment company," or PFIC, for United States federal income tax purposes, if either (1) at least 75% of its gross income for any taxable year consists of certain types of "passive income" or (2) at least 50% of the average value of the corporation's assets produce or are held for the production of those types of passive income. For purposes of these tests, cash is treated as an asset that produces passive income, and passive income includes dividends, interest, and gains from the sale or exchange of investment property and rents and royalties other than rents and royalties which are received from unrelated parties in connection with the active conduct of a trade or business. Income derived from the performance of services does not constitute passive income. United States shareholders of a PFIC may be subject to a disadvantageous United States federal income tax regime with respect to the distributions they receive from the PFIC and the gain, if any, they derive from the sale or other disposition of their shares in the PFIC.
Based on our current and proposed method of operation, we do not believe that we will be a PFIC with respect to any taxable year. In this regard, we intend to treat the gross income we derive or are deemed to derive from our time chartering activities as services income, rather than rental income. Accordingly, we believe that income from our time chartering activities does not constitute "passive income," and the assets that we own and operate in connection with the production of that income do not constitute assets that produce, or are held for the production of, "passive income."
There is, however, no direct legal authority under the PFIC rules addressing our method of operation. We believe there is substantial legal authority supporting our position consisting of case law and United States Internal Revenue Service, or IRS, pronouncements concerning the characterization of income derived from time charters and spot charters as services income rather than rental income for other tax purposes.  However, there is also authority which characterizes time charter income as rental income rather than services income for other tax purposes.  Accordingly, no assurance can be given that the IRS or a court of law will accept our position, and there is a risk that the IRS or a court of law could determine that we are a PFIC. Moreover, no assurance can be given that we would not constitute a PFIC for any future taxable year if there were to be changes in the nature and extent of our operations.
If the IRS or a court of law were to find that we are a PFIC for any taxable year, our United States shareholders who owned their shares during such year would face adverse United States federal income tax consequences and certain information reporting obligations. Under the PFIC rules, unless those United States shareholders made or make an election available under the Code (which election could itself have adverse consequences for such United States shareholders), such United States shareholders would be subject to United States federal income tax at the then highest income tax rates on ordinary income plus interest upon excess distributions (i.e., distributions received in a taxable year that are greater than 125% of the average annual distributions received during the shorter of the three preceding taxable years or the United States shareholder's holding period for our common shares) and upon any gain from the disposition of our common shares, as if the excess distribution or gain had been recognized ratably over the United States shareholder's holding period of our common shares. In addition, non-corporate United States shareholders would not be eligible to treat dividends paid by us as "qualified dividend income" if we are a PFIC in the taxable year in which such dividends are paid or in the immediately preceding taxable year.
Risks Related to our Indebtedness
Servicing our current or future indebtedness limits funds available for other purposes and if we cannot service our debt, we may lose our vessels.
Borrowing under credit facilities requires us to dedicate a part of our cash flow from operations to paying interest on our indebtedness. These payments limit funds available for working capital, capital expenditures and other purposes, including further equity or debt financing in the future.  Amounts borrowed under our Initial Credit Facility and DVB Credit Facility, and our future credit facilities may bear interest at variable rates.  Increases in prevailing interest rates could increase the amounts that we would have to pay to our lenders, even though the outstanding principal amount remains the same, and our net income and cash flows would decrease.  We expect our earnings and cash flow to vary from year to year due to the cyclical nature of the offshore support vessel industry.  If we do not generate or reserve enough cash flow from operations to satisfy our debt obligations, we may have to undertake alternative financing plans, such as:

·
seeking to raise additional capital;

·
refinancing or restructuring our debt;

·
selling our vessels; or

·
reducing or delaying capital investments.
However, these alternative financing options, if necessary, may not be sufficient to allow us to meet our debt obligations.
11


Our Initial Credit Facility and DVB Credit Facility contain, and other debt agreements we may enter into in the future may contain, covenants which limit the amount of the facility available or that we may use for other corporate activities, which could negatively affect our growth and cause our financial performance to suffer.
Our Initial Credit Facility and DVB Credit Facility impose, and debt agreements we may enter into in the future may impose, operating and financial restrictions on us.  These restrictions could limit our ability, or the ability of our subsidiaries that are party thereto to:

·
pay dividends and make capital expenditures if we do not repay amounts due under our debt agreements or if there is another default under our debt agreements;

·
incur additional indebtedness, including the issuance of guarantees;

·
create liens on our assets;

·
change the flag, class or management of our vessels or terminate or materially amend the management agreement relating to certain vessels;

·
sell our vessels;

·
merge or consolidate with, or transfer all or substantially all our assets to, another person; or

·
enter into a new line of business.
Therefore, we may need to seek permission from our lenders in order to engage in some corporate actions.  Our lenders' interests may be different from ours and we may not be able to obtain our lenders' permission when needed.  This may limit our ability to pay dividends if we determine to do so in the future, finance our future operations or capital requirements, make acquisitions or pursue business opportunities.
Such operating and financial restrictions include, or may in the future include, a requirement on us to maintain specified financial ratios and satisfy financial covenants, including ratios and covenants based on the market value of the vessels in our fleet.
Events beyond our control, including changes in the economic and business conditions in the shipping markets in which we operate, may affect our ability to comply with these covenants. Should our charter rates or vessel values materially decline in the future, we may be required to take action to reduce our debt or to act in a manner contrary to our business objectives to meet any such financial ratios and satisfy any such financial covenants. We cannot assure you that we will meet these ratios or satisfy these covenants or that our lenders will waive any failure to do so.  A breach of any of the covenants in, or our inability to maintain the required financial ratios under our debt agreements would prevent us from borrowing additional money under debt agreements and could result in a default under the agreements governing our indebtedness such as our Initial Credit Facility, our DVB Credit Facility, or future debt agreements into which we may enter.  If a default occurs under our Initial Credit Facility, our DVB Credit Facility, or any debt agreement which we may enter into in the future, the lenders could elect to declare the outstanding debt, together with accrued interest and other fees, to be immediately due and payable and foreclose on the collateral securing that debt, which could constitute all or substantially all of our assets.
As of December 31, 2016, we were not in compliance with the minimum value adjusted equity, the minimum value adjusted equity ratio and the minimum liquidity covenants in our Initial Credit Facility. The minimum value adjusted equity covenant requires us to maintain value adjusted equity of a minimum of $150.0 million. The minimum value adjusted equity ratio requires us to have value adjusted equity to value adjusted total assets of at least 45%. The minimum liquidity covenant requires us to have the higher of $10.0 million or 6% of our total debt.  We obtained waivers from our lenders under the Initial Credit Facility lowering (i) the minimum value of equity and (ii) the minimum value adjusted equity ratio covenant requirements to levels at which we were in compliance, and suspending (iii) the minimum level of liquidity covenant. These waivers were effective until April 30, 2018. Under the waivers we were unable to draw further on the Initial Credit Facility.
On April 30, 2018, we entered into an amendment to the Initial Credit Facility that extended the waiver period up until December 31, 2019. Under the terms of the waiver obtained, we were unable to draw further on the Initial Credit Facility until we complied with the original terms and conditions under the Initial Credit Facility. We were permitted to distribute dividends, subject to a corresponding amount being repaid under the Initial Credit Facility.
In September 2018, we made an unscheduled payment of $1.575 million on our Initial Credit Facility to regain compliance with the Security Coverage Ratio (requiring that the aggregate fair market value of the vessels securing the loan does not fall below 150% of the outstanding loan) set forth under the terms of the agreement.  At the end of September 2018, vessel values were remeasured and, given a further deterioration in such values, we were again not in compliance with the Security Coverage Ratio under our Initial Credit Facility at September 30, 2018.
12


In December 2018, we entered into a share purchase agreement with SOI. SOI invested $5.0 million in a private placement of our shares at a price of $4.20 per share, which we refer to as the Private Placement. The Private Placement was finalized on December 12, 2018, and effective upon closing of the Private Placement, $1.9 million of the proceeds were immediately used to repay a portion of the outstanding balance under our Initial Credit Facility to regain compliance with the Security Coverage Ratio thereunder. As a result of this transaction, the composition of senior management and the Board of Directors changed. Subsequent to the Private Placement, the new management commenced negotiations with the banks under the Initial Credit Facility, with the goal to secure the long-term financing of the Company. A waiver was granted on December 20, 2018 that effectively waived our compliance with all the covenants up until February 6, 2019 and reintroduced the original covenants upon expiry of the waiver. Subsequent to this, the lenders under the Initial Credit Facility further extended the waiver period, and in March 2019 an amendment agreement was reached to extend the waiver period until January 31, 2020 and a commitment letter, attaching a committed term sheet for a new credit facility maturing on December 6, 2023, was agreed between the Company and the lenders.   This agreement is described below under "Item 4. Information on the Company A. History and Development of the Company Transactions."

Risks Relating to Investing in Our Common Shares
The market price of our common shares has recently declined significantly. If the average closing price of our common shares declines to less than $1.00 over 30 consecutive trading days, our common shares could be delisted from the NYSE or trading could be suspended.
On August 31, 2018, we received a notification from the NYSE stating that that we were no longer in compliance with the NYSE's continued listing standards because the average closing share price of our common stock over a consecutive 30 trading-day period ending August 29, 2018 had fallen below the requirement to be at least $1.00 per share. On March 1, 2019, we received confirmation from the NYSE that we had regained compliance with the NYSE's continued listing standards as a result of the increased market price for our common shares following the one-for-ten reverse stock split that became effective on January 28, 2019.
A renewed or continued decline in the closing price of our common shares on the NYSE could result in a breach of these requirements. Although we would have an opportunity to take action to cure such a breach, if we do not succeed, the NYSE could commence suspension or delisting procedures in respect of our common shares. The commencement of suspension or delisting procedures by an exchange remains, at all times, at the discretion of such exchange and would be publicly announced by the exchange. If a suspension or delisting were to occur, there would be significantly less liquidity in the suspended or delisted securities. In addition, our ability to raise additional necessary capital through equity or debt financing would be greatly impaired. Furthermore, with respect to any suspended or delisted common shares, we would expect decreases in institutional and other investor demand, analyst coverage, market making activity and information available concerning trading prices and volume, and fewer broker-dealers would be willing to execute trades with respect to such common shares. A suspension or delisting would likely decrease the attractiveness of our common shares to investors, may constitute a breach under certain of our credit agreements and constitute an event of default under certain classes of our preferred stock and cause the trading volume of our common shares to decline, which could result in a further decline in the market price of our common shares.
Our common share price may be highly volatile and future sales of our common shares could cause the market price of our common shares to decline.
The market price of our common shares may fluctuate significantly in response to many factors, such as actual or anticipated fluctuations in our operating results, changes in financial estimates by securities analysts, economic and regulatory trends, general market conditions, rumors and other factors, many of which are beyond our control.
Because we are a foreign corporation, you may not have the same rights that a shareholder of a U.S. corporation may have.
We are incorporated under the laws of Bermuda. Our Memorandum of Continuance, Bye-laws and the Companies Act govern our affairs. The Companies Act does not as clearly establish your rights and the fiduciary responsibilities of our directors as do statutes and judicial precedent in some U.S. jurisdictions. Therefore, you may have more difficulty in protecting your interests as a shareholder in the face of actions by the management, directors or controlling shareholders than would shareholders of a corporation incorporated in a United States jurisdiction. There is a statutory remedy under Section 111 of the Companies Act which provides that a shareholder may seek redress in the courts as long as such shareholder can establish that our affairs are being conducted, or have been conducted, in a manner oppressive or prejudicial to the interests of some part of the shareholders, including such shareholder.
13


We are incorporated in Bermuda and it may not be possible for our investors to enforce U.S. judgments against us.
We are incorporated under the laws of the Islands of Bermuda. Substantially all of our assets are located outside of the United States. In addition, most of our directors and officers are non-residents of the United States, and all or a substantial portion of the assets of these non-residents are located outside of the United States. As a result, it may be difficult or impossible for U.S. investors to serve process within the United States upon us, or our directors and officers, or to enforce a judgment against us for civil liabilities in U.S. courts. In addition, you should not assume that courts in the countries in which we are incorporated or where we are located (1) would enforce judgments of U.S. courts obtained in actions against us based upon the civil liability provisions of applicable U.S. federal and state securities laws or (2) would enforce, in original actions, liabilities against us based on those laws.
Anti-takeover provisions in our organizational documents could have the effect of discouraging, delaying or preventing a merger or acquisition, or could make it difficult for our shareholders to replace or remove our current board of directors, which could adversely affect the market price of our common shares.
Several provisions of our Memorandum of Continuance and Bye-laws could make it difficult for our shareholders to change the composition of our Board of Directors in any one year, preventing them from changing the composition of management. In addition, the same provisions may discourage, delay or prevent a merger or acquisition that shareholders may consider favorable. These provisions include:

·
authorizing our Board of Directors to issue "blank check" preferred shares without shareholder approval;

·
providing for a classified Board of Directors with staggered, three-year terms;

·
establishing certain advance notice requirements for nominations for election to our Board of Directors or for proposing matters that can be acted on by shareholders at shareholder meetings;

·
prohibiting cumulative voting in the election of directors;

·
limiting the persons who may call special meetings of shareholders;

·
authorizing the removal of directors only for cause and only upon the affirmative vote of two-thirds of the votes cast at an annual meeting of shareholders by the holders of shares entitled to vote thereon; and

·
establishing supermajority voting provisions with respect to amendments to certain provisions of our Bye-laws.
Additionally, on December 21, 2018, our Board of Directors adopted a shareholders rights agreement and declared a dividend of one preferred share purchase right to purchase one one-thousandth of a Series A Participating Preferred Share of the Company for each outstanding common share, par value $0.10 per share. The dividend was payable on December 31, 2018 to shareholders of record on that date. Each right entitles the registered holder to purchase from us one one-thousandth of a Series A Participating Preferred Share of the Company at an exercise price of $10.00, subject to adjustment. The exercise price automatically increased to $100.00 as a result of our reverse stock split on January 28, 2019 and is subject to further adjustments in accordance with the terms of the shareholders rights agreement. We can redeem the rights under certain circumstances. The shareholder rights plan was designed to enable us to protect shareholder interests in the event that an unsolicited attempt is made for a business combination with, or a takeover of, the Company. Our shareholders rights plan is not intended to deter offers that our Board of Directors determines are in the best interests of our shareholders.
These anti-takeover provisions could substantially impede the ability of public shareholders to benefit from a change in control and, as a result, may adversely affect the market price of our common shares and shareholders' ability to realize any potential change of control premium.
Future sales of our common shares could cause the market price of our common shares to decline.
The market price of our common shares could decline due to sales of a large number of shares in the market, including sales of shares by our large shareholders, or the perception that these sales could occur. These sales could also make it more difficult or impossible for us to sell equity securities in the future at a time and price that we deem appropriate to raise funds through future offerings of our common shares.
14


We are an emerging growth company and we cannot be certain if the reduced disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies will make our common shares less attractive to investors.
We are an emerging growth company, as defined in the JOBS Act, and we may take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies. We cannot predict if investors will find our common shares less attractive because we may rely on these exemptions.  If some investors find our common shares less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our common shares and our share price may be more volatile.
In addition, under the JOBS Act, our independent registered public accounting firm will not be required to attest to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 for so long as we are an emerging growth company.
We may take advantage of these provisions until we no longer qualify as an emerging growth company on December 31, 2019, which is the end of the fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of the date of our initial public offering, or such earlier time that we are no longer an emerging growth company.  For as long as we take advantage of the reduced reporting obligations, the information that we provide shareholders may be different from information provided by other public companies.
ITEM 4.   INFORMATION ON THE COMPANY
A.   History and Development of the Company
Nordic American Offshore Ltd. was formed on October 17, 2013 under the laws of the Republic of the Marshall Islands.
Effective September 26, 2016, we discontinued our existence as a company organized under the laws of the Republic of the Marshall Islands and continued our existence as an exempted company organized under the laws of the Islands of Bermuda, which we refer to as the Redomiciliation. There was no change in our business, assets and liabilities, principal locations, fiscal year, directors or executive officers following the Redomiciliation, and our financials are presented on an un-interrupted basis. On November 10, 2016, our shareholders approved the adoption of the new bye-laws, or the Bye-laws, at our annual general meeting of shareholders. As a result of the Redomiciliation, the rights of holders of our common shares are now governed by our Bermuda Memorandum of Continuance, the Bye-laws and the Companies Act 1981 of Bermuda, or the Companies Act.
We currently own and operate 23 vessels consisting of 10 Platform Supply Vessels, or PSV, two Anchor Handling Tug Supply vessels, or AHTS vessels, and 11 crew boats. We maintain our principal offices at the LOM Building, 27 Reid Street, Hamilton HM 11 Bermuda.
Transactions
In April 2019, we acquired 13 vessels, consisting of 2 AHTS vessels and 11 crew boats, from SOHI, a related party affiliate that is a closely held company owned and controlled by certain members of the Lolli-Ghetti family, of which our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, Emanuele Lauro, and our Vice President, Mr. Filippo Lauro, are members, in exchange for 8,126,219 common shares of the Company at approximately $2.78 per share for an aggregate consideration of $22.6 million.  As part of this acquisition, we assumed the aggregate outstanding indebtedness of $9.0 million relating to the two AHTS vessels.
In March 2019, we also entered into a common stock purchase agreement, which we refer to as the Equity Line of Credit. with SOI (a related party affiliate) and Mackenzie Financial Corporation. SOI is a closely held company owned and controlled by certain members of the Lolli-Ghetti family, of which our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, Emanuele Lauro, and our Vice President, Mr. Filippo Lauro, are members.  The Equity Line of Credit provides for $20.0 million to be available to us on demand in exchange for our common shares priced at 0.94 multiplied by the then-prevailing 30-day trailing VWAP.  In April 2019, we issued 3,240,418 common shares under the Equity Line of Credit for approximately $2.78 per share and net proceeds to us of $9.0 million.
As part of the aforementioned transactions, the lenders under our Initial Credit Facility have agreed to extend the waivers of certain financial covenants which we were not in compliance with until January 31, 2020.  Moreover, we received commitments from the lenders under our Initial Credit Facility, upon our satisfaction of certain conditions precedent, the most significant of which is the requirement to raise an additional $15 million of equity before January 31, 2020, to a new $132.9 million term loan facility with maturity of December 6, 2023 to refinance the Initial Credit Facility, which had an outstanding balance of $132.9 million as of the date of this annual report.  The terms of this new credit facility are described below under "Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—B. Liquidity and Capital Resources—Our Borrowing Activity." .
15


Additionally, under the terms of the DVB Supplemental Agreement which amended the DVB Credit Facility to facilitate the sale of the two AHTS vessels from SOHI to the Company, the lender has the right, but not the obligation, to unwind the sales of the two AHTS vessels if the additional $15.0 million of equity is not raised by October 31, 2019.  Under this scenario, the shares in the vessel-owning subsidiaries for these two vessels would be exchanged for the shares of the Company that were previously issued as consideration for the transaction on the date of the unwinding.
On January 28, 2019, we effected a one-for-ten reverse stock split.   Our Bye-laws permit the Board of Directors to effect a reverse stock split without shareholder consent.   Pursuant to the reverse stock split, our common shares outstanding were reduced from 73,741,595 shares to 7,374,034 shares at that time (which reflects adjustments for fractional share settlements) and the par value of our common shares was automatically adjusted to $0.10 per share. On March 1, 2019, we received confirmation from the NYSE that we had regained compliance with the NYSE's continued listing standards as a result of the increased market price for our common shares following the reverse stock split.
On December 12, 2018, we announced that we had entered into a share purchase agreement with SOI, pursuant to which SOI invested $5.0 million in a private placement of our common shares at a price of $4.20 per share, which we refer to as the Private Placement.
As part of the Private Placement, Mr. Emanuele Lauro was appointed Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of the Company. In addition, Mr. Robert Bugbee was appointed to the Company's Board of Directors and to the office of President, Mr. Cameron Mackey was appointed Chief Operating Officer, and Mr. Filippo Lauro was appointed Vice President. Concurrent with the Private Placement Mr. Herbjørn Hansson resigned from the Board of Directors.
In March 2017, we completed an underwritten public follow-on offering of 4,130,000 common shares, which included 130,000 common shares sold pursuant to the underwriters' partial exercise of the overallotment option to purchase additional common shares, at a price of $12.50 per share. The net proceeds we received from the offering were used for general corporate purposes and working capital purposes. The net proceeds of this offering were approximately $48.3 million.
In February 2016, we completed the purchase of 157,174 of our own common shares in a private transaction at a purchase price of $45.00 per share.
As of the date of this annual report, we had 19,015,123 common shares issued, 18,740,671 outstanding and 274,452 treasury shares.
B.   Business Overview
We are an offshore support vessel ("OSV") company that owns 23 vessels consisting of 10 platform supply vessels, or PSVs, two anchor handling tug supply vessels, or AHTS vessels, and 11 crew boats. As of the date of this annual report, all ten of our PSVs are operating in the North Sea and our AHTS vessels and crew boats are currently operating in West Africa.
Our Fleet
The following table sets forth our operating fleet and employment status as of the date of this annual report:
Vessel name
Vessel Type
Year Built
Employment
Begin Period
End Period
Daily Base Rate
NAO Fighter
PSV
2012
Spot
     
NAO Prosper
PSV
2012
Time Charter
Mar-19
Jun-19
 $10,153
NAO Power
PSV
2013
Time Charter
Dec-18
Dec-19
 $  9,825
NAO Thunder
PSV
2013
Time Charter
May-19
May-20
 $10,873
NAO Guardian
PSV
2013
Time Charter
Mar-19
Jun-19
 $10,153
NAO Protector
PSV
2013
Spot
     
NAO Viking
PSV
2014
Time Charter
Dec-18
Dec-20
 $10,808
NAO Storm
PSV
2014
Spot
     
NAO Galaxy
PSV
2016
Time Charter
Apr-19
Jan-20
 $10,415
NAO Horizon
PSV
2016
Time Charter
Mar-19
May-19
 $10,873
SOI Brilliance
AHTS
2009
Time Charter
Jan-16
Dec-19
 $  9,000
SOI Baron
AHTS
2009
Spot
     
Petrocraft 1605-1
Crew Boat
2012
Spot
     
Petrocraft 1605-2
Crew Boat
2012
Time Charter
Jan-19
Jul-19
 $  2,230
Petrocraft 1605-3
Crew Boat
2012
Time Charter
Jan-19
Jul-19
 $  2,230
Petrocraft 1605-5
Crew Boat
2012
Spot
     
Petrocraft 1605-6
Crew Boat
2012
Spot
     
Petrocraft 2005-1
Crew Boat
2015
Spot
     
Petrocraft 2005-2
Crew Boat
2015
Spot
     
Petrocraft 1905-1
Crew Boat
2019
Time Charter
Mar-19
Mar-20
 $  2,400
Petrocraft 1905-2
Crew Boat
2019
Time Charter
Mar-19
Mar-20
 $  2,400
Petrocraft 1905-3
Crew Boat
2019
Time Charter
Mar-19
Mar-20
 $  2,400
Petrocraft 1905-4
Crew Boat
2019
Time Charter
Mar-19
Mar-20
 $  2,400

16


Employment of Our Fleet
As of the date of this annual report, all of our PSVs are operating in the North Sea and our AHTS vessels and crew boats are operating in West Africa.
Our vessels are employed either in the spot market or on time charters.  A spot market charter is typically a short-term contract for specific use.  Under spot market charters, we pay certain expenses, such as harbor costs, fuel costs, and other off-hire related costs. Spot market charter rates are volatile and fluctuate based upon the supply and demand for OSVs such as ours. Time charters give us a fixed and stable cash flow for a known period of time.  Time charters also mitigate in part the volatility and seasonality of the spot market business. We opportunistically employ vessels under time charter contracts.
Management of our Vessels
The ship management firms Remøy Shipping AS, or Remøy, and V.Ships Offshore Limited, or V.Ships, provide technical management for six and four of the Company's PSVs, respectively.  Scorpio Commercial Management S.A.M., or SCM, and Scorpio Ship Management S.A.M., or SSM, provide the commercial and technical management, respectively, for the Company's two AHTS vessels and 11 crew boats. Please see "Item 7. Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions B. Related Party Transactions" for additional information on our management agreements with SCM and SSM.
Company Management
The Company has a management agreement in place with Nordic American Tankers Limited (a related party affiliate), or NAT or the Manager, for the provision of administrative services for the Company.  For services under the management agreement, NAT received a management fee of $100,000 per annum and is reimbursed for costs incurred in connection with its services. In addition to costs incurred which are directly attributable to us, we also reimburse NAT for a portion of the operational costs (such as salary and office rent among others), incurred by NAT which is allocated to us.
For services under the management agreement, the Company paid $100,000 for 2018, $100,000 for 2017, and $100,000 for 2016 and all directly attributable costs related to the Company were reimbursed. For the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017, and 2016, an aggregate of   $2.2 million, $2.3 million and $2.2 million , respectively, for such directly attributable costs and operational costs allocated to us from NAT were incurred which are included in General and Administrative Costs.
On May 1, 2019, the Company tendered notice to NAT that it shall terminate the management agreement with NAT upon the expiration of 180 days from the date of such notice, or October 28, 2019. 
The International Offshore Market
International offshore support services are provided by a variety of companies both public and private. The vessels used vary significantly in size and specification depending on their expected role in supporting offshore drilling and production. Typically, the customer is either an oil company or an offshore oil rig operator. Employment of the vessels is categorized either as spot employment, where a vessel is hired anywhere from 1 month to 12 months, or long-term contract employment, where the customer has the vessel at their disposition for more than 12 months.
The employment terms tend to vary between vessel types. The two main categories of offshore support vessels are Platform Supply Vessels (PSV) and Anchor Handling Tug Supply vessels (AHTS). The majority of PSV employment is related the support of oil production, bringing supplies, chemicals and equipment to the rigs, and returning waste product to land. PSVs are also used to support exploration activities. PSVs are distinguished based on deck area/cargo capacity and technical specification. AHTS vessels are primarily used to support rig moves and tend to have more idle time than PSVs.  Crew boats are chartered to customers for use in transporting personnel and supplies from shore bases to offshore drilling rigs, platforms and other installations.
Offshore oil exploration and production is a global activity and a variety of vessel types and rig types are employed. Operating costs and regulatory requirements vary significantly from region to region. Oil prices have risen in each of the last two years.
The North Sea market has the highest standards of safety and specification for PSVs. The vast majority of the vessels operating in this market are European, primarily built in Norway. Vessels operating in the North Sea may move to other markets, but vessels operating in other, worldwide markets for the most part do not have access to the North Sea. The North Sea offshore market is subject to seasonality. Activity is typically lower in winter months and higher in summer months as rig operators are more active in maintenance, rig moves and other activities when weather conditions are less harsh.
17


All offshore exploration and production businesses were impacted by the decline in the oil market in the second half of 2014. The lower oil price led to cancellation or postponement of many investment programs related to new fields and exploration. This negatively impacted the demand for all categories of offshore support vessels for the 12 months ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016.
From the low point of $30 per barrel in January 2016, the price of oil has started to improve and has remained above $60 per barrel from December 2017 to the date of this report. The improved oil price and new lowered cash break even for the oil companies has resulted in a more positive sentiment in the industry. A stable oil price at profitable levels for oil companies can be expected to lead to increased investment activity and increased demand for offshore support vessels, PSVs and AHTS vessels.
The 2018 Offshore Support Vessel Market (Source: Fearnleys)
Although it is true that the OSV market is moving quite slowly this downturn, at least it is moving in the right direction. PSVs and AHTS vessels saw slow but continuous activity growth globally in 2018, up 7% from trough notation in the first half of 2017. There were large differences between regions, however, and while some areas, including the North Sea and Brazil saw movement in both utilization as well as rate levels in 2018, others, such as the US Gulf and South East Asia, have seen little to no improvement when finishing 2018 compared to one year ago.

Furthermore, there was a clear bifurcation of vessel preference that emerged in 2018 where more than 90% of supply vessels that were fixed on long-term charters were less than 15 years old. Combine that with the challenging average utilization overall and mostly yet-to-recover day rates, it became increasingly difficult to justify keeping older- and low-spec tonnage through last year. Just as we predicted last year, there were even more OSVs sold for scrap in 2018 than the record-breaking 143 we saw the year prior. By the end of 2018 we had registered close to 150 units that sailed for the last time, which puts the total amount since 2014 well in excess of 400 ships. Also worth mentioning in this regard, is that only 46 supply vessels were delivered in 2018, down almost 30% from 2017. These deliveries represent less than half the number of AHTS vessels and PSVs that were scrapped during 2018.

In the North Sea term rates for PSVs almost doubled prior to the summer season due to the mere expectation of higher activity. Although it was a development most welcomed by the shipowners, the summer failed to live up to the expectations and average utilization in the region remained in the 60% to low 70% range all season, resulting in a disappointing spot market. September would then prove to bring one final strong month, before winter metaphorically swept in and saw a number of ships returning to lay-up as activity slowed down. For AHTS vessel owners it was a slow year altogether only broken by isolated rate hikes never lasting for any significant duration of time. And while the majority of PSVs operating in the North Sea are primarily employed on long-term contracts, there were very few large AHTS vessels that were employed on long-term contracts ⸻ ending 2018 at only two. Furthermore, while the number of PSVs in lay-up in the North Sea was at its lowest in three years, the number of AHTS vessels in lay-up was at its peak at the end of 2018. Our colleagues at Fearnley Offshore forecast a great deal more activity next summer, but going into 2019 we have very different expectations for these two ship types, particularly in the North Sea.

The tier 1 subsea companies' efforts to position themselves to offer integrated solutions, although only partly gaining traction during the first half of the year, seems to have worked. One chief indicator of this was that the book-to-bill ratio for these companies grew close to 1.2 during the third quarter of 2018 and was above 1 for three out of four quarters last year. Going forward, it is especially important to be well positioned when considering that both the number of contracts and the average scope size have started to grow again, breaking the negative development we saw between 2014 and 2017.

This has led to a growing number of vessel tenders, and 2018 finally saw the return of long-term contracts. Granted, the majority of multi-year contracts for subsea tonnage is still seasonally and/or project based, but this is an important development nonetheless and we see this reflected in increased vessel utilization. We further see appetite for such "pay as you go" deals evaporating among the owners group, which we take as a sign of growing confidence in the market going forward. The returning market balance has resulted in higher utilization than expected when we started the year but also increased rate levels for some vessel segments. This is especially true for construction vessels where alternative markets have added further demand for high-end SPS classed vessels.

While on the subject of market balance though, it should be noted that the vast majority of these vessels are less than 15 years old, and as such, there is only a very moderate number of scrapping candidates left in the fleet after 2018. Therefore, further improvements to the shipowners' situation will have to come from increased demand. The good news in that regard is that we do expect increased vessel demand going forward and thereby added pressure on rates.

At the start of 2018 our colleagues at Fearnley Securities believed that final investment decisions representing up to 200 subsea trees would be announced throughout the year. Now that we have moved on into 2019 we know that the total number awarded last year was actually 242, a drastic increase from the 155 trees awarded the year before. Furthermore, we expect this trend to persist, and the main takes from the Astrup Fearnley Day conference on the subject was that projects are getting larger, they are more geographically diverse, increased visibility on award timing, and increased water depths.

18


All-in-all, we feel that the tides are turning in the subsea sphere and that confidence is slowly building up again. Given the beating experienced over the past years, we still see a race for utilization but with some vessel suppliers likely benefiting from not being "first pick" due to offering the lowest rates, but rather putting themselves in a bargaining position with few vessel alternatives.
The Offshore Market 2019
The sentiment in the North Sea offshore sector has improved significantly since year-end 2018 following increased activity in general both in the North Sea and adjacent areas. There has been good tender activity and inquiries for the upcoming 2019 summer campaign in the North Sea as rigs are fixed for exploration campaigns, as well as other seasonal activities, such as pipe haul.
The effects of an increased level of activity from the oil companies and contractors should have a positive impact on the PSV market rates in the short term for high spec tonnage due to decreased availability. Reactivation of laid-up ships is still a risk, however, but the ships that remain in layup are, in broad terms, either old, smaller or harder to reactivate because they will need overhauls, main Class renewal or both. In the long run overcapacity will continue to present a barrier for the market to sustainably recover. The scrapping of PSVs continues to mainly occur in other regions, and has had less of an impact on the North Sea market thus far.
The Company's AHTS vessels and crew boats are serving global customers in the West African market and are experiencing increased enquiry in 2019 which portends a broader improvement in offshore fundamentals beyond any single region.
Government and Environmental Regulations
Government regulation and laws significantly affect the ownership and operation of our fleet. We are subject to international conventions and treaties, national, state and local laws and regulations in force in the countries in which our vessels may operate or are registered relating to safety and health and environmental protection including the storage, handling, emission, transportation and discharge of hazardous and non-hazardous materials, and the remediation of contamination and liability for damage to natural resources. Compliance with such laws, regulations and other requirements entails significant expense, including vessel modifications and implementation of certain operating procedures.
A variety of government and private entities subject our vessels to both scheduled and unscheduled inspections. These entities include the local port authorities (applicable national authorities), classification societies, flag state administrations (countries of registry) and charterers, particularly terminal operators. Certain of these entities require us to obtain permits, licenses, certificates and other authorizations for the operation of our vessels. Failure to maintain necessary permits or approvals could require us to incur substantial costs or result in the temporary suspension of the operation of one or more of our vessels.
Increasing environmental concerns have created a demand for vessels that conform to stricter environmental standards. We are required to maintain operating standards for all of our vessels that emphasize operational safety, quality maintenance, continuous training of our officers and crews and compliance with United States and international regulations. We believe that the operation of our vessels is in substantial compliance with applicable environmental laws and regulations and that our vessels have all material permits, licenses, certificates or other authorizations necessary for the conduct of our operations. However, because such laws and regulations frequently change and may impose increasingly stricter requirements, we cannot predict the ultimate cost of complying with these requirements, or the impact of these requirements on the resale value or useful lives of our vessels. In addition, a future serious marine incident that causes significant adverse environmental impact could result in additional legislation or regulation that could negatively affect our profitability.
International Maritime Organization
The International Maritime Organization, the United Nations agency for maritime safety and the prevention of pollution by vessels, or the IMO, has adopted the International Convention for the Prevention of Pollution from Ships, 1973, as modified by the Protocol of 1978 relating thereto, collectively referred to as MARPOL 73/78 and herein as "MARPOL," adopted the International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea of 1974, or the SOLAS Convention, and the International Convention on Load Lines of 1966, or the LL Convention. MARPOL establishes environmental standards relating to oil leakage or spilling, garbage management, sewage, air emissions, handling and disposal of noxious liquids and the handling of harmful substances in packaged forms.  MARPOL is applicable to drybulk, tanker and LNG carriers, among other vessels, and is broken into six Annexes, each of which regulates a different source of pollution. Annex I relates to oil leakage or spilling; Annexes II and III relate to harmful substances carried in bulk, in liquid or in packaged form, respectively; Annexes IV and V relate to sewage and garbage management, respectively; and Annex VI, lastly, relates to air emissions. Annex VI was separately adopted by the IMO in September of 1997.


19


Air Emissions
In September of 1997, the IMO adopted Annex VI to MARPOL to address air pollution from vessels. Effective May 2005, Annex VI sets limits on sulfur oxide and nitrogen oxide emissions from all commercial vessel exhausts and prohibits "deliberate emissions" of ozone depleting substances (such as halons and chlorofluorocarbons), emissions of volatile compounds from cargo tanks, and the shipboard incineration of specific substances. Annex VI also includes a global cap on the sulfur content of fuel oil and allows for special areas to be established with more stringent controls on sulfur emissions, as explained below.  Emissions of "volatile organic compounds" from certain vessels, and the shipboard incineration (from incinerators installed after January 1, 2000) of certain substances (such as polychlorinated biphenyls, or PCBs) are also prohibited.  We believe that all our vessels are currently compliant in all material respects with these regulations.
The Marine Environment Protection Committee, or MEPC, adopted amendments to Annex VI regarding emissions of sulfur oxide, nitrogen oxide, particulate matter and ozone depleting substances, which entered into force on July 1, 2010.  The amended Annex VI seeks to further reduce air pollution by, among other things, implementing a progressive reduction of the amount of sulfur contained in any fuel oil used on board ships. On October 27, 2016, at its 70th session, the MEPC agreed to implement a global 0.5% m/m sulfur oxide emissions limit (reduced from 3.50%) starting from January 1, 2020.  This limitation can be met by using low-sulfur compliant fuel oil, alternative fuels, or certain exhaust gas cleaning systems.  Once the cap becomes effective, ships will be required to obtain bunker delivery notes and International Air Pollution Prevention, or IAPP, Certificates from their flag states that specify sulfur content.  Additionally, at MEPC 73, amendments to Annex VI to prohibit the carriage of bunkers above 0.5% sulfur on ships were adopted and will take effect on March 1, 2020.  These regulations subject ocean-going vessels to stringent emissions controls, and may cause us to incur substantial costs.
Sulfur content standards are even stricter within certain "Emission Control Areas," or ECAs. As of January 1, 2015, ships operating within an ECA were not permitted to use fuel with sulfur content in excess of 0.1%. Amended Annex VI establishes procedures for designating new ECAs. Currently, the IMO has designated four ECAs, including specified portions of the Baltic Sea area, North Sea area, North American area and United States Caribbean area.  Ocean-going vessels in these areas will be subject to stringent emission controls and may cause us to incur additional costs. Other areas in China are subject to local regulations that impose stricter emission controls. If other ECAs are approved by the IMO, or other new or more stringent requirements relating to emissions from marine diesel engines or port operations by vessels are adopted by local authorities where we operate, compliance with these regulations could entail significant capital expenditures or otherwise increase the costs of our operations.
Amended Annex VI also establishes new tiers of stringent nitrogen oxide emissions standards for marine diesel engines, depending on their date of installation. At the MEPC meeting held from March to April 2014, amendments to Annex VI were adopted which address the date on which Tier III Nitrogen Oxide (NOx) standards in ECAs will go into effect.  Under the amendments, Tier III NOx standards apply to ships that operate in the North American and U.S. Caribbean Sea ECAs designed for the control of NOx produced by vessels with a marine diesel engine installed and constructed on or after January 1, 2016.  Tier III requirements could apply to areas that will be designated for Tier III NOx in the future. At MEPC 70 and MEPC 71, the MEPC approved the North Sea and Baltic Sea as ECAs for nitrogen oxide for ships built after January 1, 2021. As a result of these designations or similar future designations, we may be required to incur additional operating or other costs.
As determined at the MEPC 70, the new Regulation 22A of MARPOL Annex VI is effective as of March 1, 2018 and requires ships above 5,000 gross tonnage to collect and report annual data on fuel oil consumption to an IMO database, with the first year of data collection commencing on January 1, 2019.  The IMO intends to use such data as the first step in its roadmap (through 2023) for developing its strategy to reduce greenhouse gas emissions from ships, as discussed further below. All NAO vessels are below 5,000 gross tonnages.
As of January 1, 2013, MARPOL made mandatory certain measures relating to energy efficiency for ships. All ships are now required to develop and implement Ship Energy Efficiency Management Plans, or SEEMPS, and new ships must be designed in compliance with minimum energy efficiency levels per capacity mile as defined by the Energy Efficiency Design Index, or EEDI.  Under these measures, by 2025, all new ships built will be 30% more energy efficient than those built in 2014.
We may incur costs to comply with these revised standards. Additional or new conventions, laws and regulations may be adopted that could require the installation of expensive emission control systems and could adversely affect our business, results of operations, cash flows and financial condition.
Safety Management System Requirements
The SOLAS Convention was amended to address the safe manning of vessels and emergency training drills.  The Convention of Limitation of Liability for Maritime Claims, or the LLMC Convention, sets limitations of liability for a loss of life or personal injury claim or a property claim against ship owners. We believe that our vessels are in substantial compliance with the SOLAS and LLMC Conventions standards.
20


Under Chapter IX of the SOLAS Convention, or the International Safety Management Code for the Safe Operation of Ships and for Pollution Prevention, or the ISM Code, our operations are also subject to environmental standards and requirements. The ISM Code requires the party with operational control of a vessel to develop an extensive safety management system that includes, among other things, the adoption of a safety and environmental protection policy setting forth instructions and procedures for operating its vessels safely and describing procedures for responding to emergencies. We rely upon the safety management system that we and our technical management team have developed for compliance with the ISM Code. The failure of a vessel owner or bareboat charterer to comply with the ISM Code may subject such party to increased liability, may decrease available insurance coverage for the affected vessels and may result in a denial of access to, or detention in, certain ports.
The ISM Code requires that vessel operators obtain a safety management certificate for each vessel they operate. This certificate evidences compliance by a vessel's management with the ISM Code requirements for a safety management system. No vessel can obtain a safety management certificate unless its manager has been awarded a document of compliance, issued by each flag state, under the ISM Code. The Company has nominated Remøy,V.Ships and SSM to technically operate our vessels. The technical managers have obtained the DOC (document of compliance) in order to operate in accordance with the ISM code.  The document of compliance and safety management certificate are renewed as required.
Amendments to the SOLAS Convention Chapter VII apply to vessels transporting dangerous goods and require those vessels be in compliance with the International Maritime Dangerous Goods Code, or IMDG Code. Effective January 1, 2018, the IMDG Code includes (1) updates to the provisions for radioactive material, reflecting the latest provisions from the International Atomic Energy Agency, (2) new marking, packing and classification requirements for dangerous goods, and (3) new mandatory training requirements.
The IMO has also adopted the International Convention on Standards of Training, Certification and Watchkeeping for Seafarers, or STCW Convention.  As of February 2017, all seafarers are required to meet the STCW standards and be in possession of a valid STCW certificate.  Flag states that have ratified the SOLAS and STCW Conventions generally employ the classification societies, which have incorporated requirements of the SOLAS and STCW Conventions into their class rules, to undertake surveys to confirm compliance.
The IMO's Maritime Safety Committee and MEPC, respectively, each adopted relevant parts of the International Code for Ships Operating in Polar Water (the "Polar Code"). The Polar Code, which entered into force on January 1, 2017, covers design, construction, equipment, operational, training, search and rescue as well as environmental protection matters relevant to ships operating in the waters surrounding the two poles. It also includes mandatory measures regarding safety and pollution prevention as well as recommendatory provisions.  The Polar Code applies to new ships constructed after January 1, 2017, and after January 1, 2018, ships constructed before January 1, 2017 are required to meet the relevant requirements by the earlier of their first intermediate or renewal survey.
Furthermore, recent action by the IMO's Maritime Safety Committee and United States agencies indicate that cybersecurity regulations for the maritime industry are likely to be further developed in the near future in an attempt to combat cybersecurity threats. For example, cyber-risk management systems must be incorporated by ship-owners and managers by 2021. This might cause companies to create additional procedures for monitoring cybersecurity, which could require additional expenses and/or capital expenditures.  The impact of such regulations is hard to predict at this time.
Pollution Control and Liability Requirements
The IMO has negotiated international conventions that impose liability for pollution in international waters and the territorial waters of the signatories to such conventions. For example, the IMO adopted an International Convention for the Control and Management of Ships' Ballast Water and Sediments, or the BWM Convention, in 2004. The BWM Convention entered into force on September 9, 2017.  The BWM Convention requires ships to manage their ballast water to remove, render harmless, or avoid the uptake or discharge of new or invasive aquatic organisms and pathogens within ballast water and sediments.  The BWM Convention's implementing regulations call for a phased introduction of mandatory ballast water exchange requirements, to be replaced in time with mandatory concentration limits, and require all ships to carry a ballast water record book and an international ballast water management certificate.
21


On December 4, 2013, the IMO Assembly passed a resolution revising the application dates of the BWM Convention so that the dates are triggered by the entry into force date and not the dates originally in the BWM Convention.  This, in effect, makes all vessels delivered before the entry into force date "existing vessels" and allows for the installation of ballast water management systems on such vessels at the first International Oil Pollution Prevention (IOPP) renewal survey following entry into force of the BWM Convention. The MEPC adopted updated guidelines for approval of ballast water management systems (G8) at MEPC 70. At MEPC 71, the schedule regarding the BWM Convention's implementation dates was also discussed and amendments were introduced to extend the date existing vessels are subject to certain ballast water standards.  Ships over 400 gross tons generally must comply with a "D-1 standard," requiring the exchange of ballast water only in open seas and away from coastal waters.  The "D-2 standard" specifies the maximum amount of viable organisms allowed to be discharged, and compliance dates vary depending on the IOPP renewal dates. Depending on the date of the IOPP renewal survey, existing vessels must comply with the D-2 standard on or after September 8, 2019. For most ships, compliance with the D-2 standard will involve installing on-board systems to treat ballast water and eliminate unwanted organisms.  Ballast water management systems, which include systems that make use of chemical, biocides, organisms or biological mechanisms, or which alter the chemical or physical characteristics of the ballast water, must be approved in accordance with IMO Guidelines (Regulation D-3).  Costs of compliance with these regulations may be substantial.
Once mid-ocean ballast water treatment requirements become mandatory under the BWM Convention, the cost of compliance could increase for ocean carriers and may have a material effect on our operations. However, many countries already regulate the discharge of ballast water carried by vessels from country to country to prevent the introduction of invasive and harmful species via such discharges.
The IMO also adopted the International Convention on Civil Liability for Bunker Oil Pollution Damage, or Bunker Convention, to impose strict liability on ship owners (including the registered owner, bareboat charterer, manager or operator) for pollution damage in jurisdictional waters of ratifying states caused by discharges of bunker fuel. The Bunker Convention requires registered owners of ships over 1,000 gross tons to maintain insurance for pollution damage in an amount equal to the limits of liability under the applicable national or international limitation regime (but not exceeding the amount calculated in accordance with the LLMC).  With respect to non-ratifying states, liability for spills or releases of oil carried as fuel in ship's bunkers typically is determined by the national or other domestic laws in the jurisdiction where the events or damages occur.
Ships are required to maintain a certificate attesting that they maintain adequate insurance to cover an incident. In jurisdictions, such as the United States where the Bunker Convention has not been adopted, various legislative schemes or common law govern, and liability is imposed either on the basis of fault or on a strict-liability basis.
Anti‑Fouling Requirements
In 2001, the IMO adopted the International Convention on the Control of Harmful Anti‑fouling Systems on Ships, or the Anti‑fouling Convention. The Anti‑fouling Convention, which entered into force on September 17, 2008, prohibits the use of organotin compound coatings to prevent the attachment of mollusks and other sea life to the hulls of vessels. Vessels of over 400 gross tons engaged in international voyages will also be required to undergo an initial survey before the vessel is put into service or before an International Anti‑fouling System Certificate is issued for the first time; and subsequent surveys when the anti‑fouling systems are altered or replaced. We have obtained Anti‑fouling System Certificates for all of our vessels that are subject to the Anti‑fouling Convention.

Compliance Enforcement
Noncompliance with the ISM Code or other IMO regulations may subject the ship owner or bareboat charterer to increased liability, may lead to decreases in available insurance coverage for affected vessels and may result in the denial of access to, or detention in, some ports. The USCG and European Union authorities have indicated that vessels not in compliance with the ISM Code by applicable deadlines will be prohibited from trading in U.S. and European Union ports, respectively.  As of the date of this report, each of our vessels is ISM Code certified. The Company has nominated Remøy, V. Ships and SSM to technically operate our vessels. The technical managers have obtained the DOC (document of compliance) in order to operate in accordance with the ISM code. However, there can be no assurance that such certificates will be maintained in the future .   The IMO continues to review and introduce new regulations. It is impossible to predict what additional regulations, if any, may be passed by the IMO and what effect, if any, such regulations might have on our operations.
United States Regulations
All the Company's vessels operate in the North Sea or West Africa, and it is unlikely that they will operate in the U.S. at a later time.  However, if at some time in the future our vessels operate in the United States, we could be subject to strict environmental regulations, such as state environmental laws, the U.S. Oil Pollution Act of 1990, or OPA, which establishes an extensive regulatory and liability regime for the protection and cleanup of the environment from oil spills, and the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act, or CERCLA, which applies to the discharge of hazardous substances other than oil, among others.  Other regulations, such as the U.S. Bureau of Safety and Environmental Enforcement's revised Production Safety Systems Rule, the U.S. Clean Water Act, the U.S. Clean Air Act, and other ballast water regulations may also apply.  Should we operate in U.S. waters, compliance with OPA and other U.S. regulations could impact the cost of our operations and adversely affect our business.
22


European Union Regulations
In October 2009, the European Union amended a directive to impose criminal sanctions for illicit ship-source discharges of polluting substances, including minor discharges, if committed with intent, recklessly or with serious negligence and the discharges individually or in the aggregate result in deterioration of the quality of water. Aiding and abetting the discharge of a polluting substance may also lead to criminal penalties. The directive applies to all types of vessels, irrespective of their flag, but certain exceptions apply to warships or where human safety or that of the ship is in danger. Criminal liability for pollution may result in substantial penalties or fines and increased civil liability claims.  Regulation (EU) 2015/757 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 29 April 2015 (amending EU Directive 2009/16/EC) governs the monitoring, reporting and verification of carbon dioxide emissions from maritime transport, and, subject to some exclusions, requires companies with ships over 5,000 gross tonnage to monitor and report carbon dioxide emissions annually starting on January 1, 2018, which may cause us to incur additional expenses.
The European Union has adopted several regulations and directives requiring, among other things, more frequent inspections of high-risk ships, as determined by type, age, and flag as well as the number of times the ship has been detained. The European Union also adopted and extended a ban on substandard ships and enacted a minimum ban period and a definitive ban for repeated offenses. The regulation also provided the European Union with greater authority and control over classification societies, by imposing more requirements on classification societies and providing for fines or penalty payments for organizations that failed to comply. Furthermore, the European Union has implemented regulations requiring vessels to use reduced sulfur content fuel for their main and auxiliary engines. The EU Directive 2005/33/EC (amending Directive 1999/32/EC) introduced requirements parallel to those in Annex VI relating to the sulfur content of marine fuels. In addition, the European Union imposed a 0.1% maximum sulfur requirement for fuel used by ships at berth in European Union ports.
International Labour Organization
The International Labour Organization, or the ILO, is a specialized agency of the UN that has adopted the Maritime Labour Convention 2006, or MLC 2006. A Maritime Labour Certificate and a Declaration of Maritime Labour Compliance is required to ensure compliance with the MLC 2006 for all ships above 500 gross tons in international trade.  We believe that all our vessels are in substantial compliance with and are certified to meet MLC 2006.
Greenhouse Gas Regulation
Currently, the emissions of greenhouse gases from international shipping are not subject to the Kyoto Protocol to the United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change, which entered into force in 2005 and pursuant to which adopting countries have been required to implement national programs to reduce greenhouse gas emissions with targets extended through 2020.  International negotiations are continuing with respect to a successor to the Kyoto Protocol, and restrictions on shipping emissions may be included in any new treaty. In December 2009, more than 27 nations, including the U.S. and China, signed the Copenhagen Accord, which includes a non-binding commitment to reduce greenhouse gas emissions.  The 2015 United Nations Climate Change Conference in Paris resulted in the Paris Agreement, which entered into force on November 4, 2016 and does not directly limit greenhouse gas emissions from ships.
At MEPC 70 and MEPC 71, a draft outline of the structure of the initial strategy for developing a comprehensive IMO strategy on reduction of greenhouse gas emissions from ships was approved. In accordance with this roadmap, in April 2018, nations at the MEPC 72 adopted an initial strategy to reduce greenhouse gas emissions from ships.  The initial strategy identifies "levels of ambition" to reducing greenhouse gas emissions, including (1) decreasing the carbon intensity from ships through implementation of further phases of the EEDI for new ships; (2) reducing carbon dioxide emissions per transport work, as an average across international shipping, by at least 40% by 2030, pursuing efforts towards 70% by 2050, compared to 2008; and (3) reducing the total annual greenhouse gas emissions by at least 50% by 2050 compared to 2008 while pursuing efforts towards phasing them out entirely.  The initial strategy notes that technological innovation, alternative fuels and/or energy sources for international shipping will be integral to achieve the overall ambition.  These regulations could cause us to incur additional substantial expenses.
The European Union made a unilateral commitment to reduce overall greenhouse gas emissions from its member states to 20% of 1990 levels by 2020. The European Union also committed to reduce its emissions by 20% under the Kyoto Protocol's second period from 2013 to 2020.  Starting in January 2018, large ships calling at European Union ports are required to collect and publish data on carbon dioxide emissions and other information.
Any passage of climate control legislation or other regulatory initiatives by the IMO, the European Union, or other countries where we operate, or any treaty adopted at the international level to succeed the Kyoto Protocol or Paris Agreement, that restricts emissions of greenhouse gases could require us to make significant financial expenditures which we cannot predict with certainty at this time. Even in the absence of climate control legislation, our business may be indirectly affected to the extent that climate change may result in sea level changes or certain weather events.
23


Vessel Security Regulations
Similarly, Chapter XI-2 of the SOLAS Convention imposes detailed security obligations on vessels and port authorities and mandates compliance with the International Ship and Port Facilities Security Code, or the ISPS Code. The ISPS Code is designed to enhance the security of ports and ships against terrorism. To trade internationally, a vessel must attain an International Ship Security Certificate, or ISSC, from a recognized security organization approved by the vessel's flag state. Ships operating without a valid certificate may be detained, expelled from, or refused entry at port until they obtain an ISSC.  The various requirements, some of which are found in the SOLAS Convention, include, for example, on-board installation of automatic identification systems to provide a means for the automatic transmission of safety-related information from among similarly equipped ships and shore stations, including information on a ship's identity, position, course, speed and navigational status; on-board installation of ship security alert systems, which do not sound on the vessel but only alert the authorities on shore; the development of vessel security plans; ship identification number to be permanently marked on a vessel's hull; a continuous synopsis record kept onboard showing a vessel's history including the name of the ship, the state whose flag the ship is entitled to fly, the date on which the ship was registered with that state, the ship's identification number, the port at which the ship is registered and the name of the registered owner(s) and their registered address; and compliance with flag state security certification requirements.
Future security measures could have a significant financial impact on us.  We intend to comply with the various security measures addressed by MTSA, the SOLAS Convention and the ISPS Code.
Inspection by Classification Societies
The hull and machinery of every commercial vessel must be classed by a classification society authorized by its country of registry. The classification society certifies that a vessel is safe and seaworthy in accordance with the applicable rules and regulations of the country of registry of the vessel and under the SOLAS Convention. Most insurance underwriters make it a condition for insurance coverage and lending that a vessel be certified "in class" by a classification society which is a member of the International Association of Classification Societies, the IACS.  The IACS has adopted harmonized Common Structural Rules, or the Rules, which apply to oil tankers and bulk carriers constructed on or after July 1, 2015.  The Rules attempt to create a level of consistency between IACS.  All of our vessels are certified as being "in class" by all the applicable Classification Societies (e.g., American Bureau of Shipping, Lloyd's Register of Shipping).
A vessel must undergo annual surveys, intermediate surveys, drydockings and special surveys. In lieu of a special survey, a vessel's machinery may be on a continuous survey cycle, under which the machinery would be surveyed periodically over a five-year period. Every vessel is also required to be drydocked every 30 to 60 months for inspection of the underwater parts of the vessel.  If any vessel does not maintain its class and/or fails any annual survey, intermediate survey, drydocking or special survey, the vessel will be unable to carry cargo between ports and will be unemployable and uninsurable which could cause us to be in violation of certain covenants in our loan agreements. Any such inability to carry cargo or be employed, or any such violation of covenants, could have a material adverse impact on our financial condition and results of operations.
Risk of Loss and Liability Insurance
General
The operation of any cargo vessel includes risks such as mechanical failure, physical damage, collision, property loss, cargo loss or damage and business interruption due to political circumstances in foreign countries, piracy incidents, hostilities and labor strikes. In addition, there is always an inherent possibility of marine disaster, including oil spills and other environmental mishaps, and the liabilities arising from owning and operating vessels in international trade.
Hull and Machinery Insurance
We procure hull and machinery insurance, protection and indemnity insurance, which includes environmental damage and pollution insurance and war risk insurance and freight, demurrage and defense insurance for our fleet. We generally do not maintain insurance against loss of hire (except for certain charters for which we consider it appropriate), which covers business interruptions that result in the loss of use of a vessel.
Protection and Indemnity Insurance
Protection and indemnity insurance, which is provided by mutual protection and indemnity associations, or P&I Associations, covers our third-party liabilities in connection with our shipping activities. This includes third-party liability and other related expenses of injury or death of crew, passengers and other third parties, loss or damage to cargo, claims arising from collisions with other vessels, damage to other third-party property, pollution arising from oil or other substances, and salvage, towing and other related costs, including wreck removal. Protection and indemnity insurance is a form of mutual indemnity insurance, extended by protection and indemnity mutual associations, or "clubs."
24


Our current protection and indemnity insurance coverage for pollution is $1 billion per vessel per incident. The 13 P&I Associations that comprise the International Group insure approximately 90% of the world's commercial tonnage and have entered into a pooling agreement to reinsure each association's liabilities. According to the International Group, the Pool provides a mechanism for sharing all claims in excess of $10 million up to, currently, approximately $8.2 billion.  As a member of a P&I Association, which is a member of the International Group, we are subject to calls payable to the associations based on our claim records as well as the claim records of all other members of the individual associations and members of the shipping pool of P&I Associations comprising the International Group.
Permits and Authorizations
We are required by various governmental and quasi-governmental agencies to obtain certain permits, licenses and certificates with respect to our vessels. The kinds of permits, licenses and certificates required depend upon several factors, including the commodity transported, the waters in which the vessel operates, the nationality of the vessel's crew and the age of a vessel. We expect to be able to obtain all permits, licenses and certificates currently required to permit our vessels to operate. Additional laws and regulations, environmental or otherwise, may be adopted which could limit our ability to do business or increase the cost of us doing business.
Seasonality
Operations in the North Sea are generally at their highest levels during the months from April through August and at their lowest levels from December through February primarily due to lower construction activity and harsh weather conditions affecting the movement and servicing of drilling rigs. Operations in West Africa are not significantly impacted by seasonality. Nevertheless, operations in any market may be affected by seasonality often related to unusually long or short construction seasons due to, among other things, abnormal weather conditions, as well as market demand associated with increased drilling and development activities.
C.   Organizational Structure
Nordic American Offshore Ltd. is a company organized under the laws of Bermuda. We own our vessels through separate wholly-owned subsidiaries that are incorporated in the Marshall Islands. Please see Exhibit 8.1 to this annual report for a list of our significant subsidiaries.
D.   Property, Plants and Equipment
Other than our vessels, we do not own any material property.   Please see "Item 4. Information on the Company A. Business Overview Our Fleet", for a description of our vessels. All of our PSVs and AHTS vessels are mortgaged as collateral under our Initial Credit Facility and DVB Credit Facility, respectively.
ITEM 4A   \      UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS
None.
ITEM 5.   OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW AND PROSPECTS
The following presentation of management's discussion and analysis of results of operations and financial condition should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements, accompanying notes thereto and other financial information appearing in "Item 18. Financial Statements." You should also carefully read the following discussion with the sections of this annual report entitled "Item 3. Key Information—D. Risk Factors," "Item 4. Information on the Company—B. Business Overview," and "Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements." Our consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2018 and 2017 and for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016 have been prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP. Our consolidated financial statements are presented in U.S. dollars ($) unless otherwise indicated.
Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates
We prepare our financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, or U.S. GAAP. On a regular basis, management reviews the accounting policies, assumptions, estimates and judgments to ensure that our consolidated financial statements are presented fairly and in accordance with U.S. GAAP. However, because future events and their effects cannot be determined with certainty, actual results could differ from our assumptions and estimates, and such differences could be material. For a description of our material accounting policies, please read "Note 2, Summary of Significant Accounting Policies" to our consolidated financial statements included herein.
25


Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company: We had less than $1.0 billion in revenue during our last fiscal year, which means that we qualify as an "emerging growth company" as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act, or JOBS Act. An emerging growth company may take advantage of specified reduced reporting and other burdens that are otherwise applicable generally to public companies. These provisions include:

·
exemption from the auditor attestation requirement in the assessment of the emerging growth company's internal controls over financial reporting;

·
exemption from new or revised financial accounting standards applicable to public companies until such standards are also applicable to private companies; and

·
exemption from compliance with any new requirements adopted by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board, or the PCAOB, requiring mandatory audit firm rotation or a supplement to the auditor's report in which the auditor would be required to provide additional information about the audit and financial statements.
We may take advantage of these provisions until we no longer qualify as an emerging growth company on December 31, 2019, which is the end of the fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of our initial public offering or such earlier time that we are no longer an emerging growth company. On this date, the exemptions described above will no longer be available to us.  Additionally, we will cease to be an emerging growth company if, among other things, we have more than $1.0 billion in "total annual gross revenues" during the most recently completed fiscal year. We may choose to take advantage of some, but not all, of these reduced burdens. For as long as we take advantage of the reduced reporting obligations, the information that we provide shareholders may be different from information provided by other public companies. We have chosen to "opt out" of the extended transition period relating to the exemption from new or revised financial accounting standards and as a result, we will comply with new or revised accounting standards on the relevant dates on which adoption of such standards is required for non-emerging growth public companies. Section 107 of the JOBS Act provides that our decision to opt out of the extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards is irrevocable.
Use of Estimates: Preparation of financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and costs during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates. The effects of changes in accounting estimates are accounted for in the same period in which the estimates are changed.
Impairment of Long-Lived Assets: As of December 31, 2018, our operating fleet consisted of ten PSVs.  Our vessels are evaluated for possible impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of a vessel may not be recoverable. If the estimated undiscounted future cash flows expected to result from the use of the vessel and its eventual disposition is less than the carrying amount of the vessel, the vessel is deemed impaired. Impairment charges may be limited to each individual vessel. We evaluated the carrying amount of our fleet at December 31, 2018 (consisting of ten PSVs) and we recorded an impairment charge of $160.1 million on these vessels for the year ended December 31, 2018.  An impairment charge was not recorded for the years ended December 31, 2017 or 2016. The amount of the impairment is measured as the difference between the carrying value and the estimated fair value of the vessel. The average of three broker estimates is used as a reflection of the fair market value of the vessels. This assessment is made at the individual vessel level as separately identifiable cash flow information for each vessel is available.
In developing estimates of future undiscounted cash flows, the Company makes assumptions and estimates about its vessels' future performance, with the significant assumptions being related to charter rates, fleet utilization, operating costs, capital expenditures, residual value and the estimated remaining useful life of each vessel.
The assumptions used to develop estimates of future undiscounted cash flows for our impairment analysis are based on historical trends as well as future expectations. The estimated undiscounted cash flows are determined by estimating daily charter and utilization rates for the remaining operating days. The Company estimates daily charter and utilization rates for the remaining operating days considering the historical company-specific performance, average for similar vessels and utilizing available market data to estimate charter and utilization rates over the remaining estimated useful life of the vessel, assumed to be 25 years from the delivery of the vessel from the shipyard for PSV and AHTS vessels and 15 years from the delivery of the vessel from the shipyard for crew boats, net of brokerage commissions, expected outflows for vessels' maintenance and vessel operating costs (including planned drydocking and engine overhaul expenditures). Future estimated charter rates in other currencies than USD are converted to USD based on an historical average conversion rate. For purposes of estimating future operating costs as part of our impairment test at December 31, 2018, we have applied a weighted company-specific average from the preceding three financial years and applied an annual growth factor of 2.0%.
When forecasting the daily charter rates for the remaining useful life of the vessels, we have applied an internally developed model in combination with external data. For the first and second year of our analysis we have applied the lowest of our weighted company-specific achieved average rates and the rates provided by a third party for the preceding three year period. For year three of our analysis we have applied a one year ramp up period where rates are based on 75% of the 15-year historical average rates provided by a third party, while applying a utilization rate of 75%. The ramp up period is applied to reflect a potentially slower return to historical activity levels. For the rates and utilization thereafter we use the 15-year historical average as provided by a third party.
26


For the 15-year historical average charter rate in GBP, provided by a third party, we have applied a 10-year average conversion rate between USD and GBP. The average conversion rate applied represents the historical exchange rate between USD and GBP, which we consider to be a representative approach for this currency swap also for the future periods.

Cost associated with vessels in lay-up have been included in the estimation for the relevant vessels and for the expected time of lay-up. No revenue is generated during lay-up.
When we calculate the expected undiscounted net cash flows for the vessels, we deduct operating expenses and expected cost of dry-docking and other expected capital expenditures from the operating revenues before adding an estimated scrap value of the vessel at the end of its useful life. The operating expenses applied are based on the forecasted operating cost for the vessels, which is adjusted in subsequent periods for expected growth. We have applied a compounded growth factor to the operating expenses. Estimated cash outflows for dry-docking are based on historical and forecasted expenditure. Vessel utilization is based on historical average levels achieved. The scrap value applied to our PSVs for purposes of the impairment testing at December 31, 2018 is assessed to be $1.5 million per vessel.
Probability-weighted approach
The industry has experienced a prolonged downturn since the start of 2014. The downturn has been longer than expected and there is a possibility that the utilization and rates will not come back to the historical levels. We have applied a probability-weighted approach (as per ASC 360-10-35-30) to reflect the possibility of different ranges and outcomes in our estimated cash flows. We recognize that there is more uncertainty related to assumption for cash flows that are several years ahead for long-lived assets like our vessels with a significant number of years left of remaining useful life and we have experienced a slower market recovery than expected in prior years. As such, we have prepared a probability based approach taking into account possible lower than expected outcomes for the main inputs to the model. The different outcomes are mainly applied to the long-term assumption in the model rather than the initial three-year period in our model.

We have applied probabilities to the following main inputs:


·
Rates

·
Utilization

·
Foreign currency conversion
Rates and utilization in the offshore industry are closely related. As demand for ships increases and supply decreases, the rates tend to be driven up. The oil sector has in recent years and especially after the financial crisis, become more coordinated and efficient as a result of lower prices per barrel and a strive for lower break even costs. In addition, there are many laid-up vessels and owners eager to get them back in operation, which in turn indicate that it will take time to get the rates and the utilization of the fleet up to historical levels. Based on this we have weighted our base case scenario that includes the assumptions discussed above with 70%, and a lower than expected scenario that includes the assumptions discussed below with 30%. We have considered the 12-year historical dayrates for PSVs, noting that rates in four out of these twelve years have been in the lower range and taken this into account when weighting the low case scenario.

In the low case scenario, we have excluded the peak period for utilization and rates pre-2009 and accordingly applied a 10-year average for rates and utilization. This estimate is applied for the cash flows from year four and onwards in the calculation. The rate applied in year three (ramp-up period) is set as 75% of the long-term rate.

In our base case we have applied the 10-year average currency rate. Historical data for this period shows a declining USD/GBP currency cross and in our low case scenario we have applied the three-year average currency rate.

The table below indicates the (1) charter rates applied in our impairment assessment, (2) company-specific achieved rates and (3) historical market rates for the North Sea, obtained from an external party.
 
Rates used (1)
 
Achieved rates (2)
   
Market rates (3)
 
$ per day
First year
 
Second year
 
Third year
 
Thereafter
 
2018
 
2017
     
2004-
2018
     
2009-
2018
 
Rates
 
$
9,523
   
$
9,523
   
$
13,067
   
$
17,423
   
$
12,470
   
$
10,784
   
$
19,582
   
$
14,874
 
Utilization
   
62
%
   
62
%
   
75
%
   
84.6
%
   
60
%
   
65
%
   
87
%
   
82
%
27


As a result of our impairment test, we have recorded an impairment loss of $160.1 million related to our ten PSVs to write the carrying values of these vessels down to their estimated fair values as of December 31, 2018.  During the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, the market value of our PSVs declined, and we identified impairment indicators.  However, in each of those years under our impairment testing approach, we determined that the sum of the undiscounted cash flows for each vessel exceeded its carrying value and therefore, an impairment charge was not recorded.
The Total Fleet – Comparison of Carrying Value versus Market Value
During the past three years the market value of offshore supply vessels as provided by offshore shipbrokers has declined.
The table set forth below indicates the carrying value of each of our PSVs as of December 31, 2018 and 2017 and the fair market value of each of our PSVs as of December 31, 2018.
Vessel
Yard (1)
Year built
Delivered to NAO
 
Carrying value 2018 ($ (millions)
   
FMV
2018
($millions)
Carrying value 2017 ($ millions)
 
NAO Fighter
Ulstein
2012
January 2014
   
17.0
   
17.0
 
36.8
 
NAO Prosper
Ulstein
2012
January 2014
   
17.0
   
17.0
 
37.1
 
NAO Power
Ulstein
2013
January 2014
   
17.2
   
17.2
 
37.3
 
NAO Thunder
Ulstein
2013
December 2013
   
17.2
   
17.2
 
36.9
 
NAO Guardian
Ulstein
2013
December 2013
   
17.2
   
17.2
 
37.1
 
NAO Protector
Ulstein
2013
December 2013
   
17.2
   
17.2
 
36.7
 
NAO Storm
Ulstein
2015
January 2015
   
17.5
   
17.5
 
31.8
 
NAO Viking
Ulstein
2015
January 2015
   
17.5
   
17.5
 
32.1
 
NAO Horizon
VARD
2016
April 2016
   
19.4
   
19.4
 
33.1
 
NAO Galaxy
VARD
2016
June 2016
   
19.4
   
19.4
 
31.8
 

(1)   "Ulstein" refers to Ulstein Verft AS and "VARD" refers to Vard Group AS.
  The carrying value of our PSVs as of December 31, 2018 is $176.9 million. We have obtained broker estimates from three independent shipbrokers indicating a fair market value (FMV) of our PSV fleet to be $176.9 million, based on an average of the three estimates that is the basis for our impairment charge of $160.1 million as of December 31, 2018. The total carrying value based on the above is consequently not exceeding the fair value of the vessels as of December 31, 2018.

Drydocking and engine overhaul: The Company's PSVs and AHTS vessels are required to be drydocked approximately every 60 months, and to have engines overhauled after   10,000 – 11,000   running hours which would be between the drydocking procedures. The Company's crew boats are required to be drydocked annually.  The Company will capitalize a substantial portion of the costs incurred during drydocking and overhaul, and amortize those costs on a straight line basis from the completion of a drydocking, intermediate survey or overhaul to the estimated completion of the next drydocking or overhaul. For our newbuilding PSVs acquired directly from the shipyard, an estimate of $550,000 and $250,000 for drydocking cost and overhaul costs, respectively, has been allocated from the purchase price. Drydocking is depreciated over five years, and engine overhauls are depreciated based on the number of running hours within the reporting period according to the built-in overhaul method.
Vessels, net:   Vessels and equipment are stated at historical costs, less accumulated depreciation which is provided by the straight line method over their estimated useful life of 25 years. Interest is capitalized in connection with the construction of vessels. Certain subsequent expenditures for conversions and major improvements are also capitalized if it is determined that they appreciably extend the life, increase the earnings capacity or improve the efficiency or safety of the vessel. Repairs and maintenance are expensed as incurred. The vessels' estimated residual values and useful life are reviewed when there has been a change in circumstances that indicate the original estimate may no longer be appropriate. Residual values are estimated at approximately $1.5 million for each vessel in the fleet at December 31, 2018 and 2017.
A.   Operating Results
We present our Statement of Operations and Comprehensive (Loss) Income using charter revenues and charter costs. During the periods ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016, our PSVs were employed in the North Sea on both spot and term charters.
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2018 COMPARED TO YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2017

   
Years ended December 31,
       
All figures in USD '000
 
2018
   
2017
   
Variance
 
Charter Revenues
   
20,654
     
17,895
     
15
%
Charter Costs
   
(2,215
)
   
(1,815
)
   
22
%
Vessel Operating Costs
   
(25,173
)
   
(20,454
)
   
23
%
General and Administrative Costs
   
(4,757
)
   
(4,222
)
   
13
%
Depreciation Costs
   
(17,298
)
   
(17,472
)
   
(1
%)
Impairment Loss on Vessel
   
160,080
     
0
     
N/A
 
Net Operating Loss
   
(188,869
)
   
(26,068
)
   
625
%
Interest Income
   
207
     
298
     
(31
%)
Interest Costs
   
(8,031
)
   
(4,880
)
   
65
%
Other Financial Costs
   
(601
)
   
327
     
(284
%)
Total Other Costs
   
(8,425
)
   
(4,255
)
   
98
%
Loss before income taxes
   
(197,294
)
   
(30,323
)
   
551
%
Income Tax
   
0
     
997
     
N/A
 
Net Loss and Comprehensive Loss
   
(197,294
)
   
(29,326
)
   
573
%

28


Net operating loss was $188.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2018, compared to $26.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2017. The increase in net operating loss is primarily driven by an impairment loss of $160.1 million recorded during the year ended December 31, 2018 along with increased vessel operating expenses.  These variances are discussed below.
The charter revenues increased by $2.7 million, or 15% from $17.9 million in 2017 to $20.6 million in 2018.  The vessels were trading in a mix of both spot and term charters during each period. The increase in charter revenues is a combination of slightly higher day rates and reactivation of two PSVs late in the second quarter. The charter costs increased by $0.4 million, or 22% from $1.8 million in 2017 to $2.2 million in 2018. The increase in charter costs is primarily due to increased commission and off hire costs. Commissions are primarily paid on a percentage of the rate, and therefore increased commensurate with the increase in charter revenues.
Vessel operating expenses increased by $4.7 million, or 23%, from $20.4 million in 2017 to $25.2 million in 2018. This was primarily due to the reactivation of two vessels early in 2018 (which were in lay-up throughout 2017), thus increasing operating expenses for 2018.
General and administrative expenses increased $0.5 million, or 13%, from $4.2 million in 2017 to $4.8 million in 2018.  This increase is primarily due to additional legal and professional costs incurred in relation to additional work related to due-diligence processes.
Depreciation costs remained consistent from 2017 to 2018 as a result of the company not making any major investments, buying or selling any vessels during 2018.
We recorded an impairment loss of $160.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2018.  This loss was the result of our annual impairment analysis whereby we performed a cash flow analysis with undiscounted values to assess the recoverability of the carrying value of our vessels. This analysis resulted in all 10 vessels at the time having carrying values exceeding their undiscounted cash flows.  Accordingly, an impairment charge of $160.1 million was recorded representing the difference between the carrying value and fair value of the vessels. For further information on the process and underlying assumptions leading to this impairment charge, please see the section above entitled "Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects⸻Critical Accounting Estimates".
Interest costs increased $3.1 million, or 65%, from $4.9 million in 2017 to $8.0 million in 2018.  This increase was attributable to (i) an increase in the Company's margin on its Initial Credit Facility from 2.0% to 4.0% as part of a waiver to its financial covenants obtained in May 2018 and (ii) increases in LIBOR rates.
Other financial costs decreased $0.9 million from $0.3 million in 2017 to $(0.6) million in 2018. This is primarily due to increased currency loss and increased change in currency translation differences.
The Company reversed an income tax provision during the year ended 2017 resulting in a gain of $1.0 million.
Please see "Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects Critical Accounting Estimates" for further information.
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2017 COMPARED TO YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2016

   
Years ended December 31,
       
All figures in USD '000
 
2017
   
2016
   
Variance
 
Charter Revenues
   
17,895
     
17,697
     
1.1
%
Charter Costs
   
(1,815
)
   
(1,448
)
   
25.4
%
Vessel Operating Costs
   
(20,454
)
   
(24,137
)
   
(15.3
%)
General and Administrative Costs
   
(4,222
)
   
(4,503
)
   
(6.2
%)
Depreciation Costs
   
(17,472
)
   
(16,152
)
   
8.2
%
Net Operating Loss
   
(26,068
)
   
(28,543
)
   
(8.7
%)
Interest Income
   
298
     
10
     
2880
%
Interest Costs
   
(4,880
)
   
(3,467
)
   
40.8
%
Other Financial Income (Costs)
   
327
     
(151
)
   
(316.6
%)
Total Other Costs
   
(4,255
)
   
(3,608
)
   
17.9
%
Loss before income taxes
   
(30,323
)
   
(32,151
)
   
(5.7
%)
Income Tax
   
997
     
-
   
NA
 
Net Loss and Comprehensive Loss
   
(29,326
)
   
(32,151
)
   
(8.9
%)

Net operating loss was $26.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2017, compared to $28.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2016. The decrease in net operating loss was primarily caused by the reduction in vessel operating costs.  The significant variances are described below.
29


Charter revenues increased by 1.1% from December 31, 2016 to December 31, 2017. We consider the increase to be marginal, resulting from increased average rates and decreased average utilization at December 31, 2017 compared to December 31, 2016. In 2017, we had seven vessels trading and three vessels laid up for the full year. Of the seven operating vessels, one vessel was fixed on a term contract of seven months and the six others were trading in the spot market. The nature of the spot market leads to an increase in harbor costs, fuel costs and other off-hire related costs such as pilotage, linesmen, light dues, off-hire surveys, etc., in comparison to a term contract where the client covers all these costs while the vessel is on-hire.
The increase in charter costs of 25.4% was primarily due to increased port charges and off-hire costs. Off-hire costs increased since the average utilization at December 31, 2017 compared to December 31, 2016 decreased and at December 31, 2017 we had three vessels in layup which incurred bunkering costs and other costs associated with having the vessels laid up.
The decrease in vessel operating costs of 15.3% was primarily due to the three new vessels added to the fleet that were in lay-up during 2017, which had significantly lower operating costs than a vessel in operation. The increase in costs from adding two new vessels to the fleet that were previously laid up was partly offset by one additional vessel being laid up since October 2016.
The 6.2% decrease in general and administrative costs is due to legal fees incurred in 2016 due to our Re-domiciliation from the Marshall Islands to Bermuda.
The 8.2% increase in depreciation costs was a result of the acquisition of two new vessels in 2016. The vessels were delivered in April and June 2016, and were depreciated from the time of delivery. 2017 was the first year with full depreciation for the two vessels delivered in 2016.
No vessel impairment was recorded for the year ended December 31, 2017 after having performed an impairment analysis. The average age of the Company's fleet was just over four years and the estimated undiscounted cash flows exceeded the book value of each vessel as of December 31, 2017.
As of December 2017, interest expenses had increased by 40.8% compared with the same period in the prior year. This is due to increased interest rates and the fact that another $90.0 million of the credit facility was drawn on our Initial Credit Facility in 2016.
B.   Liquidity and Capital Resources
We operate in a cyclical and capital intensive industry and we have historically financed our acquisitions of PSVs mainly through raising new equity in combination with loan financing. We refer to further comments below in regard to our Initial Credit Facility. As of December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017 we had cash and cash equivalents of $8.4 million and $31.5 million, respectively.
Equity Issuances
In March 2017, we completed an underwritten public follow-on offering of 4,130,000 common shares, which includes 130,000 common shares sold pursuant to the underwriters' partial exercise of the overallotment option to purchase additional common shares, at a price of $12.50 per share. The net proceeds we received from the offering were approximately $48.3 million and were used for general corporate purposes and working capital financing purposes.
In December 2018, we issued an aggregate of 1,175,474 common shares in a private placement with SOI at $4.20 per share, resulting in net proceeds to us of $4.9 million.
In April 2019, we acquired 13 vessels from SOHI, a related party affiliate that is a closely held company owned and controlled by certain members of the Lolli-Ghetti family, of which our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, Emanuele Lauro, and our Vice President, Filippo Lauro, are members, in exchange for 8,126,219 common shares of the Company at approximately $2.78 per share for an aggregate consideration of $22.6 million.  As part of this acquisition, we assumed the aggregate outstanding indebtedness of $9.0 million relating to two of the acquired vessels.
In March 2019, we also entered into a common stock purchase agreement, which we refer to as the Equity Line of Credit, with SOI (a related party affiliate) and Mackenzie Financial Corporation. SOI is owned and controlled by certain members of the Lolli-Ghetti family, of which our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, Emanuele Lauro, and our Vice President, Filippo Lauro, are members.  The Equity Line of Credit provides for $20.0 million to be available on demand to us in exchange for our common shares priced at 0.94 multiplied by the then-prevailing 30-day trailing volume weighted average price.  In April 2019, 3,240,418 common shares in aggregate were issued equally to each of SOI and Mackenzie Financial Corporation under the Equity Line of Credit for approximately $2.78 per share, resulting in net proceeds to us of $9.0 million.
30


Our Borrowing Activities
Credit Facilities
Credit Facility with DNB Bank ASA and Skandinaviska Enskilda Banken AB
On December 19, 2013, we entered into a revolving credit facility with DNB Bank ASA and Skandinaviska Enskilda Banken AB for up to $60.0 million, which we refer to as our Initial Credit Facility. On March 16, 2015, we expanded our Initial Credit Facility to $150.0 million. The Initial Credit Facility provides funding for general corporate purposes. Amounts borrowed under the Initial Credit Facility bear interest at an annual rate equal to LIBOR plus a margin of 2.5% and we pay a commitment fee on any undrawn amounts. The maximum potential annual commitment fee payable on undrawn amounts is $600,000. There are no mandatory repayments of principal during the term of the Initial Credit Facility, and we are obligated to pay interest only on drawn amounts and the commitment fee for undrawn amounts. The maturity of the Initial Credit Facility has been extended to March 2020, as part of increasing the facility in 2015.
As of December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017, we had $132.9 million and $137.0 million, respectively, outstanding under the Initial Credit Facility. Borrowings under the Initial Credit Facility are currently secured by first priority mortgages on our PSVs and assignments of earnings and insurance. Under the Initial Credit Facility, we are subject to certain financial covenants requiring, among other things, the maintenance of (i) a minimum value adjusted amount of equity, (ii) a minimum value adjusted equity ratio, (iii) a minimum level of liquidity, (iv) a positive working capital, and (v) the aggregate fair market value of the vessels securing the loan of at least 150% of the outstanding loan (the "Security Coverage Ratio"). The Initial Credit Facility also includes customary events of default, including non-payment, breach of covenants, insolvency, cross defaults and material adverse change. A breach of any of these covenants, if not waived by the lenders, would result in the Initial Credit Facility becoming callable by the lenders.
As of December 31, 2016 we were not in compliance with three of our debt covenants: (i) the minimum value adjusted amount of equity clause, (ii) the minimum value adjusted equity ratio clause and (iii) a minimum level of liquidity.  In 2017, we obtained waivers from our lenders to lower (i) the minimum value of equity and (ii) the minimum value adjusted equity ratio covenant requirements to levels at which the Company was in compliance, and suspending (iii) the minimum level of liquidity covenant. These waivers were effective until April 30, 2018. Under the waivers the Company is unable to draw further on the Initial Credit Facility.
On April 30, 2018, we entered into an amendment to the Initial Credit Facility that extended the waiver period up until December 31, 2018. Under the terms of the waiver obtained, we were unable to draw further on the Initial Credit Facility until we complied with the original terms and conditions under the Initial Credit Facility. We were permitted to distribute dividends, subject to a corresponding amount being repaid under the Initial Credit Facility.
In September 2018, we made an unscheduled payment of $1.575 million on our Initial Credit Facility to regain compliance with the Security Coverage Ratio (requiring that the aggregate fair market value of the vessels securing the loan does not fall below 150% of the outstanding loan) set forth thereunder.  At the end of September 2018, vessel values were remeasured and, given a further deterioration in such values, we were again not in compliance with the Security Coverage Ratio under our Initial Credit Facility at September 30, 2018.
In December 2018, we entered into a share purchase agreement with SOI. As part of this agreement, SOI invested $5.0 million in a private placement of the Company's shares at a price of $4.20 per share, which we refer to as the Private Placement. The Private Placement was finalized on December 12, 2018 and effective upon closing of the Private Placement, $1.9 million of the proceeds were immediately used to repay a portion of the outstanding indebtedness under the Initial Credit Facility to regain compliance with the Security Coverage Ratio thereunder. As a result of this transaction, the composition of senior management and the Board of Directors changed. Subsequent to the Private Placement, the new management commenced negotiations with the banks under the Initial Credit Facility, with the goal to secure the long-term financing of the Company. A waiver was granted on December 20, 2018 that effectively waived our compliance with all the covenants up until February 6, 2019 and reintroduced the original covenants upon expiry of the waiver. Under the waiver, the Company is required to have a minimum liquidity of $5 million, which increases to $7.5 million immediately following any drawdown on the Equity Line of Credit that was entered into in March 2019 (as described above).  As of December 31, 2018, we were in compliance with the modified terms under the Initial Credit Facility and the loan was not considered callable. Subsequent to this, the lenders under the Initial Credit Facility further extended the waiver period, and in March 2019 an agreement was reached to extend the waiver period until January 31, 2020 as part of a broader series of transactions as described in "Item 4. Information on the Company—A. History and Development of the Company Transactions."

Moreover, we received commitments from the lenders under our Initial Credit Facility, upon our satisfaction of certain conditions precedent, the most significant of which is a requirement to raise an additional $15.0 million of equity before January 31, 2020, to a new $132.9 million term loan facility with maturity of December 6, 2023 to refinance the Initial Credit Facility, which had an outstanding balance of $132.9 million as of the date of this annual report.  The new $132.9 million term loan is expected to be collateralized by the ten PSVs that currently collateralize the Initial Credit Facility in addition to the 11 crew boats acquired from SOHI, bears interest at LIBOR plus a margin 3.50% (which can be reduced if the Company meets certain Net Debt to EBITDA thresholds) and is expected to be repayable in equal, semi-annual installments of $7.5 million beginning in December 2021 with a balloon payment due upon the maturity date of December 6, 2023.  This new credit facility is also expected to contain restrictive financial covenants as follows:

·
Cash and cash equivalents shall at all times be equal to or greater than (i) $12,500,000 and (ii) $750,000 per vessel above 2,500 DWT.

·
Current assets shall at all times exceed current liabilities less the current portion of long term liabilities.

·
The ratio of net debt to total capitalization no greater than 0.60 to 1.00.
31


DVB Credit Facility
In April 2019, the Company assumed the indebtedness of $9.0 million as part of the acquisition of two AHTS vessels from SOHI under a credit facility with DVB Bank SE Nordic Branch.  We refer to this credit facility as our DVB Credit Facility.  This loan was executed and fully drawn in September 2017 and the vessel owning subsidiaries of these vessels are borrowers under this facility.
The DVB Credit Facility bears interest at LIBOR plus a margin of 2.75% and contains a financial covenant whereby the Company must maintain minimum liquidity of an aggregate of $0.8 million in the bank accounts that are pledged as security under the facility.  The terms of this credit facility also require that the Company fund any Excess Earnings (defined as each vessels' earnings less budgeted operating expenses and interest payments and the maintenance of the minimum liquidity requirement) related to such vessels, up to $3.6 million in aggregate, to a drydock reserve account, the proceeds of which are to be utilized for the vessel's next scheduled drydock.  An aggregate of $1.0 million was funded in this account at the date of the acquisition.
For the first 36 months after the initial drawdown date (through September 2020), any Excess Earnings related to each vessel, after funding the minimum liquidity requirement and drydock reserve account, shall be utilized to repay the credit facility.  39 months after the initial drawdown date, the DVB Credit Facility shall be repaid in consecutive quarterly installments of $0.2 million in aggregate with a balloon payment due upon the maturity date of September 2022.  The outstanding balance under this facility was $9.0 million as of the date of this annual report.
This facility contains financial and restrictive covenants, which require the borrowers to, among other things, comply with certain financial tests (as described above); deliver semi-annual and annual financial statements and annual projections; comply with restrictive covenants, including maintaining adequate insurances; comply with laws (including environmental laws); and maintain flag and class of the vessels. Other such covenants may require the borrowers to obtain lender approval on changes in the borrowers vessels' managers; limit the borrowers' ability to place liens on the borrowers' assets; limit the borrowers' ability to incur additional indebtedness; prohibit the borrowers  from paying dividends if there is a covenant breach under the loan or an event of default has occurred or would occur as a result of payment of such dividend.  This facility is secured by, among other things:

·
a first preferred mortgage over the two AHTS vessels which are collateralized under this facility;

·
an assignment of earnings, insurances and charters from the two mortgaged AHTS vessels;

·
a pledge of the related earnings accounts and drydock reserve accounts of the borrowers in respect of the two mortgaged AHTS vessels; and

·
a pledge of the equity interests in each of the borrowers.

Additionally, under the terms of the DVB Supplemental Agreement which amended the DVB Credit Facility to facilitate the sale of the two AHTS vessels from SOHI to the Company, the lender has the right, but not the obligation, to unwind the sales of the two AHTS vessels if the additional $15.0 million of equity is not raised by October 31, 2019.  Under this scenario, the shares in the vessel owning subsidiaries for these two vessels would be exchanged for the shares of the Company that were previously issued as consideration for the transaction on the date of the unwinding.
Liquidity Outlook:
Cash on hand was $8.4 million as of December 31, 2018, compared to $31.5 million as of December 31, 2017.
Under ASC paragraph 205-40, or the Standard, management must evaluate whether there are conditions or events, considered in the aggregate, that raise substantial doubt about the Company's ability to continue as a going concern within one year after the date that the financial statements are issued. This evaluation initially does not take into consideration the potential mitigating effect of management's plans that have not been fully implemented as of the date the financial statements are issued. When substantial doubt exists under this methodology, management evaluates whether the mitigating effect of its plans sufficiently alleviates  substantial doubt about the Company's ability to continue as a going concern. The mitigating effect of management's plans, however, is only considered if both   (1) it is probable that the plans will be effectively implemented within one year after the date that the financial statements are issued, and   (2) it is probable that the plans, when implemented, will mitigate the relevant conditions or events that raise substantial doubt about the entity's ability to continue as a going concern within one year after the date that the financial statements are issued.  Generally, to be considered probable of being effectively implemented, the plans must have been approved before the date that the financial statements are issued.
The Company regularly performs cash flow projections to evaluate whether it will be in a position to cover the liquidity needs for the next 12-month period and the compliance with financial and security ratios under the existing and future financing agreements. In developing estimates of future cash flows, the Company makes assumptions about the vessels' future performance, market rates, operating expenses, capital expenditure, fleet utilization, general and administrative expenses, loan repayments and interest charges. The assumptions applied are based on historical experience and future expectations.  Nevertheless, volatility in the offshore market makes forecasting difficult, and there is the possibility that our actual trading performance during the coming year may be materially different from expectations.
32


Current economic conditions in the offshore market are challenging, resulting in the incurrence of recurring losses.  These conditions have resulted in breaches of the Company's financial covenants under its Initial Credit Facility and have prompted the Company to secure additional liquidity to continue in operation.  If the rates and utilization of our vessels continue to face headwinds for the coming 12 months, then we may have to ask our lenders for further waivers to meet the obligations of the Company and to comply with our financial covenants.  We could also pursue other means to raise liquidity to meet our obligations such as through the sale of vessels, however there can be no assurance that these or other measures will be successful.
The Company's efforts to secure additional liquidity included the entrance into a common stock purchase agreement, or the Equity Line of Credit, with SOI (a related party affiliate) and Mackenzie Financial Corporation in March 2019. The Equity Line of Credit provides for $20 million to be available on demand to the Company in exchange for common shares of the Company priced at 0.94 multiplied by the then-prevailing 30-day trailing volume weighted average price.  In April 2019, 3,240,418 common shares were issued under the Equity Line of Credit for approximately $2.78 per share and net proceeds of $9.0  million.
Additionally, as discussed above, we have agreed to the extension of waivers of certain financial covenants with which the Company was in breach, to extend such waivers up until January 31, 2020.  We also received a commitment from the lenders under the Initial Credit Facility, upon the satisfaction of certain conditions precedent, to a new $132.9 million term loan facility with a maturity of December 6, 2023 (which is further described in Note 12) to refinance the Initial Credit Facility, which had an outstanding balance of $132.9 million as of December 31, 2018.  Among these conditions precedent is the requirement to raise an additional $15.0 million of equity, which is uncommitted as of the date of this annual report.  Management's plans include raising additional equity via the capital markets in order to meet this condition.  As those plans have not been finalized, the satisfaction of this condition is not considered probable under the Standard. If we are unsuccessful in raising this additional equity, then we may have to ask our lenders under the Initial Credit Facility for further waivers prior to the expiration of the waiver period of January 31, 2020. As such contingency plans have not commenced, such actions also are not considered probable for purposes of the Standard.  Accordingly, under the Standard, neither the raising of $15.0 million of additional equity, nor management's contingency plans to negotiate further waivers beyond January 31, 2020, are considered probable and as a result substantial doubt is deemed to exist about the Company's ability to continue as a going concern within one year after the date of this annual report .
Cash Flow
Cash outflows from operating activities increased by $7.8 million from ($14.0) million for the year ended December 31, 2017 to ($21.8) million used in operating activities for the year ended December 31, 2018. The increase in cash outflows from operating activities is primarily due to increased overhauling of engine and dry docking costs, and changes in accounts payable and accrued liabilities. The operating cash flows earned in 2018 and 2017 have been based on assignments in both spot and term market.
Cash outflows from investing activities decreased to ($0.05) million for the year ended December 31, 2018 from ($0.8) million for the year ended December 31, 2017, due to increased investments on the vessels NAO Galaxy and NAO Prosper.
Cash outflow from financing activities decreased to ($1.0) million for the year ended December 31, 2018 from a cash inflow of $43.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2017. The change in cash flows from financing activities was mainly due to the offering of common shares for net proceeds of $48.3 million in March 2017, which was offset by $4.9 million of cash dividends paid.  The Company raised $4.9 million of net proceeds from the Private Placement during the year ended December 31, 2018, which was offset by repayments on our Initial Credit Facility of $4.1 million and $1.9 million of cash dividends paid.
C.   Research and Development, Patents and Licenses, etc.
Not applicable.
D.   Trend Information
The offshore support vessel industry is cyclical and changes in oil price and exploration activity are causing volatility in the charter hire rates. The market is subject to seasonality with lower activity in the winter months. See "Item 4. Information on the Company B. Business Overview The International Offshore Market."
E.   Off Balance Sheet Arrangements
We do not have any off-balance sheet arrangements.
33


F.   Tabular Disclosure of Contractual Obligations
Our contractual obligations as of December 31, 2018, consist of our obligations as a borrower under our Initial Credit Facility.
The following table sets out financial, commercial and other obligations outstanding as of December 31, 2018 (all figures in thousands of USD).
Contractual Obligations
 
Total
   
Less than 1 year
   
1-3 years
   
3-5 years
   
More than 5 years
 
Initial Credit Facility (1)
 
$
132,905
     
-
   
$
132,905
     
-
     
-
 
Interest Payments (2)
 
$
18,907
   
$
8,281
   
$
10,626
   
$
-
     
-
 
Commitment Fees (3)
 
$
264
   
$
120
   
$
144
   
$
-
     
-
 
Total
 
$
152,076
   
$
8,401
   
$
143,675
   
$
-
     
-
 

(1)
Refers to obligations to repay indebtedness outstanding as of December 31, 2018.
(2)
Refers to estimated interest payments over the term of the indebtedness outstanding as of December 31, 2018.
(3)      Refers to estimated commitment fees over the term of the indebtedness outstanding as of December 31, 2018. Estimate based on applicable commitment fee on undrawn amount as of December 31, 2018.

As of December 31, 2018, we had $8.4 million in cash on hand. Under the terms of the waiver that we have obtained, we are unable to draw further on the Initial Credit Facility.
G.   Safe Harbor
See "Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward Looking Statements" at the beginning of this annual report.
ITEM 6.   DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND EMPLOYEES
A.   Directors and Senior Management
Set forth below are the names, ages and positions of our directors and executive officers as of the date of this annual report. Our Board of Directors currently consists of six directors and is elected annually on a staggered basis. Each director elected holds office for a three-year term or until his or her successor is duly elected and qualified, except in the event of his or her death, resignation, removal or the earlier termination of his or her term of office. The term of our Class A directors will expire at our 2020 annual meeting of shareholders.   The term of our Class B directors will expire at the 2021 annual meeting of shareholders. The term of our Class C directors will expire at the 2019 annual meeting of shareholders.
Officers are appointed from time to time by our Board of Directors and hold office until a successor is appointed. The business address of each of our directors and executive officers listed below is Nordic American Offshore Ltd., LOM Building, 27 Reid Street, Hamilton HM 11, Bermuda.
Name
Age
Position
Emanuele Lauro
40
Chairman, Class A Director, Chief Executive Officer and Secretary
Robert Bugbee
58
Class C Director and President
Marianne Økland
56
Class B Director and Audit Committee Chair
Marianne Lie
57
Class C Director
Paul J. Hopkins
71
Class B Director and Audit Committee Member
David M. Workman
58
Class A Director
Cameron Mackey
50
Chief Operating Officer
Filippo Lauro
42
Vice President
Bjørn Giæver
52
Chief Financial Officer

Herbjørn Hansson resigned from the Board of Directors with effect from December 11, 2018.
Jim Kelly resigned from the Board of Directors with effect from December 31, 2018.
Biographical information concerning the directors and executive officers listed above is set forth below.
34


Emanuele A. Lauro , Chairman, Class A Director, Chief Executive Officer and Secretary
Mr. Emanuele A. Lauro has served as the Company's Chairman and Chief Executive Officer since December 2018. Mr. Lauro has also served as Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Scorpio Tankers Inc. (NYSE: STNG), since its initial public offering in 2010, and of Scorpio Bulkers Inc. (NYSE: SALT), since its formation in 2013. He also served as director of the Standard Club from May 2013 to January 2019. Mr. Lauro joined the Scorpio group of companies, or Scorpio, in 2003 and has continued to serve there in a senior management position since 2004. Under Mr. Lauro's leadership, Scorpio has grown from an owner of three vessels in 2003 to become a leading operator and manager of more than 230 vessels in 2018. Over the course of the last several years, Mr. Lauro has founded and developed all of the Scorpio Pools in addition to several other ventures such as Scorpio Logistics, which owns and operates specialized assets engaged in the transshipment of dry cargo commodities and invests in coastal transportation and port infrastructure developments in Asia and Africa since 2007. Mr. Lauro has a degree in international business from the European Business School, London. Mr. Lauro is the brother of our Vice President, Mr. Filippo Lauro.

Robert Bugbee, Class C Director and President
Mr. Robert Bugbee has served as a Director and President of the Company since December 2018.  He has also served as a Director and President of Scorpio Tankers Inc. since its initial public offering in April 2010, and as President and Director of Scorpio Bulkers Inc. since July and April 2013, respectively. He has more than 34 years of experience in the shipping industry. He joined Scorpio in March 2009 and has continued to serve there in a senior management position. Prior to joining Scorpio, Mr. Bugbee was a partner at Ospraie Management LLP between 2007 and 2008, a company which advises and invests in commodities and basic industry. From 1995 to 2007, Mr. Bugbee was employed at OMI Corporation, or OMI, a NYSE-listed tanker company which was sold in 2007. While at OMI, Mr. Bugbee served as President from January 2002 until the sale of the company, and before that served as Executive Vice President since January 2001, Chief Operating Officer since March 2000, and Senior Vice President from August 1995 to June 1998. Mr. Bugbee joined OMI in February 1995. Prior to this, he was employed by Gotaas-Larsen Shipping Corporation since 1984. During this time, he took a two-year sabbatical beginning 1987 for the M.I.B. Program at the Norwegian School for Economics and Business Administration in Bergen. He has a B.A. (Honors) from London University.

Cameron Mackey, Chief Operating Officer
Mr. Cameron Mackey has served as the Company's Chief Operating Officer since December 2018. He has also served as Chief Operating Officer of Scorpio Tankers Inc. since 2010, and as a Director since May 2013. Mr. Mackey also serves as Chief Operating Officer of Scorpio Bulkers Inc., a position he has held since July 2013. He joined Scorpio in March 2009, where he continues to serve in a senior management position. Prior to joining Scorpio, he was an equity and commodity analyst at Ospraie Management LLC from 2007 to 2008. Prior to that, he was Senior Vice President of OMI Marine Services LLC from 2004 to 2007, where he was also in Business Development from 2002 to 2004. He has been employed in the shipping industry since 1994 and, earlier in his career, was employed in unlicensed and licensed positions in the merchant navy, primarily on tankers in the international fleet of Mobil Oil Corporation, where he held the qualification of Master Mariner. He has an M.B.A. from the Sloan School of Management at the Massachusetts Institute of Technology, a B.S. from the Massachusetts Maritime Academy and a B.A. from Princeton University.

Filippo Lauro, Vice President
Mr. Filippo Lauro has served as the Company's Vice President since December 2018. He has also served as Vice President of Scorpio Tankers Inc. since May 2015 of  Scorpio Bulkers Inc. since June 2016. Mr. Lauro joined Scorpio in 2010 and has continued to serve there in a senior management position. Prior to joining Scorpio, he was the founder of and held senior executive roles in several private companies, primarily active in real estate, golf courses and resorts development. Mr. Lauro is the brother of our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, Mr. Emanuele Lauro.

Bjørn Giæver, Chief Financial Officer
Bjørn Giæver has served as our Chief Financial Officer since October 2017.  Mr. Giaever has more than 20 years of experience in the shipping industry, holding key roles in corporate finance and equity research. Mr. Giaever joined the Company from the well reputed firm of Fearnley Securities AS with main office in Oslo, Norway, an investment bank with special focus on the maritime sectors, where he served as a director and partner in the Corporate Finance division. Mr. Giæver has served as a corporate advisor in the John Fredriksen group in London, top rated Senior Shipping Analyst in DNB Markets and partner in Inge Steensland AS, specializing in gas related maritime matters.
Marianne Økland , Class B Director and Audit Committee Chair
Ms. Økland has served as our Class B Director and Audit Committee Chair since January 2019. In addition, she has served as a non-executive director and member of the Audit Committee of Scorpio Tankers Inc. since April 2013. Ms. Økland is also a non-executive director, and serves as the Audit Committee Chair, of IDFC Limited, and previously, she served as a non-executive director at IDFC Alternatives (India), NLB (Slovenia) and Islandsbanki (Iceland), and as a non-executive director and member of the Audit Committee of the National Bank of Greece. Between 1993 and 2008, she held various investment banking positions at JP Morgan Chase & Co. and UBS where she focused on debt capital raising and structuring. Ms. Økland has led many transactions for large Nordic banks and insurance companies, and worked on some of the most significant mergers and acquisitions in these sectors. Between 1988 and 1993, Ms. Økland headed European operations of Marsoft, a Boston, Oslo and London based consulting firm that advises banks and large shipping, oil and raw material companies on shipping strategies and investments. She holds a M.Sc. degree in Finance and Economics from the Norwegian School of Economics and Business Administration where she also worked as a researcher and taught mathematics and statistics.

35


Marianne Lie, Class C Director
Marianne Lie has served as our Class C Director since December 2013. From June 2016 until December 2018, Ms. Lie served as our Executive Vice Chairman.  Having broad international experience, she has been and still is a board member of several Norwegian companies mainly within the shipping, offshore business, energy and finance industries. She was until recently a member of the shareholders Committee of the Central Bank of Norway. She was in the Norwegian Shipowners Association from 1988 until 1998, after which she was managing director of the Norwegian branch of Vattenfall, a Swedish based energy group. Ms. Lie was also a board member of the Finnish energy group Fortum. She was managing director of the Norwegian Shipowners Association from 2002 to 2008. Ms. Lie has studied law and political science at the University of Oslo.
Paul J. Hopkins, Class B Director and Audit Committee Member
Paul J. Hopkins has been a Director of the Company since its inception and was a director of Nordic American Tankers Limited from June 2005 until December  2013. Until March 2008, Mr. Hopkins was also a Vice President and a director of Corridor Resources Inc., a Canadian publicly traded exploration and production company. From 1989 through 1993 he served with Lasmo as Project Manager during the start-up of the Cohasset/Panuke oilfield offshore Nova Scotia, the first offshore oil production in Canada. Earlier, Mr. Hopkins served as a consultant on frontier engineering and petroleum economic evaluations in the international oil industry. Mr. Hopkins was seconded to Chevron UK in 1978 to assist with the gas export system for the Ninian Field. Previously, beginning in 1973, he was employed with Ranger Oil (UK) Limited, being involved in the drilling and production testing of oil wells in the North Sea. Through the end of 1972 he worked with Shell Canada as part of its Offshore Exploration Group.
David M. Workman, Class A Director
David M. Workman has served as our Class A Director since December 2013. Mr. Workman was Chief Operating Officer and member of the Supervisory Board of Stork Technical Services, or STS, guided, as Chief Executive Officer, the sale of the RBG Offshore Services Group into the STS group in 2011. Mr. Workman has 30 years of broad experience in the offshore sector ranging from drilling operations/field development through production operations and project management. He has worked with a wide variety of exploration and production companies in the sector and has balanced this with exposure to the service sector, working with management companies. As part of his experience with these different companies, he has had extensive exposure to the North Sea market. Mr. Workman graduated from Imperial College London in 1983 with a Masters in Petroleum Engineering and spent his early years as a Drilling/Production Operations Engineer with BP. In 1987 he joined Hamilton Brothers Oil and Gas who were early adopters of floating production systems. In 1993 he joined Kerr McGee as an operations manager for the Tentech 850 designed Gryphon FPSO, the first permanently moored FPSO in the North Sea. In 1996, Mr. Workman established the service company Atlantic Floating Production, which went on to become the management contractor and duty holder on the John Fredriksen owned Northern Producer and on the Petroleum Geo-Services (PGS) owned Banff FPF. In 2003, Mr. Workman was instrumental in founding Tuscan Energy which went on to redevelop the abandoned Argyll Field in the UK Continental Shelf. In 2009, Mr. Workman was appointed as Chief Executive Officer of STS in 2011.
B.   Compensation
There are currently no employment agreements between NAO and the CEO, CFO, COO, President and Vice President but each is currently paid a nominal $1 per day as remuneration.  Employment agreements for these executive officers are currently being discussed.  The expenses which they incur while performing their duties, such as travel expenses in connection with the business of NAO, are reimbursed
The employment agreements with our former Executive Chairman and former Executive Vice Chairman set forth aggregate compensation of approximately $502,000 per year. These agreements were terminated on December 11, 2018.
Our current non-executive directors receive annual compensation in the amount of $37,500 plus reimbursement of their out-of-pocket expenses incurred while attending any meeting of the Board of Directors or any board committee.
We do not have a retirement benefit plan for our officers or directors.
C.   Board Practices
Our Board of Directors is elected annually, and each director elected holds office for a three-year term or until his or her successor is duly elected and qualified. Our Class A Directors serve until the 2020 annual general meeting of shareholders. Our Class B Directors serve until the 2021 annual general meeting of shareholders. Our Class C Directors serve until the 2019 annual general meeting of shareholders.
36


During 2018 the sole member and Chairman of our Audit Committee was Mr. Hopkins. Since January 18, 2019, to improve corporate governance, Ms. Økland was elected to the Board of Directors as a non-executive Director and joined the Audit Committee as the new Chair. The Audit Committee provides assistance to the Board of Directors in fulfilling its responsibilities to shareholders, and the investment community relating to corporate accounting, reporting practices of the Company, and the quality and integrity of financial reports of the Company. The Audit Committee, among other duties, recommends that the independent auditors to be selected to audit the financial statements of the Company, meets with the independent auditors and financial management of the Company to review the scope of the proposed audit for the current year and the audit procedures to be utilized, reviews with the independent auditors, and financial and accounting personnel, the adequacy and effectiveness of the accounting and financial controls of the Company, and reviews the financial statements contained in the annual report to shareholders with management and the independent auditors.
Pursuant to an exemption for foreign private issuers, we are not required to comply with many of the corporate governance requirements of the NYSE that are applicable to U.S. listed companies. For more information, see "Item 16G. Corporate Governance."
There are no contracts between us and any of our directors providing for benefits upon termination of their employment.
D.   Employees
As of December 31, 2018, we had seven employees filling the positions of Executive Chairman, President, Vice-President, CFO, COO, Vice President Chartering, and Chartering Manager.
E.   Share Ownership
With respect to the total amount of common shares owned by all of our officers and directors, please see "Item 7.  Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions A. Major Shareholders."
ITEM 7.   MAJOR SHAREHOLDERS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
A.   Major Shareholders
The following table sets forth information regarding beneficial ownership of our common shares for (i) owners of more than five percent of our common shares and (ii) our directors and officers, of which we are aware as of the date of this annual report.
Identity of Person
 
No. of Shares
   
Percent of Class (1)
 
Scorpio Offshore Holding Inc.
   
8,126,219
(2)  
   
43.4
%
Scorpio Offshore Investments Inc.
   
2,857,195
(2)  
   
15.2
%
Mackenzie Financial Corporation (4)
   
2,725,576
     
14.5
%
                 
Nordic American Tankers Limited
   
999,353
(3)  
   
5.3
%
High Seas AS (6) and Herbjørn Hansson directly
   
770,424
(5)  
   
4.1
%
Directors and executive officers as a group (excluding Mr. Emanuele Lauro)
           
*
 

(1)
Based on 18,740,671 common shares outstanding as of May 15, 2019 unless otherwise indicated.
(2)
Based on information contained in a Schedule 13D/A filed with the SEC on April 18, 2019, or the "Scorpio Schedule 13D. The Scorpio Schedule 13D reports that each of Ms. Annalisa Lolli-Ghetti and Mr. Emanuele Lauro may be deemed to be the ultimate beneficial owners of 58.6% and 43.4%, respectively, of our outstanding common shares, through certain intermediary holding companies, with shared voting power with respect to such shares, as set forth in the Scorpio Schedule 13D.
(3)
Based on information contained in a Schedule 13D/A that was filed with the SEC on December 21, 2018.
(4)
Includes common shares held by funds managed thereby
(5)
Based on information contained in a Schedule 13D/A that was filed with the SEC on December 21, 2018.
(6)      High Seas AS is a company controlled by our former Chairman, Herbjørn Hansson, for the benefit of his family.
* Less than 1% of our outstanding shares of common shares.

B.   Related Party Transactions
Nordic American Tankers Limited and High Seas AS
In December 2013, NAO entered into a management agreement, or the Management Agreement, with Nordic American Tankers Ltd., or NAT, for the provision of administrative services as requested by our management and in accordance with our objectives and policies as established and directed by our Board of Directors. All decisions of a material nature concerning our business are made by the Board of Directors. For services under the Management Agreement, the Company paid $100,000 for 2018, $100,000 for 2017 and $100,000 for 2016 and all directly attributable costs related to the Company are reimbursed. For the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016, an aggregate of $2.2 million, $2.3 million and $2.2 million, respectively, for such directly attributable costs and operational costs allocated to us from NAT were incurred which were included in General and Administrative Costs.
37


In March 2017, NAT purchased 800,000 common shares in our underwritten following-on offering of common shares. Other members of executive management at that time and advisors to the Company purchased an aggregate of 10,800 common shares in the follow-on offering.
On August 31, 2017, NAT paid a dividend, which included a cash dividend of $0.10 per share and a distribution of an aggregate of 402,474 common shares of NAO, which were owned by NAT.  Each of NAT's shareholders that held 250 or more of its common shares received one NAO common share per 244.0 NAT common shares, which we recognized at a cash value of $0.50 per share. Fractional shares were compensated by a cash dividend based on the closing price of NAO shares on the NYSE on July 20, 2017, which was $12.20. Each of NAT's shareholders that held 249 or fewer shares received an additional cash dividend of $0.50 per common share. Following this distribution and, NAT owned 16.1% of the outstanding common shares of NAO.
Our former Executive Chairman and High Seas AS, an entity related to our former Executive Chairman, acquired 150,000 shares and 598,101 shares during 2018 and 2017, respectively. From the shares purchased during 2017, 160,000 were acquired in the underwritten public follow-on offering completed during March 2017.  All shares owned by High Seas AS and our former Executive Chairman were acquired in the open market at the trading price, or in offerings at the same price as the other investors. High Seas AS does not hold any position in which it provides services to NAO.

Commercial and Technical Management – AHTS Vessels and crew boats
The Company's AHTS vessels and crew boats are commercially managed by SCM and technically managed by SSM pursuant to a Master Agreement, which may be terminated by either party upon 12 months' notice, unless terminated earlier in accordance with the provisions of the Master Agreement. In the event of the sale of one or more vessels, a notice period of three months and a payment equal to three months of management fees will apply, provided that the termination does not amount to a change in control of the AHTS vessels or crew boats, including a sale of all or substantially all of the AHTS vessels or crew boats, in which case a payment equal to 12 months of management fees will apply. SCM and SSM are related parties of ours. We expect that additional vessels that we may acquire in the future will also be managed under the Master Agreement or on substantially similar terms.
SCM's services include securing employment, in the spot market and on time charters, for our AHTS vessels and crew boats.  We pay SCM a management fee equal to 1.25% of gross revenues per charter fixture.  SCM may subcontract these services to third parties pursuant to the Master Agreement.
SSM's services include day-to-day vessel operations, performing general maintenance, monitoring regulatory and classification society compliance, customer vetting procedures, supervising the maintenance and general efficiency of vessels, arranging the hiring of qualified officers and crew, arranging and supervising drydocking and repairs, purchasing supplies, spare parts and new equipment for vessels, appointing supervisors and technical consultants and providing technical support. SSM may subcontract these services to third-parties. We pay SSM an annual fee of $156,000 per vessel for the AHTS vessels and an annual fee of $43,800 per vessel for the crew boats plus additional amounts for certain itemized services per vessel to provide technical management services for each of our AHTS vessels and crew boats.
Other Related Party Transactions
In April 2019, we acquired 13 vessels from SOHI, in exchange for 8,126,219 common shares of the Company at approximately $2.78 per share issued to SOHI, a related party affiliate that is a closely held company owned and controlled by certain members of the Lolli-Ghetti family, of which our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, Emanuele Lauro, and our Vice President, Filippo Lauro, are members. The aggregate consideration was approximately $22.6 million and we assumed the aggregate outstanding indebtedness of $9.0 million relating to two of the acquired vessels. In March 2019, we also entered into a common stock purchase agreement, which we refer to as the Equity Line of Credit, with SOI, a related party affiliate that is a closely held company which is also owned and controlled by certain members of the Lolli-Ghetti family, of which our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, Emanuele Lauro, is a member, and Mackenzie Financial Corporation.  The Equity Line of Credit provides for $20.0 million to be available to us on demand in exchange for our common shares priced at 0.94 multiplied by the then-prevailing 30-day trailing VWAP.  In April 2019, we issued 3,240,418 common shares under the Equity Line of Credit for approximately $2.78 per share and net proceeds to us of $9.0 million.
On December 12, 2018, we entered into a share purchase agreement with SOI, pursuant to which SOI invested $5.0 million in a private placement of our common shares at a price of $4.20 per share, which we refer to as the Private Placement.
For further information on our related party transactions, please see Note 3 to our consolidated financial statements included herein.
38


C.   Interest of Experts and Counsel
Not applicable
ITEM 8.   FINANCIAL INFORMATION
A.   Consolidated Statements and other Financial Information
See "Item 18. Financial Statements."
39


Legal Proceedings
To our knowledge, we are not currently a party to any lawsuit that, if adversely determined, would have a material adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations or liquidity. As such, we do not believe that pending legal proceedings, taken as a whole, should have any significant impact on our financial statements. From time to time in the future we may be subject to legal proceedings and claims in the ordinary course of business, principally personal injury and property casualty claims. While we expect that these claims would be covered by our existing insurance policies, those claims, even if lacking merit, could result in the expenditure of significant financial and managerial resources. We have not been involved in any legal proceedings which may have, or have had, a significant effect on our financial position, results of operations or liquidity, nor are we aware of any proceedings that are pending or threatened which may have a significant effect on our financial position, results of operations or liquidity.
Dividend Policy
The declaration and payment of dividends is subject at all times to the discretion of our Board of Directors. The timing and amount of dividends, if any, depends on, among other things, our earnings, financial condition, cash requirements and availability, fleet renewal and expansion, restrictions in our loan agreements, the provisions of Bermuda law affecting the payment of dividends and other factors.
Total dividends paid in the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016 were $1.9 million, $4.9 million and $6.0 million, or $0.30, $0.80 and $2.80 per share, respectively. The Company declared a dividend of $0.1 per share in the first quarter of 2018 to shareholders of record as of May 25, 2018 which was paid to shareholders on June 8, 2018. The Company did not declare any other dividends in 2018.
B.   Significant Changes
There have been no significant changes since the date of the consolidated financial statements included in this annual report.
ITEM 9.   THE OFFER AND LISTING
A.   Offer and Listing Details
Please see " C. Markets" below.
B.   Plan of Distribution
Not applicable.
C.   Markets
Our common shares have traded on the NYSE since June 12, 2014, under the symbol "NAO."
D.   Selling Shareholders
Not applicable.
E.   Dilution
Not applicable.
F.   Expenses of the Issue
Not applicable.
ITEM 10. q                  ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
A.   Share Capital
Not applicable.
B.   Memorandum and Articles of Association
40


Objects and Powers
As stated in our Memorandum of Continuance, the objects of the Company are unrestricted and it has the capacity, rights, powers and privileges of a natural person. The Bye-laws do not impose any limitations on the ownership rights of our shareholders.
Authorized capitalization
Under our Memorandum of Continuance our authorized share capital consists of 35,000,000 common shares, par value $0.10 per share, of which 18,740,671 common shares are issued and outstanding and 19,015,123 are issued, as of the date of this annual report, and 50,000,000 preferred shares, par value $0.01 per share, of which none are issued and outstanding as of the date of this annual report. We have 274,452 treasury shares as of the date of this annual report.
Common shares
Each outstanding common share entitles the holder to one vote on all matters submitted to a vote of shareholders.  Subject to preferences that may be applicable to any outstanding preferred shares, holders of common shares are entitled to receive ratably all dividends, if any, declared by our Board of Directors out of funds legally available for dividends.  Upon our dissolution or liquidation or the sale of all or substantially all of our assets, after payment in full of all amounts required to be paid to creditors and to the holders of preferred stock having liquidation preferences, if any, the holders of our common shares are entitled to receive pro rata our remaining assets available for distribution.  Holders of common shares do not have conversion, redemption or pre-emptive rights to subscribe to any of our securities.  The rights, preferences and privileges of holders of our common shares are subject to the rights of the holders of any preferred shares, which we may issue in the future.
Preferred shares
The Bye-laws authorize our Board of Directors to establish one or more series of preferred shares and to determine, with respect to any series of preferred shares, the terms and rights of that series, including:

·
the designation of the series;

·
the number of shares of the series;

·
the preferences and relative, participating, option or other special rights, if any, and any qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such series; and

·
the voting rights, if any, of the holders of the series.
Shareholders Rights Agreement
On December 21, 2018, our Board of Directors authorized and declared a dividend of one preferred share purchase right, or a Right, for each of the Company's common shares, par value $0.10 per share, and adopted a shareholder rights plan, as set forth in the Shareholders Rights Agreement, dated as of December 21, 2018, or the Rights Agreement, by and between the Company and Computershare Trust Company, N.A., as rights agent, or Computershare.  The dividend was payable on December 31, 2018 to the shareholders of record on such date.
The Board of Directors has adopted this Rights Agreement to protect shareholders from coercive or otherwise unfair takeover tactics.  In general terms, it works by imposing a significant penalty upon any person or group which acquires 15% or more of the outstanding common shares of the Company without the approval of the Board of Directors.  The Rights Agreement should not interfere with any merger or other business combination approved by the Board of Directors.
A summary of the Rights Agreement is included below. Please note, however, that this description is only a summary, and is not complete, and should be read together with the entire Rights Agreement, a copy of which is filed as Exhibit 4.1 to the Company's report on Form 6-K, filed with the Commission on December 21, 2018 , as amended by Amendment No. 1 to the Rights Agreement, a copy of which is filed as Exhibit 4.1 to the Company's report on Form 6-K, filed with the Commission on February 15, 2019, each of which are incorporated herein by reference. The foregoing description of the Rights Agreement is qualified in its entirety by reference to such exhibits.
The Rights .  The Rights will initially trade with, and will be inseparable from, the Company's common shares.  The Rights are evidenced only by certificates that represent common shares.  New Rights will accompany any new common share of the Company issued after December 31, 2018 until the Distribution Date described below.
41


Exercise Price .  Each Right will allow its holder to purchase from the Company one one-thousandth of a Series A Participating Preferred Share, or a Preferred Share, for $10.00, or the Exercise Price, once the Rights become exercisable.  Following the effectiveness of our one-for-ten reverse stock split on January 28, 2019, the Exercise Price was automatically increased to $100.00. This portion of a Preferred Share will give the shareholder approximately the same dividend and liquidation rights as would one common share.  Prior to exercise, the Right does not give its holder any dividend, voting, or liquidation rights.
Exercisability .  The Rights will not be exercisable until 10 days after the public announcement that a person or group has become an "Acquiring Person" by obtaining beneficial ownership of 15% or more of the outstanding common shares. Under the terms of the Rights Agreement, SOI and its affiliates will not become an Acquiring Person under any circumstances and Mackenzie Financial Corporation will not become an Acquiring Person for so long as it beneficially owns less than 20% of the Company's outstanding common shares.
For persons who, prior to the time of public announcement of the Rights Agreement, beneficially owned 15% or more of the Company's outstanding common shares, the Rights Agreement "grandfathers" their current level of ownership, so long as they do not purchase additional shares in excess of certain limitations.
Certain synthetic interests in securities created by derivative positions — whether or not such interests are considered to be ownership of the underlying common shares or are reportable for purposes of Regulation 13D of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended — are treated as beneficial ownership of the number of common shares equivalent to the economic exposure created by the derivative position, to the extent actual common shares of the Company are directly or indirectly held by counterparties to the derivatives contracts.  Swaps dealers unassociated with any control intent or intent to evade the purposes of the Rights Plan are excepted from such imputed beneficial ownership.
The date when the Rights become exercisable is the "Distribution Date." Until that date, the common share certificates will also evidence the Rights, and any transfer of common shares will constitute a transfer of Rights.  After that date, the Rights will separate from the common shares and be evidenced by book-entry credits or by Rights certificates that the Company will mail to all eligible holders of common shares.  Any Rights held by an Acquiring Person are void and may not be exercised.
Consequences of a Person or Group Becoming an Acquiring Person .

·
Flip In .  If a person or group becomes an Acquiring Person, all holders of Rights except the Acquiring Person may, for the Exercise Price, purchase the Company's common shares with a market value of $200.00, based on the market price of the common shares prior to such acquisition.

·
Flip Over .  If the Company is later acquired in a merger or similar transaction after the Distribution Date, all holders of Rights except the Acquiring Person may, for the Exercise Price, purchase shares of the acquiring corporation with a market value of $200.00, based on the market price of the acquiring corporation's stock prior to such transaction.

·
Notional Shares.   Shares held by affiliates and associates of an Acquiring Person, including certain entities in which the Acquiring Person beneficially owns a majority of the equity securities, and Notional Common Shares (as defined in the Rights Agreement) held by counterparties to a Derivatives Contract (as defined in the Rights Agreement) with an Acquiring Person, will be deemed to be beneficially owned by the Acquiring Person.
Preferred Share Provisions .
Each one one-thousandth of a Preferred Share, if issued:

·
will not be redeemable;

·
entitles holders to quarterly dividend payments in an amount per share equal to the aggregate per share amount of all cash dividends, and the aggregate per share amount (payable in kind) of all non-cash dividends or other distributions other than a dividend payable in Common Shares or a subdivision of the outstanding Common Shares (by reclassification or otherwise), declared on Common Shares since the immediately preceding quarterly dividend payment date; and

·
entitles holders to one vote on all matters submitted to a vote of the shareholders of the Company.
The value of one one-thousandth interest in a Preferred Share should approximate the value of one common share.
42


Expiration The Rights expire on the earliest of (i) December 21, 2028 ; or (ii) the redemption or exchange of the Rights, as described below .
Redemption .  The Board of Directors may redeem the Rights for $0.10 per Right under certain circumstances.  If the Board of Directors redeems any Rights, it must redeem all of the Rights.  Once the Rights are redeemed, the only right of the holders of Rights will be to receive the redemption price of $0.10 per Right.  The redemption price will be adjusted if the Company has a stock split or stock dividends of its common shares.
Exchange .  After a person or group becomes an Acquiring Person, but before an Acquiring Person owns 50% or more of the outstanding common shares of the Company, the Board of Directors may extinguish the Rights by exchanging one common share or an equivalent security for each Right, other than Rights held by the Acquiring Person.
Anti-Dilution Provisions .  The Board of Directors may adjust the purchase price of the Preferred Shares, the number of Preferred Shares issuable and the number of outstanding Rights to prevent dilution that may occur from a stock dividend, a stock split, a reclassification of the Preferred Shares or common shares.  No adjustments to the Exercise Price of less than 1% will be made.
Amendments The terms of the Rights and the Rights Agreement may be amended in any respect without the consent of the holders of the Rights on or prior to the Distribution Date. Thereafter, the terms of the Rights and the Rights Agreement may be amended without the consent of the holders of Rights, with certain exceptions, in order to (i) cure any ambiguities; ( ii ) correct or supplement any provision contained in the Rights Agreement that may be defective or inconsistent with any other provision therein; (iii) shorten or lengthen any time period pursuant to the Rights Agreement; or (iv) make changes that do not adversely affect the interests of holders of the Rights (other than an Acquiring Person or an affiliate or associate of an Acquiring Person).
Directors
Our directors are elected by a simple majority of the votes cast by shareholders entitled to vote.  There is no provision for cumulative voting.
The Bye-laws require our Board of Directors to consist of at least one member. Our Board of Directors currently consists of six members. The Bye-laws may be amended by a simple majority of the votes cast by shareholders entitled to vote.
Directors are elected annually on a staggered basis, and each shall serve for a three year term and until his or her successor shall have been duly elected and qualified, except in the event of his or her death, resignation, removal, or the earlier termination of his or her term of office.  Our Board of Directors has the authority to fix the amounts which shall be payable to the members of the Board of Directors for attendance at any meeting or for services rendered to us.
Shareholder meetings
Under the Bye-laws, annual general meetings of the shareholders will be held at a time and place selected by our Board of Directors and special general meetings may be called at any time by our Board of Directors, provided that at least five days' notice is given of a meeting (other than an adjourned meeting), as required by the Companies Act, unless shorter notice is agreed by all shareholders entitled to attend and vote at an annual general meeting or by those shareholders holding not less than 95% of the nominal value of the shares giving a right to attend and vote at a special general meeting. The meetings are held in or outside of Bermuda. Our Board of Directors may fix any date as the record date for the purpose of identifying the persons entitled to receive notices of any general meeting. Any such record date may be on or at any time before or after any date on which such notice is dispatched.   One or more shareholders representing at least one-third of the total voting rights of our total issued and outstanding shares present in person or by proxy at a shareholder meeting shall constitute a quorum for the purposes of the meeting.
Dissenters' rights of appraisal and payment
Under the Companies Act, in the event of an amalgamation or a merger of a Bermuda company with another company or corporation, a shareholder of the Bermuda company who did not vote in favor of the amalgamation or merger and is not satisfied that fair value has been offered for such shareholder's shares may, within one month of notice of the special general meeting, apply to the Supreme Court of Bermuda to appraise the fair value of those shares.
43


Shareholders' derivative actions

Under the Companies Act, any of our shareholders may bring an action in our name to procure a judgment in our favor, also known as a derivative action, provided that the shareholder bringing the action is a holder of common shares both at the time the derivative action is commenced and at the time of the transaction to which the action relates.
Limitations on liability and indemnification of officers and directors
The Companies Act authorizes companies to limit or eliminate the personal liability of directors and officers to companies and their shareholders for monetary damages for breaches of directors' fiduciary duties. The Bye-laws include a provision that eliminates the personal liability of directors for monetary damages for actions taken as a director to the fullest extent permitted by law.
The limitation of liability and indemnification provisions in the Bye-laws may discourage shareholders from bringing a lawsuit against our directors for breach of their fiduciary duty.  These provisions may also have the effect of reducing the likelihood of derivative litigation against our directors and officers, even though such an action, if successful, might otherwise benefit us and our shareholders.  In addition, shareholders' investment may be adversely affected to the extent we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against our directors and officers pursuant to these indemnification provisions.
There is currently no pending material litigation or proceeding involving any of our directors, officers or employees for which indemnification is sought.
Anti-takeover effect of certain provisions of the Bye-laws
Several provisions of the Bye-laws, which are summarized below, may have anti-takeover effects.  These provisions are intended to avoid costly takeover battles, lessen our vulnerability to a hostile change of control and enhance the ability of our Board of Directors to maximize shareholder value in connection with any unsolicited offer to acquire us.  However, these anti-takeover provisions, which are summarized below, could also discourage, delay or prevent (1) the merger or acquisition of us by means of a tender offer, a proxy contest or otherwise that a shareholder may consider in its best interest and (2) the removal of incumbent officers and directors.
Blank check preferred shares
Under the terms of the Bye-laws, our Board of Directors has authority, without any further vote or action by our shareholders, to issue up to 50,000,000 blank check preferred shares.  Our Board of Directors may issue preferred shares on terms calculated to discourage, delay or prevent a change of control of us or the removal of our management and might harm the market price of our common shares.  We have no current plans to issue any preferred shares.
Election and removal of directors
The Bye-laws require parties other than the Board of Directors to give advance written notice of nominations for the election of directors. The Bye-laws also provide that our directors may be removed for cause upon the affirmative vote of not less than two-thirds of the outstanding common shares entitled to vote for those directors.  These provisions may discourage, delay or prevent the removal of incumbent officers and directors.
Limited actions by shareholders
The Bye-laws provide that any action required or permitted to be taken by our shareholders must be effected at an annual or special general meeting of the Company or by the unanimous written resolution of our shareholders.  The Bye-laws provide that, save for the ability of shareholders holding not less than 10% of the paid-up capital of the Company carrying the right of voting at general meetings of the Company to requisition the Board of Directors to convene a special general meeting, as set out in the Companies Act, only our Board of Directors may call special general meetings of the Company and the business transacted at the special general meeting is limited to the purposes stated in the notice.  Accordingly, save in the circumstances described above, a shareholder will be prevented from calling a special meeting for shareholder consideration of a proposal unless scheduled by our Board of Directors and shareholder consideration of a proposal may be delayed until the next annual general meeting of the Company.
Advance notice requirements for shareholder proposals and director nominations
The Bye-laws provide that shareholders seeking to nominate candidates for election as directors or to bring business before an annual general meeting of the shareholders must provide timely notice of their proposal in writing to the corporate secretary.  Generally, to be timely, a shareholder's notice must be received at our registered office not less than 120 days nor more than 180 days prior to the one-year anniversary of the immediately preceding annual general meeting of shareholders. The Bye-laws also specify requirements as to the form and content of a shareholder's notice.  These provisions may impede shareholders' ability to bring matters before an annual general meeting of the Company or make nominations for directors at an annual general meeting of the shareholders.
44


Classified Board of Directors
As described above, the Bye-laws provide for the division of our Board of Directors into three classes of directors, with each class as nearly equal in number as possible, serving staggered three year terms beginning on the expiration of the initial term for each class.  Accordingly, approximately one-third of our Board of Directors will be elected each year.  This classified board provision could discourage a third party from making a tender offer for our shares or attempting to obtain control of us.  It could also delay shareholders who do not agree with the policies of our Board of Directors from removing a majority of our Board of Directors for two years.
Business combinations
Although the Companies Act does not contain specific provisions regarding "business combinations" between companies incorporated under the laws of Bermuda and "interested shareholders," we have included these provisions in our Bye-laws.  Specifically, our Bye-laws prohibit us from engaging in a "business combination" with certain persons for three years following the date the person becomes an interested shareholder. Interested shareholders generally include:

·
any person who is the beneficial owner of 15% or more of our outstanding voting shares; or

·
any person who is our affiliate or associate and who held 15% or more of our outstanding voting shares at any time within three years before the date on which the person's status as an interested shareholder is determined, and the affiliates and associates of such person.
Subject to certain exceptions, a business combination includes, among other things:

·
certain amalgamations, mergers or consolidations of us or any direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiary of ours;

·
any sale, lease, exchange, mortgage, pledge, transfer or other disposition of our assets or of any subsidiary of ours having an aggregate market value equal to 10% or more of either the aggregate market value of all of our assets, determined on a combined basis, or the aggregate value of all of our outstanding shares;

·
certain transactions that result in the issuance or transfer by us of any shares of ours to the interested shareholder;

·
any transaction involving us or any of our subsidiaries that has the effect of increasing the proportionate share of any class or series of shares, or securities convertible into any class or series of shares, of ours or any such subsidiary that is owned directly or indirectly by the interested shareholder or any affiliate or associate of the interested shareholder; and

·
any receipt by the interested shareholder of the benefit directly or indirectly (except proportionately as a shareholder) of any loans, advances, guarantees, pledges or other financial benefits provided by or through us.
These provisions of the Bye-laws do not apply to a business combination if:

·
before a person became an interested shareholder, our Board of Directors approved either the business combination or the transaction in which the shareholder became an interested shareholder;

·
upon consummation of the transaction which resulted in the shareholder becoming an interested shareholder, the interested shareholder owned at least 85% of our voting shares outstanding at the time the transaction commenced, other than certain excluded shares;

·
at or following the transaction in which the person became an interested shareholder, the business combination is approved by our Board of Directors and authorized at an annual or special meeting of shareholders, and not by written consent, by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least two-thirds of our outstanding voting shares that are not owned by the interested shareholder;

·
the shareholder was or became an interested shareholder prior to the closing of our IPO;
45



·
a shareholder became an interested shareholder inadvertently and (i) as soon as practicable divested itself of ownership of sufficient shares so that the shareholder ceased to be an interested shareholder; and (ii) would not, at any time within the three-year period immediately prior to a business combination between us and such shareholder, have been an interested shareholder but for the inadvertent acquisition of ownership; or

·
the business combination is proposed prior to the consummation or abandonment of and subsequent to the earlier of the public announcement or the notice required under our amended and restated Bye-laws which (i) constitutes one of the transactions described in the following sentence; (ii) is with or by a person who either was not an interested shareholder during the previous three years or who became an interested shareholder with the approval of the Board of Directors; and (iii) is approved or not opposed by a majority of the members of the Board of Directors then in office (but not less than one) who were directors prior to any person becoming an interested shareholder during the previous three years or were recommended for election or elected to succeed such directors by a majority of such directors.  The proposed transactions referred to in the preceding sentence are limited to:

o
an amalgamation, merger or consolidation involving us (except for an amalgamation or merger in respect of which, pursuant to the Companies Act, no vote of our shareholders is required);

o
a sale, lease, exchange, mortgage, pledge, transfer or other disposition (in one transaction or a series of transactions), whether as part of a dissolution or otherwise, of our assets or those of any direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiary of ours (other than to any direct or indirect wholly owned subsidiary or to us) having an aggregate market value equal to 50% or more of either the aggregate market value of all of our assets determined on a consolidated basis or the aggregate market value of all the outstanding shares; or

o
a proposed tender or exchange offer for 50% or more of our outstanding voting shares.
Dividend Reinvestment and Direct Stock Purchase Plan
We have a Dividend Reinvestment and Direct Stock Purchase Plan, or the Plan to allow existing shareholders to purchase additional common shares by reinvesting all or a portion of the dividends paid on their common stock and by making optional cash investments. As at December 31, 2018 and as of the date of this annual report, no new shares were issued pursuant to the Plan.
Listing
Our common shares are listed on the NYSE under the symbol "NAO."
Transfer Agent
The registrar and transfer agent for our common shares is Computershare Trust Company, N.A.
C.   Material Contracts
Attached as exhibits to this annual report are the contracts we consider to be both material and outside the ordinary course of business during the two-year period immediately preceding the date of this annual report. For a description of our credit facilities, please see "Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects B. Liquidity and Capital Resources Our Borrowing Activities." For a description of our Management Agreement with Nordic American Tankers Limited, and our Master Agreement with SCM and SSM, please see "Item 4. Information on the Company Company Management."
Other than as set forth above, we have not entered into any material contracts outside the ordinary course of business during the past two years.
D.   Exchange Controls
The Company has been designated as a non-resident of Bermuda for exchange control purposes by the Bermuda Monetary Authority.
46


The Company's common shares are currently listed on an appointed stock exchange. For so long as the Company's shares are listed on an appointed stock exchange the transfer of shares between persons regarded as resident outside Bermuda for exchange control purposes and the issuance of common shares to or by such persons may be effected without specific consent under the Bermuda Exchange Control Act of 1972 and regulations made thereunder. Issues and transfers of common shares between any person regarded as resident in Bermuda and any person regarded as non-resident for exchange control purposes require specific prior approval under the Bermuda Exchange Control Act of 1972 unless such common shares are listed on an appointed stock exchange.
Subject to the foregoing, there are no limitations on the rights of owners of shares in the Company to hold or vote their shares. Because the Company has been designated as non-resident for Bermuda exchange control purposes, there are no restrictions on its ability to transfer funds in and out of Bermuda or to pay dividends to United States residents who are holders of common shares, other than in respect of local Bermuda currency.
In accordance with Bermuda law, share certificates may be issued only in the names of those with legal capacity. In the case of an applicant acting in a special capacity (for example, as an executor or trustee), certificates may, at the request of the applicant, record the capacity in which the applicant is acting. Notwithstanding the recording of any such special capacity, the Company is not bound to investigate or incur any responsibility in respect of the proper administration of any such estate or trust.
The Company will take no notice of any trust applicable to any of its shares or other securities whether or not it had notice of such trust.
As an "exempted company," the Company is exempt from Bermuda laws which restrict the percentage of share capital that may be held by non-Bermudians, but as an exempted company, the Company may not participate in certain business transactions including: (i) the acquisition or holding of land in Bermuda except for land required for its business by way of lease for a term not exceeding 50 years or otherwise, with the express authorization of the Minister of Economic Development of Bermuda; (ii) the taking of mortgages on land in Bermuda to secure an amount in excess of $50,000 without the consent of the Minister of Economic Development of Bermuda, land by way of lease for a term not exceeding 21 years in order to provide accommodation or recreational facilities for its officers and employees; (iii) the acquisition of securities created or issued by, or any interest in, any local company or business, other than certain types of Bermuda government securities or securities of another "exempted company, exempted partnership or other corporation or partnership resident in Bermuda but incorporated abroad"; or (iv) the carrying on of business of any kind in Bermuda, except in so far as may be necessary for the carrying on of its business outside Bermuda or under a license granted by the Minister of Economic Development of Bermuda.
The Bermuda government actively encourages foreign investment in "exempted" entities like the Company that are based in Bermuda but do not operate in competition with local business. In addition to having no restrictions on the degree of foreign ownership, the Company is subject neither to taxes on its income or dividends nor to any exchange controls in Bermuda other than outlined above. In addition, there is no capital gains tax in Bermuda, and profits can be accumulated by the Company, as required, without limitation.  For more information, please see "Item 10. Additional Information—E. Taxation—Bermuda Tax Considerations."
E.   Taxation
In the opinion of MJM Limited, our Bermuda counsel, the following are the material Bermuda tax consequences of the ownership of common shares.
Under current Bermuda law, there are no taxes on profits, income or dividends nor is there any capital gains tax.  Furthermore, the Company has received from the Minister of Finance of Bermuda under the Exempted Undertakings Tax Protection Act of 1966, as amended, an undertaking that, in the event that Bermuda enacts any legislation imposing tax computed on profits or income, or computed on any capital asset, gain or appreciation, or any tax in the nature of estate duty or inheritance tax, then the imposition of any such tax shall not be applicable to the Company or to any of its operations, or the common shares, debentures or other obligations of the Company, until March 31, 2035.  This undertaking does not, however, prevent the imposition of any such tax or duty on such persons as are ordinarily resident in Bermuda and holding such shares, debentures or obligations of the Company or of property taxes on Company-owned real property or leasehold interests in Bermuda.
The United States does not have a comprehensive income tax treaty with Bermuda. However, Bermuda has legislation in place ( U.S.A. – Bermuda Tax Convention Act 1986 ) which authorizes the enforcement of certain obligations of Bermuda pursuant to the Convention Between The Government Of The United Kingdom of Great Britain And Northern Ireland (On Behalf Of The Government Of Bermuda) And The Government Of The United States Of America Relating To The Taxation Of Insurance Enterprises And Mutual Assistance In Tax Matters entered into on 11 July 1986   (the "Convention"). Article 5 of the Convention states that the U.S.A. and Bermuda "shall provide assistance as appropriate in carrying out the laws of the respective covered jurisdictions (Bermuda and U.S.A.) relating to the prevention of tax fraud and the evasion of taxes. In addition, the competent authorities shall, through consultations, develop appropriate conditions, methods, and techniques for providing, and shall thereafter provide, assistance as appropriate in carrying out the fiscal laws of the respective covered jurisdictions other than those relating to tax fraud and the evasion of taxes.
47


U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations
In the opinion of Seward & Kissel, LLP, our U.S. counsel, the following are the material U.S. federal income tax consequences of the ownership of common shares to U.S. Holders and Non-U.S. Holders, each as defined below.  The following discussion of U.S. federal income tax matters is based on the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code, judicial decisions, administrative pronouncements, and existing and proposed regulations issued by the U.S. Department of the Treasury, or the Treasury Regulations, all of which are subject to change, possibly with retroactive effect.  The discussion below is based, in part, on the description of our business as described in this annual report and assumes that we conduct our business as described herein.  This discussion applies only to investors that hold our commons shares as a capital asset and not to all categories of investors to which special rules may apply.  All investors are urged to consult their own tax advisors with respect to the ownership of our common shares.
U.S. Federal Income Taxation of the Company
We are not currently subject to any U.S. federal income tax on our income.  However, in the future we may directly or through a subsidiary conduct activity which would give rise to U.S.-source income.  Depending on the nature of those activities, we may be subject to U.S. federal income tax on all or a portion of the income from such activities.
Gain on Sale of Vessels
We will not be subject to U.S. federal income taxation with respect to gain realized on a sale of a vessel, provided the sale is considered to occur outside of the United States under U.S. federal income tax principles.  In general, a sale of a vessel will be considered to occur outside of the United States for this purpose if title to the vessel, and risk of loss with respect to the vessel, pass to the buyer outside of the United States.  It is expected that any sale of a vessel by us will be considered to occur outside of the United States.
U.S. Federal Income Taxation of U.S. Holders
As used herein, the term "U.S. Holder" means a holder that for U.S. federal income tax purposes is a beneficial owner of common shares and is an individual U.S. citizen or resident, a U.S. corporation or other U.S. entity taxable as a corporation, an estate the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source, or a trust if a court within the United States is able to exercise primary jurisdiction over the administration of the trust and one or more U.S. persons have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust.
If a partnership holds our common shares, the tax treatment of a partner will generally depend upon the status of the partner and upon the activities of the partnership. If you are a partner in a partnership holding our common shares, you are encouraged to consult your tax advisor.
Distributions
Subject to the discussion of passive foreign investment companies below, any distributions made by the Company with respect to its common shares to a U.S. Holder will generally constitute dividends, which may be taxable as ordinary income or "qualified dividend income" as described in more detail below, to the extent of the Company's current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. Distributions in excess of the Company's earnings and profits will be treated first as a non-taxable return of capital to the extent of the U.S. Holder's tax basis in his common shares on a dollar-for-dollar basis and thereafter as capital gain. Because the Company is not a U.S. corporation, U.S. Holders that are corporations will generally not be entitled to claim a dividends-received deduction with respect to any distributions they receive from the Company. Dividends paid with respect to our common shares will generally be treated as foreign source dividend income and will generally constitute "passive category income" for purposes of computing allowable foreign tax credits for U.S. foreign tax credit purposes.
Dividends paid to a U.S. Holder which is an individual, trust, or estate, referred to herein as a "U.S. Non-Corporate Holder," will generally be treated as "qualified dividend income" that is taxable to U.S. Holders at preferential U.S. federal income tax rates, provided that (1) the common shares are readily tradable on an established securities market in the United States (such as the NYSE on which the common shares are listed); (2) the Company is not a passive foreign investment company for the taxable year during which the dividend is paid or the immediately preceding taxable year (which the Company does not believe it is, has been or will be); (3) the U.S. Non-Corporate Holder has owned the common shares for more than 60 days in the 121-day period beginning 60 days before the date on which the common shares become ex-dividend; and (4) the U.S. Non-Corporate Holder is not under an obligation (whether pursuant to a short sale or otherwise) to make payments with respect to positions in substantially similar or related property.  There is no assurance that any dividends paid on our common shares will be eligible for these preferential rates in the hands of a U.S. Non-Corporate Holder. Any dividends paid by the Company which are not eligible for these preferential rates will be taxed as ordinary income to a U.S. Non-Corporate Holder.
48


Special rules may apply to any "extraordinary dividend" (generally, a dividend in an amount which is equal to or in excess of 10% of a shareholder's adjusted tax basis in a common share) paid by us. If we pay an "extraordinary dividend" on our common shares that is treated as "qualified dividend income" to a non-corporate U.S. Holder, then any loss derived by such non-corporate U.S. Holders from the sale or exchange of such common shares will be treated as long-term capital loss to the extent of such dividend.
Sale, Exchange or Other Disposition of Common Shares
Assuming we do not constitute a passive foreign investment company for any taxable year, a U.S. Holder generally will recognize taxable gain or loss upon a sale, exchange or other disposition of our common shares in an amount equal to the difference between the amount realized by the U.S. Holder from such sale, exchange or other disposition and the U.S. Holder's tax basis in such shares.  Such gain or loss will be treated as long-term capital gain or loss if the U.S. Holder's holding period is greater than one year at the time of the sale, exchange or other disposition.  Such capital gain or loss will generally be treated as U.S. source income or loss, as applicable, for U.S. foreign tax credit purposes.  Long-term capital gains of certain non-corporate U.S. Holders are currently eligible for reduced rates of taxation.  A U.S. Holder's ability to deduct capital losses is subject to certain limitations.
PFIC Status and Significant Tax Consequences
Special U.S. federal income tax rules apply to a U.S. Holder that holds stock in a foreign corporation classified as a passive foreign investment company, or a "PFIC", for U.S. federal income tax purposes. In general, the Company will be treated as a PFIC with respect to a U.S. Holder if, for any taxable year in which such holder held the Company's common shares, either:

·
at least 75% of the Company's gross income for such taxable year consists of passive income (e.g., dividends, interest, capital gains and rents derived other than in the active conduct of a rental business), or

·
at least 50% of the average value of the assets held by the Company during such taxable year produce, or are held for the production of, such passive income.
For purposes of determining whether the Company is a PFIC, the Company will be treated as earning and owning its proportionate share of the income and assets, respectively, of any of its subsidiary corporations in which it owns at least 25% of the value of the subsidiary's stock. Income earned, or deemed earned, by the Company in connection with the performance of services would not constitute passive income. By contrast, rental income would generally constitute passive income unless the Company is treated under specific rules as deriving its rental income in the active conduct of a trade or business.
Based on the Company's current operations and future projections, the Company does not believe that it is, nor does it expect to become, a PFIC with respect to any taxable year. Although there is no legal authority directly on point, the Company's belief is based principally on the position that, for purposes of determining whether the Company is a PFIC, the gross income the Company derives or is deemed to derive from the time chartering and spot chartering activities of its wholly-owned subsidiaries should constitute services income, rather than rental income. Correspondingly, the Company believes that such income does not constitute passive income, and the assets that the Company or its wholly-owned subsidiaries own and operate in connection with the production of such income, in particular, the vessels, do not constitute assets that produce or are held for the production of passive income for purposes of determining whether the Company is a PFIC.  The Company believes there is substantial legal authority supporting its position consisting of case law and Internal Revenue Service, or the "IRS", pronouncements concerning the characterization of income derived from time charters and spot charters as services income for other tax purposes. However, there is also authority which characterizes time charter income as rental income rather than services income for other tax purposes.  It should be noted that in the absence of any legal authority specifically relating to the statutory provisions governing PFICs, the IRS or a court could disagree with the Company's position. In addition, although the Company intends to conduct its affairs in a manner to avoid being classified as a PFIC with respect to any taxable year, there can be no assurance that the nature of its operations will not change in the future.
As discussed more fully below, if the Company were to be treated as a PFIC for any taxable year, a U.S. Holder would be subject to different U.S. federal income taxation rules depending on whether the U.S. Holder makes an election to treat the Company as a "Qualified Electing Fund," which election is referred to as a "QEF Election." As discussed below, as an alternative to making a QEF Election, a U.S. Holder should be able to make a "mark-to-market" election with respect to the common stock, which election is referred to as a "Mark-to-Market Election". If the Company were to be treated as a PFIC, a U.S. Holder would be required to file IRS Form 8621 to report certain information regarding the Company.
49


Taxation of U.S. Holders Making a Timely QEF Election
If a U.S. Holder makes a timely QEF Election, which U.S. Holder is referred to as an "Electing Holder", the Electing Holder must report each year for U.S. federal income tax purposes his pro rata share of the Company's ordinary earnings and net capital gains, if any, for the Company's taxable year during which it is a PFIC that ends with or within the taxable year of the Electing Holder, regardless of whether or not distributions were received by the Electing Holder from the Company. The Electing Holder's adjusted tax basis in the common stock will be increased to reflect amounts included in the Electing Holder's income.  Distributions received by an Electing Holder that had been previously taxed will result in a corresponding reduction in the adjusted tax basis in the common stock and will not be taxed again once distributed. An Electing Holder would not, however, be entitled to a deduction for its pro rata share of any losses that the Company incurs with respect to any taxable year. An Electing Holder would generally recognize capital gain or loss on the sale, exchange or other disposition of the common stock. A U.S. Holder would make a timely QEF Election for our common shares by filing IRS Form 8621 with such holder's U.S. federal income tax return for the first year in which such holder held such shares when the Company was a PFIC. If the Company determines that it is a PFIC for any taxable year, it will provide each U.S. Holder with all necessary information in order to make the QEF Election described above.
Taxation of U.S. Holders Making a Mark-to-Market Election
Alternatively, if the Company were to be treated as a PFIC for any taxable year and, as anticipated, the common shares are treated as "marketable stock," a U.S. Holder would be allowed to make a Mark-to-Market Election with respect to the Company's common shares. If that election is made, the U.S. Holder generally would include as ordinary income in each taxable year the excess, if any, of the fair market value of the common shares at the end of the taxable year over such holder's adjusted tax basis in the common stock. The U.S. Holder would also be permitted an ordinary loss in respect of the excess, if any, of the U.S. Holder's adjusted tax basis in the common shares over their fair market value at the end of the taxable year, but only to the extent of the net amount previously included in income as a result of the Mark-to-Market Election. A U.S. Holder's tax basis in his common shares would be adjusted to reflect any such income or loss amount. Gain realized on the sale, exchange or other disposition of the common shares would be treated as ordinary income, and any loss realized on the sale, exchange or other disposition of the common shares would be treated as ordinary loss to the extent that such loss does not exceed the net mark-to-market gains previously included by the U.S. Holder.
Taxation of U.S. Holders Not Making a Timely QEF Election or Mark-to-Market Election
Finally, if the Company were to be treated as a PFIC for any taxable year, a U.S. Holder who does not make either a QEF Election or a Mark-to-Market Election for that year, whom is referred to as a "Non-Electing Holder", would be subject to special U.S. federal income tax rules with respect to (1) any excess distribution (i.e., the portion of any distributions received by the Non-Electing Holder on the common shares in a taxable year in excess of 125% of the average annual distributions received by the Non-Electing Holder in the three (3) preceding taxable years, or, if shorter, the Non-Electing Holder's holding period for the common shares), and (2) any gain realized on the sale, exchange or other disposition of the common stock. Under these special rules:

·
the excess distribution or gain would be allocated ratably over the Non-Electing Holder's aggregate holding period for the common stock;

·
the amount allocated to the current taxable year and any taxable years before the Company became a PFIC would be taxed as ordinary income; and

·
the amount allocated to each of the other taxable years would be subject to tax at the highest rate of tax in effect for the applicable class of taxpayer for that year, and an interest charge for the deemed tax deferral benefit would be imposed with respect to the resulting tax attributable to each such other taxable year.
If a Non-Electing Holder who is an individual dies while owning the common shares, such holder's successor generally would not receive a step-up in tax basis with respect to such shares.
U.S. Federal Income Taxation of "Non-U.S. Holders"

As used herein, the term "Non-U.S. Holder" means a holder that, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, is a beneficial owner of common shares (other than a partnership) that is not a U.S. Holder.
If a partnership holds our common shares, the tax treatment of a partner will generally depend upon the status of the partner and upon the activities of the partnership.  If you are a partner in a partnership holding our common shares, you are encouraged to consult your tax advisor.
50


Dividends on Common Shares
A Non-U.S. Holder generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income or withholding tax on dividends received from us with respect to our common shares, unless that income is effectively connected with the Non-U.S. Holder's conduct of a trade or business in the United States.  In general, if the Non-U.S. Holder is entitled to the benefits of an applicable U.S. income tax treaty with respect to those dividends, that income is taxable only if it is attributable to a permanent establishment maintained by the Non-U.S. Holder in the United States.
Sale, Exchange or Other Disposition of Common Shares
A Non-U.S. Holder generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income or withholding tax on any gain realized upon the sale, exchange or other disposition of our common shares, unless:

(1)
the gain is effectively connected with the Non-U.S. Holder's conduct of a trade or business in the United States; in general, in the case of a Non-U.S. Holder entitled to the benefits of an applicable U.S. income tax treaty with respect to that gain, that gain is taxable only if it is attributable to a permanent establishment maintained by the Non-U.S. Holder in the United States; or

(2)
the Non-U.S. Holder is an individual who is present in the United States for 183 days or more during the taxable year of disposition and other conditions are met.
Income or Gains Effectively Connected with a U.S. Trade or Business
If the Non-U.S. Holder is engaged in a U.S. trade or business for U.S. federal income tax purposes, dividends on the common shares and gains from the sale, exchange or other disposition of the shares, that is effectively connected with the conduct of that trade or business (and, if required by an applicable U.S. income tax treaty, is attributable to a U.S. permanent establishment), will generally be subject to regular U.S. federal income tax in the same manner as discussed in the previous section relating to the taxation of U.S. Holders.  In addition, in the case of a corporate Non-U.S. Holder, its earnings and profits that are attributable to the effectively connected income, which are subject to certain adjustments, may be subject to an additional U.S. federal branch profits tax at a rate of 30%, or at a lower rate as may be specified by an applicable U.S. income tax treaty.
Backup Withholding and Information Reporting
In general, dividend payments, or other taxable distributions, and the payment of gross proceeds on a sale or other disposition of our common shares, made within the United States to a non-corporate U.S. Holder will be subject to information reporting.  Such payments or distributions may also be subject to backup withholding if the non-corporate U.S. Holder:

(1)
fails to provide an accurate taxpayer identification number;

(2)
is notified by the IRS that it has failed to report all interest or dividends required to be shown on its U.S. federal income tax returns; or

(3)
in certain circumstances, fails to comply with applicable certification requirements.
Non-U.S. Holders may be required to establish their exemption from information reporting and backup withholding with respect to dividend payments or other taxable distributions on our common shares by certifying their status on an applicable IRS Form W-8. If a Non-U.S. Holder sells our common shares to or through a U.S. office of a broker, the payment of the proceeds is subject to both U.S. backup withholding and information reporting unless the Non-U.S. Holder certifies that it is a non-U.S. person, under penalties of perjury, or it otherwise establishes an exemption. If a Non-U.S. Holder sells our common shares through a non-U.S. office of a non-U.S. broker and the sales proceeds are paid outside the United States, then information reporting and backup withholding generally will not apply to that payment. However, U.S. information reporting requirements, but not backup withholding, will apply to a payment of sales proceeds, even if that payment is made outside the United States, if a Non-U.S. Holder sells our common shares through a non-U.S. office of a broker that is a U.S. person or has some other contacts with the United States. Such information reporting requirements will not apply, however, if the broker has documentary evidence in its records that the Non-U.S. Holder is not a U.S. person and certain other conditions are met, or the Non-U.S. Holder otherwise establishes an exemption.
Backup withholding is not an additional tax.  Rather, a refund may generally be obtained of any amounts withheld under backup withholding rules that exceed the taxpayer's U.S. federal income tax liability by filing a timely refund claim with the IRS.
51


Individuals who are U.S. Holders (and to the extent specified in applicable Treasury Regulations, Non-U.S. Holders and certain U.S. entities) who hold "specified foreign financial assets" (as defined in Section 6038D of the Code) are required to file IRS Form 8938 with information relating to the asset for each taxable year in which the aggregate value of all such assets exceeds $75,000 at any time during the taxable year or $50,000 on the last day of the taxable year (or such higher dollar amount as prescribed by applicable Treasury Regulations).  Specified foreign financial assets would include, among other assets, our common shares, unless the common shares are held in an account maintained with a U.S. financial institution.  Substantial penalties apply to any failure to timely file IRS Form 8938, unless the failure is shown to be due to reasonable cause and not due to willful neglect.  Additionally, in the event an individual U.S. Holder (and to the extent specified in applicable Treasury Regulations, a Non-U.S. Holder or a U.S. entity) that is required to file IRS Form 8938 does not file such form, the statute of limitations on the assessment and collection of U.S. federal income taxes of such holder for the related tax year may not close until three years after the date that the required information is filed. U.S. Holders (including U.S. entities) and Non-U.S. Holders are encouraged to consult their own tax advisors regarding their reporting obligations in respect of our common shares.
Other Tax Considerations
In addition to the tax consequences discussed above, we may be subject to tax in one or more other jurisdictions where we conduct activities.  The amount of any such tax imposed upon our operations may be material.
F.   Dividends and Paying Agents
Not applicable.
G.   Statement by Experts
Not applicable.
H.   Documents on Display
We are subject to the informational requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. In accordance with these requirements we file reports and other information with the SEC. These materials, including this annual report and the accompanying exhibits are available from http://www.sec.gov . Our filings are also available on our website at www.nao.bm. This web address is provided as an inactive textual reference only. Information contained on our website does not constitute part of this annual report.
Shareholders may also request a copy of our filings at no cost, by writing or telephoning us at the following address:
Nordic American Offshore Ltd.
LOM Building
27 Reid Street
Hamilton HM 11
Bermuda
Tel:  +1 441 298 3535
Fax:  +1 441 298 3451

I.   Subsidiary Information
Not applicable.
ITEM 11.                                       QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK
The Company is exposed to market risks from changes in interest rates related to the variable rate of the Company's borrowings under our debt agreements, and to foreign currency risks related to the exchange rate between the USD and NOK and GBP, in respect of revenues generated and costs incurred in NOK and GBP.
Amounts borrowed under the Initial Credit Facility and the DVB Credit Facility bear interest at a rate equal to LIBOR plus a margin.  Increasing interest rates could affect our future profitability. In certain situations, the Company may enter into financial instruments to reduce the risk associated with fluctuations in interest rates.
A 100 basis points increase in LIBOR would have resulted in an increase of approximately $1.38 million in our interest expense for the year ended December 31, 2018.
52


A 10% increase in the exchange rate between USD and NOK would have resulted in a decrease of $2.3 million in our operating result for the year ended December 31, 2018.
A 10% increase in the exchange rate between USD and GBP would have resulted in a decrease of $0.4 million in our operating result for the year ended December 31, 2018.
ITEM 12.                                    DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES OTHER THAN EQUITY SECURITIES
Not applicable.
PART II
ITEM 13.           DEFAULTS, DIVIDEND ARREARAGES AND DELINQUENCIES
Not applicable.
ITEM 14.         MATERIAL MODIFICATIONS TO THE RIGHTS OF SECURITY HOLDERS AND USE OF PROCEEDS
Not applicable.
ITEM 15.           CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES
A.   Disclosure Controls and Procedures.
Our Principal Executive Officer and our Principal Financial and Accounting Officer, after evaluating the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) of the Exchange Act) as of December 31, 2018, have concluded that, as of such date, our disclosure controls and procedures were effective and ensured that information required to be disclosed by us in reports that we file or submit under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to our management, including our Principal Executive Officer and Principal Financial and Accounting Officer to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure and is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time period specified by the SEC's rules and forms.
B.   Management's annual report on internal control over financial reporting.
Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting as defined in Rule 13a-15(f) or 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act. Our internal control system was designed to provide reasonable assurance to our management and Board of Directors regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation and presentation of published financial statements for external purposes in accordance with Generally Accepted Accounting Principles in the United States. All internal control systems, no matter how well designed, have inherent limitations. Therefore, even those systems determined to be effective may not prevent or detect misstatements and can provide only reasonable assurance with respect to financial statement preparation and presentation.
Our management assessed the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2018. In making this assessment, management used the criteria for effective internal control over financial reporting set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission in its 2013 Internal Control-Integrated Framework. Based on this assessment, management has concluded that, as of December 31, 2018, our internal control over financial reporting was effective.
53


C.   Attestation report of the registered public accounting firm.
This annual report does not include an attestation report of the Company's registered public accounting firm regarding internal control over financial reporting.  As an "emerging growth company," we are currently exempt from having our independent auditors assess our internal control over financial reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act.
D.   Changes in internal control over financial reporting.
There were no changes in our internal controls over financial reporting that occurred during the period covered by this annual report that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.
ITEM 16.           RESERVED
ITEM 16A.         AUDIT COMMITTEE FINANCIAL EXPERT
The Board of Directors has determined that Ms. Marianne Økland, who serves as Chair of the Audit Committee, qualifies as an "audit committee financial expert" under SEC rules. Ms. Økland is "independent" as determined in accordance with the rules of the New York Stock Exchange, or NYSE.
ITEM 16B.         CODE OF ETHICS
The Company has adopted a code of ethics that applies to all of the Company's employees, including our Principal Executive Officer and Principal Financial and Accounting Officer.  The code of ethics may be downloaded at our website (www.nao.bm).  Additionally, any person, upon request, may ask for a hard copy or an electronic file of the code of ethics.  If we make any substantive amendment to the code of ethics or grant any waivers, including any implicit waiver, from a provision of our code of ethics, we will disclose the nature of that amendment or waiver on our website.  During the year ended December 31, 2018, no such amendment was made or waiver granted.
ITEM 16C.         PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES
A.   Audit Fees
Our Board of Directors has established preapproval policies and procedures for the engagement of the Company's independent public accounting firms for all audit and non-audit services. The following table sets forth, for the two most recent fiscal years, the aggregate fees billed for professional services rendered by our principal accountant, KPMG AS, for the audit of the Company's annual financial statements and services provided by the principal accountant in connection with statutory and regulatory filings or engagements for the two most recent fiscal years.
FISCAL YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2018
 
$
488,273
 
FISCAL YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2017
 
$
922,867
 

B.   Audit-Related Fees
During the fiscal year ended December 31, 2018 our principal accountant, KPMG AS, provided financial due diligence services in connection with a contemplated transaction.  The fees for such services were $53,696.  No audit related fees were incurred for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2017.
C.   Tax Fees
Not applicable.
D.   All Other Fees
Not applicable.
54


E.   Audit Committee's Pre-Approval Policies and Procedures
Our Audit Committee pre-approves all audit, audit-related and non-audit services not prohibited by law to be performed by our independent auditors and associated fees prior to the engagement of the independent auditor with respect to such services.
F.   Not applicable

ITEM 16D.         EXEMPTIONS FROM THE LISTING STANDARDS FOR AUDIT COMMITTEES
Not applicable.
ITEM 16E.         PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES BY THE ISSUER AND AFFILIATED PERSONS.    
No shares were purchased during the financial year ended December 31, 2018.
ITEM 16F.         CHANGE IN REGISTRANT'S CERTIFYING ACCOUNTANT
Not applicable.
ITEM 16G.         CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
Pursuant to an exception for foreign private issuers, we, as a Bermuda company, are not required to comply with the corporate governance practices followed by U.S. companies under the NYSE listing standards. We believe that our established practices in the area of corporate governance are in line with the spirit of the NYSE standards and provide adequate protection to our shareholders.
There are four significant differences between our corporate governance practices and the NYSE standards applicable to listed U.S. companies. The NYSE requires that non-management directors meet regularly in executive sessions without management. The NYSE also requires that all independent directors meet in an executive session at least once a year.  While Bermuda law and our Bye-laws do not require executive sessions, we do expect our independent directors to meet in executive session at least annually. The NYSE requires that a listed U.S. company have a nominating/corporate governance committee of independent directors and a committee charter specifying the purpose, duties and evaluation procedures of the committee.  While Bermuda law and our Bye-laws do not require a nominating or corporate governance committee, we do expect to form such a committee of the Board of Directors within 2019. The NYSE requires, among other things, that a listed U.S. company have an audit committee with a minimum of three members. As permitted under Bermuda law, our audit committee consists of two independent members of our Board of Directors.  We expect our audit committee to expand to three members within 2019.  The NYSE requires U.S. companies to adopt and disclose corporate governance guidelines. The guidelines must address, among other things: director qualification standards, director responsibilities, director access to management and independent advisers, director compensation, director orientation and continuing education, management succession and an annual performance evaluation. We are not required to adopt such guidelines under Bermuda law and we have not adopted such guidelines.
ITEM 16H.         MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURE
Not applicable.
PART III
ITEM 17.           FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
See "Item 18. Financial Statements."
ITEM 18.           FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
The financial statements beginning on page F-1 through F-21 together with the respective reports of the Independent Registered Public Accounting firms therefore, are filed as a part of this annual report.
55


ITEM 19.       EXHIBITS
1.1
1.2
1.3
Certificate of Deposit of Memorandum of Increase of Share Capital dated January 3, 2019
2.1
2.2
2.3
4.1
4.2
4.3
4.4
4.5
4.6
4.7
4.8
4.9
4.10
4.11
8.1
12.1
12.2
13.1
13.2
101.INS
XBRL Instance Document
101.SCH
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document
101.CAL
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Calculation Linkbase Document
101.DEF
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Definition Linkbase Document
101.LAB
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Label Linkbase Document
101.PRE
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Presentation Linkbase Document

(1)
Incorporated by reference to the Company's Report of Foreign Private Issuer on Form 6-K filed with the SEC on September 28, 2016.
(2)
Incorporated by reference to the Company's Report of Foreign Private Issuer on Form 6-K filed with the SEC on November 14, 2016.
(3)
Incorporated by reference to the Company's Report of Foreign Private Issuer on Form 6-K filed with the SEC on January 29, 2019.
(4)
Incorporated by reference to the Company's Report of Foreign Private Issuer on Form 6-K filed with the SEC on December 21, 2018.
(5)
Incorporated by reference to the Company's Registration Statement on Form F-1 filed with the SEC on March 17, 2014 (File No. 333-194612).
(6)
Incorporated by reference to the Company's Report of Foreign Private Issuer on Form 6-K filed with the SEC on February 15, 2019.
(7)
Incorporated by reference to the Company's Report of Foreign Private Issuer on Form 6-K filed with the SEC on December 18, 2018.

56



SIGNATURES
The registrant hereby certifies that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form 20-F and has duly caused and authorized the undersigned to sign this annual report on its behalf.
   
NORDIC AMERICAN OFFSHORE LTD.
May 15, 2019
   
     
    /s/ Emanuele Lauro
   
Name: Emanuele Lauro
   
Title: Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

57



NORDIC AMERICAN OFFSHORE LTD


          
TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

Page
   
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
F-2
   
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS:
 
   
Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive (Loss) Income for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016
F-3
   
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2018 and 2017
F-4
   
Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016
F-5
   
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016
F-6
   
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
F-7

F-1


REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM


To the Shareholders and Board of Directors
Nordic American Offshore Ltd.:
Opinion on the Consolidated Financial Statements
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Nordic American Offshore Ltd. and subsidiaries (the Company) as of December 31, 2018 and 2017, the related consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive (loss) income, shareholders' equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the three‑year period ended December 31, 2018, and the related notes (collectively, the consolidated financial statements). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2018 and 2017, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the years in the three‑year period ended December 31, 2018, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.
Going Concern
The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared assuming that the Company will continue as a going concern. As discussed in Note 5 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company has suffered recurring losses from operations and is required to raise additional capital in order to refinance its Initial Credit Facility which raises substantial doubt about its ability to continue as a going concern. Management’s plans in regard to these matters are also described in Note 5. The consolidated financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.
Basis for Opinion
These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audits, we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.
Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
/s/ KPMG AS

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2014.
Oslo, Norway
May 15, 2019











F-2


Nordic American Offshore LTD
Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive (Loss) Income
  for the Years Ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016

All figures in USD ‘000, except share and per share amount
 
Years ended December 31,
 
   
2018
   
2017
   
2016
 
Charter Revenues
   
20,654
     
17,895
     
17,697
 
Charter Costs
   
(2,215
)
   
(1,815
)
   
(1,448
)
Vessel Operating Costs
   
(25,173
)
   
(20,454
)
   
(24,137
)
General and Administrative Costs
   
(4,757
)
   
(4,222
)
   
(4,503
)
Depreciation Costs
   
(17,298
)
   
(17,472
)
   
(16,152
)
Impairment Loss on Vessels
   
(160,080
)
   
-
     
-
 
Net Operating Loss
   
(188,869
)
   
(26,068
)
   
(28,543
)
Interest Income
   
207
     
298
     
10
 
Interest Costs
   
(8,031
)
   
(4,880
)
   
(3,467
)
Other Financial Costs
   
(601
)
   
327
     
(151
)
Total Financial Costs
   
(8,425
)
   
(4,255
)
   
(3,608
)
Loss before income taxes
   
(197,294
)
   
(30,323
)
   
(32,151
)
Income Tax Benefit
   
-
     
997
     
-
 
Net Loss and Comprehensive Loss
   
(197,294
)
   
(29,326
)
   
(32,151
)
                         
Basic and Diluted Loss per Share
   
(31.50
)
   
(5.33
)
   
(15.35
)
                         
                         
Basic and Diluted Average Number of Common Shares Outstanding
   
6,263,094
     
5,499,561
     
2,093,926
 
Cash dividends declared per common share
   
0.30
     
0.80
     
2.80
 


The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
F-3


Nordic American Offshore LTD
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2018 and 2017
All figures in USD ‘000, except share and per share amount

   
As of December 31,
 
   
2018
   
2017
 
ASSETS
           
Current Assets
           
Cash and Cash Equivalents
   
8,446
     
31,506
 
Accounts Receivable, net
   
2,602
     
2,096
 
Prepaid Expenses
   
755
     
1,274
 
Inventory
   
1,181
     
1,510
 
Other Current Assets
   
1,176
     
690
 
Total Current Assets
   
14,160
     
37,076
 
                 
Non-Current Assets
               
Vessels, net
   
176,914
     
350,635
 
Total Non-Current Assets
   
176,914
     
350,635
 
Total Assets
   
191,074
     
387,711
 
                 
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
               
Current Liabilities
               
Accounts Payable
   
842
     
317
 
Accounts Payable, related party
   
492
     
728
 
Other Current Liabilities
   
3,147
     
1,764
 
Total Current Liabilities
   
4,481
     
2,809
 
                 
Long-Term Debt
   
132,457
     
136,552
 
Other Non-Current Liabilities
   
71
     
77
 
Total Non-Current Liabilities
   
132,528
     
136,629
 
Commitments and Contingencies
               
                 
Shareholders’ Equity
               
 
Preferred shares, par value $0.01 per Share, 50,000,000 and  50,000,000 shares authorized, none issued at December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017 respectively.
   
-
     
-
 
Common shares, par value $0.10 per Share; 35,000,000 and  20,000,000 shares authorized, 7,648,611 shares issued, 7,374,159 outstanding and 274,452 treasury shares at December 31, 2018 and 6,473,136 shares issued, 6,198,684 outstanding and 274,452 treasury shares at December 31, 2017
   
764
     
647
 
Additional Paid-In Capital
   
322,914
     
319,947
 
Accumulated Deficit
   
(269,614
)
   
(72,321
)
Total Shareholders’ Equity
   
54,064
     
248,273
 
Total Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity
   
191,074
     
387,711
 
          

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
F-4


Nordic American Offshore Ltd
Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity for the Years Ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and  2016

All figures in USD ‘000, except number of shares
 
 
Number of shares
   
Common Stock
   
Additional Paid-In Capital
   
Accumulated Deficit
   
Total Shareholders’ Equity
 
Balance at January 1, 2016
   
2,256,053
     
234
     
291,467
     
(10,844
)
   
280,857
 
Repurchase of shares
   
(187,368
)
   
-
     
(8,513
)
   
-
     
(8,513
)
Dividend distributed
   
-
     
-
     
(5,997
)
   
-
     
(5,997
)
Net Loss
   
-
     
-
     
-
     
(32,151
)
   
(32,151
)
Balance at December 31, 2016
   
2,068,684
     
234
     
276,957
     
(42,995
)
   
234,196
 
Common Shares Issued, net of $0.9 million issuance cost
   
4,130,000
     
413
     
47,923
     
-
     
48,336
 
Dividends distributed
   
-
     
-
     
(4,933
)
   
-
     
(4,933
)
Net Loss
   
-
     
-
     
-
     
(29,326
)
   
(29,326
)
Balance at December 31, 2017
   
6,198,684
     
647
     
319,947
     
(72,321
)
   
248,273
 
Common Shares Issued, private placement, net of $0.1 million of issuance costs
   
1,175,475
     
117
     
4,827
     
-
     
4,941
 
Dividends distributed
   
-
     
-
     
(1,860
)
   
-
     
(1,860
)
Net Loss
   
-
     
-
     
-
     
(197,294
)
   
(197,294
)
Balance at December 31, 2018
   
7,374,159
     
764
     
322,914
     
(269,614
)
   
54,064
 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-5


Nordic American Offshore LTD
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016

All figures in USD ‘000
 
Year ended December 31,
 
   
2018
   
2017
   
2016
 
Cash Flows from Operating Activities
                 
Net Loss
   
(197,294
)
   
(29,326
)
   
(32,151
)
Reconciliation of Net Loss to Net Cash Used In Operating Activities
                       
Depreciation Costs
   
17,298
     
17,480
     
16,053
 
Amortization of Deferred Financing Costs
   
359
     
359
     
359
 
Overhaul of Engine Costs and Dry-dock
   
(3,610
)
   
(341
)
   
(151
)
Impairment loss on Vessels
   
160,080
     
-
     
-
 
Foreign currency loss
   
198
     
(12
)
   
31
 
Changes in Operating Assets and Liabilities
                       
Accounts Receivable
   
(506
)
   
(606
)
   
2,485
 
Inventory
   
329
     
(270
)
   
(446
)
Prepaid and Other Current Assets
   
(326
)
   
262
     
2,603
 
Accounts Payable, Accrued Liabilities
   
1,902
     
(1,725
)
   
(5,031
)
Accounts Payable, Related Party
   
(237
)
   
147
     
(15
)
Net Cash  Used In Operating Activities
   
(21,807
)
   
(14,032
)
   
(16,262
)
Cash Flows from Investing Activities
                       
Investment in Vessels
   
(46
)
   
(830
)
   
(61,583
)
                         
Net Cash Used in Investing Activities
   
(46
)
   
(830
)
   
(61,583
)
Cash Flows from Financing Activities
                       
Proceeds from Issuance of Common Stock
   
4,945
     
48,336
     
-
 
Repayment of credit facility
   
(4,095
)
   
-
         
Proceeds from Use of Credit Facility
   
-
     
-
     
90,000
 
Repurchase of Treasury Stock
   
-
     
-
     
(8,513
)
Cash Dividends Paid to Shareholders
   
(1,860
)
   
(4,933
)
   
(5,997
)
Net Cash (Used in) / Provided by Financing Activities
   
(1,010
)
   
43,403
     
75,490
 
Net (Decrease)/Increase in Cash and Cash Equivalents
   
(22,863
)
   
28,541
     
(2,355
)
                         
Cash and Cash Equivalents at Beginning of Period
   
31,506
     
2,953
     
5,339
 
Effect of Exchange Rate Changes on Cash and Cash Equivalents
   
(198
)
   
12
     
(31
)
Cash and Cash Equivalents at the End of Period
   
8,446
     
31,506
     
2,953
 
                         
Cash Paid for Interest, Net of Amounts Capitalized
   
7,090
     
4,417
     
2,803
 
Cash Paid for Tax
   
-
     
-
     
214
 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
F-6

NORDIC AMERICAN OFFSHORE LTD

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(All amounts in USD ‘000 except where noted)


1.
NATURE OF BUSINESS

Nordic American Offshore Ltd. was formed on October 17, 2013 under the laws of the Republic of the Marshall Islands.   Our operating fleet as of December 31, 2018 consisted of ten platform supply vessels, or “PSVs”.   We maintain our principal offices at the LOM Building, 27 Reid Street, Hamilton HM 11 Bermuda.
Effective September 26, 2016, we discontinued our existence as a company organized under the laws of the Republic of the Marshall Islands and continued our existence as an exempted company incorporated under the laws of Bermuda, which we refer to as the Redomiciliation. There was no change in our business, assets and liabilities, principal locations, fiscal year, directors or executive officers following the Redomiciliation, and our financials are presented on an un-interrupted basis. On November 10, 2016, our shareholders approved the adoption of the new bye-laws, or the Bye-laws, at our annual general meeting of shareholders. As a result of the Redomiciliation, the rights of holders of our common shares are now governed by our Bermuda Memorandum of Continuance, the Bye-laws and the Companies Act 1981 of Bermuda, or the Companies Act.
On December 12, 2018, the Company announced that it had entered into a share purchase agreement with Scorpio Offshore Investments Inc, or SOI, pursuant to which SOI invested $5,000,000 in a private placement of the Company’s common shares at a price of $4.20 per share, or the Private Placement.  As part of the Private Placement, Mr. Emanuele Lauro was appointed Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of the Company. In addition, Mr. Robert Bugbee was appointed to the Company’s Board of Directors and to the office of President, Mr. Cameron Mackey was appointed Chief Operating Officer, and Mr. Filippo Lauro was appointed Vice President. Concurrent with the Private Placement Mr. Herbjørn Hansson resigned from the Board of Directors.
Reverse stock split

On January 28, 2019, the Company effected a one-for-ten reverse stock split. All share and per share information has been retroactively adjusted to reflect the reverse stock split. The par value was adjusted from $0.01 per share to $0.10 per share as a result of the reverse stock split.
The Company’s Fleet

As of December 31, 2018, the Company owned and operated Platform Supply Vessels (“PSV”) in the North Sea.  This fleet consisted of:

Vessel Name
Yard
Year Built
Delivered to NAO
NAO Fighter
Ulstein
2012
January 2014
NAO Prosper
Ulstein
2012
January 2014
NAO Power
Ulstein
2013
January 2014
NAO Thunder
Ulstein
2013
December 2013
NAO Guardian
Ulstein
2013
December 2013
NAO Protector
Ulstein
2013
December 2013
NAO Storm
Ulstein
2015
January 2015
NAO Viking
Ulstein
2015
January 2015
NAO Horizon
Vard
2016
April 2016
NAO Galaxy
Vard
2016
June 2016

F-7


2.
SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
Basis of Accounting: These consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”).

Principles of Consolidation: Entities in which NAO has controlling financial interest are consolidated. Subsidiaries are consolidated from the date on which control is obtained. The subsidiaries’ accounting policies are in conformity with U.S. GAAP. All intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated upon consolidation.

Use of Estimates: Preparation of financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and costs during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates. The effects of changes in accounting estimates are accounted for in the same period in which the estimates are changed.

Foreign Currency Translation: The functional currency of NAO is the United States (“U.S.”) dollars. Transactions in foreign currencies during the year are translated into U.S. dollars at the rates of exchange in effect at the date of the transactions. For the year ended December 31, 2018, a total exchange loss of $0.6 million is included in Other Financial (Costs) Income.  For the years ended December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016 total exchange gains of $0.3 million and a loss of $0.2 million, respectively, are included in Other Financial (Costs) Income.

Revenue Recognition:   Revenues are generated from time charter contracts for which we provide a vessel and crew on a rate per day basis in the spot market and the term market.   Revenues from time charter contracts are accounted for as fixed rate operating leases and are recognized daily over the term of the charter. Revenue from time charter agreements with contingent revenue associated is recognized when the contingency related to it is resolved. Services provided under respective charter contracts represent a single performance obligation satisfied over time and revenues are recognized over the term of the contract.

For the year ended December 31, 2018, the Company has entered into two longer term time charter contracts for two of its vessels with commitments through 2020. Expected time charter revenues for these contracts is $7.2 million in 2019 and $3.7 million in 2020.  The aggregate cost of these vessels was $82.7 million and the aggregate accumulated depreciation (including impairment charges) and carrying value as of December 31, 2018 was $47.9 million and $34.8 million, respectively. There are no long-term time charter contracts that extend beyond 2020. As of December 31, 2017 and 2016, there were no longer term time charter contracts.

Vessel Operating Costs: Vessel operating costs include crewing, repair and maintenance, insurance, stores, lubricants, management fee, communication costs, and tonnage tax. These costs are recognized as incurred.

Cash and Cash equivalents: Cash Equivalents consist of highly liquid investments such as time deposits with an original maturity at acquisition of three months or less.
Accounts Receivable: Accounts Receivables are presented net of allowance for doubtful balances. If balances are determined uncollectable, after all means of collections have been exhausted and the potential for recovery is considered to be remote, they are charged against the allowance for doubtful balances. As of December 31, 2018 and 2017, the Company has not made any allowance for doubtful balances.

Inventories: Inventories, which comprise bunker fuel and lubrication oil, are stated at the lower of cost or net realizable value, which is determined on a first-in, first-out (“FIFO”) basis. Bunker fuel onboard at the time of delivery to a charterer is purchased by the charterer and re-purchased by the Company at the time of re-delivery.

Vessels, net: Vessels and equipment are stated at historical costs, less accumulated depreciation which is provided by the straight-line method over their estimated useful life of 25 years. Interest is capitalized in connection with the construction of vessels. The capitalized interest is included as part of the asset to which it relates and depreciated over the asset’s estimated useful life.

F-8


Certain subsequent expenditures for conversions and major improvements are also capitalized if it is determined that they appreciably extend the life, increase the earnings capacity or improve the efficiency or safety of the vessel. Repairs and maintenance are expensed as incurred. The vessels’ estimated residual values and useful life are reviewed when there has been a change in circumstances that indicate the original estimate may no longer be appropriate. Residual values are estimated at $1.5 million for each vessel in the fleet at December 31, 2018 and 2017.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets:   The Company reviews for impairment long-lived assets held and used whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the assets may not be recoverable. In this respect, the Company reviews its assets for impairment on an asset by asset basis. When the estimate of undiscounted cash flows, excluding interest charges, expected to be generated by the use of the asset is less than its carrying amount, the Company evaluates the asset for impairment loss. In developing estimates of future undiscounted cash flows, the Company makes assumptions and estimates about the vessels’ future performance, with the significant assumptions being related to charter rates, fleet utilization, operating costs, capital expenditures, residual value and the estimated remaining useful life of each vessel. The assumptions used to develop estimates of future undiscounted cash flows are based on historical trends as well as future expectations. The estimated net operating undiscounted cash flows are determined by considering an estimated daily charter rate for the remaining operating days. The Company estimates the daily charter rate for the remaining operating days based on the historical average for similar vessels and utilizing available market data for current charter rates over the remaining estimated life of the vessel, assumed to be 25 years from the delivery of the vessel from the shipyard, net of brokerage commissions, expected outflows for vessels’ maintenance and vessel operating costs (including planned drydocking and engine overhaul expenditures). If the Company’s estimate of undiscounted future cash flows for any vessel is lower than the vessel’s carrying value, the carrying value is written down, by recording a charge to operations, to the vessel’s fair market value. The impairment loss is determined by the difference between the carrying amount of the asset and fair value (based on broker estimates). We recorded a $160.1 million impairment charge during the year ended December 31, 2018 as a result of a deterioration in market conditions and for the value of our vessels.  This entry is described in Note 4 below.

Drydocking and engine overhaul:   The Company’s vessels are required to be drydocked approximately every 30 - 60 months (depending on vessel age), and to have engines overhauled after   10,000 – 11,000   running hours. The Company will capitalize a substantial portion of the costs incurred during drydocking and overhaul, and amortize those costs on a straight line basis from the completion of a drydocking, intermediate survey or overhaul to the estimated completion of the next drydocking or overhaul. Consistent with prior periods, drydocking costs include a variety of costs incurred while vessels are placed within drydock, including expenses related to the dock preparation and port expenses at the drydock shipyard, general shipyard expenses, expenses related to hull, external surfaces and decks, expenses related to machinery and engines of the vessel, as well as expenses related to the testing and correction of findings related to safety equipment on board. The Company includes in capitalized drydocking those costs incurred as part of the drydock to meet classification and regulatory requirements. The Company expenses costs related to routine repairs and maintenance performed during drydocking, and for annual class survey costs. The capitalized and unamortized drydocking costs are included in the book value of the vessels. Amortization expense of the drydocking costs is included in depreciation expense. For the PSVs acquired an estimate of $500,000 and $250,000 for drydock cost and overhaul costs respectively has been allocated from the purchase price. Drydocking is depreciated over five years, and engine overhauls are depreciated based on the number of running hours within the reporting period according to the built-in overhaul method.
Geographical segments: The Company has not presented segment information as it considers it operates as one reportable segment, the offshore support vessel market, where the majority of our vessels operated in the North Sea during the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016. The Company had one vessel operating in West Africa during 2018, on a three-month term contract.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments: The fair values of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts payable and accrued liabilities approximate carrying value because of the short-term nature of these instruments.
Termination Fee:   In 2015 the Company received $3.9 million related to a termination of a charter contract for one of its vessels. The termination fee received was subject to future conditions, and was deferred and recognized in future periods when these conditions have been met. $0.4 million and $1.2 million of the termination fee were recognized as charter revenue for the years ended December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017, respectively. There were no Deferred termination fees as of December 31, 2018. As of December 31, 2017, $0.4 million and $0 were recorded as Accrued Liabilities and Other Non-Current Liabilities.
F-9


Income Taxes: The Company is incorporated in Bermuda. Under current Bermuda law, the Company is not subject to corporate income taxes. The statutory applicable rate to consolidated corporate earnings is 0%.
On March 10, 2014 the Company’s vessels were accepted into the UK Tonnage Tax regime. The Company no longer qualifies for inclusion in the UK Tonnage Tax regime and made an exit as of February 2017, and subsequent to this the Company was subject to the regular tax regime in the UK. No deferred tax asset in respect of losses incurred was recognized at the end of 2017 as the UK operations ceased and so the losses cannot be utilized to offset future UK or other taxable income. On April 1, 2018 eight vessels operated by NAO UK and related bareboat charter agreements were transferred to NAO Norway AS that was established on January 26, 2018 to provide commercial services. On September 28, 2018 the Company NAO UK was placed into members’ voluntary liquidation and on March 19, 2019 the final pre-liquidation tax returns were submitted. The liquidation of NAO UK will be concluded in May 2019.

NAO Norway AS is subject to income tax in Norway for the year ended December 31, 2018 at a rate of 23% of its taxable result. NAO Norway AS recorded a taxable loss of $15.3 million and the income tax expense was $0 for the year ended December 31, 2018. The Company recorded a deferred tax asset of $3.5 million from its net operating loss in Norway and a corresponding full valuation allowance of $3.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2018.  A full valuation allowance has been recognized due to the uncertainty related to the utilization of any carry forward tax losses. The Norwegian net operating losses may be carried forward for an indefinite period according to Norwegian tax law. There are no other permanent or temporary differences in NAO Norway AS for the year ended December 31, 2018.

Concentration of Credit Risk: Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist principally of cash and cash equivalents and accounts receivable. The Company’s cash is primarily held in major banks and financial institutions in Norway and the United Kingdom and typically insured up to a set amount. Accordingly, the Company believes the risk of any potential loss on deposits held in these institutions is minimal. Concentrations of credit risk relative to accounts receivable are limited to the Company’s client base in the energy industry that may be affected by changes in economic or other external conditions. The Company does not require collateral for its accounts receivable. The fair value of the financial instruments approximates the net book value.

For the year ended December 31, 2018, two charterers accounted for 25% of the total revenues, with 13% and 12% respectively.

For the year ended December 31, 2017, three charterers accounted for 44% of the total revenues with 21%, 13%, and 10%, respectively.

For the year ended December 31, 2016, three charterers accounted for 36% of the total revenues, with 14%, 11%, and 11%, respectively.

For the year ended December 31, 2018, three charterers accounted for 76% of the outstanding accounts receivable, with 32%, 30%, and 14% respectively.

For the year ended December 31, 2017, three charterers accounted for 66% of the outstanding accounts receivable, with 28%, 19%, and 19%, respectively.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements:

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842). The update requires an entity to recognize right-of-use assets and lease liabilities on its balance sheet and disclose key information about leasing arrangements. It also offers specific accounting guidance for a lessee, a lessor and sale and leaseback transactions. Lessees and lessors are required to disclose qualitative and quantitative information about leasing arrangements to enable a user of the financial statements to assess the amount, timing and uncertainty of cash flows arising from leases. The guidance will be effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018, including interim periods within those fiscal years, and early adoption is permitted. Further, the FASB issued ASU 2018-11, Leases (Topic 842) in July 2018 related to the optional transition method for implementing ASC 842. The Company will apply the practical expedient to not separate nonlease components from the associated lease component and instead to account for those components as a single component if the nonlease component otherwise would be accounted for under the new revenue guidance (ASC 606); and both of the following are met: (1) the timing and patterns of transfer of the nonlease component and associated lease are the same; and (2) the lease component, if accounted for separately, would be classified as  an operating lease. We will adopt ASC 842 using the modified retrospective transition approach.
F-10


In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-13, Financial Instruments – Credit losses (ASC 326), which amends the guidance on the impairment of financial instruments. The standard adds an impairment model known as the current
expected credit loss (“CECL”) model that is based on expected losses rather than incurred losses. Under the new guidance, an entity is required to recognize as an allowance its estimate of expected credit losses, which the FASB believes will result in more timely recognition of such losses. Unlike the incurred loss models under existing standards, the CECL model does not specify a threshold for the recognition of an impairment allowance. Rather, an entity will recognize its estimate of expected credit losses for financial assets as of the end of the reporting period. Credit impairment will be recognized as an allowance or contra-asset rather than as a direct write-down of the amortized cost basis of a financial asset. However, the carrying amount of a financial asset that is deemed uncollectible will be written off in a manner consistent with existing standards. The standard will be effective for the first reporting period within annual periods beginning after December 15, 2019 and early adoption is permitted. We are in the process of evaluating financial assets on our balance sheet for potential credit losses under the CECL model.

Accounting standards implemented in 2018:
Effective January 1, 2018, the Company adopted Revenue from Contracts with Customers (ASC 606), which superseded nearly all existing revenue recognition guidance under U.S. GAAP, applying the modified retrospective method. It was determined that there was no cumulative effect of applying the new standard and therefore no adjustment to the opening accumulated losses balance was recorded.  The Company’s revenues are based on leases or rental agreements with customers which is not addressed in the new standard.  As a result, the adoption of the new accounting standard did not have material effect on the Company’s consolidated balance sheet, results of operations or cash flows.

3.
RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Nordic American Tankers Limited:

Nordic American Tankers (“NAT”) participated in the offering in March 2017 by buying 800,000 shares of NAO. NAT announced that its shareholders are expected to receive NAO shares as a part dividend payment from NAT during August 2017. As of December 31, 2018 and 2017, NAT holds 13.55% and 16.12% of the outstanding NAO shares, respectively. NAT has no other direct business transactions with NAO, other than described below.

In December 2013, NAO entered into a management agreement with Scandic American Shipping Ltd, or “Scandic”, a wholly owned subsidiary of NAT, for the provision of administrative services in accordance with its objectives and policies as established and directed by its Board of Directors.

For services under the management agreement, the Company paid $100,000 for 2018, $100,000 for 2017, and $100,000 for 2016 and all directly attributable costs related to the Company are reimbursed. For the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016, an aggregate of   $2.2 million, $2.3 million and $2.2 million , respectively, for such directly attributable costs were incurred which were included in General and Administrative Costs.

On May 1, 2019, the Company tendered notice to NAT that it shall terminate the management agreement with NAT upon the expiration of 180 days from the date of such notice, or October 28, 2019.

Our former Executive Chairman and High Seas AS, an entity related to our former Executive Chairman, acquired 150,000 shares and 598,101 shares during 2018 and 2017, respectively. From the shares purchased during 2017, 160,000 were acquired in the underwritten public follow-on offering completed during March 2017.  All shares owned by High Seas AS and our former Executive Chairman were acquired in the open market at the trading price, or in offerings at the same price as the other investors. High Seas AS does not hold any position in which it provides services to NAO.

F-11


4.
VESSELS, NET

Vessels, Net consist of the carrying value of 10 vessels for the year ended December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017, respectively. Vessels, Net includes drydocking, engine overhaul costs and capitalized interest from the period of the vessel being constructed.

Depreciation is calculated based on cost less estimated residual value of $1.5 million per vessel over the estimated useful life of the vessel using the straight-line method. The estimated useful life of a vessel is 25 years from the date the vessel is delivered from the shipyard.

All Figures in USD ‘000
 
2018
   
2017
 
Vessels
   
404,324
     
404,377
 
Drydocking
   
4,379
     
2,179
 
Engine Overhaul
   
5,246
     
3,737
 
Total
   
413,949
     
410,293
 
Less Accumulated Depreciation
   
76,956
     
59,658
 
Less impairment of vessels
   
160,079
     
-
 
Vessels, Net
   
176,914
     
350,635
 

Impairment Loss on Vessels

As of December 31, 2018, our operating fleet consisted of ten PSVs.  Our vessels are evaluated for possible impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of a vessel may not be recoverable. If the estimated undiscounted future cash flows expected to result from the use of the vessel and its eventual disposition is less than the carrying amount of the vessel, the vessel is deemed impaired. Impairment charges may be limited to each individual vessel. We evaluated the carrying amount of our fleet at December 31, 2018 (consisting of ten PSVs) and we recorded an impairment charge of $160.1 million on these vessels for the year ended December 31, 2018.  An impairment charge was not recorded for the years ended December 31, 2017 or 2016. The amount of the impairment is measured as the difference between the carrying value and the estimated fair value of the vessel. The average of three broker estimates is used as a reflection of the fair market value of the vessels. This assessment is made at the individual vessel level as separately identifiable cash flow information for each vessel is available.
In developing estimates of future undiscounted cash flows, the Company makes assumptions and estimates about its vessels' future performance, with the significant assumptions being related to charter rates, fleet utilization, operating costs, capital expenditures, residual value and the estimated remaining useful life of each vessel.
The assumptions used to develop estimates of future undiscounted cash flows for our impairment analysis are based on historical trends as well as future expectations. The estimated undiscounted cash flows are determined by estimating daily charter and utilization rates for the remaining operating days. The Company estimates daily charter and utilization rates for the remaining operating days considering the historical company-specific performance, average for similar vessels and utilizing available market data to estimate charter and utilization rates over the remaining estimated useful life of the vessel, assumed to be 25 years from the delivery of the vessel from the shipyard for PSVs, net of brokerage commissions, expected outflows for vessels' maintenance and vessel operating costs (including planned drydocking and engine overhaul expenditures). Future estimated charter rates in other currencies than USD are converted to USD based on an historical average conversion rate. For purposes of estimating future operating costs as part of our impairment test at December 31, 2018, we have applied a weighted company-specific average from the preceding three financial years and applied an annual growth factor of 2.0%.
When forecasting the daily charter rates for the remaining useful life of the vessels, we have applied an internally developed model in combination with external data. For the first and second year of our analysis we have applied the lowest of our weighted company-specific achieved average rates and the rates provided by a third party for the preceding three year period. For year three of our analysis we have applied a one year ramp up period where rates are based on 75% of the 15-year historical average rates provided by a third party, while applying a utilization rate of 75%. The ramp up period is applied to reflect a potentially slower return to historical activity levels. For the rates and utilization thereafter we use the 15-year historical average as provided by a third party.

F-12


For the 15-year historical average charter rate in GBP, provided by a third party, we have applied a 10-year average conversion rate between USD and GBP. The average conversion rate applied represents the historical exchange rate between USD and GBP, which we consider to be a representative approach for this currency swap also for the future periods.
Cost associated with vessels in lay-up have been included in the estimation for the relevant vessels and for the expected time of lay-up. No revenue is generated during lay-up.
When we calculate the expected undiscounted net cash flows for the vessels, we deduct operating expenses and expected cost of dry-docking and other expected capital expenditures from the operating revenues before adding an estimated scrap value of the vessel at the end of its useful life. The operating expenses applied are based on the forecasted operating cost for the vessels, which is adjusted in subsequent periods for expected growth. We have applied a compounded growth factor to the operating expenses. Estimated cash outflows for dry-docking are based on historical and forecasted expenditure. Vessel utilization is based on historical average levels achieved. The scrap value applied to our PSVs for purposes of the impairment testing at December 31, 2018 is assessed to be $1.5 million per vessel.
We have applied a probability-weighted approach (as per ASC 360-10-35-30) to reflect the possibility of different ranges and outcomes in our estimated cash flows. We recognize that there is more uncertainty related to assumption for cash flows that are several years ahead for long-lived assets like our vessels with a significant number of years left of remaining useful life and we have experienced a slower market recovery than expected in prior years. As such, we have prepared a probability based approach taking into account possible lower than expected outcomes for the main inputs to the model. The different outcomes are mainly applied to the long-term assumption in the model rather than the initial three-year period in our model.
We have applied probabilities to the following main inputs:

·
Rates

·
Utilization

·
Foreign currency conversion
Rates and utilization in the offshore industry are closely related. As demand for ships increases and supply decreases, the rates tend to be driven up. The oil sector has in recent years and especially after the financial crisis, become more coordinated and efficient as a result of lower prices per barrel and a strive for lower break even costs. In addition, there are many laid-up vessels and owners eager to get them back in operation, which in turn indicate that it will take time to get the rates and the utilization of the fleet up to historical levels. Based on this we have weighted our base case scenario that includes the assumptions discussed above with 70%, and a lower than expected scenario that includes the assumptions discussed below with 30%. We have considered the 12-year historical dayrates for PSVs, noting that rates in four out of these twelve years have been in the lower range and taken this into account when weighting the low case scenario.

In the low case scenario, we have excluded the peak period for utilization and rates pre-2009 and accordingly applied a 10-year average for rates and utilization. This estimate is applied for the cash flows from year four and onwards in the calculation. The rate applied in year three (ramp-up period) is set as 75% of the long-term rate.
In our base case we have applied the 10-year average currency rate. Historical data for this period shows a declining USD/GBP currency cross and in our low case scenario we have applied the three-year average currency rate.

The table below indicates the (1) charter rates applied in our impairment assessment, (2) company-specific achieved rates and (3) historical market rates for the North Sea, obtained from an external party.
F-13

 
Rates used (1)
 
Achieved rates (2)
   
Market rates (3)
 
$ per day
First year
 
Second year
 
Third year
 
Thereafter
 
2018
 
2017
     
2004-
2018
     
2009-
2018
 
Rates
 
$
9,523
   
$
9,523
   
$
13,067
   
$
17,423
   
$
$12,470
   
$
10,784
   
$
19,582
   
$
14,874
 
Utilization
   
62
%
   
62
%
   
75
%
   
84.6
%
   
60
%
   
65
%
   
87
%
   
82
%
As a result of our impairment test, we have recorded an impairment loss of $160.1 million related to our ten PSVs to write the carrying values of these vessels down to their estimated fair values as of December 31, 2018.  During the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, the market value of our PSVs declined, and we identified impairment indicators.  However, in each of those years under our approach, we determined that the sum of the undiscounted cash flows for each vessel exceeded its carrying value and therefore, an impairment charge was not recorded.

5.
DEBT

Initial Credit Facility  

On December 19, 2013, the Company entered into a $60.0 million revolving credit facility (“Initial Credit Facility”) with a syndicate of lenders in order to secure available liquidity for general corporate purposes. Amounts borrowed under the Initial Credit Facility bear interest at an annual rate equal to LIBOR plus a margin, and the Company pays a commitment fee on any undrawn amounts. The Initial Credit Facility originally matured in December 2018.

In March 2015 the Company expanded its Initial Credit Facility from $60.0 million to $150.0 million. The new maturity of the expanded Initial Credit Facility is March 2020. There were no repayment requirements before maturity on the Initial Credit Facility.

Borrowings under the Initial Credit Facility are secured by first priority mortgages on the Company’s vessels and assignments of earnings and insurance. Under the Initial Credit Facility, the Company is subject to certain covenants requiring among other things, the maintenance of (i) a minimum value adjusted amount of equity, and (ii) a minimum value adjusted equity ratio, and (iii) a minimum level of liquidity, and (iv) a positive working capital. The Initial Credit Facility also includes customary events of default, including non-payment, breach of covenants, insolvency, cross defaults and material adverse change. A breach of any of these covenants would result in the Initial Credit Facility being callable by the lenders. In connection with the establishment and expansion of the Initial Credit Facility the Company incurred $0.8 million and $1.2 million in 2013 and 2015, respectively, in deferred financing cost, which is amortized over the term of the loan.

As of December 31, 2016  the Company was in breach with three of its debt covenants, (i) the minimum value adjusted amount of equity, (ii) the minimum value adjusted equity ratio clause and (iii) a minimum level of liquidity. In 2017 a waiver was obtained from the lenders lowering (i) the minimum value of equity and (ii) the minimum value adjusted equity ratio covenant requirements to levels at which the Company was in compliance, and suspending (iii) the minimum level of liquidity covenant. These waivers were effective until April 30, 2018. Under the waiver the Company was unable to draw further on the Initial Credit Facility.

On April 30, 2018 the Company entered into an amendment to the credit agreement for the Initial Credit Facility that extended the waiver period up until December 31, 2019. Under the terms of the waiver obtained, the Company was unable to draw further on the Initial Credit Facility until it complies with the original terms and conditions under the Initial Credit Facility agreement and the interest rate increased from LIBOR plus 2.0% to LIBOR plus 4.0%. The Company can distribute dividends, subject to a corresponding amount being repaid under the Initial Credit Facility.

In September 2018, we made an unscheduled payment of $1.575 million on our Initial Credit Facility to regain compliance with the Security Coverage Ratio (requiring that the aggregate fair market value of the vessels securing the loan does not fall below 150% of the outstanding loan) set forth thereunder.  At the end of September 2018, vessel values were remeasured and, given a further deterioration in such values, we were again in non-compliance of the Security Coverage Ratio at September 30, 2018.

F-14


In December 2018, the Company entered into a share purchase agreement with Scorpio Offshore Investment Inc., or SOI. SOI invested $5 million in a private placement of the Company’s shares at a price of $4.20 per share, or the Private Placement. The Private Placement was finalized December 12, 2018 and effective upon closing of the Private Placement, $1.9 million of the proceeds were immediately used to cure the covenant breach at third quarter. As a result of this transaction, the composition of senior management and the Board of Directors changed. Subsequent to the Private Placement, the new management commenced negotiations with the banks under the Initial Credit Facility, with the goal to secure the long-term financing of the Company. A waiver was granted on December 12, 2018 that effectively waived the prior financial covenants up until February 6, 2019 and reintroduced the original covenants upon expiry of the waiver. Under the waiver the Company is required to have a minimum liquidity of $5 million, which increases to $7.5 million immediately following any drawdown on the Equity Line of Credit that was entered into in March 2019 (as described below and in Note 12).  The private placement with SOI and the $1.9 million repayment on the Initial Credit Facility were conditions to executing this waiver and consent.  As of December 31, 2018, we were in compliance with the modified terms under the Initial Credit Facility and the loan was not considered callable.

In March 2019, the lenders under the Initial Credit Facility further extended the waiver period, and ultimately an agreement was reached in March 2019 to extend the waiver period until January 31, 2020 as part of a broader set of agreements to recapitalize the Company.  This agreement includes a commitment by the lenders under the Initial Credit Facility, subject to certain conditions precedent, the most significant of which is the requirement to raise an additional $15 million of equity before January 31, 2020, for a new $132.9 million term loan facility with maturity of December 6, 2023 to refinance the Initial Credit Facility. These transactions, including the terms under the new $132.9 million term loan facility are described in Note 12.

As at December 31, 2018 and 2017, the Company had $132.9 million and $137.0 million drawn on its Initial Credit Facility, respectively.

Liquidity Outlook
Under ASC paragraph 205-40, or the Standard, management must evaluate whether there are conditions or events, considered in the aggregate, that raise substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern within one year after the date that the financial statements are issued. This evaluation initially does not take into consideration the potential mitigating effect of management’s plans that have not been fully implemented as of the date the financial statements are issued. When substantial doubt exists under this methodology, management evaluates whether the mitigating effect of its plans sufficiently alleviates  substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern. The mitigating effect of management’s plans, however, is only considered if both   (1) it is probable that the plans will be effectively implemented within one year after the date that the financial statements are issued, and   (2) it is probable that the plans, when implemented, will mitigate the relevant conditions or events that raise substantial doubt about the entity’s ability to continue as a going concern within one year after the date that the financial statements are issued.  Generally, to be considered probable of being effectively implemented, the plans must have been approved before the date that the financial statements are issued.  
The Company regularly performs cash flow projections to evaluate whether it will be in a position to cover the liquidity needs for the next 12-month period and the compliance with financial and security ratios under the existing and future financing agreements. In developing estimates of future cash flows, the Company makes assumptions about the vessels’ future performance, market rates, operating expenses, capital expenditure, fleet utilization, general and administrative expenses, loan repayments and interest charges. The assumptions applied are based on historical experience and future expectations.  Nevertheless, volatility in the offshore market makes forecasting difficult, and there is the possibility that our actual trading performance during the coming year may be materially different from expectations. 
Current economic conditions in the offshore market are challenging, resulting in the incurrence of recurring losses. These conditions have resulted in breaches of the Company’s financial covenants under its Initial Credit Facility and have prompted the Company to secure additional liquidity to continue in operation.  If the rates and utilization of our vessels continue to face headwinds for the coming 12 months, then we may have to ask our lenders for further waivers to meet the obligations of the Company and to comply with our financial covenants.  We could also pursue other means to raise liquidity to meet our obligations such as through the sale of vessels, however there can be no assurance that these or other measures will be successful.
F-15


The Company’s efforts to secure additional liquidity included the entrance into a common stock purchase agreement, or the Equity Line of Credit, with SOI (a related party affiliate) and Mackenzie Financial Corporation in March 2019. The Equity Line of Credit provides for $20 million to be available on demand to the Company in exchange for common shares of the Company priced at 0.94 multiplied by the then-prevailing 30-day trailing volume weighted average price.  In April 2019, 3,240,418 common shares were issued under the Equity Line of Credit for approximately $2.78 per share and net proceeds of $9.0 million.
Additionally, as discussed above, we have agreed to the extension of waivers of certain financial covenants with which the Company was in breach, to extend such waivers up until January 31, 2020.  We also received commitments from the lenders under the Initial Credit Facility, upon the satisfaction of certain conditions precedent, to a new $132.9 million term loan facility with a maturity of December 6, 2023 (which is further described in Note 12) to refinance the Initial Credit Facility, which had an outstanding balance of $132.9 million as of December 31, 2018.  Among these conditions precedent is the requirement to raise an additional $15.0 million of equity, which is uncommitted as of the date of these financial statements.  Management’s plans include raising additional equity via the capital markets in order to meet this condition.  As those plans have not been finalized, the satisfaction of this condition is not considered probable under the Standard. If we are unsuccessful in raising this additional equity, then we may have to ask our lenders under the Initial Credit Facility for further waivers prior to the expiration of the waiver period of January 31, 2020. As such contingency plans have not commenced, such actions also are not considered probable for purposes of the Standard.  Accordingly, under the Standard, neither the raising of $15.0 million of additional equity, nor management’s contingency plans to negotiate further waivers beyond January 31, 2020, are considered probable and as a result substantial doubt is deemed to exist about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern within one year after the date the consolidated financial statements are issued .
6.
INTEREST COSTS

Interest costs consist of interest incurred on the long-term debt, the commitment fee and amortization of the deferred financing cost related to the Credit Facility described in Note 5.

All amounts in USD ‘000
 
2018
   
2017
   
2016
 
Interest Costs, net of capitalized interest
   
7,574
     
4,428
     
2,781
 
Commitment Fee
   
98
     
93
     
327
 
Amortization of Deferred Financing Cost
   
359
     
359
     
359
 
Total interest costs
   
8,031
     
4,880
     
3,467
 

7.
EARNINGS PER SHARE

Basic earnings per share (“EPS”) is calculated by dividing net (loss) income by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding for the period. Diluted EPS is calculated by dividing net income by the weighted average number of common shares and dilutive common share equivalents outstanding during the period. For the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016, the Company had a net loss, thus any effect of common stock equivalents outstanding would be antidilutive.

All figures in USD
 
2018
   
2017
   
2016
 
Numerator
                 
Net Loss
   
(197,294,000
)
   
(29,326,000
)
   
(32,151,000
)
Denominator
                       
Basic and diluted - Weighted Average Common Shares Outstanding
   
6,263,094
     
5,499,561
     
2,093,926
 
                         
Loss per Common Share
                       
Basic and diluted
   
(31.50
)
   
(5.33
)
   
(15.35
)
                         

F-16


8.
SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

Authorized, issued and outstanding common shares for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2017 and 2018:

   
Authorized common shares
   
Authorized preferred shares
   
Issued Shares
   
Outstanding Shares
 
Balance, January 1, 2016
   
20,000,000
     
50,000,000
     
2,343,136
     
2,256,053
 
Common Shares Repurchased under Share Repurchase Program
                           
(30,194
)
Common Shares Repurchased in Private Transaction
                           
(157,175
)
Balance, December 31, 2016
   
20,000,000
     
50,000,000
     
2,343,136
     
2,068,684
 
Common Shares Issued
                   
4,130,000
     
4,130,000
 
                                 
Balance, December 31, 2017
   
20,000,000
     
50,000,000
     
6,473,136
     
6,198,684
 
Authorized share capital
   
15,000,000
                         
Common Shares Issued, Private Placement
                   
1,175,475
     
1,175,475
 
                                 
Balance, December 31, 2018
   
35,000,000
     
50,000,000
     
7,648,611
     
7,374,159
 
Common shares authorized and issued
On December 11, 2018 on The Annual General Meeting of the shareholders it was resolved to increase the company’s authorized share capital from $2,000,000 to $4,000,000. As a result of this increase, the Company’s authorized share capital is 35,000,000 common shares, par value $0.10 per share (or $3,500,000) and 50,000,000 preferred shares, par value $0.01 per share (or $500,000).
In December 2018, we issued an aggregate of 1,175,474 common shares in a private placement with SOI at $4.20 per share, resulting in net proceeds to us of $4.9 million.  $1.9 million of the proceeds were immediately used to cure the covenant non-compliance existing at the third quarter of 2018.
In March 2017, the Company completed an underwritten public follow-on offering of 4,130,000 common shares, which included 130,000 common shares sold pursuant to the underwriters' partial exercise of the overallotment option to purchase additional common shares, at a price of $12.50 per share. The net proceeds the Company received from the offering were used for general corporate purposes and working capital purposes. The net proceeds of this offering were approximately $48.3 million.
Repurchase plan
In May 2015 the Company announced a share repurchase program under which the Company may repurchase up to 2.5 million of NAO’s outstanding common stock over the two subsequent years. The Company repurchased 30,194 shares under the share repurchase program during the year ended December 31, 2016.  The Company has repurchased a total of 117,277 shares under the share repurchase program since inception.  The repurchase program had a maturity of two years, and expired in May 2017.
9.
FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS AND OTHER FAIR VALUE DISCLOSURES
The majority of NAO and its subsidiaries’ transactions, assets and liabilities are denominated in United States dollars, the functional currency of the Company. There is no significant risk that currency fluctuations will have a negative effect on the value of the Company’s cash flows.
The Company categorizes its fair value estimates using a fair value hierarchy based on the inputs used to measure fair value for those assets and liabilities that are recorded on the balance sheet as fair value. The fair value hierarchy has three levels based on the reliability of the inputs used to determine fair value as follows:
F-17


Level 1.
Quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that the reporting entity can access at the measurement date.
Level 2.
Inputs, other than the quoted prices in active markets that are observable either directly or indirectly; and
Level 3.
Unobservable inputs in which there is little or no market data, which require the reporting entity to develop its own assumptions.
The following methods and assumptions were used to estimate the fair value of each class of financial instruments and other assets accounted for under fair value.

-
The carrying value of cash and cash equivalents is a reasonable estimate of fair value.

-
The estimated fair value for the long-term debt is considered to be equal to the carrying values since it reflects both a recently revised margin and variable interest rates which approximate market rates.
The carrying value and estimated fair value of the Company’s financial instruments and other assets accounted for under fair value at December 31, 2018 and 2017 are as follows:
All figures in USD ‘000
 
Fair Value Hierarchy Level
   
2018 Fair Value
   
2018 Carrying Value
   
2017 Fair Value
   
2017 Carrying Value
 
Recurring
                             
Cash and Cash Equivalents
   
1
     
8,446
     
8,446
     
31,506
     
31,506
 
Initial Credit Facility
   
2
     
(132,900
)
   
(132,900
)
   
(137,000
)
   
(137,000
)
                                         
Non-recurring
                                       
Vessels
   
2
     
176,914
     
176,914
     
-
     
-
 

The estimated fair value for the Initial Credit Facility is considered to be approximately equal to the carrying value since it reflects both a recently revised margin and a variable interest rate.
10.
ACCRUED LIABILITIES
The following table sets forth the components of our accrued liabilities as of December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017:
Accrued Liabilities
All figures in USD ‘000
 
2018
   
2017
 
Accrued Interest
   
1,274
     
692
 
Accrued Costs
   
1,872
     
684
 
Deferred Revenues
   
-
     
388
 
Total as of December 31,
   
3,146
     
1,764
 
11.
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
The Company may become a party to various legal proceedings generally incidental to its business and is subject to a variety of environmental and pollution control laws and regulations. As is the case with other companies in similar industries, the Company faces exposure from actual or potential claims and legal proceedings. Although the ultimate disposition of legal proceedings cannot be predicted with certainty, it is the opinion of the Company’s management that the outcome of any claim which might be pending or threatened, either individually or on a combined basis, will not have a materially adverse effect on the financial position of the Company, but could materially affect the Company’s results of operations in a given year.
No claims have been filed against the Company, nor has it been party to any legal proceedings for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017.

F-18


12.
SUBSEQUENT EVENTS
Reverse Stock Split
On January 28, 2019, the Company completed a one-for-ten reverse stock split. Pursuant to this reverse stock split, the common shares outstanding were reduced from 73,741,595 shares to 7,374,034 shares (which reflects adjustments for fractional share settlements). The par value was adjusted to $0.10 per share as a result of the reverse stock split. On March 1, 2019, the Company received confirmation from the NYSE that it regained compliance with the NYSE’s continued listing standards as a result of the increased market price for the Company’s common shares following the reverse stock split.
Equity Line of Credit
In April 2019, the Company also entered into a common stock purchase agreement, or the Equity Line of Credit, with SOI (a related party affiliate) and Mackenzie Financial Corporation.  SOI is a closely held company that is owned and controlled by certain members of the Lolli-Ghetti family , of which our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, Emanuele Lauro, and our Vice President, Filippo Lauro, are members. The Equity Line of Credit provides for $20 million to be available on demand to the Company in exchange for common shares of the Company priced at 0.94 multiplied by the then-prevailing 30-day trailing volume weighted average price.  In April 2019, 3,240,418 common shares were issued under the Equity Line of Credit for approximately $2.78 per share and net proceeds of $9.0 million.
Acquisition of SOHI vessels and assumed indebtedness with DVB
In April 2019, the Company acquired 13 vessels, including associated debt, consisting of two anchor handling tug supply vessels (“AHTS”) and 11 crew boats from Scorpio Offshore Holding Inc., or SOHI, a related party affiliate that is a closely held company owned and controlled by certain members of the Lolli-Ghetti family, including Emanuele Lauro and Filippo Lauro, in exchange for 8,126,219 common shares of the Company at approximately $2.78 per share for aggregate net consideration of $22.6 million.  As part of the transaction, the Company also assumed the aggregate outstanding indebtedness under a term loan facility with DVB Bank SE Nordic Branch (“DVB”) relating to two of the acquired vessels of $9.0 million.  This credit facility, which we refer to as our ‘DVB Credit Facility’ was supplemented on April 10, 2019 (the “DVB Supplemental Agreement”) as part of this transaction, and is described below.
Additionally, as discussed in Note 5, we also received commitments from the lenders under the Initial Credit Facility, upon the satisfaction of certain conditions precedent, to a new $132.9 million term loan facility with a maturity of December 6, 2023 (which is further described below) to refinance the Initial Credit Facility, which had an outstanding balance of $132.9 million as of December 31, 2018.  Among these conditions precedent is the requirement to raise an additional $15.0 million of equity in cash to be raised by January 31, 2020, which is currently uncommitted as of the date of these financial statements.  Under the terms of the DVB Supplemental Agreement, DVB has the right, but not the obligation, to unwind the sales of the two AHTS vessels if the additional $15.0 million of equity is not raised by October 31, 2019.  Under this scenario, the shares in the vessel owning subsidiaries for these two vessels (which would include the related net working capital and outstanding indebtedness under the DVB Credit Facility) would be exchanged for the shares of the Company that were previously issued as consideration for the transaction on the date of the unwinding.
Background for the transaction
The market for offshore support vessels in general, and the Company specifically has experienced adverse market conditions since 2015.  As a result, the Company has undertaken efforts to stabilize the Company’s financial position including, but not limited to engaging with the lenders of its Initial Credit Facility to obtain waivers and extensions on the terms of such facility, raising additional liquidity and reducing the Company’s financial leverage.  As part of this process, and given the constraints on the Company’s liquidity position throughout this trough in the cycle, the Company sought ways to reduce the financial leverage of the Company through the issuance of equity.
F-19


The rationale for considering the transaction was twofold:

·
The opportunity presented itself to acquire complementary assets in exchange for the issuance of equity.  By incorporating assets with a debt to capitalization ratio of 28%, the Company took a significant step towards its objective of reducing its financial leverage.

·
Moreover, both fleets operate in the offshore support vessel market and although the Company operated exclusively in the North Sea while the SOHI vessels operated in West Africa, both fleets were exposed to the same market dynamics. Both fleets believed that the consolidation of two fleets in the same industry will create a more efficient investment vehicle with a broader footprint in the offshore market.
Accounting for the transaction
The accounting treatment for this transaction is in the process of being determined.  The Company has preliminarily concluded that the transaction will be accounted for as an asset acquisition as substantially all of the fair value of the gross assets acquired is concentrated in a single identifiable group of similar identifiable assets .  Furthermore, we are in the process of assessing whether this transaction constitutes a common control and/or a reverse acquisition of assets.
Waiver Extension of Initial Credit Facility
As part of the aforementioned transactions, the lenders to the Company’s Initial Credit Facility have agreed to the extension of waivers of certain financial covenants with which the Company was in breach, to extend such waivers up until January 31, 2020.  Moreover, the Company has received commitments from the lenders under its Credit Facility, upon satisfaction of certain conditions precedent by the Company, the most significant of which is the requirement to raise an additional $15 million of equity before January 31, 2020, to a new $132.9 million term loan facility with maturity of December 6, 2023 to refinance the Initial Credit Facility, which has an outstanding balance of $132.9 million as of the date of this annual report.
The new $132.9 million term loan is expected to be collateralized by the ten PSVs that currently collateralize the Initial Credit Facility in addition to the 11 crew boats acquired from SOHI, bears interest at LIBOR plus a margin 3.50% (which can be reduced if the Company meets certain Net Debt to EBITDA thresholds) and is expected to be repayable in equal, semi-annual installments of $7.5 million beginning in December 2021 with a balloon payment due upon the maturity date of December 6, 2023.  This new credit facility is also expected to contain restrictive financial covenants as follows:

·
Cash and cash equivalents shall at all times be equal to or greater of (i) $12,500,000 and (ii) $750,000 per vessel above 2,500 DWT.

·
Current assets shall at all times exceed current liabilities less the current portion of long term liabilities.

·
The ratio of net debt to total capitalization no greater than 0.60 to 1.00.
DVB Credit Facility
As described above, the Company assumed the indebtedness of $9.0 million as part of the acquisition of two AHTS vessels from SOHI under a credit facility with DVB Bank SE Nordic Branch.  We refer to this credit facility as our DVB Credit Facility.  This loan was executed and fully drawn in September 2017.
The DVB Credit Facility bears interest at LIBOR plus a margin of 2.75% and contains a financial covenant whereby the Company must maintain minimum liquidity of an aggregate of $0.8 million in the bank accounts that are pledged as security under the facility.  The terms of this credit facility also require that the Company fund any Excess Earnings (defined as each vessels’ earnings less budgeted operating expenses, interest payments and the maintenance of the minimum liquidity requirement) related to such vessels, up to $3.6 million in aggregate, to a drydock reserve account, the proceeds of which are to be utilized for the vessel’s next scheduled drydock.
For the first 36 months after the initial drawdown date (through September 2020), any Excess Earnings related to each vessel, after funding the minimum liquidity requirement and drydock reserve account, shall be utilized to repay the credit facility.  Starting 39 months after the initial drawdown date, the DVB Credit Facility shall be repaid in consecutive quarterly installments of $0.2 million in aggregate with a balloon payment due upon the maturity date of September 2022.  The outstanding balance under this facility was $9.0 million as of the date of this report.
This facility contains financial and restrictive covenants, which require the borrowers to, among other things, comply with certain financial tests (as described above); deliver semi-annual and annual financial statements and annual projections; comply with restrictive covenants, including maintaining adequate insurances; comply with laws (including environmental laws); and maintain flag and class of the vessels. Other such covenants may require the borrowers to obtain lender approval on changes in the borrowers vessels’ managers; limit the borrowers’ ability to place liens on the borrowers’ assets; limit the borrowers’ ability to incur additional indebtedness; prohibit the borrowers  from paying dividends if there is a covenant breach under the loan or an event of default has occurred or would occur as a result of payment of such dividend.  This facility is secured by, among other things:

·
a first preferred mortgage over the two AHTS vessels which are collateralized under this facility;

·
an assignment of earnings, insurances and charters from the two mortgaged AHTS vessels;

·
a pledge of the related earnings accounts and drydock reserve accounts of the borrowers in respect of the two mortgaged AHTS vessels; and

·
a pledge of the equity interests in each of the borrowers.
Commercial and Technical Management – AHTS Vessels and crew boats
The Company’s AHTS vessels and crew boats are commercially managed by Scorpio Commercial Management S.A.M., or SCM, and technically managed by Scorpio Ship Management S.A.M., or SSM, pursuant to a Master Agreement, which may be terminated by either party upon 12 months' notice, unless terminated earlier in accordance with the provisions of the Master Agreement.  SSM and SCM owned by the Lolli-Ghetti family of which Emanuele Lauro, our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, and Filippo Lauro, our Vice President, are members.  In the event of the sale of one or more vessels, a notice period of three months and a payment equal to three months of management fees will apply, provided that the termination does not amount to a change in control of the AHTS vessels or crew boats, including a sale of all or substantially all of the AHTS vessels or crew boats, in which case a payment equal to 12 months of management fees will apply. SCM and SSM are related parties of ours. We expect that additional vessels that we may acquire in the future will also be managed under the Master Agreement or on substantially similar terms.
SCM’s services include securing employment, in the spot market and on time charters, for our AHTS vessels and crew boats.  We pay SCM a management fee equal to 1.25% of gross revenues per charter fixture.  SCM may subcontract these services to third parties pursuant to the Master Agreement.
SSM’s services include day-to-day vessel operations, performing general maintenance, monitoring regulatory and classification society compliance, customer vetting procedures, supervising the maintenance and general efficiency of vessels, arranging the hiring of qualified officers and crew, arranging and supervising drydocking and repairs, purchasing supplies, spare parts and new equipment for vessels, appointing supervisors and technical consultants and providing technical support. SSM may subcontract these services to third-parties. We pay SSM an annual fee of $156,000 per vessel for the AHTS vessels and an annual fee of $43,800 per vessel for the crew boats plus additional amounts for certain itemized services per vessel to provide technical management services for each of our AHTS vessels and crew boats.
Termination of management agreement with Nordic American Tankers
On May 1, 2019, the Company tendered notice to NAT that it shall terminate the management agreement with NAT upon the expiration of 180 days from the date of such notice, or October 28, 2019.


F-20







Exhibit 1.3
FORM NO. 7a
Registration No. 51869



BERMUDA

CERTIFICATE OF DEPOSIT OF
MEMORANDUM OF INCREASE OF SHARE CAPITAL

THIS IS TO CERTIFY that a Memorandum of Increase of Share Capital
of
Nordic American Offshore Ltd.
was delivered to the Registrar of Companies on the 19 th day of December 2018 in accordance with section 45(3) of the Companies Act 1981   (“the Act”).
 
Given under my hand and Seal of the REGISTRAR OF COMPANIES this 3 rd   day of January 2019
Jeremie M Hayward
for Acting Registrar of Companies


Capital prior to increase:
US$          2,000,000.00

 
Amount of increase:
US$          2,000,000.00

 
Present Capital:
US$          4,000,000.00
 


Exhibit 2.3

Description of Common Shares (including related Preferred Stock Purchase Rights)
of
Nordic American Offshore Ltd.


Objects and Powers
As stated in our Memorandum of Continuance, the objects of the Company are unrestricted and it has the capacity, rights, powers and privileges of a natural person. The Bye-laws do not impose any limitations on the ownership rights of our shareholders.
Authorized capitalization
Under our Memorandum of Continuance our authorized share capital consists of 35,000,000 common shares, par value $0.10 per share, of which 18,740,671 common shares are issued and outstanding and 19,015,123 are issued, as of the date of this annual report, and 50,000,000 preferred shares, par value $0.01 per share, of which none are issued and outstanding as of the date of this annual report. We have 274,452 treasury shares as of the date of this annual report.
Common shares
Each outstanding common share entitles the holder to one vote on all matters submitted to a vote of shareholders.  Subject to preferences that may be applicable to any outstanding preferred shares, holders of common shares are entitled to receive ratably all dividends, if any, declared by our Board of Directors out of funds legally available for dividends.  Upon our dissolution or liquidation or the sale of all or substantially all of our assets, after payment in full of all amounts required to be paid to creditors and to the holders of preferred stock having liquidation preferences, if any, the holders of our common shares are entitled to receive pro rata our remaining assets available for distribution.  Holders of common shares do not have conversion, redemption or pre-emptive rights to subscribe to any of our securities.  The rights, preferences and privileges of holders of our common shares are subject to the rights of the holders of any preferred shares, which we may issue in the future.
Preferred shares
The Bye-laws authorize our Board of Directors to establish one or more series of preferred shares and to determine, with respect to any series of preferred shares, the terms and rights of that series, including:

·
the designation of the series;

·
the number of shares of the series;

·
the preferences and relative, participating, option or other special rights, if any, and any qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such series; and

·
the voting rights, if any, of the holders of the series.
Shareholders Rights Agreement
On December 21, 2018, our Board of Directors authorized and declared a dividend of one preferred share purchase right, or a Right, for each of the Company's common shares, par value $0.10 per share, and adopted a shareholder rights plan, as set forth in the Shareholders Rights Agreement, dated as of December 21, 2018, or the Rights Agreement, by and between the Company and Computershare Trust Company, N.A., as rights agent, or Computershare.  The dividend was payable on December 31, 2018 to the shareholders of record on such date.
The Board of Directors has adopted this Rights Agreement to protect shareholders from coercive or otherwise unfair takeover tactics.  In general terms, it works by imposing a significant penalty upon any person or group which acquires 15% or more of the outstanding common shares of the Company without the approval of the Board of Directors.  The Rights Agreement should not interfere with any merger or other business combination approved by the Board of Directors.
A summary of the Rights Agreement is included below. Please note, however, that this description is only a summary, and is not complete, and should be read together with the entire Rights Agreement, a copy of which is filed as Exhibit 4.1 to the Company's report on Form 6-K, filed with the Commission on December 21, 2018 , as amended by Amendment No. 1 to the Rights Agreement, a copy of which is filed as Exhibit 4.1 to the Company's report on Form 6-K, filed with the Commission on February 15, 2019, each of which are incorporated herein by reference. The foregoing description of the Rights Agreement is qualified in its entirety by reference to such exhibits.
The Rights .  The Rights will initially trade with, and will be inseparable from, the Company's common shares.  The Rights are evidenced only by certificates that represent common shares.  New Rights will accompany any new common share of the Company issued after December 31, 2018 until the Distribution Date described below.
1


Exercise Price .  Each Right will allow its holder to purchase from the Company one one-thousandth of a Series A Participating Preferred Share, or a Preferred Share, for $10.00, or the Exercise Price, once the Rights become exercisable.  Following the effectiveness of our one-for-ten reverse stock split on January 28, 2019, the Exercise Price was automatically increased to $100.00. This portion of a Preferred Share will give the shareholder approximately the same dividend and liquidation rights as would one common share.  Prior to exercise, the Right does not give its holder any dividend, voting, or liquidation rights.
Exercisability .  The Rights will not be exercisable until 10 days after the public announcement that a person or group has become an "Acquiring Person" by obtaining beneficial ownership of 15% or more of the outstanding common shares. Under the terms of the Rights Agreement, SOI and its affiliates will not become an Acquiring Person under any circumstances and Mackenzie Financial Corporation will not become an Acquiring Person for so long as it beneficially owns less than 20% of the Company's outstanding common shares.
For persons who, prior to the time of public announcement of the Rights Agreement, beneficially owned 15% or more of the Company's outstanding common shares, the Rights Agreement "grandfathers" their current level of ownership, so long as they do not purchase additional shares in excess of certain limitations.
Certain synthetic interests in securities created by derivative positions — whether or not such interests are considered to be ownership of the underlying common shares or are reportable for purposes of Regulation 13D of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended — are treated as beneficial ownership of the number of common shares equivalent to the economic exposure created by the derivative position, to the extent actual common shares of the Company are directly or indirectly held by counterparties to the derivatives contracts.  Swaps dealers unassociated with any control intent or intent to evade the purposes of the Rights Plan are excepted from such imputed beneficial ownership.
The date when the Rights become exercisable is the "Distribution Date." Until that date, the common share certificates will also evidence the Rights, and any transfer of common shares will constitute a transfer of Rights.  After that date, the Rights will separate from the common shares and be evidenced by book-entry credits or by Rights certificates that the Company will mail to all eligible holders of common shares.  Any Rights held by an Acquiring Person are void and may not be exercised.
Consequences of a Person or Group Becoming an Acquiring Person .

·
Flip In .  If a person or group becomes an Acquiring Person, all holders of Rights except the Acquiring Person may, for the Exercise Price, purchase the Company's common shares with a market value of $200.00, based on the market price of the common shares prior to such acquisition.

·
Flip Over .  If the Company is later acquired in a merger or similar transaction after the Distribution Date, all holders of Rights except the Acquiring Person may, for the Exercise Price, purchase shares of the acquiring corporation with a market value of $200.00, based on the market price of the acquiring corporation's stock prior to such transaction.

·
Notional Shares.   Shares held by affiliates and associates of an Acquiring Person, including certain entities in which the Acquiring Person beneficially owns a majority of the equity securities, and Notional Common Shares (as defined in the Rights Agreement) held by counterparties to a Derivatives Contract (as defined in the Rights Agreement) with an Acquiring Person, will be deemed to be beneficially owned by the Acquiring Person.
Preferred Share Provisions .
Each one one-thousandth of a Preferred Share, if issued:

·
will not be redeemable;

·
entitles holders to quarterly dividend payments in an amount per share equal to the aggregate per share amount of all cash dividends, and the aggregate per share amount (payable in kind) of all non-cash dividends or other distributions other than a dividend payable in Common Shares or a subdivision of the outstanding Common Shares (by reclassification or otherwise), declared on Common Shares since the immediately preceding quarterly dividend payment date; and

·
entitles holders to one vote on all matters submitted to a vote of the shareholders of the Company.
The value of one one-thousandth interest in a Preferred Share should approximate the value of one common share.
2


Expiration The Rights expire on the earliest of (i) December 21, 2028 ; or (ii) the redemption or exchange of the Rights, as described below .
Redemption .  The Board of Directors may redeem the Rights for $0.10 per Right under certain circumstances.  If the Board of Directors redeems any Rights, it must redeem all of the Rights.  Once the Rights are redeemed, the only right of the holders of Rights will be to receive the redemption price of $0.10 per Right.  The redemption price will be adjusted if the Company has a stock split or stock dividends of its common shares.
Exchange .  After a person or group becomes an Acquiring Person, but before an Acquiring Person owns 50% or more of the outstanding common shares of the Company, the Board of Directors may extinguish the Rights by exchanging one common share or an equivalent security for each Right, other than Rights held by the Acquiring Person.
Anti-Dilution Provisions .  The Board of Directors may adjust the purchase price of the Preferred Shares, the number of Preferred Shares issuable and the number of outstanding Rights to prevent dilution that may occur from a stock dividend, a stock split, a reclassification of the Preferred Shares or common shares.  No adjustments to the Exercise Price of less than 1% will be made.
Amendments The terms of the Rights and the Rights Agreement may be amended in any respect without the consent of the holders of the Rights on or prior to the Distribution Date. Thereafter, the terms of the Rights and the Rights Agreement may be amended without the consent of the holders of Rights, with certain exceptions, in order to (i) cure any ambiguities; ( ii ) correct or supplement any provision contained in the Rights Agreement that may be defective or inconsistent with any other provision therein; (iii) shorten or lengthen any time period pursuant to the Rights Agreement; or (iv) make changes that do not adversely affect the interests of holders of the Rights (other than an Acquiring Person or an affiliate or associate of an Acquiring Person).
Directors
Our directors are elected by a simple majority of the votes cast by shareholders entitled to vote.  There is no provision for cumulative voting.
The Bye-laws require our Board of Directors to consist of at least one member. Our Board of Directors currently consists of six members. The Bye-laws may be amended by a simple majority of the votes cast by shareholders entitled to vote.
Directors are elected annually on a staggered basis, and each shall serve for a three year term and until his or her successor shall have been duly elected and qualified, except in the event of his or her death, resignation, removal, or the earlier termination of his or her term of office.  Our Board of Directors has the authority to fix the amounts which shall be payable to the members of the Board of Directors for attendance at any meeting or for services rendered to us.
Shareholder meetings
Under the Bye-laws, annual general meetings of the shareholders will be held at a time and place selected by our Board of Directors and special general meetings may be called at any time by our Board of Directors, provided that at least five days' notice is given of a meeting (other than an adjourned meeting), as required by the Companies Act, unless shorter notice is agreed by all shareholders entitled to attend and vote at an annual general meeting or by those shareholders holding not less than 95% of the nominal value of the shares giving a right to attend and vote at a special general meeting. The meetings are held in or outside of Bermuda. Our Board of Directors may fix any date as the record date for the purpose of identifying the persons entitled to receive notices of any general meeting. Any such record date may be on or at any time before or after any date on which such notice is dispatched.   One or more shareholders representing at least one-third of the total voting rights of our total issued and outstanding shares present in person or by proxy at a shareholder meeting shall constitute a quorum for the purposes of the meeting.
Dissenters' rights of appraisal and payment
Under the Companies Act, in the event of an amalgamation or a merger of a Bermuda company with another company or corporation, a shareholder of the Bermuda company who did not vote in favor of the amalgamation or merger and is not satisfied that fair value has been offered for such shareholder's shares may, within one month of notice of the special general meeting, apply to the Supreme Court of Bermuda to appraise the fair value of those shares.
3


Shareholders' derivative actions

Under the Companies Act, any of our shareholders may bring an action in our name to procure a judgment in our favor, also known as a derivative action, provided that the shareholder bringing the action is a holder of common shares both at the time the derivative action is commenced and at the time of the transaction to which the action relates.
Limitations on liability and indemnification of officers and directors
The Companies Act authorizes companies to limit or eliminate the personal liability of directors and officers to companies and their shareholders for monetary damages for breaches of directors' fiduciary duties. The Bye-laws include a provision that eliminates the personal liability of directors for monetary damages for actions taken as a director to the fullest extent permitted by law.
The limitation of liability and indemnification provisions in the Bye-laws may discourage shareholders from bringing a lawsuit against our directors for breach of their fiduciary duty.  These provisions may also have the effect of reducing the likelihood of derivative litigation against our directors and officers, even though such an action, if successful, might otherwise benefit us and our shareholders.  In addition, shareholders' investment may be adversely affected to the extent we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against our directors and officers pursuant to these indemnification provisions.
There is currently no pending material litigation or proceeding involving any of our directors, officers or employees for which indemnification is sought.
Anti-takeover effect of certain provisions of the Bye-laws
Several provisions of the Bye-laws, which are summarized below, may have anti-takeover effects.  These provisions are intended to avoid costly takeover battles, lessen our vulnerability to a hostile change of control and enhance the ability of our Board of Directors to maximize shareholder value in connection with any unsolicited offer to acquire us.  However, these anti-takeover provisions, which are summarized below, could also discourage, delay or prevent (1) the merger or acquisition of us by means of a tender offer, a proxy contest or otherwise that a shareholder may consider in its best interest and (2) the removal of incumbent officers and directors.
Blank check preferred shares
Under the terms of the Bye-laws, our Board of Directors has authority, without any further vote or action by our shareholders, to issue up to 50,000,000 blank check preferred shares.  Our Board of Directors may issue preferred shares on terms calculated to discourage, delay or prevent a change of control of us or the removal of our management and might harm the market price of our common shares.  We have no current plans to issue any preferred shares.
Election and removal of directors
The Bye-laws require parties other than the Board of Directors to give advance written notice of nominations for the election of directors. The Bye-laws also provide that our directors may be removed for cause upon the affirmative vote of not less than two-thirds of the outstanding common shares entitled to vote for those directors.  These provisions may discourage, delay or prevent the removal of incumbent officers and directors.
Limited actions by shareholders
The Bye-laws provide that any action required or permitted to be taken by our shareholders must be effected at an annual or special general meeting of the Company or by the unanimous written resolution of our shareholders.  The Bye-laws provide that, save for the ability of shareholders holding not less than 10% of the paid-up capital of the Company carrying the right of voting at general meetings of the Company to requisition the Board of Directors to convene a special general meeting, as set out in the Companies Act, only our Board of Directors may call special general meetings of the Company and the business transacted at the special general meeting is limited to the purposes stated in the notice.  Accordingly, save in the circumstances described above, a shareholder will be prevented from calling a special meeting for shareholder consideration of a proposal unless scheduled by our Board of Directors and shareholder consideration of a proposal may be delayed until the next annual general meeting of the Company.
Advance notice requirements for shareholder proposals and director nominations
The Bye-laws provide that shareholders seeking to nominate candidates for election as directors or to bring business before an annual general meeting of the shareholders must provide timely notice of their proposal in writing to the corporate secretary.  Generally, to be timely, a shareholder's notice must be received at our registered office not less than 120 days nor more than 180 days prior to the one-year anniversary of the immediately preceding annual general meeting of shareholders. The Bye-laws also specify requirements as to the form and content of a shareholder's notice.  These provisions may impede shareholders' ability to bring matters before an annual general meeting of the Company or make nominations for directors at an annual general meeting of the shareholders.
4


Classified Board of Directors
As described above, the Bye-laws provide for the division of our Board of Directors into three classes of directors, with each class as nearly equal in number as possible, serving staggered three year terms beginning on the expiration of the initial term for each class.  Accordingly, approximately one-third of our Board of Directors will be elected each year.  This classified board provision could discourage a third party from making a tender offer for our shares or attempting to obtain control of us.  It could also delay shareholders who do not agree with the policies of our Board of Directors from removing a majority of our Board of Directors for two years.
Business combinations
Although the Companies Act does not contain specific provisions regarding "business combinations" between companies incorporated under the laws of Bermuda and "interested shareholders," we have included these provisions in our Bye-laws.  Specifically, our Bye-laws prohibit us from engaging in a "business combination" with certain persons for three years following the date the person becomes an interested shareholder. Interested shareholders generally include:

·
any person who is the beneficial owner of 15% or more of our outstanding voting shares; or

·
any person who is our affiliate or associate and who held 15% or more of our outstanding voting shares at any time within three years before the date on which the person's status as an interested shareholder is determined, and the affiliates and associates of such person.
Subject to certain exceptions, a business combination includes, among other things:

·
certain amalgamations, mergers or consolidations of us or any direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiary of ours;

·
any sale, lease, exchange, mortgage, pledge, transfer or other disposition of our assets or of any subsidiary of ours having an aggregate market value equal to 10% or more of either the aggregate market value of all of our assets, determined on a combined basis, or the aggregate value of all of our outstanding shares;

·
certain transactions that result in the issuance or transfer by us of any shares of ours to the interested shareholder;

·
any transaction involving us or any of our subsidiaries that has the effect of increasing the proportionate share of any class or series of shares, or securities convertible into any class or series of shares, of ours or any such subsidiary that is owned directly or indirectly by the interested shareholder or any affiliate or associate of the interested shareholder; and

·
any receipt by the interested shareholder of the benefit directly or indirectly (except proportionately as a shareholder) of any loans, advances, guarantees, pledges or other financial benefits provided by or through us.
These provisions of the Bye-laws do not apply to a business combination if:

·
before a person became an interested shareholder, our Board of Directors approved either the business combination or the transaction in which the shareholder became an interested shareholder;

·
upon consummation of the transaction which resulted in the shareholder becoming an interested shareholder, the interested shareholder owned at least 85% of our voting shares outstanding at the time the transaction commenced, other than certain excluded shares;

·
at or following the transaction in which the person became an interested shareholder, the business combination is approved by our Board of Directors and authorized at an annual or special meeting of shareholders, and not by written consent, by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least two-thirds of our outstanding voting shares that are not owned by the interested shareholder;

·
the shareholder was or became an interested shareholder prior to the closing of our IPO;
5



·
a shareholder became an interested shareholder inadvertently and (i) as soon as practicable divested itself of ownership of sufficient shares so that the shareholder ceased to be an interested shareholder; and (ii) would not, at any time within the three-year period immediately prior to a business combination between us and such shareholder, have been an interested shareholder but for the inadvertent acquisition of ownership; or

·
the business combination is proposed prior to the consummation or abandonment of and subsequent to the earlier of the public announcement or the notice required under our amended and restated Bye-laws which (i) constitutes one of the transactions described in the following sentence; (ii) is with or by a person who either was not an interested shareholder during the previous three years or who became an interested shareholder with the approval of the Board of Directors; and (iii) is approved or not opposed by a majority of the members of the Board of Directors then in office (but not less than one) who were directors prior to any person becoming an interested shareholder during the previous three years or were recommended for election or elected to succeed such directors by a majority of such directors.  The proposed transactions referred to in the preceding sentence are limited to:

o
an amalgamation, merger or consolidation involving us (except for an amalgamation or merger in respect of which, pursuant to the Companies Act, no vote of our shareholders is required);

o
a sale, lease, exchange, mortgage, pledge, transfer or other disposition (in one transaction or a series of transactions), whether as part of a dissolution or otherwise, of our assets or those of any direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiary of ours (other than to any direct or indirect wholly owned subsidiary or to us) having an aggregate market value equal to 50% or more of either the aggregate market value of all of our assets determined on a consolidated basis or the aggregate market value of all the outstanding shares; or

o
a proposed tender or exchange offer for 50% or more of our outstanding voting shares.
Dividend Reinvestment and Direct Stock Purchase Plan
We have a Dividend Reinvestment and Direct Stock Purchase Plan, or the Plan to allow existing shareholders to purchase additional common shares by reinvesting all or a portion of the dividends paid on their common stock and by making optional cash investments. As at December 31, 2018 and as of the date of this annual report, no new shares were issued pursuant to the Plan.
Listing
Our common shares are listed on the NYSE under the symbol "NAO."
Transfer Agent
The registrar and transfer agent for our common shares is Computershare Trust Company, N.A.
6




Exhibit 4.6

Execution Version



COMMON STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT
DATED AS OF MARCH 29, 2019
BY AND AMONG
NORDIC AMERICAN OFFSHORE LTD.

MACKENZIE FINANCIAL CORPORATION
(for and on behalf of the funds and accounts set out on Schedule A)

AND
SCORPIO OFFSHORE INVESTMENTS INC.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

ARTICLE I PURCHASE AND SALE OF COMMON STOCK
1
 
Section 1.1
Purchase and Sale of Stock
1
 
Section 1.2
Effective Date; Settlement Dates
1
 
Section 1.3
Reservation of Common Stock
2
ARTICLE II FIXED REQUEST TERMS
2
 
Section 2.1
Fixed Request Notice
2
 
Section 2.2
Discount Price
3
 
Section 2.3
Share Calculation
3
 
Section 2.4
Limitation of Fixed Requests
3
 
Section 2.5
Reduction of Commitment
3
 
Section 2.6
Below Floor Price
4
 
Section 2.7
Purchaser Confirmation; Settlement
4
 
Section 2.8
Reserved.
4
 
Section 2.9
Blackout Periods
4
ARTICLE III REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE MACKENZIE FUNDS
4
 
Section 3.1
Organization and Standing of the Mackenzie Funds
5
 
Section 3.2
Authorization and Power
5
 
Section 3.3
No Conflicts
5
 
Section 3.4
Information
6
 
Section 3.5
No Registration; Legend
6
 
Section 3.6
Purchase for Investment
6
ARTICLE IV REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF SCORPIO OFFSHORE
7
 
Section 4.1
Organization and Standing of Scorpio Offshore
7
 
Section 4.2
Authorization and Power
7
 
Section 4.3
No Conflicts
7
 
Section 4.4
Information
8
 
Section 4.5
No Registration; Legend
8
 
Section 4.6
Purchase for Investment
8
ARTICLE V REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE COMPANY
9
 
Section 5.1
Organization, Good Standing and Power
9
 
Section 5.2
Authorization, Enforcement
9
 
Section 5.3
Capitalization
9
 
Section 5.4
Issuance of Securities
10
 
Section 5.5
No Conflicts
10
 
Section 5.6
Commission Documents, Financial Statements
11
 
Section 5.7
Subsidiaries
12
 
Section 5.8
No Material Adverse Effect
12
 
Section 5.9
No Undisclosed Liabilities
12
 
Section 5.10
No Undisclosed Events or Circumstances
12
 
Section 5.11
Indebtedness
12


 
Section 5.12
Title To Assets
13
 
Section 5.13
Actions Pending
13
 
Section 5.14
Compliance With Law
13
 
Section 5.15
Operation of Business
14
 
Section 5.16
Environmental Compliance
14
 
Section 5.17
Material Agreements
15
 
Section 5.18
Transactions With Affiliates
15
 
Section 5.19
Employees
16
 
Section 5.20
Use of Proceeds
16
 
Section 5.21
Investment Company Act Status
16
 
Section 5.22
Taxes
16
 
Section 5.23
Insurance
17
 
Section 5.24
Listing and Maintenance Requirements; DTC Eligibility
17
 
Section 5.25
Foreign Corrupt Practices Act
17
 
Section 5.26
Money Laundering Laws
17
 
Section 5.27
OFAC
18
 
Section 5.28
Manipulation of Price
18
 
Section 5.29
Acknowledgement Regarding Investor’s Acquisition of Securities
18
 
Section 5.30
Foreign Private Issuer.
18
ARTICLE VI COVENANTS
19
 
Section 6.1
Securities Compliance
19
 
Section 6.2
Registration and Listing
19
 
Section 6.3
Compliance with Laws.
20
 
Section 6.4
Limitations on Holdings and Issuances
20
 
Section 6.5
Selling Restrictions.
21
 
Section 6.6
Non-Public Information
21
 
Section 6.7
Reserved.
22
 
Section 6.8
Disclosure Schedule.
22
ARTICLE VII CONDITIONS TO THE SALE AND PURCHASE OF THE SHARES
22
 
Section 7.1
Conditions Precedent to the Obligation of the Company
22
 
Section 7.2
Conditions Precedent to the Obligation of the Investors
24
ARTICLE VIII TERMINATION
25
 
Section 8.1
Term, Termination by Mutual Consent
25
 
Section 8.2
Effect of Termination
26
ARTICLE IX INDEMNIFICATION
26
 
Section 9.1
General Indemnity.
26
 
Section 9.2
Indemnification Procedures
27
ARTICLE X MISCELLANEOUS
28
 
Section 10.1
Fees and Expenses.
28
 
Section 10.2
Specific Enforcement, Consent to Jurisdiction, Waiver of Jury Trial.
29
ii


 
Section 10.3
Entire Agreement; Amendment
30
 
Section 10.4
Notices
30
 
Section 10.5
Waivers
31
 
Section 10.6
Headings; Construction
32
 
Section 10.7
Successors and Assigns
32
 
Section 10.8
Governing Law
32
 
Section 10.9
Survival
32
 
Section 10.10
Counterparts
33
 
Section 10.11
Publicity
33
 
Section 10.12
Severability
33
 
Section 10.13
Third Party Beneficiaries
33
 
Section 10.14
Further Assurances
34


   
Annex A:
Definitions
   
Schedule A:
List of Mackenzie Funds
   
Exhibit A:
Form of Fixed Request Notice
Exhibit B:
Form of Purchaser Confirmation Notice


Disclosure Schedule






iii

COMMON STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT
This COMMON STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT , is made and entered into as of the 29th day of March, 2019 (this “ Agreement ”), by and among Scorpio Offshore Investments Inc. (“ Scorpio Offshore ”), a company organized and existing under the laws of the Republic of the Marshall Islands, Mackenzie Financial Corporation, a corporation organized and existing under the laws of Ontario, for and on behalf of the funds and accounts set out on Schedule A (the “ Mackenzie Funds ”, and each of Scorpio Offshore and the Mackenzie Funds, an “ Investor ”, and together, the “ Investors ”) and Nordic American Offshore Ltd., a corporation organized and existing under the laws of Bermuda (the “ Company ”). The Investors and the Company together shall be referred to as the “ Parties .” Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to such terms in Annex A hereto.
RECITALS
WHEREAS , the Parties desire that, upon the terms and subject to the conditions and limitations set forth herein, the Company may issue and sell to the Investors, and the Investors shall thereupon purchase from the Company, up to $20,000,000 worth of newly issued shares of the Company’s common stock, par value $0.10 per share (“ Common Stock ”);
WHEREAS , the Parties acknowledge and agree that the Mackenzie Funds are prohibited from beneficially owning, as such term is defined in the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, more than 19.50% of the Company’s issued and outstanding Common Stock (the “ Ownership Limitation ”) and nothing herein shall be deemed an obligation to the Mackenzie Funds to acquire any shares of Common Stock in excess of such Ownership Limitation; and
WHEREAS , the offer and sale of the Shares hereunder have not been registered by the Company under a registration statement with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “ Commission ”) under the Securities Act and the Company intends to register the Shares with the Commission on a resale registration statement as soon as practicable after the date of this Agreement.
NOW, THEREFORE , the Parties hereto, intending to be legally bound, hereby agree as follows:
ARTICLE I
PURCHASE AND SALE OF COMMON STOCK
Section 1.1      Purchase and Sale of Stock
Upon the terms and subject to the conditions and limitations of this Agreement, during the Investment Period, the Company, in its discretion, may issue and sell to the Investors up to an aggregate of $20,000,000 (the “ Total Commitment ”) worth of duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable shares of Common Stock (the “ Aggregate Limit ”) by the delivery to the Investors of separate Fixed Request Notices as provided in Article II hereof.  The aggregate of all Fixed Request Amounts shall not exceed the Aggregate Limit.
Section 1.2      Effective Date; Settlement Dates
1



This Agreement shall become effective and binding upon the delivery of counterpart signature pages of this Agreement executed by each of the Parties hereto (the “ Effective Date ”).  In consideration of and in express reliance upon the representations, warranties and covenants, and otherwise upon the terms and subject to the conditions, of this Agreement, from and after the Effective Date and during the Investment Period the Company shall issue and sell to the Investors, and the Investors agree to purchase from the Company, the Shares in respect of each Fixed Request.  The issuance and sale of Shares to the Investors pursuant to any Fixed Request shall occur on the applicable Settlement Date in accordance with Sections 2.7 and 2.9, provided in each case that all of the conditions precedent thereto set forth in Article VII theretofore shall have been fulfilled or (to the extent permitted by applicable law) waived.
Section 1.3      Reservation of Common Stock
The Company has or will have duly authorized and reserved for issuance, and covenants to continue to so reserve once reserved for issuance, free of all preemptive and other similar rights, at all times during the Investment Period, the requisite aggregate number of authorized but unissued shares of its Common Stock to timely effect the issuance, sale and delivery in full to the Investors of all Shares to be issued in respect of all Fixed Requests under this Agreement, in any case prior to the issuance to the Investors of such Shares.
ARTICLE II
FIXED REQUEST TERMS
Subject to the satisfaction or (to the extent permitted by applicable law) waiver of the conditions set forth in this Agreement, the Parties agree (unless otherwise mutually agreed upon by the Parties in writing) as follows:
Section 2.1      Fixed Request Notice
(a)       The Company may, from time to time in its sole discretion, no later than 9:30 a.m. (New York time) on a Trading Day, provide to the Investors a Fixed Request Notice (such date, the “ Trade Date ”), substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A (the “ Fixed Request Notice ”), which Fixed Request Notice shall become effective at 9:30 a.m. (New York time) on such Trade Date; provided , however , that if the Company delivers the Fixed Request Notice to the Investors later than 9:30 a.m. (New York time) on any Trading Day, then the Trade Date shall be the next Trading Day after receipt of such Fixed Request Notice (unless a subsequent Trade Date is specified therein).  The Company shall provide the Investors with at least three business days’ prior notice of its intent to deliver a Fixed Request Notice to the Investors.  The Fixed Request Notice shall specify the Fixed Amount Requested (which shall not exceed the Maximum Fixed Amount Requested), establish the Floor Price for such Fixed Request, and designate the applicable Trade Date.
(b)       The Fixed Amount Requested in each Fixed Request Notice delivered to the Investors shall be deemed to be allocated equally between each Investor and, subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, each Investor shall be obligated to accept each Fixed Request Notice prepared and delivered in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement and to purchase its allocated portion of the Fixed Amount Requested set forth therein, provided, however ,
2


that nothing herein shall obligate the Mackenzie Funds to purchase from the Company any shares of Common Stock to the extent that, after giving effect to such purchase, the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock of the Company beneficially owned by the Mackenzie Funds immediately after giving effect to such purchase would exceed 19.50 percent of the Company’s then issued and outstanding Common Stock.   To the extent that the number of shares of Common Stock that the Mackenzie Funds is obligated to purchase pursuant to any Fixed Request Notice is reduced as a result of this Section 2.1(b) (the amount of such reduction the “ Ownership Limitation Cutback ”), then the number of shares of Common Stock that Scorpio Offshore shall be obligated to purchase pursuant to such Fixed Request Notice shall be automatically increased by such Ownership Limitation Cutback.   For the avoidance of doubt, nothing in this Section 2.1(b) shall be deemed to limit the Mackenzie Funds’ obligation to purchase any shares of Common Stock pursuant to a Fixed Request Notice, including a portion of such Fixed Amount Requested, to the extent that such purchase would not exceed the Ownership Limitation.  The application of any Ownership Limitation Cutback shall be calculated in connection with each Fixed Request Notice delivered.
Section 2.2      Discount Price
The applicable discount price (the “ Discount Price ”) in respect of any Fixed Request shall be equal to the product of (i) 0.94 and (ii) the trailing 30-day Volume Weighted Average Price (the “ 30-Day VWAP ”) of the Company’s Common Stock as of the day on which the Common Stock is traded on the Trading Market prior to the Trade Date, provided that such 30-Day VWAP equals or exceeds the applicable Floor Price; provided , however , that if the 30-Day VWAP does not equal or exceed the applicable Floor Price on the Trade Date, then the Investors shall not be obligated to purchase any Shares in respect of the applicable Fixed Request. Anything to the contrary in this Agreement notwithstanding, unless otherwise mutually agreed upon by the Investors and the Company, at no time shall the Investors be required to purchase more than the Maximum Fixed Amount Requested in respect of any Fixed Request.
Section 2.3      Share Calculation
With respect to each Trade Date on which the 30-Day VWAP equals or exceeds the Floor Price, the number of Shares to be issued by the Company to the Investors pursuant to a Fixed Request shall equal the quotient of the total Fixed Amount Requested divided by the Discount Price determined in accordance with Section 2.2 (rounded to the nearest whole Share).
Section 2.4      Limitation of Fixed Requests
Not less than seven business days shall elapse between each Trade Date during the Investment Period.  Each Fixed Request automatically shall expire immediately following the Trade Date.
Section 2.5      Reduction of Commitment
On the Settlement Date with respect to each Trade Date, the Investors’ Total Commitment under this Agreement automatically (and without the need for any amendment to this Agreement) shall be reduced, on a dollar-for-dollar basis, by the total amount of the Fixed Request Amount for such Trade Date paid to the Company at such Settlement Date.
3



Section 2.6      Below Floor Price
If the 30-Day VWAP for any Trade Date is lower than the applicable Floor Price, then no Shares shall be purchased or sold with respect to such Trade Date.  If trading in the Common Stock on the NYSE (or any other Trading Market on which the Common Stock is then listed or quoted) is suspended for any reason for more than three hours on any Trade Date, then the Investors may, at their option, deem the 30-Day VWAP of the Common Stock to be lower than the Floor Price as of such Trade Date, and shall not be obligated to purchase any Shares with respect to such Trade Date.
Section 2.7      Purchaser Confirmation; Settlement
The Investors shall deliver to the Company, via facsimile transmission or e-mail in accordance with Section 10.4, not later than 8:00 p.m. (New York time) on each Trade Date on which the 30-Day VWAP was equal to or greater than the Floor Price, a Purchaser Confirmation Notice, substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B (the “ Purchaser Confirmation Notice ”), which shall specify (i) the total Fixed Amount Requested to be purchased by the Investors on the applicable Settlement Date, (ii) the total number of Shares, if any, to be purchased by each Investor in respect of the applicable Fixed Request, (iii) the 30-Day VWAP with respect to the applicable Trade Date and (iv) the applicable price per Share at which Shares are to be purchased by the Investors in respect of the applicable Fixed Request. The payment for, against subsequent delivery of, Shares in respect of each Fixed Request shall be settled on the second Trading Day next following the Trade Date, or on such earlier date as the Parties may mutually agree (the “ Settlement Date ”).  On each Settlement Date, the Company shall, or shall cause its transfer agent to, transfer the Shares purchased by each Investor to such Investor against prior payment to the Company’s designated account by wire transfer of immediately available funds. As set forth in Section 10.1(ii), a failure by the Company to deliver such Shares to the Investors or its designee(s) shall result in the payment of partial damages by the Company to the Investors.
Section 2.8      Reserved.
Section 2.9      Blackout Periods
Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Company shall not deliver any Fixed Request Notice or otherwise offer or sell Shares to the Investors, and the Investors shall not be obligated to purchase any Shares pursuant to this Agreement, (i) during any period in which the Company is, or may be deemed to be, in possession of material non-public information, or (ii) except as expressly provided in this Section 2.9, at any time from and including the date (each, an “ Announcement Date ”) on which the Company shall issue a press release containing, or shall otherwise publicly announce, its earnings, revenues or other results of operations (each, an “ Earnings Announcement ”) through and including the time that is one full Trading Day after the time that the Company files (a “ Filing Time ”) a Report on Form 6-K or an Annual Report on Form 20-F that includes consolidated financial statements as of and for the same period or periods, as the case may be, covered by such Earnings Announcement.
ARTICLE III
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE MACKENZIE FUNDS
4



The Mackenzie Funds hereby make the following representations and warranties to the Company:
Section 3.1      Organization and Standing of the Mackenzie Funds
The Mackenzie Funds are duly organized and validly existing under the laws of the Province of Manitoba.
Section 3.2      Authorization and Power
The Mackenzie Funds have the requisite corporate power and authority to enter into and perform their obligations under this Agreement and to purchase the Shares in accordance with the terms hereof. The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by the Mackenzie Funds and the consummation by them of the transactions contemplated hereby have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action, and no further consent or authorization of the Mackenzie Funds, or its manager, Mackenzie Financial Corporation is required. This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by the Mackenzie Funds.  This Agreement constitutes a valid and binding obligation of the Mackenzie Funds enforceable against them in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, liquidation, conservatorship, receivership, or similar laws relating to, or affecting generally the enforcement of, creditor’s rights and remedies or by other equitable principles of general application.
Section 3.3      No Conflicts
The execution, delivery and performance by the Mackenzie Funds of this Agreement and the consummation by the Mackenzie Funds of the transactions contemplated herein do not and shall not (i) result in a violation of the Mackenzie Funds’ respective charter documents, bylaws or other applicable organizational instruments, (ii) conflict with, constitute a default (or an event which, with notice or lapse of time or both, would become a default) under, or give rise to any rights of termination, amendment, acceleration or cancellation of, any material agreement, mortgage, deed of trust, indenture, note, bond, license, lease agreement, instrument or obligation to which the Mackenzie Funds are a party or are bound, (iii) create or impose any lien, charge or encumbrance on any property of the Mackenzie Funds under any agreement or any commitment to which the Mackenzie Funds are a party or under which they are bound or under which any of their properties or assets are bound, or (iv) result in a violation of any federal, state, local or foreign statute, rule, or regulation, or any order, judgment or decree of any court or governmental agency applicable to the Mackenzie Funds or by which any of their properties or assets are bound or affected, except, in the case of clauses (ii), (iii) and (iv), for such conflicts, defaults, terminations, amendments, acceleration, cancellations and violations as would not, individually or in the aggregate, prohibit or otherwise interfere with the ability of the Mackenzie Funds to enter into and perform their obligations under this Agreement in any material respect.  The Mackenzie Funds are not required under federal, state, local or foreign law, rule or regulation to obtain any consent, authorization or order of, or make any filing or registration with, any court or governmental agency in order for them to execute, deliver or perform any of their obligations under this Agreement or to purchase the Shares in accordance with the terms hereof.
5



Section 3.4      Information
All materials relating to the business, financial condition, management and operations of the Company and materials relating to the offer and sale of the Securities which have been requested by the Mackenzie Funds have been furnished or otherwise made available to the Mackenzie Funds or their advisors (subject to Section 6.6 of this Agreement).  The Mackenzie Funds and their advisors have been afforded the opportunity to ask questions of representatives of the Company.  The Mackenzie Funds have sought such accounting, legal and tax advice as it has considered necessary to make an informed investment decision with respect to their acquisition of the Securities.  The Mackenzie Funds understand that they (and not the Company) shall be responsible for their own tax liabilities that may arise as a result of this investment or the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.  The Mackenzie Funds are aware of all of their obligations under U.S. federal and applicable state securities laws and all rules and regulations promulgated thereunder in connection with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby and the purchase and sale of the Securities.
Section 3.5      No Registration; Legend
The Mackenzie Funds understand and acknowledge that the Shares sold pursuant to this Agreement will not be registered under the Securities Act and, therefore, the Shares will be characterized as “restricted securities” under the Securities Act and such laws and may not be sold unless the Shares are subsequently registered under the Securities Act and qualified under state law or unless an exemption from such registration and such qualification is available. Further, a legend will be placed on any certificate or book entry notations evidencing the Shares stating that such Shares have not been registered under the Securities Act and that such Shares are subject to restrictions on transferability and sale substantially in the following form:
“THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS AND ARE SUBJECT TO CERTAIN TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS SET FORTH IN THE PURCHASE AGREEMENT, DATED MARCH 29, 2019 BY AND AMONG THE COMPANY AND THE INVESTORS NAMED THEREIN. THESE SECURITIES MAY NOT BE OFFERED FOR SALE, SOLD, TRANSFERRED, ASSIGNED, PLEDGED, HYPOTHECATED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF (A) AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT FOR THE SECURITIES UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR (B) AN AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM, OR IN A TRANSACTION NOT SUBJECT TO, THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS OR BLUE SKY LAWS AS EVIDENCED BY A LEGAL OPINION OF COUNSEL REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY AND ITS TRANSFER AGENT.”
Section 3.6      Purchase for Investment
The Mackenzie Funds (1) are acquiring the Shares pursuant to an exemption from registration under the Securities Act solely for investment with no present intention to distribute any of the Shares to any person, (2) will not sell or otherwise dispose of any of the Shares, except in compliance with the registration requirements or exemption provisions of the Shares Act and
6


any other applicable securities laws, (3) have such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters and in investments of this type that they are capable of evaluating the merits and risks of their investment in the Shares and of making an informed investment decision, and (4) are an “accredited investor” (as that term is defined by Rule 501 of the Securities Act).
ARTICLE IV
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF SCORPIO OFFSHORE
Scorpio Offshore hereby makes the following representations and warranties to the Company:
Section 4.1      Organization and Standing of Scorpio Offshore
Scorpio Offshore is duly organized and validly existing under the laws of the Republic of the Marshall Islands.
Section 4.2      Authorization and Power
Scorpio Offshore has the requisite corporate power and authority to enter into and perform its obligations under this Agreement and to purchase the Shares in accordance with the terms hereof.  The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by Scorpio Offshore and the consummation by it of the transactions contemplated hereby have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action, and no further consent or authorization of Scorpio Offshore, its Board of Directors or stockholders is required.  This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by Scorpio Offshore.  This Agreement constitutes a valid and binding obligation of Scorpio Offshore enforceable against it in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, liquidation, conservatorship, receivership, or similar laws relating to, or affecting generally the enforcement of, creditor’s rights and remedies or by other equitable principles of general application.
Section 4.3      No Conflicts
The execution, delivery and performance by   Scorpio Offshore of this Agreement and the consummation by Scorpio Offshore of the transactions contemplated herein do not and shall not (i) result in a violation of Scorpio Offshore’s charter documents, bylaws or other applicable organizational instruments, (ii) conflict with, constitute a default (or an event which, with notice or lapse of time or both, would become a default) under, or give rise to any rights of termination, amendment, acceleration or cancellation of, any material agreement, mortgage, deed of trust, indenture, note, bond, license, lease agreement, instrument or obligation to which Scorpio Offshore is a party or is bound, (iii) create or impose any lien, charge or encumbrance on any property of Scorpio Offshore under any agreement or any commitment to which   Scorpio Offshore is party or under which it is bound or under which any of its properties or assets are bound, or (iv) result in a violation of any federal, state, local or foreign statute, rule, or regulation, or any order, judgment or decree of any court or governmental agency applicable to Scorpio Offshore or by which any of its properties or assets are bound or affected, except, in the case of clauses (ii), (iii) and (iv), for such conflicts, defaults, terminations, amendments, acceleration, cancellations and violations as would not, individually or in the aggregate, prohibit or otherwise interfere with the ability of Scorpio Offshore to enter into and perform its obligations under this Agreement in any material
7


respect.  Scorpio Offshore is not required under federal, state, local or foreign law, rule or regulation to obtain any consent, authorization or order of, or make any filing or registration with, any court or governmental agency in order for it to execute, deliver or perform any of its obligations under this Agreement or to purchase the Shares in accordance with the terms hereof.
Section 4.4      Information
All materials relating to the business, financial condition, management and operations of the Company and materials relating to the offer and sale of the Securities which have been requested by Scorpio Offshore have been furnished or otherwise made available to Scorpio Offshore or its advisors (subject to Section 6.6 of this Agreement).  Scorpio Offshore and its advisors have been afforded the opportunity to ask questions of representatives of the Company.  Scorpio Offshore has sought such accounting, legal and tax advice as it has considered necessary to make an informed investment decision with respect to its acquisition of the Securities.  Scorpio Offshore understands that it (and not the Company) shall be responsible for its own tax liabilities that may arise as a result of this investment or the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.  Scorpio Offshore is aware of all of its obligations under U.S. federal and applicable state securities laws and all rules and regulations promulgated thereunder in connection with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby and the purchase and sale of the Securities.
Section 4.5      No Registration; Legend
Scorpio Offshore understands and acknowledges that the Shares sold pursuant to this Agreement will not be registered under the Securities Act and, therefore, the Shares will be characterized as “restricted securities” under the Securities Act and such laws and may not be sold unless the Shares are subsequently registered under the Securities Act and qualified under state law or unless an exemption from such registration and such qualification is available. Further, a legend will be placed on any certificate or book entry notations evidencing the Shares stating that such Shares have not been registered under the Securities Act and that such Shares are subject to restrictions on transferability and sale substantially in the following form:
“THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS AND ARE SUBJECT TO CERTAIN TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS SET FORTH IN THE PURCHASE AGREEMENT, DATED MARCH 29, 2019 BY AND AMONG THE COMPANY AND THE INVESTORS NAMED THEREIN. THESE SECURITIES MAY NOT BE OFFERED FOR SALE, SOLD, TRANSFERRED, ASSIGNED, PLEDGED, HYPOTHECATED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF (A) AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT FOR THE SECURITIES UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR (B) AN AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM, OR IN A TRANSACTION NOT SUBJECT TO, THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS OR BLUE SKY LAWS AS EVIDENCED BY A LEGAL OPINION OF COUNSEL REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY AND ITS TRANSFER AGENT.”
Section 4.6      Purchase for Investment
8



Scorpio Offshore (1) is acquiring the Shares pursuant to an exemption from registration under the Securities Act solely for investment with no present intention to distribute any of the Shares to any person, (2) will not sell or otherwise dispose of any of the Shares, except in compliance with the registration requirements or exemption provisions of the Shares Act and any other applicable securities laws, (3) has such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters and in investments of this type that it is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of its investment in the Shares and of making an informed investment decision, and (4) is an “accredited investor” (as that term is defined by Rule 501 of the Securities Act).
ARTICLE V
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE COMPANY
Except as set forth in the Commission Documents or the disclosure schedule delivered by the Company to the Investors (which is hereby incorporated by reference in, and constitutes an integral part of, this Agreement) (the “ Disclosure Schedule ”), the Company hereby makes the following representations and warranties to each Investor:
Section 5.1      Organization, Good Standing and Power
The Company is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of Bermuda and has the requisite corporate power and authority to own, lease and operate its properties and assets and to conduct its business as it is now being conducted.  The Company and each Subsidiary is duly qualified as a foreign corporation to do business and is in good standing in every jurisdiction in which the nature of the business conducted or property owned by it makes such qualification necessary, except to the extent that the failure to be so qualified would not have a Material Adverse Effect.
Section 5.2      Authorization, Enforcement
The Company has the requisite corporate power and authority to enter into and perform this Agreement and to issue and sell the Securities in accordance with the terms hereof.  Except for approvals of the Company’s Board of Directors or a committee thereof as may be required in connection with any issuance and sale of the Shares to the Investors hereunder (which approvals shall be obtained prior to the delivery of any Fixed Request Notice), the execution, delivery and performance by the Company of this Agreement and the consummation by it of the transactions contemplated hereby have been duly and validly authorized by all necessary corporate action and no further consent or authorization of the Company or its Board of Directors or stockholders is required.  This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by the Company and constitutes a valid and binding obligation of the Company enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, liquidation, conservatorship, receivership or similar laws relating to, or affecting generally the enforcement of, creditor’s rights and remedies or by other equitable principles of general application.
Section 5.3      Capitalization
The authorized capital stock of the Company and the shares thereof issued and outstanding were as set forth in the Commission Documents as of the dates reflected therein.  All of the
9


outstanding shares of Common Stock have been duly authorized and validly issued, and are fully paid and nonassessable. No shares of Common Stock are entitled to preemptive rights and there are no outstanding debt securities and no contracts, commitments, understandings, or arrangements by which the Company is or may become bound to issue additional shares of the capital stock of the Company or options, warrants, scrip, rights to subscribe to, calls or commitments of any character whatsoever relating to, or securities or rights convertible into or exchangeable for, any shares of capital stock of the Company other than those issued or granted in the ordinary course of business pursuant to the Company’s equity incentive and/or compensatory plans or arrangements.  Except for customary transfer restrictions contained in agreements entered into by the Company to sell restricted securities, the Company is not a party to, and it has no Knowledge of, any agreement restricting the voting or transfer of any outstanding shares of the capital stock of the Company.  The offer and sale of all capital stock, convertible or exchangeable securities, rights, warrants or options of the Company issued prior to the Effective Date complied, in all material respects, with all applicable federal and state securities laws, and no stockholder has any right of rescission or damages or any “put” or similar right with respect thereto that would have a Material Adverse Effect.  The Company has made available via the Commission’s Electronic Data Gathering, Analysis and Retrieval System (“ EDGAR ”) true and correct copies of the Company’s Memorandum of Continuance as in effect on the Effective Date (the “ Charter ”), and the Company’s Bylaws as in effect on the Effective Date (the “ Bylaws ”).
Section 5.4      Issuance of Securities
The Shares to be issued under this Agreement have been or will be (prior to the delivery of any Fixed Request Notice to the Investors hereunder), duly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of the Company.  The Shares, when paid for in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, shall be validly issued and outstanding, fully paid and nonassessable and free from all liens, charges, taxes, security interests, encumbrances, rights of first refusal, preemptive or similar rights and other encumbrances with respect to the issue thereof.
Section 5.5      No Conflicts
The execution, delivery and performance by the Company of this Agreement and the consummation by the Company of the transactions contemplated hereby do not and shall not (i) result in a violation of any provision of the Company’s Charter or Bylaws, (ii) other than any conflicts, defaults or rights that have been waived, conflict with, constitute a default (or an event which, with notice or lapse of time or both, would become a default) under, or give rise to any rights of termination, amendment, acceleration or cancellation of, any material agreement, mortgage, deed of trust, indenture, note, bond, license, lease agreement, instrument or obligation to which the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries is a party or is bound, (iii) create or impose a lien, charge or encumbrance on any property or assets of the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries under any agreement or any commitment to which the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries is a party or by which the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries is bound or to which any of their respective properties or assets is subject, or (iv) result in a violation of any federal, state, local or foreign statute, rule, regulation, order, judgment or decree applicable to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or by which any property or asset of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries are bound or affected (including federal and state securities laws and regulations and the rules and regulations of the Trading Market), except, in the
10


case of clauses (ii), (iii) and (iv), for such conflicts, defaults, terminations, amendments, acceleration, cancellations, liens, charges, encumbrances and violations as would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect.  The Company is not required under any applicable federal, state, local or foreign law, rule or regulation to obtain any consent, authorization or order of, or make any filing or registration with, any court or governmental agency in order for it to execute, deliver or perform any of its obligations under this Agreement, or to issue and sell the Securities to the Investors in accordance with the terms hereof (other than any filings which may be required to be made by the Company with the Commission, the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“ FINRA ”) or the Trading Market subsequent to the Effective Date).
Section 5.6      Commission Documents, Financial Statements
 (a)       The Company has timely filed (giving effect to permissible extensions in accordance with Rule 12b-25 under the Exchange Act) all Commission Documents.  The Company has made available via EDGAR true and complete copies of the Commission Documents filed with or furnished to the Commission prior to the Effective Date (including, without limitation, the 2017 Form 20-F). No Subsidiary of the Company is required to file or furnish any report, schedule, registration, form, statement, information or other document with the Commission.  The Company has not provided to the Investors any information which, according to applicable law, rule or regulation, was required to have been disclosed publicly by the Company but which has not been so disclosed, other than with respect to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.  The financial statements, together with the related notes and schedules, of the Company included in the Commission Documents comply as to form in all material respects with all applicable accounting requirements and the published rules and regulations of the Commission.  Such financial statements, together with the related notes and schedules, have been prepared in accordance with GAAP applied on a consistent basis during the periods involved (except (i) as may be otherwise indicated in such financial statements or the notes thereto or (ii) in the case of unaudited interim statements, to the extent they may not include footnotes or may be condensed or summary statements), and fairly present in all material respects the financial condition of the Company and its consolidated Subsidiaries as of the dates indicated and the results of operations and cash flows for the periods indicated (subject, in the case of unaudited statements, to normal year-end audit adjustments).
(b)       The Company has timely filed with the Commission and made available via EDGAR all certifications and statements required by (x) Rule 13a-14 or Rule 15d-14 under the Exchange Act or (y) 18 U.S.C. Section 1350 (Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (“ SOXA ”)) with respect to all relevant Commission Documents.  The Company is in compliance in all material respects with the provisions of SOXA applicable to it as of the date hereof.  The Company maintains disclosure controls and procedures required by Rule 13a-15 or Rule 15d-15 under the Exchange Act; such controls and procedures are effective to ensure that all material information concerning the Company and its Subsidiaries is made known on a timely basis to the individuals responsible for the timely and accurate preparation of the Company’s Commission filings and other public disclosure documents.  As used in this Section 5.6(b), the term “file” shall be broadly construed to include any manner in which a document or information is furnished, supplied or otherwise made available to the Commission.
11



(c)       KPMG AS, are, with respect to the Company, independent public accountants as required by the Securities Act and is an independent registered public accounting firm within the meaning of SOXA as required by the rules of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board. KPMG AS has not been engaged by the Company to perform any “prohibited activities” (as defined in Section 10A of the Exchange Act).
Section 5.7      Subsidiaries
Schedule 5.7 to this Agreement sets forth each Subsidiary of the Company as of the Effective Date, showing its jurisdiction of incorporation or organization, and the Company does not have any other Subsidiaries as of the Effective Date.
Section 5.8      No Material Adverse Effect
Since December 31, 2017, the Company has not experienced or suffered any Material Adverse Effect, and, except as disclosed in the Commission Documents, there exists no current state of facts, condition or event which would have a Material Adverse Effect.
Section 5.9      No Undisclosed Liabilities
Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries has any liabilities, obligations, claims or losses (whether liquidated or unliquidated, secured or unsecured, absolute, accrued, contingent or otherwise) that would be required to be disclosed on a balance sheet of the Company or any Subsidiary (including the notes thereto) in conformity with GAAP and are not disclosed in the Commission Documents, other than those incurred in the ordinary course of the Company’s or its Subsidiaries respective businesses since December 31, 2017 and which, individually or in the aggregate, do not or would not have a Material Adverse Effect.
Section 5.10      No Undisclosed Events or Circumstances
No event or circumstance has occurred or information exists with respect to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or its or their business, properties, liabilities, operations (including results thereof) or conditions (financial or otherwise), which, under applicable law, rule or regulation, requires public disclosure or announcement by the Company at or before the Effective Date but which has not been so publicly announced or disclosed, except for events or circumstances which, individually or in the aggregate, do not or would not have a Material Adverse Effect.
Section 5.11      Indebtedness
The 2017 Form 20-F sets forth, as of December 31, 2017, all outstanding secured and unsecured Indebtedness of the Company or any Subsidiary, or for which the Company or any Subsidiary has commitments through such date. For the purposes of this Agreement, “ Indebtedness ” shall mean (a) any liabilities for borrowed money or amounts owed in excess of $100,000 (other than trade accounts payable incurred in the ordinary course of business), (b) all guaranties, endorsements, indemnities and other contingent obligations in respect of Indebtedness of others in excess of $100,000, whether or not the same are or should be reflected in the Company’s balance sheet (or the notes thereto), except guaranties by endorsement of negotiable instruments for deposit or collection or similar transactions in the ordinary course of business; and
12


(c) the present value of any lease payments in excess of $100,000 due under leases required to be capitalized in accordance with GAAP.  There is no existing or continuing default or event of default in respect of any Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, except as disclosed in the Commission Documents.
Section 5.12      Title To Assets
 Each of the Company and its Subsidiaries has good and valid title to, or has valid rights to lease or otherwise use, all of their respective real and personal property reflected in the Commission Documents, free of mortgages, pledges, charges, liens, security interests or other encumbrances, except for those indicated in the Commission Documents or that would not have a Material Adverse Effect.  All real property and facilities held under lease by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries are held by them under valid, subsisting and enforceable leases with such exceptions as are not material and do not interfere with the use made and proposed to be made of such property and buildings by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries.
Section 5.13      Actions Pending
There is no action, suit, claim, investigation or proceeding pending, or to the Knowledge of the Company threatened, against the Company or any Subsidiary which questions the validity of this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby or any action taken or to be taken pursuant hereto or thereto.  Except as disclosed in the Commission Documents, there is no action, suit, claim, investigation or proceeding pending, or to the Knowledge of the Company threatened, against or involving the Company, any Subsidiary or any of their respective properties or assets, or involving any officers or directors of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, including, without limitation, any securities class action lawsuit or stockholder derivative lawsuit related to the Company, in each case which, if determined adversely to the Company, its Subsidiary or any officer or director of the Company or its Subsidiaries, would have a Material Adverse Effect.  Except as set forth in the Commission Documents, no judgment, order, writ, injunction or decree or award has been issued by or, to the Knowledge of the Company, requested of any court, arbitrator or governmental agency which would be reasonably expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.
Section 5.14      Compliance With Law
The business of the Company and the Subsidiaries has been and is presently being conducted in compliance with all applicable federal, state, local and foreign governmental laws, rules, regulations and ordinances, except for such non-compliance which, individually or in the aggregate, would not have a Material Adverse Effect.  Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries is in violation of any judgment, decree or order or any statute, ordinance, rule or regulation applicable to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, except in all cases for possible violations which could not, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Company satisfies, as of the Effective Date, all requirements for the continued listing or quotation of its Common Stock on the Trading Market, and the Company is not, as of the Effective Date, in material violation of any of the rules, regulations or requirements of the Trading Market and has no Knowledge of any facts or
13


circumstances that could reasonably be expected to lead to delisting or suspension of the Common Stock by the Trading Market in the foreseeable future.
Section 5.15      Operation of Business
(a)       The Company or one or more of its Subsidiaries possesses such permits, licenses, approvals, consents and other authorizations (including licenses, accreditation and other similar documentation or approvals of any local health departments) issued by the appropriate federal, state, local or foreign regulatory agencies or bodies as are necessary to conduct the business now operated by it (collectively, “ Governmental Licenses ”), except where the failure to possess such Governmental Licenses, individually or in the aggregate, would not have a Material Adverse Effect.  The Company and its Subsidiaries are in compliance with the terms and conditions of all such Governmental Licenses, except where the failure to so comply, individually or in the aggregate, would not have a Material Adverse Effect.  All of the Governmental Licenses are valid and in full force and effect, except where the invalidity of such Governmental Licenses or the failure of such Governmental Licenses to be in full force and effect, individually or in the aggregate, would not have a Material Adverse Effect.  Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries has received any written notice of proceedings relating to the revocation or modification of any such Governmental Licenses which, if the subject of any unfavorable decision, ruling or finding, individually or in the aggregate, would have a Material Adverse Effect.  This Section 5.15 does not relate to environmental matters, such items being the subject of Section 5.16.
(b)       The Company or one or more of its Subsidiaries owns or possesses adequate patents, patent rights, licenses, inventions, copyrights, know-how (including trade secrets and other unpatented and/or unpatentable proprietary or confidential information, systems or procedures), trademarks, service marks, trade names, trade dress, logos, copyrights and other intellectual property, including, without limitation, all of the intellectual property described in the Commission Documents as being owned or licensed by the Company (collectively, “ Intellectual Property ”), necessary to carry on the business now operated by it, except where the failure to possess such Intellectual Property, individually or in the aggregate, would not have a Material Adverse Effect.  There are no actions, suits or judicial proceedings pending, or to the Company’s Knowledge threatened, relating to patents or proprietary information to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is a party or of which any property of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is subject, and neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries has received any notice or is otherwise aware of any infringement of or conflict with asserted rights of others with respect to any Intellectual Property or of any facts or circumstances which could render any Intellectual Property invalid or inadequate to protect the interest of the Company and its Subsidiaries therein, and which infringement or conflict (if the subject of any unfavorable decision, ruling or finding) or invalidity or inadequacy, individually or in the aggregate, would have a Material Adverse Effect.
Section 5.16      Environmental Compliance
Except as disclosed in the Commission Documents, the Company and each of its Subsidiaries have obtained all material approvals, authorization, certificates, consents, licenses, orders and permits or other similar authorizations of all governmental authorities, or from any other Person, that are required under any Environmental Laws, except for any approvals, authorization, certificates, consents, licenses, orders and permits or other similar authorizations the
14


failure of which to obtain does not or would not have a Material Adverse Effect.  “ Environmental Laws ” shall mean all applicable laws relating to the protection of the environment, including all requirements pertaining to reporting, licensing, permitting, controlling, investigating or remediating emissions, discharges, releases or threatened releases of hazardous substances, chemical substances, pollutants, contaminants or toxic substances, materials or wastes, whether solid, liquid or gaseous in nature, into the air, surface water, groundwater or land, or relating to the manufacture, processing, distribution, use, treatment, storage, disposal, transport or handling of hazardous substances, chemical substances, pollutants, contaminants or toxic substances, material or wastes, whether solid, liquid or gaseous in nature.  Except for such instances as would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect, to the Company’s Knowledge, there are no past or present events, conditions, circumstances, incidents, actions or omissions relating to or in any way affecting the Company or its Subsidiaries that violate or would reasonably be expected to violate any Environmental Law after the Effective Date or that would reasonably be expected to give rise to any environmental liability, or otherwise form the basis of any claim, action, demand, suit, proceeding, hearing, study or investigation (i) under any Environmental Law, or (ii) based on or related to the manufacture, processing, distribution, use, treatment, storage (including without limitation underground storage tanks), disposal, transport or handling, or the emission, discharge, release or threatened release of any hazardous substance.
Section 5.17      Material Agreements
Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary of the Company is a party to any written or oral contract, instrument, agreement commitment, obligation, plan or arrangement, a copy of which would be required to be filed with the Commission as an exhibit to an annual report on Form 20-F (collectively, “ Material Agreements ”) and which has not been or will not be so filed as an exhibit to an annual report on Form 20-F.  Except as disclosed in the Commission Documents, the Company and each of its Subsidiaries have performed in all material respects all the obligations required to be performed by them under the Material Agreements, have received no notice of default or an event of default by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries thereunder and are not aware of any basis for the assertion thereof, and neither the Company or any of its Subsidiaries nor, to the Knowledge of the Company, any other contracting party thereto are in default under any Material Agreement now in effect, except in each case, the result of which would not have a Material Adverse Effect.  Except as disclosed in the Commission Documents, each of the Material Agreements is in full force and effect, and constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation enforceable in accordance with its terms against the Company and/or any of its Subsidiaries and, to the Knowledge of the Company, each other contracting party thereto, except as such enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, liquidation, conservatorship, receivership or similar laws relating to, or affecting generally the enforcement of, creditor’s rights and remedies or by other equitable principles of general application.
Section 5.18      Transactions With Affiliates
Except as disclosed in the Commission Documents or in Schedule 5.18, there are no loans, leases, agreements, contracts, royalty agreements, management contracts, service arrangements or other continuing transactions exceeding $120,000 between (a) the Company or any Subsidiary, on the one hand, and (b) any Person who would be covered by Item 404(a) of Regulation S-K, on the
15


other hand.  Except as disclosed in the Commission Documents, there are no outstanding amounts payable to or receivable from, or advances by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to, and neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries is otherwise a creditor of or debtor to, any beneficial owner of more than 5% of the outstanding shares of Common Stock, or any director, employee or Affiliate of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, other than (i) reimbursement for reasonable expenses incurred on behalf of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or (ii) as part of the normal and customary terms of such Persons’ employment or service as a director with the Company or any of its Subsidiaries.
Section 5.19      Employees
Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary of the Company has any collective bargaining arrangements or agreements covering any of its employees.  No officer, consultant or key employee of the Company or any Subsidiary whose termination, either individually or in the aggregate, would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, has terminated or, to the Knowledge of the Company, has any present intention of terminating his or her employment or engagement with the Company or any Subsidiary.
Section 5.20      Use of Proceeds
The proceeds from the sale of the Shares shall be used by the Company and its Subsidiaries for working capital and general corporate purposes.
Section 5.21      Investment Company Act Status
The Company is not, and as a result of the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the application of the proceeds from the sale of the Shares as set forth herein, shall not be, an “investment company” or a company “controlled” by an “investment company,” within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.
Section 5.22      Taxes
The Company (i) has filed all federal, state and foreign income and franchise tax returns or has duly requested extensions thereof, except for those the failure of which to file would not have a Material Adverse Effect, (ii) has paid all federal, state, local and foreign taxes due and payable for which it is liable, except to the extent that any such taxes are being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings, except for such taxes the failure of which to pay would not have a Material Adverse Effect, and (iii) does not have any tax deficiency or claims outstanding or assessed or, to the Company’s Knowledge, proposed against it which would have a Material Adverse Effect.  There are no unpaid taxes in any material amount claimed to be due by the taxing authority of any jurisdiction, and the Company has no Knowledge of any basis for any such claim.  Based on its current activities, the Company is not operated in such a manner as to qualify as a passive foreign investment company, as defined in Section 1297 of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
16



Section 5.23      Insurance
The Company and its Subsidiaries are insured by insurers of recognized financial responsibility against such losses and risks and in such amounts as management of the Company believes to be prudent and customary in the businesses in which the Company and its Subsidiaries are engaged.
Section 5.24      Listing and Maintenance Requirements; DTC Eligibility
The Company’s Common Stock is registered pursuant to Section 12(b) or 12(g) of the Exchange Act, and the Company has taken no action designed to, or which to its Knowledge is likely to have the effect of, terminating the registration of the Common Stock under the Exchange Act, nor has the Company received any notification that the Commission is contemplating terminating such registration. Except as disclosed in the Commission Documents, the Company has not, in the 12 months preceding the Effective Date, received notice from any Trading Market on which the Common Stock is or has been listed or quoted to the effect that the Company is not in compliance in any material respect with the listing or maintenance requirements of such Trading Market.  As of the Effective Date, the Company is in compliance with all such listing and maintenance requirements.  The Common Stock may be issued and transferred electronically to third parties via DTC through its Deposit/Withdrawal at Custodian (DWAC) system. The Company has not received notice from DTC to the effect that a suspension of electronic trading or settlement services by DTC with respect to the Common Stock is being imposed or is contemplated.
Section 5.25      Foreign Corrupt Practices Act
None of the Company, any Subsidiary or, to the Knowledge of the Company, any director, officer, agent, employee, affiliate or other Person acting on behalf of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, is aware of or has taken any action, directly or indirectly, that would result in a violation by such Persons of the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder (collectively, the “ FCPA ”), including, without limitation, making use of the mails or any means or instrumentality of interstate commerce corruptly in furtherance of an offer, payment, promise to pay or authorization of the payment of any money, or other property, gift, promise to give, or authorization of the giving of anything of value to any “foreign official” (as such term is defined in the FCPA) or any foreign political party or official thereof or any candidate for foreign political office, in contravention of the FCPA.  The Company and the Subsidiaries have conducted their respective businesses in compliance with the FCPA and have instituted and maintain policies and procedures designed to ensure, and which are reasonably expected to continue to ensure, continued compliance therewith.
Section 5.26      Money Laundering Laws
The operations of the Company and its Subsidiaries are and have been conducted at all times in compliance with applicable financial recordkeeping and reporting requirements of the Currency and Foreign Transactions Reporting Act of 1970, as amended, the money laundering statutes of all jurisdictions, the rules and regulations thereunder and any related or similar rules, regulations or guidelines, issued, administered or enforced by any governmental agency
17


(collectively, the “ Money Laundering Laws ”) and no action, suit or proceeding by or before any court or governmental agency, authority or body or any arbitrator involving the Company or any of its Subsidiaries with respect to the Money Laundering Laws is pending or, to the Knowledge of the Company, threatened.
Section 5.27      OFAC
None of the Company, any Subsidiary or, to the Knowledge of the Company, any director, officer, agent, employee, affiliate or Person acting on behalf of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is currently subject to any U.S. sanctions administered by the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S. Treasury Department (“ OFAC ”); and the Company will not directly or indirectly use the proceeds of the offering, or lend, contribute or otherwise make available such proceeds to any subsidiary, joint venture partner or other Person, for the purpose of financing the activities of any Person currently subject to any U.S. sanctions administered by OFAC.
Section 5.28      Manipulation of Price
Neither the Company nor any of its officers, directors or Affiliates has, and, to the Knowledge of the Company, no Person acting on their behalf has, (i) taken, directly or indirectly, any action designed or intended to cause or to result in the stabilization or manipulation of the price of any security of the Company, or which caused or resulted in, or which would in the future reasonably be expected to cause or result in, the stabilization or manipulation of the price of any security of the Company, in each case to facilitate the sale or resale of any of the Securities, or (ii) sold, bid for, purchased, or paid any compensation for soliciting purchases of, any of the Securities.
Section 5.29      Acknowledgement Regarding Investor’s Acquisition of Securities
The Company acknowledges and agrees that the Investors are acting solely in the capacity of arm’s length purchasers with respect to this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby.  The Company further acknowledges that the Investors is not acting as a financial advisor or fiduciary of the Company (or in any similar capacity) with respect to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby, and any advice given by the Investors or any of their representatives or agents in connection with this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby is merely incidental to the Investors’ acquisition of the Securities.  The Company further represents to the Investors that the Company’s decision to enter into this Agreement has been based solely on the independent evaluation of the transactions contemplated hereby by the Company and its representatives.  The Company acknowledges and agrees that the Investor has not made and does not make any representations or warranties with respect to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement other than those specifically set forth in Article III of this Agreement.
Section 5.30      Foreign Private Issuer.
The Company is a “foreign private issuer” as such term is defined in Rule 3b-4 under the Exchange Act and in Rule 405 under the Securities Act.
18



ARTICLE VI
COVENANTS
The Company covenants with each Investor, and each Investor covenants with the Company, as follows, which covenants of one party are for the benefit of the other party, during the Investment Period:
Section 6.1      Securities Compliance
(i)       The Company shall notify the Trading Market, as required, in accordance with its rules and regulations, of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, and shall take all necessary action, undertake all proceedings and obtain all registrations, permits, consents and approvals for the legal and valid issuance of the Securities to the Investors in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Company shall take all reasonably necessary action, undertake all proceedings and obtain all registrations, permits, consents and approvals in order to (i) qualify the Securities for offering and sale to the Investors, or to obtain an exemption for the Securities to be offered and sold to the Investors and (ii) qualify the Securities for offer and resale by the Investors or to obtain an exemption for the Securities to be offered and resold by the Investor, in each case under the applicable securities laws of such states and other jurisdictions (domestic or foreign) as the Investors may reasonably designate, and to maintain such qualifications and exemptions in effect for so long as required for the distribution of the Securities (but in no event for less than one year from the date of this Agreement); provided , however , that the Company shall not be obligated to file any general consent to service of process or to qualify as a foreign corporation or as a dealer in securities in any jurisdiction in which it is not so qualified or to subject itself to taxation in respect of doing business in any jurisdiction in which it is not otherwise so subject. In each jurisdiction in which the Securities have been so qualified or exempt, the Company will file such statements and reports as may be required by the laws of such jurisdiction to continue such qualification or exemption, as the case may be, in effect for so long as required for the distribution of the Securities (but in no event for less than one year from the date of this Agreement).
Section 6.2      Registration and Listing
The Company shall take all action necessary to cause the Common Stock to continue to be registered as a class of securities under Sections 12(b) of the Exchange Act, shall comply in all material respects with its reporting and filing obligations under the Exchange Act, and shall not take any action or file any document (whether or not permitted by the Securities Act or the Exchange Act) to terminate or suspend such registration or to terminate or suspend its reporting and filing obligations under the Exchange Act or Securities Act, except as permitted herein.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Company shall file all reports, schedules, registrations, forms, statements, information and other documents required to be filed by the Company with the Commission pursuant to the Exchange Act, including all material required to be filed pursuant to Sections 13(a), 13(c), 14 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, in each case within the time periods required by the Exchange Act (giving effect to permissible extensions in accordance with Rule 12b-25 under the Exchange Act).  The Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to continue the listing and trading of its Common Stock on the Trading Market, and shall comply with the Company’s reporting, filing and other obligations under the bylaws, listed securities
19


maintenance standards and other rules and regulations of FINRA and the Trading Market.  The Company shall not take any action which could reasonably be expected to result in the delisting or suspension of the Common Stock on the Trading Market.
Section 6.3      Compliance with Laws.
(i)       The Company shall comply, and cause each Subsidiary to comply, (a) with all laws, rules, regulations, permits and orders applicable to the business and operations of the Company and its Subsidiaries, except as would not have a Material Adverse Effect and (b) with all applicable provisions of the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, the rules and regulations of the FINRA and the listing standards of the Trading Market.  Without limiting the foregoing: (A) neither the Company nor any of its officers or directors (1) will take, directly or indirectly, any action designed or intended to cause or to result in, or which would in the future reasonably be expected to cause or result in, the stabilization or manipulation of the price of any security of the Company, in each case to facilitate the sale or resale of any of the Securities, or (2) sell, bid for, purchase, or pay any compensation for soliciting purchases of, any of the Securities, other than, in the case of clause (2), compensation paid to Clarkson Platou Securities AS and/or its affiliates (“ Clarkson Platou ”) in connection with this Agreement; and (B) neither the Company, nor any of its Subsidiaries, nor to the Knowledge of the Company, any of their respective directors, officers, agents, employees or any other Persons acting on their behalf shall, in connection with the operation of the Company’s and its Subsidiaries’ respective businesses, (a) use any corporate funds for unlawful contributions, payments, gifts or entertainment or to make any unlawful expenditures relating to political activity to government officials, candidates or members of political parties or organizations, (b) pay, accept or receive any unlawful contributions, payments, expenditures or gifts, or (c) violate or operate in noncompliance with any applicable export restrictions, anti-boycott regulations, embargo regulations or other applicable domestic or foreign laws and regulations, including, without limitation, the FCPA and the Money Laundering Laws. The Company shall conduct its business in such a manner as will ensure that the Company will not be deemed to constitute a passive foreign investment company within the meaning of Section 1297 of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
(ii)       Each Investor shall comply with all laws, rules, regulations and orders applicable to the performance by it of its obligations under this Agreement and its investment in the Securities, except as would not, individually or in the aggregate, prohibit or otherwise interfere with the ability of the Investor to enter into and perform its obligations under this Agreement in any material respect.  Without limiting the foregoing, the Investors shall comply with all applicable provisions of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act, including Regulation M thereunder, and any applicable securities laws of any non-U.S. jurisdictions. Neither the Investors nor any of its officers or directors will take, directly or indirectly, any action designed or intended to cause or to result in, or which would in the future reasonably be expected to cause or result in, the stabilization or manipulation of the price of any security of the Company, in each case to facilitate the sale or resale of any of the Securities.
Section 6.4      Limitations on Holdings and Issuances
Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Mackenzie Funds shall not purchase or acquire, or be obligated or have the right to purchase or acquire, any shares of Common
20


Stock pursuant to this Agreement which, when aggregated with all other shares of Common Stock then beneficially owned (as calculated pursuant to Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act and Rule 13d-3 promulgated thereunder) by the Investor and its Affiliates, would result in the beneficial ownership by the Investor of in excess of the Ownership Limitation. If the Company issues a Fixed Request Notice with respect to any Fixed Request that would cause the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock then beneficially owned (as calculated pursuant to Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act and Rule 13d-3 promulgated thereunder) by the Mackenzie Funds and their Affiliates to exceed the Ownership Limitation, such Fixed Request shall be void ab initio to the extent of the amount by which the number of shares of Common Stock otherwise issuable pursuant to such Fixed Request, together with all shares of Common Stock then beneficially owned (as calculated pursuant to Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act and Rule 13d-3 promulgated thereunder) by the Investor and its Affiliates, would exceed the Ownership Limitation. Upon the written or oral request of the Mackenzie Funds, the Company shall promptly (but not later than the next Trading Day) confirm orally or in writing to the Investor the number of shares of Common Stock then outstanding. The Mackenzie Funds and the Company shall each cooperate in good faith in the determinations required hereby and the application hereof.  The Mackenzie Funds’ written certification to the Company of the applicability of the Ownership Limitation, and the resulting effect thereof hereunder at any time, shall be conclusive with respect to the applicability thereof and such result absent manifest error. The limitations contained in this Section 6.4 may not be waived by the Company or the Mackenzie Funds.
Section 6.5      Selling Restrictions.
(i)       Except as expressly set forth below, each Investor covenants that from and after the date hereof through and including the termination of this Agreement (the “ Restricted Period ”), neither the Investors nor any of its Affiliates nor any entity managed or controlled by the Investor (collectively, the “ Restricted Persons ” and each of the foregoing is referred to herein as a “ Restricted Person ”) shall, directly or indirectly, (x) engage in any Short Sales involving the Company’s securities or (y) grant any option to purchase, or acquire any right to dispose of or otherwise dispose for value of, any shares of Common Stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for any shares of Common Stock, or enter into any swap, hedge or other similar agreement that transfers, in whole or in part, the economic risk of ownership of the Common Stock.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, it is expressly understood and agreed that nothing contained herein shall (without implication that the contrary would otherwise be true) prohibit any Restricted Person during the Restricted Period from:  (1) selling “long” (as defined under Rule 200 promulgated under Regulation SHO) any shares of Common Stock (including the Securities). In addition to the foregoing, in connection with any sale of Securities (including any sale permitted by paragraph (i) above), the Investors shall comply in all respects with all applicable laws, rules, regulations and orders, including, without limitation, the requirements of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act.
Section 6.6      Non-Public Information
Neither the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, nor any of their respective directors, officers, employees or agents shall disclose any material non-public information about the Company to the Investors, unless a simultaneous public announcement thereof is made by the Company in the manner contemplated by Regulation FD.  In the event of a breach of the foregoing
21


covenant by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, or any of their respective directors, officers, employees and agents, on the Cleansing Date (defined below) and in compliance with the conditions set forth below, the Investors may publicly disclose such information without the prior approval by the Company, any of its Subsidiaries, or any of their respective directors, officers, employees or agents, to the extent the Investors (in its reasonable good faith judgment) deems such information to be material non-public information, in the form of a press release, public advertisement or otherwise; provided , however , prior to exercising this right, each Investor shall provide the Company with written notice of the Company's alleged failure to disclose such information, which notice shall (i) include a description of the disclosure that the Investors intends to make and (ii) provide the Company with at least one (1) business day to cure such failure (the first business day following such one-business day cure period, the “ Cleansing Date ”). The Investors shall not have any liability to the Company, any of its Subsidiaries, or any of their respective directors, officers, employees, stockholders or agents, for any such disclosure.
Section 6.7      Reserved.
Section 6.8      Disclosure Schedule.
(i)       From time to time during the Investment Period, the Company shall be permitted to update the Disclosure Schedule as may be required to satisfy the condition set forth in Section 7.2(i).  Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, no update to the Disclosure Schedule pursuant to this Section 6.8 shall cure any prior breach of a representation or warranty of the Company contained in this Agreement and shall not affect any of the Investors’ rights or remedies with respect thereto.
(ii)       Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the Disclosure Schedule or in this Agreement, the information and disclosure contained in any Schedule of the Disclosure Schedule shall be deemed to be disclosed and incorporated by reference in any other Schedule of the Disclosure Schedule as though fully set forth in such Schedule for which applicability of such information and disclosure is readily apparent on its face.  The fact that any item of information is disclosed in the Disclosure Schedule shall not be construed to mean that such information is required to be disclosed by this Agreement.  Except as expressly set forth in this Agreement, such information and the thresholds (whether based on quantity, qualitative characterization, dollar amounts or otherwise) set forth herein shall not be used as a basis for interpreting the terms “material” or “Material Adverse Effect” or other similar terms in this Agreement.
ARTICLE VII
CONDITIONS TO THE SALE AND PURCHASE OF THE SHARES
Section 7.1      Conditions Precedent to the Obligation of the Company
The obligation hereunder of the Company to issue and sell the Shares to the Investors under any Fixed Request is subject to the satisfaction or (to the extent permitted by applicable law) waiver of each of the conditions set forth below.  These conditions are for the Company’s sole benefit and (to the extent permitted by applicable law) may be waived by the Company at any time in its sole discretion, except as expressly provided below.
22



(i)       Accuracy of the Investors’ Representations and Warranties.   The representations and warranties of each Investor contained in this Agreement (a) that are not qualified by “materiality” shall have been true and correct in all material respects when made and shall be true and correct in all material respects as of the applicable Trade Date and the applicable Settlement Date with the same force and effect as if made on such dates, except to the extent such representations and warranties are as of another date, in which case, such representations and warranties shall be true and correct in all material respects as of such other date and (b) that are qualified by “materiality” shall have been true and correct when made and shall be true and correct as of the applicable Trade Date and the applicable Settlement Date with the same force and effect as if made on such dates, except to the extent such representations and warranties are as of another date, in which case, such representations and warranties shall be true and correct as of such other date.
(ii)       Other Commission Filings .  All reports, schedules, registrations, forms, statements, information and other documents required to have been filed by the Company with the Commission pursuant to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, including all material required to have been filed pursuant to Sections 13(a), 13(c), 14 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, shall have been filed with the Commission and such filings shall have been made within the applicable time period prescribed for such filing under the Exchange Act.  All other material required to be filed by the Company or any other offering participant pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the Securities Act shall have been filed with the Commission within the applicable time periods prescribed for such filings by Rule 433 under the Securities Act.
(iii)       Performance by the Investors.   Each Investor shall have performed, satisfied and complied in all material respects with all covenants, agreements and conditions required by this Agreement to be performed, satisfied or complied with by the Investors at or prior to the applicable Trade Date and the applicable Settlement Date.
(iv)       No Injunction.   No statute, regulation, order, decree, writ, ruling or injunction shall have been enacted, entered, promulgated, threatened or endorsed by any court or governmental authority of competent jurisdiction which prohibits the consummation of or which would materially modify or delay any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.
(v)       No Suspension, Etc.   Trading in the Common Stock shall not have been suspended by the Commission or the Trading Market (except for any suspension of trading of limited duration agreed to by the Company, which suspension shall be terminated prior to the applicable Trade Date and applicable Settlement Date), and, at any time prior to the applicable Trade Date and applicable Settlement Date, trading in securities generally as reported on the Trading Market shall not have been suspended or limited, nor shall a banking moratorium have been declared either by the United States or New York State authorities, nor shall there have occurred any material outbreak or escalation of hostilities or other national or international calamity or crisis of such magnitude in its effect on, or any material adverse change in, any financial, credit or securities market which, in each case, in the reasonable judgment of the Company, makes it impracticable or inadvisable to issue the Shares.
(vi)       No Proceedings or Litigation.   No action, suit or proceeding before any arbitrator or any court or governmental authority shall have been commenced or threatened, and
23


no inquiry or investigation by any governmental authority shall have been commenced or threatened, against the Company or any Subsidiary, or any of the officers, directors or Affiliates of the Company or any Subsidiary, seeking to restrain, prevent or change the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, or seeking damages in connection with such transactions.
(vii)   Aggregate Limit.   The issuance and sale of the Shares issuable pursuant to such Fixed Request shall not exceed the Aggregate Limit or the limitations set forth in Section 6.4 hereof (which limitations may not be waived).
Section 7.2      Conditions Precedent to the Obligation of the Investors
The obligation hereunder of each Investor to accept a Fixed Request Notice grant and to acquire and pay for the Shares is subject to the satisfaction or (to the extent permitted by applicable law) waiver, at or before each Trade Date   and each Settlement Date, of each of the conditions set forth below.  These conditions are for the Investors’ sole benefit and (to the extent permitted by applicable law) may be waived by the Investors at any time in its sole discretion, except as expressly provided below.
(i)       Accuracy of the Company’s Representations and Warranties.   The representations and warranties of the Company contained in this Agreement, as modified by the Disclosure Schedule (a) that are not qualified by “materiality” or “Material Adverse Effect” shall have been true and correct in all material respects when made and shall be true and correct in all material respects as of the applicable Trade Date and the applicable Settlement Date with the same force and effect as if made on such dates, except to the extent such representations and warranties are as of another date, in which case, such representations and warranties shall be true and correct in all material respects as of such other date and (b) that are qualified by “materiality” or “Material Adverse Effect” shall have been true and correct when made and shall be true and correct as of the applicable Trade Date and the applicable Settlement Date with the same force and effect as if made on such dates, except to the extent such representations and warranties are as of another date, in which case, such representations and warranties shall be true and correct as of such other date.
(ii)       Other Commission Filings.   All reports, schedules, registrations, forms, statements, information and other documents required to have been filed by the Company with the Commission pursuant to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, including all material required to have been filed pursuant to Sections 13(a), 13(c), 14 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, shall have been filed with the Commission and such filings shall have been made within the applicable time period prescribed for such filing under the Exchange Act.  All other material required to be filed by the Company or any other offering participant pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the Securities Act shall have been filed with the Commission within the applicable time periods prescribed for such filings by Rule 433 under the Securities Act.
(iii)       No Suspension.   Trading in the Common Stock shall not have been suspended by the Commission or the Trading Market since the most recent Settlement Date (or Effective Date in the case of the first Settlement Date) (except for one or more suspensions of trading of less than fifteen minute duration, which suspension shall be terminated prior to the applicable Trade Date and applicable Settlement Date), and the Company shall not have received any notice that the listing or quotation of the Common Stock on the Trading Market shall be
24


terminated on a date certain (which termination shall be final and non-appealable).  At any time since the most recent Settlement Date (or Effective Date in the case of the first Settlement Date), trading in securities generally as reported on the Trading Market shall not have been suspended or limited, nor shall a banking moratorium have been declared either by the United States or New York State authorities, nor shall there have occurred any material outbreak or escalation of hostilities or other national or international calamity or crisis of such magnitude in its effect on, or any material adverse change in, any financial, credit or securities market which, in each case, in the reasonable judgment of the Investors, makes it impracticable or inadvisable to purchase the Shares.
(iv)       Performance of the Company.   The Company shall have performed, satisfied and complied in all material respects with all covenants, agreements and conditions required by this Agreement to be performed, satisfied or complied with by the Company at or prior to the applicable Trade Date and the applicable Settlement Date.
(v)       No Injunction .  No statute, rule, regulation, order, decree, writ, ruling or injunction shall have been enacted, entered, promulgated, threatened or endorsed by any court or governmental authority of competent jurisdiction which prohibits the consummation of or which would materially modify or delay any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.
(vi)       No Proceedings or Litigation .  No action, suit or proceeding before any arbitrator or any court or governmental authority shall have been commenced or threatened, and no inquiry or investigation by any governmental authority shall have been commenced or threatened, against the Company or any Subsidiary, or any of the officers, directors or Affiliates of the Company or any Subsidiary, seeking to restrain, prevent or change the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, or seeking damages in connection with such transactions.
(vii)       Aggregate Limit; Ownership Limitation.   The issuance and sale of the Shares issuable pursuant to such Fixed Request Notice shall not exceed the Aggregate Limit or the limitations set forth in Section 6.4 hereof (which limitations may not be waived).
(viii)       Shares Authorized and Delivered.   The Shares issuable pursuant to such Fixed Request Notice shall have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action of the Company.  The Company shall have delivered all Shares relating to all prior Fixed Request Notices, as applicable, to the Investors or their designee(s).
(ix)       Listing of Securities.   The Trading Market shall have completed its review of the related Listing of Additional Shares form with respect to all of the Securities that may be issued pursuant to this Agreement.
(x)       No Unresolved FINRA Objection .   There shall not exist any unresolved objection raised by FINRA’s Corporate Financing Department with respect to the fairness and reasonableness of the terms of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.
ARTICLE VIII
TERMINATION
Section 8.1      Term, Termination by Mutual Consent
25



Unless earlier terminated as provided hereunder, this Agreement shall terminate automatically on the earliest of (i) the first day of the month next following the 12-month anniversary of the Effective Date (the “ Investment Period ”) and (ii) the date the Investors shall have purchased or acquired shares of Common Stock pursuant to this Agreement equal to the Aggregate Limit.  Subject to Section 8.2, this Agreement may be terminated at any time (A) by the mutual written consent of the Parties, effective as of the date of such mutual written consent unless otherwise provided in such written consent, it being hereby acknowledged and agreed that each Investor may not consent to such termination after receipt of a Fixed Request Notice and prior to the corresponding Settlement Date.
Section 8.2      Effect of Termination
In the event of termination by the Company or the Investors pursuant to Section 8.1, written notice thereof shall forthwith be given to the other party as provided in Section 10.4 and the transactions contemplated by this Agreement shall be terminated without further action by either party.  If this Agreement is terminated as provided in Section 8.1, this Agreement shall become void and of no further force and effect, except that (i) the provisions of Article IX (Indemnification), Section 10.1 (Fees and Expenses), Section 10.2 (Specific Enforcement, Consent to Jurisdiction, Waiver of Jury Trial), Section 10.4 (Notices), Section 10.8 (Governing Law), Section 10.9 (Survival), Section10.11 (Publicity), Section 10.12 (Severability) and this Article VIII (Termination) shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding such termination, (ii) if the Investors own any Securities at the time of such termination, the covenants and agreements of the Company and the Investor, as applicable, contained in Section 6.1(i) (Securities Compliance), Section 6.3 (Compliance with Laws), Section 6.7 (Broker/Dealer) shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding such termination for a period of six months following such termination.  Nothing in this Section 8.2 shall be deemed to release the Company or the Investor from any liability for any breach under this Agreement or to impair the rights of the Company and the Investors to compel specific performance by the other party of its obligations under this Agreement.
ARTICLE IX
INDEMNIFICATION
Section 9.1      General Indemnity.
(i)       Indemnification by the Company.   The Company shall indemnify and hold harmless each Investor, each of its directors, officers, partners, employees, investment managers, investment advisors and Affiliates, and each Person, if any, who controls the Investors within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20(a) of the Exchange Act from and against all losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses (including reasonable costs of defense and investigation and all reasonable attorneys’ fees) to which each Investor and each such other Person may become subject insofar as such losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses arise out of or are based upon any violation of United States federal or state securities laws or the rules and regulations of the Trading Market in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, affiliates, officers, directors or employees, provided,   however , that (A) the Company shall not be liable under this Section 9.1(i) to the extent that a court of competent jurisdiction shall have determined by a final judgment (from
26


which no further appeals are available) that such loss, claim, damage, liability or expense resulted directly and solely from any such acts or failures to act, undertaken or omitted to be taken by the Investors or such Person through its bad faith or willful misconduct and (B) the foregoing indemnity shall not apply to any loss, claim, damage, liability or expense to the extent, but only to the extent, arising out of or based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by or on behalf of the Investors expressly.
The Company shall reimburse each Investor and each such controlling Person promptly upon demand (with accompanying presentation of documentary evidence) for all legal and other costs and expenses reasonably incurred by the Investors or such indemnified Persons in investigating, defending against, or preparing to defend against any such claim, action, suit or proceeding with respect to which it is entitled to indemnification.
(ii)       Indemnification by the Investors.   Each Investor shall indemnify and hold harmless the Company, each of its directors, officers, employees and Affiliates, and each Person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20(a) of the Exchange Act from and against all losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses (including reasonable costs of defense and investigation and all reasonable attorneys’ fees) to which the Company and each such other Person may become subject, relating to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby, insofar as such losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses directly and solely arise out of or are directly and solely based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in this Agreement.
Each Investor shall reimburse the Company and each such director, officer or controlling Person promptly upon demand for all legal and other costs and expenses reasonably incurred by the Company or such indemnified Persons in investigating, defending against, or preparing to defend against any such claim, action, suit or proceeding with respect to which it is entitled to indemnification.
Section 9.2      Indemnification Procedures
Promptly after a Person receives notice of a claim or the commencement of an action for which the Person intends to seek indemnification under Section 9.1, the Person will notify the indemnifying party in writing of the claim or commencement of the action, suit or proceeding; provided , however , that failure to notify the indemnifying party will not relieve the indemnifying party from liability under Section 9.1, except to the extent it has been materially prejudiced by the failure to give notice.  The indemnifying party will be entitled to participate in the defense of any claim, action, suit or proceeding as to which indemnification is being sought, and if the indemnifying party acknowledges in writing the obligation to indemnify the party against whom the claim or action is brought, the indemnifying party may (but will not be required to) assume the defense against the claim, action, suit or proceeding with counsel satisfactory to it.  After an indemnifying party notifies an indemnified party that the indemnifying party wishes to assume the defense of a claim, action, suit or proceeding, the indemnifying party will not be liable for any legal or other expenses incurred by the indemnified party in connection with the defense against the claim, action, suit or proceeding except that if, in the opinion of counsel to the indemnifying party, one or more of the indemnified parties should be separately represented in connection with
27


a claim, action, suit or proceeding, the indemnifying party will pay the reasonable fees and expenses of one separate counsel for the indemnified parties.  Each indemnified party, as a condition to receiving indemnification as provided in Section 9.1, will cooperate in all reasonable respects with the indemnifying party in the defense of any action or claim as to which indemnification is sought.  No indemnifying party will be liable for any settlement of any action effected without its prior written consent.  Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, if at any time an indemnified party shall have requested (by written notice provided in accordance with Section 10.4) an indemnifying party to reimburse the indemnified party for fees and expenses of counsel, such indemnifying party agrees that it shall be liable for any settlement of the nature contemplated hereby effected without its written consent if (i) such settlement is entered into more than 45 days after receipt by such indemnifying party of the aforesaid request, (ii) such indemnifying party shall have received written notice of the terms of such settlement at least 30 days prior to such settlement being entered into and (iii) such indemnifying party shall not have reimbursed such indemnified party in accordance with such request prior to the date of such settlement.  No indemnifying party will, without the prior written consent of the indemnified party, effect any settlement of a pending or threatened action with respect to which an indemnified party is, or is informed that it may be, made a party and for which it would be entitled to indemnification, unless the settlement includes an unconditional release of the indemnified party from all liability and claims which are the subject matter of the pending or threatened action.
If for any reason the indemnification provided for in this Agreement is not available to, or is not sufficient to hold harmless, an indemnified party in respect of any loss or liability referred to in Section 9.1 as to which such indemnified party is entitled to indemnification thereunder, each indemnifying party shall, in lieu of indemnifying the indemnified party, contribute to the amount paid or payable by the indemnified party as a result of such loss or liability, (i) in the proportion which is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the indemnifying party, on the one hand, and by the indemnified party, on the other hand, from the sale of Securities which is the subject of the claim, action, suit or proceeding which resulted in the loss or liability or (ii) if the allocation provided by clause (i) is not permitted by applicable law, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in clause (i) above, but also the relative fault of the indemnifying party, on the one hand, and the indemnified party, on the other hand, with respect to the statements or omissions which are the subject of the claim, action, suit or proceeding that resulted in the loss or liability, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations.
The remedies provided for in Section 9.1 and this Section 9.2 are not exclusive and shall not limit any rights or remedies which may otherwise be available to any indemnified Person at law or in equity.
ARTICLE X
MISCELLANEOUS
Section 10.1      Fees and Expenses.
(i)       Each party shall bear its own fees and expenses related to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. The Company shall pay all U.S. federal, state and local stamp
28


and other similar transfer and other taxes and duties levied in connection with issuance of the Securities pursuant hereto.
(ii)       If the Company issues a Fixed Request Notice and fails to deliver the Shares (which have been approved for listing or quotation on the Trading Market, if such an approval is required for the listing or quotation thereof on the Trading Market) to the Investors on the applicable Settlement Date, subject to prior payment, and such failure continues for 10 Trading Days, the Company shall pay the Investors, in cash (or, at the option of the Investors, in shares of Common Stock which have not been registered under the Securities Act valued at the applicable Discount Price of the Shares failed to be delivered; provided that the issuance thereof by the Company would not violate the Securities Act or any applicable U.S. federal or state securities laws), as partial damages for such failure and not as a penalty, an amount equal to 2.0% of the payment required to be paid by the Investors on such Settlement Date for the initial 30 days following such Settlement Date until the Shares (which have been approved for listing or quotation on the Trading Market, if such an approval is required for the listing or quotation thereof on the Trading Market) have been delivered, and an additional 2.0% for each additional 30-day period thereafter until the Shares (which have been approved for listing or quotation on the Trading Market, if such an approval is required for the listing or quotation thereof on the Trading Market) have been delivered, which amount shall be prorated for such periods less than 30 days.  Nothing in this Section 10.1(ii) shall be deemed to release the Company from any liability for any breach under this Agreement, or to impair the rights of the Investors to compel specific performance by the Company of its obligations under this Agreement.
Section 10.2      Specific Enforcement, Consent to Jurisdiction, Waiver of Jury Trial.
(i)       The Company and the Investor acknowledge and agree that irreparable damage would occur in the event that any of the provisions of this Agreement were not performed in accordance with their specific terms or were otherwise breached.  It is accordingly agreed that either party shall be entitled to an injunction or injunctions to prevent or cure breaches of the provisions of this Agreement by the other party and to enforce specifically the terms and provisions hereof (without the necessity of showing economic loss and without any bond or other security being required), this being in addition to any other remedy to which either party may be entitled by law or equity.
(ii)       Each of the Company and each of the Investors (a) hereby irrevocably submits to the jurisdiction of the U.S. District Court and other courts of the United States sitting in the City and State of New York, Borough of Manhattan, for the purposes of any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement, and (b) hereby waives, and agrees not to assert in any such suit, action or proceeding, any claim that it is not personally subject to the jurisdiction of such court, that the suit, action or proceeding is brought in an inconvenient forum or that the venue of the suit, action or proceeding is improper. By the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the Company acknowledges that it has, by separate written instrument, irrevocably designated and appointed Seward & Kissel LLP, located at One Battery Park Plaza, New York, NY 10004 (together with any successor, the " Agent for Service ") as its authorized agent upon which process may be served in any suit or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement that may be instituted in any court of the United States sitting in the City of New York, Borough of Manhattan, or brought under federal or state securities laws, and acknowledges that the Agent for Service has accepted such designation. The Company further agrees to take any and all action, including the execution and filing of any and all such documents and instruments, as may be necessary to continue such designation and appointment of the Agent
29


for Service in full force and effect so long as any of the Securities shall be outstanding.  The Company and each of the Investor consents to process being served in any such suit, action or proceeding by mailing a copy thereof to such party at the address in effect for notices to it under this Agreement and agrees that such service shall constitute good and sufficient service of process and notice thereof.  Nothing in this Section 10.2 shall affect or limit any right to serve process in any other manner permitted by law.
(iii)       EACH OF THE COMPANY AND EACH INVESTOR HEREBY WAIVES TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN RESPECT TO ANY LITIGATION DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF, UNDER OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY OR DISPUTES RELATING HERETO.  EACH OF THE COMPANY AND EACH INVESTOR (A) CERTIFIES THAT NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF THE OTHER PARTY HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PARTY WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER AND (B) ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT AND THE OTHER PARTY HERETO HAVE BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS SECTION 10.2.
Section 10.3      Entire Agreement; Amendment
This Agreement, together with the exhibits referred to herein and the Disclosure Schedule, represents the entire agreement of the Parties with respect to the subject matter hereof, and there are no promises, undertakings, representations or warranties by either party relative to subject matter hereof not expressly set forth herein.  No provision of this Agreement may be amended other than by a written instrument signed by the Parties hereto.  The Disclosure Schedule and all exhibits to this Agreement are hereby incorporated by reference in, and made a part of, this Agreement as if set forth in full herein.
Section 10.4      Notices
Any notice, demand, request, waiver or other communication required or permitted to be given hereunder shall be in writing and shall be effective (a) upon hand delivery or facsimile (with facsimile machine confirmation of delivery received) at the address or number designated below (if delivered on a business day during normal business hours where such notice is to be received), or the first business day following such delivery (if delivered other than on a business day during normal business hours where such notice is to be received), (b) upon sending to an e-mail address provided below if acknowledged by the recipient or another representative of the Company or the Investors, as applicable, or (c) on the second business day following the date of mailing by express courier service, fully prepaid, addressed to such address, or upon actual receipt of such mailing, whichever shall first occur.  The address for such communications shall be:
If to the Company:
 
 
Nordic American Offshore Ltd.
30


 
LOM Building, 27 Reid Street
Hamilton HM 11, Bermuda
E-mail: NAOInvestors@scorpiogroup.net
Attention: Legal Department
   
   
With a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:
 
   
 
Seward & Kissel LLP
One Battery Park Plaza
New York, NY 10004
Telephone Number: (212) 574-1200
Fax: (212) 480-8421
E-mail: horton@sewkis.com
Attention: Edward Horton, Esq
   
If to the Mackenzie Funds:
 
 
Mackenzie Investments
180 Queen St West
Toronto, ON, M5V 3K1
Canada
Attn: VP, Legal
Email: nick.westlind@mackenzieinvestments.com
   
If to Scorpio Offshore:
 
 
Scorpio Offshore Investments Inc.
9, Boulevard Charles III
MC 98000, Monaco
Fax: 377 9798 8346
Email: legal@scorpiogroup.net
Attention: Legal Department/General Counsel
   
With a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:
 
 
Rosada Guglielmi
Email:  RGuglielmi@scorpiogroup.net

Either party hereto may from time to time change its address for notices by giving at least 10 days advance written notice of such changed address to the other party hereto. Any notice to the Company may alternatively be given to an address specified by the Company on any Fixed Request Notice until the Company provides written notice of a change to such address to the Investors.  Any notice to the Investors may also be given to an address specified by the Investors on any Purchaser Confirmation Notice until the Investors provides written notice of a change to such address to the Company.
Section 10.5      Waivers
31



No waiver by either party of any default with respect to any provision, condition or requirement of this Agreement shall be deemed to be a continuing waiver in the future or a waiver of any other provisions, condition or requirement hereof nor shall any delay or omission of any party to exercise any right hereunder in any manner impair the exercise of any such right accruing to it thereafter.  No provision of this Agreement may be waived other than in a written instrument signed by the party against whom enforcement of such waiver is sought.
Section 10.6      Headings; Construction
The article, section and subsection headings in this Agreement are for convenience only and shall not constitute a part of this Agreement for any other purpose and shall not be deemed to limit or affect any of the provisions hereof.  Unless the context clearly indicates otherwise, each pronoun herein shall be deemed to include the masculine, feminine, neuter, singular and plural forms thereof.  The terms “including,” “includes,” “include” and words of like import shall be construed broadly as if followed by the words “without limitation.”  The terms “herein,” “hereunder,” “hereof” and words of like import refer to this entire Agreement instead of just the provision in which they are found.  The Parties agree that each of them and their respective counsel has reviewed and had an opportunity to revise this Agreement and, therefore, the normal rule of construction to the effect that any ambiguities are to be resolved against the drafting party shall not be employed in the interpretation of this Agreement.  Any reference in this Agreement to “Dollars” or “$” shall mean the lawful currency of the United States of America.
Section 10.7      Successors and Assigns
The Investors may not assign this Agreement to any Person without the prior consent of the Company, in the Company’s sole discretion.  This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Parties and their successors and assigns.  The assignment by a party to this Agreement of any rights hereunder shall not affect the obligations of such party under this Agreement.
Section 10.8      Governing Law
This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal procedural and substantive laws of the State of New York, without giving effect to the choice of law provisions of such state that would cause the application of the laws of any other jurisdiction.
Section 10.9      Survival
The representations, warranties, covenants and agreements of the Company and each of the Investors contained in this Agreement shall survive the execution and delivery hereof until the termination of this Agreement; provided, however, that (i) the provisions of Article VIII (Termination), Article IX (Indemnification), Section 10.1 (Fees and Expenses), Section 10.2 (Specific Enforcement, Consent to Jurisdiction, Waiver of Jury Trial), Section 10.4 (Notices), Section 10.8 (Governing Law), Section 10.11 (Publicity), Section 10.12 (Severability) and this Section 10.9 (Survival) shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding such termination, (ii) if the Investors own any Securities at the time of such termination, the covenants and agreements of the Company and the Investors, as applicable, contained in Section 6.1(i) (Securities Compliance), Section 6.3 (Compliance with Laws), Section 6.7 (Broker/Dealer) shall remain in
32


full force and effect notwithstanding such termination for a period of six months following such termination, and (iii) if the Investors own any Securities at the time of such termination, the covenants and agreements of the Company contained in Section 6.2 (Registration and Listing) shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding such termination for a period of 30 days following such termination.
Section 10.10      Counterparts
This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same original and binding instrument and shall become effective when all counterparts have been signed by each party and delivered to the other Parties hereto, it being understood that all Parties hereto need not sign the same counterpart.  In the event any signature is delivered by facsimile, digital or electronic transmission, such transmission shall constitute delivery of the manually executed original and the party using such means of delivery shall thereafter cause four additional executed signature pages to be physically delivered to the other Parties within five days of the execution and delivery hereof.  Failure to provide or delay in the delivery of such additional executed signature pages shall not adversely affect the efficacy of the original delivery.
Section 10.11      Publicity
Each Investor shall have the right to reasonably approve, prior to issuance or filing, any press release, Commission filing or any other public disclosure made by or on behalf of the Company relating to the Investor, its purchases hereunder or any aspect of this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby (unless the same disclosure has been previously reviewed and approved by the Investor); provided, however, that except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, the Company shall be entitled, without the prior approval of the Investor, to make any press release or other public disclosure (including any filings with the Commission) with respect thereto as is required by applicable law and regulations (including the regulations of the Trading Market), so long as prior to making any such press release or other public disclosure, if reasonably practicable, the Company and its counsel shall have provided the Investor and its counsel with a reasonable opportunity to review and comment upon, and shall have consulted with the Investor and its counsel on the form and substance of, such press release or other disclosure.
Section 10.12      Severability
The provisions of this Agreement are severable and, in the event that any court of competent jurisdiction shall determine that any one or more of the provisions or part of the provisions contained in this Agreement shall, for any reason, be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability shall not affect any other provision or part of a provision of this Agreement, and this Agreement shall be reformed and construed as if such invalid or illegal or unenforceable provision, or part of such provision, had never been contained herein, so that such provisions would be valid, legal and enforceable to the maximum extent possible.
Section 10.13      Third Party Beneficiaries
33



(a)   Clarkson Platou shall be a third party beneficiary of the representations and warranties of the Mackenzie Funds in Article III, the representations and warranties of Scorpio Offshore in Article IV, the representations and warranties of the Company in Article V, and the indemnification and contribution provisions in Article IX.
(b)   Except as expressly provided in Section 10.13(a) and Article IX, this Agreement is intended only for the benefit of the Parties hereto and their respective permitted successors and assigns, and is not for the benefit of, nor may any provision hereof be enforced by, any other Person.
Section 10.14      Further Assurances
From and after the date of this Agreement, upon the request of the Investors or the Company, each of the Company and the Investors shall execute and deliver such instrument, documents and other writings as may be reasonably necessary or desirable to confirm and carry out and to effectuate fully the intent and purposes of this Agreement.
[Signature Page Follows]
34

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the Parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed by their respective authorized officer as of the date first above written.
 
NORDIC AMERICAN OFFSHORE LTD.:
 
     
     
 
By:
/s/ Cameron Mackey
 
 
Name:
Cameron Mackey
 
 
Title:
Chief Operating Officer
 
       
       
 
MACKENZIE FINANCIAL CORPORATION, for and on behalf of the funds and accounts set out on Schedule A
 
       
       
 
By:
/s/ Jonathan Norwood
 
 
Name:
Jonathan Norwood
 
 
Title:
SVP, Investment Management
 
       
       
 
By:
/s/ Richard Wong
 
 
Name:
Richard Wong
 
 
Title:
SVP, Investment Management
 
       
       
 
SCORPIO OFFSHORE INVESTMENTS INC .:
 
       
 
By:
/s/ Rosada Guglielmi
 
 
Name:
Rosada Guglielmi
 
 
Title:
Director and Secretary
 
       






35

ANNEX A TO THE
COMMON STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT
DEFINITIONS
2017 20-F ” shall mean the Annual Report on Form 20-F filed by the Company for its fiscal year ended December 31, 2017.
30-Day VWAP ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.2 hereof.
Affiliate ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Rule 12b-2 under the Exchange Act.
Agent for Service ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 10.2(ii) hereof.
Aggregate Limit ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 1.1 hereof.
Agreement ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the Preamble.
Announcement Date ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.9 hereof.
Broker-Dealer ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 6.7 hereof.
Bylaws ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 5.3 hereof.
Charter ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 5.3 hereof.
Clarkson Platou ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 6.3 hereof.
Cleansing Date ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 6.6.
Code ” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
Commission ” shall mean the Securities and Exchange Commission or any successor entity.
Commission Documents ” shall mean (1) all reports, schedules, registrations, forms, statements, information and other documents filed with or furnished to the Commission by the Company pursuant to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, including all material filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a), 13(c), 14 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, since December 31, 2018, including, without limitation, the 2017 20-F, and which hereafter shall be filed with or furnished to the Commission by the Company during the Investment Period, and (2) all information contained in such filings and all documents and disclosures that have been and heretofore shall be incorporated by reference therein.
Common Stock ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the Recitals.
Company ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the Preamble.



Disclosure Schedule ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Article V hereof.
Discount Price ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.2 hereof.
DTC ” means The Depository Trust Company, a subsidiary of The Depository Trust & Clearing Corporation, or any successor thereto.
Earnings Announcement ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.9 hereof.
EDGAR ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 5.3 hereof.
Effective Date ” shall mean the date of this Agreement.
Environmental Laws ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 5.16 hereof.
Exchange Act ” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder.
FCPA ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 5.25 hereof.
Filing Time ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.9 hereof.
FINRA ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 5.5 hereof.
Fixed Amount Requested ” shall mean the amount of a Fixed Request requested by the Company in a Fixed Request Notice delivered pursuant to Section 2.1 hereof.
Fixed Request ” means the transactions contemplated under Sections 2.1 through 2.8 of this Agreement.
Fixed Request Amount ” means the actual amount of proceeds to be received by the Company pursuant to a Fixed Request under this Agreement.
Fixed Request Notice ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.1 hereof.
Floor Price ” is the lowest price (except to the extent otherwise provided in Section 2.6) at which the Company may sell Shares on an applicable Trade Date as set forth in a Fixed Request Notice (not taking into account the percentage discount referred to in Section 2.2); provided , however , that at no time shall the Floor Price be lower than $0.60 per share (as adjusted for any stock splits or recapitalizations) unless the Company and the Investors shall mutually agree.
GAAP ” shall mean generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America as applied by the Company.
Governmental Licenses ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 5.15(a) hereof.



Indebtedness ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 5.11 hereof.
 “ Intellectual Property ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 5.15(b) hereof.
Investment Period ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 8.1 hereof.
Investor ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the Preamble.
Knowledge ” means the actual knowledge of the Company’s Chief Executive Officer or Chief Financial Officer, after reasonable inquiry of all officers, directors and employees of the Company who could reasonably be expected to have knowledge or information with respect to the matter in question.
Mackenzie Funds ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the Preamble.
Material Adverse Effect ” shall mean any condition, occurrence, state of facts or event having, or insofar as reasonably can be foreseen would reasonably be expected to have, any effect on the business, operations, properties or condition (financial or otherwise) of the Company that is material and adverse to the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, and/or any condition, occurrence, state of facts or event that would prohibit or otherwise materially interfere with or delay the ability of the Company to perform any of its obligations under this Agreement; provided , however , that none of the following, individually or in the aggregate, shall be taken into account in determining whether a Material Adverse Effect has occurred or insofar as reasonably can be foreseen would reasonably be expected to occur:  (i) changes in conditions in the U.S. or global capital, credit or financial markets generally, including changes in the availability of capital or currency exchange rates, provided such changes shall not have affected the Company in a materially disproportionate manner as compared to other similarly situated companies; (ii) the effect of any changes arising in connection with acts of war (whether or not declared), terrorism, military actions or the escalation thereof or other force majeure events occurring after the Effective Date, provided such changes shall not have affected the Company in a materially disproportionate manner as compared to other similarly situated companies; (iii) the effect of any changes in applicable legal requirements or GAAP; (iv) changes generally affecting the maritime industry, provided such changes shall not have affected the Company in a materially disproportionate manner as compared to other similarly situated companies; and (v) any effect of the announcement of this Agreement or the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement on the Company’s relationships, contractual or otherwise, with customers, suppliers, vendors, bank or commercial lenders, lessors, collaboration partners, employees or consultants.
Material Agreements ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 5.17 hereof.
Money Laundering Laws ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 5.26 hereof.
NYSE ” means the New York Stock Exchange, or any successor thereto.
OFAC ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 5.27 hereof.



Ownership Limitation ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the Recitals.
Ownership Limitation Cutback ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.1(b).
Parties ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the Preamble.
Person ” means any person or entity, whether a natural person, trustee, corporation, partnership, limited partnership, limited liability company, trust, unincorporated organization, business association, firm, joint venture, governmental agency or authority.
Purchaser Confirmation Notice ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.7 hereof.
Restricted Period ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 6.5(i) hereof.
Restricted Person ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 6.5(i) hereof.
Restricted Persons ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 6.5(i) hereof.
Scorpio Offshore ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the Preamble.
Securities ” shall mean, collectively, the Shares.
Securities Act ” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder.
Settlement Date ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.7 hereof.
Shares ” shall mean shares of Common Stock issuable to the Investor upon exercise of a Fixed Request.
Short Sales ” means “short sales” as defined in Rule 200 promulgated under Regulation SHO under the Exchange Act.
Significant Subsidiary ” means any Subsidiary of the Company that would constitute a Significant Subsidiary of the Company within the meaning of Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X of the Commission.
SOXA ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 5.6(b) hereof.
Subsidiary ” shall mean any corporation or other entity of which at least a majority of the securities or other ownership interest having ordinary voting power (absolutely or contingently) for the election of directors or other Persons performing similar functions are at the time owned directly or indirectly by the Company and/or any of its other Subsidiaries.
Total Commitment ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 1.1 hereof.
Trade Date ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.1 hereof.



Trading Day ” shall mean a full trading day (beginning at 9:30 a.m., New York City time, and ending at 4:00 p.m., New York City time) on the Trading Market.
Trading Market ” means the following markets or exchanges on which the Common Stock is listed or quoted for trading on the date in question: the New York Stock Exchange, the NYSE MKT, the NYSE Arca, the NASDAQ Capital Market, the NASDAQ Global Market or the NASDAQ Global Select Market (or any successors to any of the foregoing), whichever is at the time the principal trading exchange or market for the Common Stock.
VWAP ” shall mean the daily volume weighted average price (based on a Trading Day from 9:30 a.m. to 4:00 p.m. (New York time)) of the Common Stock on the Trading Market as reported by Bloomberg Financial L.P. using the AQR function.




EXHIBIT A TO THE
COMMON STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT
FORM OF FIXED REQUEST NOTICE
To:
     
Fax#:
     
E-mail:
     

Reference is made to the Common Stock Purchase Agreement dated as of March 29, 2019, (the  “ Purchase Agreement ”) by and among Scorpio Offshore Investments Inc. (“ Scorpio Offshore ”), a company organized and existing under the laws of the Republic of the Marshall Islands, Mackenzie Financial Corporation, a corporation organized and existing under the laws of Ontario, for and on behalf of the funds and accounts set out on Schedule A thereto (collectively, the “ Mackenzie Funds ”, and each of Scorpio Offshore and the Mackenzie Funds, an “ Investor ”, and together, the “ Investors ”) and Nordic American Offshore Ltd., a corporation organized and existing under the laws of Bermuda (the “ Company ”).  Capitalized terms used and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings given such terms in the Purchase Agreement.
In accordance with and pursuant to Section 2.1 of the Purchase Agreement, the Company hereby issues this Fixed Request Notice to exercise a Fixed Request for the Fixed Amount Requested indicated below.
Fixed Amount Requested:
   
     
Trade Date:
   
     
Settlement Date:
   
     
Floor Price:
   
     
Dollar Amount of Common Stock Currently Available under the Aggregate Limit:
   
     
         
Dated:
   
By:
 
     
Name:
 
     
Title:
 
         
         
     
Address:
 
     
Facsimile No.
 
     
Email:
 

AGREED AND ACCEPTED

By:
       
Name:
       
Title:
       




AGREED AND ACCEPTED

By:
       
Name:
       
Title:
       





 
EXHIBIT B TO THE
COMMON STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT
FORM OF PURCHASER CONFIRMATION NOTICE
To:
     
Fax#:
     
E-mail
     

Reference is made to the Common Stock Purchase Agreement dated as of March 29, 2019, (the  “ Purchase Agreement ”) by and among Scorpio Offshore Investments Inc. (“ Scorpio Offshore ”), a company organized and existing under the laws of the Republic of the Marshall Islands, Mackenzie Financial Corporation, a corporation organized and existing under the laws of Ontario, for and on behalf of the funds and accounts set out on Schedule A thereto (collectively, the “ Mackenzie Funds ”, and each of Scorpio Offshore and the Mackenzie Funds, an “ Investor ”, and together, the “ Investors ”) and Nordic American Offshore Ltd., a corporation organized and existing under the laws of Bermuda (the “ Company ”).  Capitalized terms used and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings given such terms in the Purchase Agreement.
In accordance with and pursuant to Section 2.7 of the Purchase Agreement, the Investors hereby issue this Purchaser Confirmation Notice for the Fixed Amount Requested indicated below.
1) Fixed Amount Requested:
   
     
2) Total Number of Shares Purchased by Mackenzie Funds:
   
     
3) Total Number of Shares Purchased by Scorpio Offshore:
   
     
4) Price per Share:
   
     
5) Fixed Request Amount*:
   
     
6) Net Fixed Request Amount:
   
     
7) Settlement Date
   
     
8) Dollar Amount of Common Stock Currently Available under the Aggregate Limit:
   


Dated:
   
By:
 
     
Name:
 
     
Title:
 
         
         
     
Address:
 
     
Facsimile No.
 
     
Email:
 




AGREED AND ACCEPTED

By:
       
Name:
       
Title:
       


*Reduction to Total Commitment




Exhibit 4.7


COMMON STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT


by and between


NORDIC AMERICAN OFFSHORE LTD.
and


SCORPIO OFFSHORE HOLDING INC.

__ April, 2019




STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT

This STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT (the “ Agreement ”) dated 8 April, 2019 by and between NORDIC AMERICAN OFFSHORE LTD. , a company incorporated in Bermuda (the “ Company ”) and SCORPIO OFFSHORE HOLDING INC. , a corporation incorporated in the Marshall Islands as purchaser (the “ Purchaser ”) for the purchase and sale of shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of the Company (the “ Common Stock ”). The Company and the Purchaser shall collectively be referred to herein as the “ Parties ”.

WHEREAS, the Purchaser’s wholly-owned subsidiary set forth in Schedule A hereof (the “ Owning Company ”) owns one crew boat vessel as set out next to the name of the Owning Company in Schedule A (the “ Vessel ”); and

WHEREAS, the Purchaser has agreed to sell to CB Holdco Limited, a company incorporated in Bermuda and a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company (“ Company Subsidiary ”) 100% of the authorized, issued and outstanding share capital of the Owning Company in exchange for the Consideration, which will be paid in shares of Common Stock of the Company.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual covenants and conditions herein contained, the Parties hereto agree as follows:

ARTICLE I
Obligation to Deliver Shares and Certain Definitions

Section 1.1      Certain Definitions .  As used in this Agreement, the terms set forth below shall have the following respective meanings:

Closing Date ” shall mean 8 April 2019.

Closing Date VWAP ” shall mean the average of the Daily VWAP of the Common Stock over the thirty (30) Trading Days immediately preceding 4 April 2019.

Consideration ” shall mean the number of shares of Common Stock equivalent to the SPV Value.

SPV Value ” shall mean the value attributed to the Owning Company, as set out in Schedule A hereto.

Trading Day ” shall mean any day on which trading in shares of Common Stock actually occurs on the NYSE.

Trading Market ” means the following markets or exchanges on which the Common Stock is listed or quoted for trading on the date in question: the New York Stock Exchange, the NYSE MKT, the NYSE Arca, the NASDAQ Capital Market, the NASDAQ Global Market or the NASDAQ Global Select Market (or any successors to any of the foregoing), whichever is at the time the principal trading exchange or market for the Common Stock.

VWAP ” shall mean the daily volume weighted average price (based on a Trading Day from 9:30 a.m. to 4:00 p.m. (New York time)) of the Common Stock on the Trading Market as reported by Bloomberg Financial L.P. using the AQR function.




ARTICLE II
Purchase and Sale of Common Stock
Section 2.1      Purchase and Sale of Common Stock .  Subject to the terms and conditions herein, on the Closing Date, the Company shall issue and sell to the Purchaser the total number of shares of Common Stock as are determined in accordance with this Section 2.1 in consideration of the transfer of all of the authorized, issued and outstanding share capital of the Owning Company to the Company Subsidiary in accordance with this Agreement.  On the Closing Date, the Company shall issue to the Purchaser, and the Purchaser shall purchase from the Company, the number of shares of Common Stock (the respective number of shares to be purchased by the Purchaser is referred to herein as the “ Shares ”) equal to (i) the SPV Value divided by (ii) 94% of Closing Date VWAP, rounded up the nearest whole share.

Section 2.2      Delivery of Shares .  The Company shall deliver all Shares on the Closing Date to the Purchaser pursuant to this Agreement by book entry notation.

Section 2.3      Closing .  Subject to the terms and conditions herein, the Company agrees to issue and sell to the Purchaser and the Purchaser agrees to purchase from the Company, the Shares.  The purchase and sale of the Shares shall take place on the Closing Date at 17:00 pm Central European Time, or such other time and place as the Parties may mutually agree.

Section 2.4      Consideration .  The sufficiency of such consideration for the sale and purchase of the Shares is hereby acknowledged by the Parties.  The Parties agree that the Company and the Purchaser are executing and delivering this Agreement in accordance with and in reliance upon the exemption from registration under Section 5 of the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”) afforded by Section 4(2) of the Securities Act.

Section 2.5      Condition to the Purchase and Sale of Common Stock. The Owning Company shall be acquired by the Company Subsidiary free of any debts.

Section 2.6      Change of name of the Vessel . The Company shall procure that the Owning Company will change the name of the Vessel and will alter the funnel markings within three (3) months from the Closing Date.
 

ARTICLE III
Representations and Warranties
Section 3.1      Representations and Warranties of the Company .  The Company hereby represents and warrants to the Purchaser, as of the date of this Agreement and the Closing Date, as follows:

(a)       Organization, Authorization, Good Standing and Power .  The Company is duly incorporated or organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of Bermuda and has the requisite corporate power and authority to enter into and perform its obligations under this Agreement and to issue and sell the Shares in accordance with the terms hereof.  The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by the Company and the consummation by it of the transactions contemplated hereby have been duly and validly authorized by all necessary corporate action, and no further consent or authorization of the Company or its board of directors or stockholders is required.  This Agreement has been duly executed by the Company and when delivered by the Company in accordance with the terms hereof, this Agreement will constitute the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms, except to the extent that the enforceability thereof may be limited by: (i) applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent conveyance, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws from time to time affecting generally the enforcement of creditors’ rights and remedies; and (ii) general principles of equity, including principles of reasonableness, good faith and fair dealing (regardless of whether enforcement is sought in equity or at law).
2




(b)       Good Standing .  The Company and its subsidiaries are duly qualified or licensed to transact business and are in good standing in all jurisdictions where the ownership or operation of their respective assets and properties or the conduct of their respective businesses requires such qualification, except to the extent that the failure to be so qualified or licensed or be in good standing would not materially affect the Company or its subsidiaries, taken as a whole.

(c)       Consents .  All corporate and other action, including the sending of all notices, filings and governmental or other consents and authorities for the Company to enter into and perform its obligations hereunder have been taken or obtained and, as of the date hereof, no further corporate or other action or governmental or other official consents or authorities are necessary for the performance by it of its obligations hereunder.
(d)       Issuance of Shares .  The Shares to be issued on the Closing Date, have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action and, when issued in accordance with the terms hereof and delivered by the Company, shall be validly issued and outstanding, fully paid and nonassessable and free and clear of all Liens and the holders shall be entitled to all rights accorded to a holder of Common Stock. As used in this Section 3.1(d) “ Lien ” means any lien, pledge, encumbrance, mortgage, deed of trust, security interest, equity, claim, lease, license, charge, option, adverse right, right of first or last negotiation, offer or refusal, easement or transfer restriction of any kind or nature whatsoever, whether arising by agreement, operation of law or otherwise.
(e)       Private Placement .
(i) The Company has complied and will comply with all applicable federal and state securities laws and assuming the accuracy of the Purchaser’s representations and warranties set forth in this Agreement, no registration under the Securities Act is required for the offer and sale of the Shares by the Company to the Purchaser under this Agreement.
(ii) The Company has not engaged in any form of general or public solicitation or general advertising, or publicly disseminated advertisements or sales literature, including (1) any advertisement, article, notice or other communication published in any newspaper, magazine, or similar media, or broadcast over television or radio, or (2) any seminar or meeting to which potential purchasers invited by any of the foregoing means of communications.

(f)       Registration Statement . The Company has timely filed or otherwise furnished (as applicable) all forms, reports, schedules, statements and documents required to be filed or furnished by it under the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “ Exchange Act ”), (as have been supplemented, modified or amended since the time of filing so long as such supplement, modification or amendment has occurred prior to the date of this Agreement, collectively, the “ Filed SEC Documents ”).  As of their respective SEC filing dates, or in each case, if amended prior to the date hereof, as of the date of the last such amendment, the Filed SEC Documents (including all documents incorporated therein by reference) (i) did not (or with respect to Filed SEC Documents filed after the date hereof, will not) contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements made therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading and (ii) complied in all material respects with the applicable requirements of the Exchange Act and the applicable rules and regulations of the SEC thereunder. As of the date of this Agreement, none of the Company’s subsidiaries is currently required to make any filings with the SEC.
3



(g)       Capitalization and Issuance of Shares .  The Company is authorized to issue 350 million shares of Common Stock and 50 million shares of preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share (“ Preferred Stock ”).  As of the date hereof, (1) 7,374,034 shares of Common Stock are issued and outstanding, (2) no shares of Preferred Stock are issued and outstanding, and (3) 274,452 shares of Common Stock are held as treasury shares.  All issued and outstanding shares of Common Stock have been duly authorized and are validly issued, fully paid, nonassessable and not subject to preemptive rights.
(h)       Compliance with Laws . The Company and the Company Subsidiary, in all material respects, comply with all applicable laws affecting or related to the Company or the Company Subsidiary or any of their business, operations, assets or employees.  No investigation or review by any governmental authority with respect to the Company or any Company Subsidiary is pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened and no governmental authority has indicated an intention to conduct the same.
(i)       Brokers .  The Company agrees to indemnify and hold the Purchaser harmless against any liability for commissions, fees or other compensation in the nature of a broker’s or finder’s fee to any broker or other nature of a broker’s or finder’s fee to any broker or other person or firm (and the costs and expenses of defending against such liability) for which the Company, or any of its employees or representatives, is responsible.
(j)       Reliance on Exemption .  The Company understands that the Shares are being offered and sold in reliance on a specific exemption from the registration requirement of federal and state securities laws and the Purchaser is relying upon the truth and accuracy of the representations, warranties, agreements, acknowledgments and understandings of the Company set forth herein in order to determine the availability of such exemptions and the eligibility of the Purchaser to acquire the Shares.
(k)       Regulatory and Related Matters .
(i)      The Company represents and warrants that, to the best of its knowledge, neither it nor any of its affiliates nor any of its or their directors, officers, agents, employees, representatives or any other similar person associated with or acting for or on behalf of the foregoing in connection with the transactions contemplated in this Agreement, has offered, paid, promised to pay, or authorized the payment of any money, or offered, given a promise to give, or authorized the giving of anything of value, to any government official, political party or official thereof or to any candidate for political office (or to any person where the Company, any of its affiliates or any of its directors, officers, agents, employees, representatives of any other similar person knew or was aware of a high probability that all or a portion of such money or thing of value would be offered, given or promised, directly or indirectly, to any government official, political party, party official or candidate for political office) for the purpose of:
(1)      influencing any act or decision of such government official, political party, party official or candidate in his or her official capacity; or
(2)      inducing such government official, political party, party official or candidate to do or omit to do any act in violation of the lawful duty of such government official, political party, party official or candidate; or

(3)      securing any improper advantage; or
4



(4)      inducing such government official, political party, party official or candidate to use his or her influence with any governmental authority to affect or influence any act or decision of such governmental authority, in order to assist the Company in obtaining or retaining business, the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or any of the investments relevant to the arrangements contemplated by this Agreement.

(ii)      The Company warrants and undertakes that:
(1)      it will not, and will procure that its subsidiaries will not, engage in any activity, practice or conduct which would constitute a breach of any applicable law or convention relating to the prevention of bribery and corruption including, but not limited to: (A) the UK Bribery Act 2010 (the " Bribery Act "); (B) the United States Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977 (as amended); and (C) the Convention on Combating Bribery of Foreign Public Officials in International Business Transactions, signed in Paris on December 17, 1997, which entered into force on February 15, 1999, and the Convention’s Commentaries;

(2)      it has and will maintain in place throughout the Indemnification Period adequate procedures designed to prevent the Company or any of its subsidiaries or any of their respective directors, officers, employees, agents or other persons acting on the behalf of any of the foregoing, from undertaking any conduct that would give rise to an offence under the Bribery Act (as each such term is defined in the Bribery Act); and

(3)      it and each of its subsidiaries has not violated and it and each of its subsidiaries will not violate in any material respect any applicable law or regulation in connection with this Agreement or in connection with the carrying on of its business (including, without limitation, the US Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act and the US Foreign Corrupt Practices Act).

Section 3.2      Representations and Warranties of the Purchaser . The Purchaser hereby makes the following representations and warranties to the Company as of the date of this Agreement and the Closing Date, as follows:

(a)       Organization, Authorization, Good Standing and Power .  The Purchaser is an entity duly incorporated or organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the Republic of the Marshall Islands.  The Purchaser has the requisite power and authority to enter into and perform this Agreement and to purchase the Shares being sold to it hereunder.  The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by the Purchaser and the consummation by it of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate or partnership action, and no further consent or authorization of the Purchaser or its board of directors, or stockholders, as the case may be, is required.  This Agreement has been duly executed by the Purchaser, and when delivered by the Purchaser in accordance with the terms hereof, will constitute the valid and legally binding obligation of the Purchaser, enforceable against it in accordance with its terms.
(b)       Assets of the Owning Company . The Vessel is legally and beneficially owned by the Owning Company and, where capable of possession, in the possession or under the control of the Owning Company.
5




(c)       Acquisition for Investment .  The Purchaser is acquiring the Shares for its own account for the purpose of investment and not with a view to or for sale in connection with a distribution.  The Purchaser does not have an arrangement (whether or not legally binding) to effect any distribution of the Shares to or through any person or entity; provided , however , that by making the representations herein, the Purchaser does not agree to hold the Shares for any minimum or other specific term and reserves the right to dispose of the Shares at any time in accordance with federal and state securities laws applicable to such disposition, including without limitation under a registration statement and a selling shareholder prospectus supplement naming the Purchaser therein.  It understands that the Shares have not been registered under the Securities Act by reason of specified exemption from the registration provisions of the Securities Act which depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of its investment intent as expressed herein.  It acknowledges that the Company may place restrictive legends on, and stop transfer orders against, the certificates representing the Shares being acquired by it.
(d)       Status of Purchaser .  The Purchaser is an “accredited investor” as defined in Regulation D promulgated under the Securities Act.  The Purchaser is not required to be registered as a broker-dealer under Section 15 of the Exchange Act and the Purchaser is not a broker-dealer.
(e)       No General Solicitation .  The Purchaser is not purchasing the Shares and the Shares were not offered to the Purchaser by means of any form of general or public solicitation or general advertising, or publicly disseminated advertisements or sales literature, including (i) any advertisement, article, notice or other communication published in any newspaper, magazine, or similar media, or broadcast over television or radio, or (ii) any seminar or meeting to which the Purchaser was invited by any of the foregoing means of communications.
(f)       Access to Information .  The Purchaser acknowledges that it has had the opportunity to review publicly available filings and exhibits thereto of the Company filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission and has been afforded (i) the opportunity to ask such questions as it has deemed necessary of, and to receive answers from, representatives of the Company concerning the terms and conditions of the sale of the Shares and the merits and risks of investing in the Shares; (ii) access to information about the Company and its financial condition, results of operations, business, properties, management and prospects sufficient to enable it to evaluate its investment; and (iii) the opportunity to obtain such additional information that the Company possesses or can acquire without unreasonable effort or expense that is necessary to make an informed investment decision with respect to the investment.  The Purchaser further acknowledges and agrees that except for the representations and warranties set forth in this Agreement, the Company has not made any representation or warranty, express or implied, of any nature whatsoever concerning the Shares or the Company.  The Purchaser has sought such accounting, legal and tax advice as it has considered necessary to make an informed decision with respect to its acquisition of the Shares.
(g)       Brokers . The Purchaser agrees to indemnify and hold the Company harmless against any liability for commissions, fees or other compensation in the nature of a broker’s or finder’s fee to any broker or other nature of a broker’s or finder’s fee to any broker or other person or firm (and the costs and expenses of defending against such liability) for which the Purchaser, or any of its employees or representatives, is responsible.

(h)     Reliance on Exemption .  The Purchaser understands that the Shares are being offered and sold in reliance on a specific exemption from the registration requirement of federal and state securities laws and the Company is relying upon the truth and accuracy of the representations, warranties, agreements, acknowledgments and understandings of the Purchaser set forth herein in order to determine the availability of such exemptions and the eligibility of the Purchaser to acquire the Shares.
6



ARTICLE IV
Covenants and Registration
Section 4.1      Covenants of the Company . The Company covenants with the Purchaser as follows, which covenants are for the benefit of the Purchaser and its permitted assignees.
(a)       Availability of Information .With a view to making available the benefits of certain rules and regulations of the SEC that may permit the sale of the Shares to the public without registration, the Company shall:

(i)      make and keep public information regarding the Company available, as those terms are understood and defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act, at all times from and after the date hereof;

(ii)      use its commercially reasonable best efforts to file with the SEC in a timely manner all reports and other documents required of the Company under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act at all times from and after the date hereof; and

(iii)      so long as the Purchaser owns any Shares, furnish, unless otherwise available at no charge by access electronically to the SEC’s EDGAR filing system, to the Purchaser forthwith upon request a copy of the most recent annual or quarterly report of the Company, and such other reports and documents so filed or furnished with the SEC or take any other action as the Purchaser may reasonably request in availing itself of any rule or regulation of the SEC allowing the Purchaser to sell the Shares without registration.

(b)       Listing .  The Company shall cause the Shares to be listed on the New York Stock Exchange or such other national securities exchange on which the Shares are then listed prior to issuance.

(c)       Payments .
(i)      No part of any payments received by the Company, directly or indirectly from the Purchaser or in connection with this Agreement, if any, will be used for any purpose which would cause a violation of any applicable laws and regulations.
(ii)      Any payments under this Agreement, if any, will be made by cheque or bank transfer and no payments will be made in cash or bearer instruments. No payments under this Agreement will be made to a third party, instead all payments will be made in the place where the Company or, as the case may be, the Purchaser resides or performs the relevant services.
(d)       Payments to Government Officials .  The Company undertakes that it will not and will not knowingly permit any affiliates or any of its or their directors, officers, agents, employees, representatives or any other similar person associated with or acting on behalf of the foregoing to offer, pay, promise to pay, or authorize the payment of any money, or offer, give a promise to give, or authorize the giving of anything of value, to any government official, political party or official thereof or to any candidate for political office (or to any person where the Company or its affiliates or any of their directors, officers, agents, employees, representatives or other similar person knows or is aware of a high probability that all or a portion of such money or thing of value would be offered, given or promised, directly or indirectly, to any government official, political party, party official or candidate for political office) for the purposes specified herein or in Section 3.1(j).
7



Section 4.2      Covenants of the Purchaser .  The Purchaser covenants with the Company as follows, which covenants are for the benefit of the Company and its permitted assignees.

(a)       Compliance with Laws . The Purchaser covenants that the Shares may be disposed of only pursuant to an effective registration statement under, and in compliance with the requirements of, the Securities Act, or pursuant to an available exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the registration requirements of the Securities Act, and in compliance with any applicable state and federal securities laws.
(b)       Short Sales After The Date Hereof . The Purchaser shall not, and shall cause its trading affiliates not to, engage, directly or indirectly, in any short-sale transactions in the Company’s securities during the period from the date hereof until the 180 th day following the Closing Date.


ARTICLE V
Indemnification

From and after the Closing Date until the twelve (12) month anniversary of the Closing Date, (such period the “ Indemnification Period ”) the Company hereby agrees to indemnify and hold the Purchaser, and its directors, officers, employees, affiliates, stockholders, members, agents, attorneys, representatives, successors and assigns (collectively, the “ Purchaser Indemnified Parties ”) harmless from and against, and pay to the applicable Purchaser Indemnified Parties the amount of, any and all direct losses. liabilities, claims, costs, damages, demands, charges and expenses (including legal expenses but excluding any consequential, incidental, or indirect damages of any nature whatsoever) suffered or incurred by the Purchaser Indemnified Parties arising from, relating to or otherwise in connection with:

(i)      any breach of or inaccuracy in any representation or warranty of the Company contained in this Agreement , the result of which taken in the aggregate could negatively impact the sale of the Shares by the Purchaser or frustrate the intent or purpose of any provision of this Agreement without giving effect to any materiality threshold or qualifier contained therein when determining such losses, liabilities, claims, costs, damages, charges and expenses (but, for the avoidance of doubt, such qualifiers shall be given full force and effect when determining whether any breach or inaccuracy has occurred or when otherwise determining whether a claim may be brought hereunder); and

(ii)      any breach of or failure to perform any covenant or agreement of the Company contained in this Agreement required to be performed or complied with, the result of which taken in the aggregate could negatively impact the sale of the Shares by the Purchaser or frustrate the intent or purpose of any provision of this Agreement
provided, however , that the Indemnification Period shall not include any period during which the Purchaser does not own Shares and, provided further , that the right to Indemnity for a loss, liability, claim, cost, damage, demand, charge or expense under this Article V relating to the Shares shall terminate (and notice of such claim must be provided to the Company) not later than the final sale date of Shares.  The absolute limit on the Company’s liability hereunder shall be the Consideration.
The right to indemnification or any other remedy based on representations, warranties, covenants and agreements in this Agreement shall not be affected by any investigation conducted at any time, or any knowledge acquired (or capable of being acquired) at any time, whether before or after the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the Closing Date with respect to the accuracy or inaccuracy of, or compliance with, any such representation, warranty, covenant or agreement.  The waiver of any condition in this Agreement pursuant to the terms of this Agreement based on the accuracy of any such representation or warranty, or on the performance of or compliance with any such covenant or agreements, shall not affect the right to indemnification based on such representations, warranties, covenants and agreements.

8



ARTICLE VI
Transfer Restrictions
Section 6.1      Legend .  Each certificate representing the Shares shall be stamped or otherwise imprinted with a legend substantially in the following form:

THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS. THE SECURITIES MAY NOT BE OFFERED FOR SALE, SOLD, TRANSFERRED OR ASSIGNED (I) IN THE ABSENCE OF (A) AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT FOR THE SECURITIES UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR (B) AN AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM, OR IN A TRANSACTION NOT SUBJECT TO, THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS OR BLUE SKY LAWS AS EVIDENCED BY A LEGAL OPINION OF COUNSEL PROVIDED BY THE TRANSFEROR OR TRANSFEREE OR (II) UNLESS SOLD PURSUANT TO RULE 144 UNDER SAID ACT.

Section 6.2      Removal of Legends . The Company agrees that, commencing upon the one (1) year anniversary of the issuance of the Shares, upon the request of the Purchaser and delivery of (i) the representation of the Purchaser that it is not an affiliate of the Company, and (ii) the surrender of the original certificate evidencing Shares, if any, the Company will promptly instruct its transfer agent to remove any restrictive legend from the Shares and, if applicable, issue new shares certificates evidencing the Shares not bearing a restrictive legend.


ARTICLE VII
Miscellaneous
Section 7.1      Fees and Expenses .  Except as otherwise set forth in this Agreement, each party shall pay the fees and expenses of its advisors, counsel, accountants and other experts, if any, and all other expenses, incurred by such party incident to the negotiation, preparation, execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement.

Section 7.2      Survival .  The representations and warranties made in Article III herein shall survive the date of execution of this Agreement for a period of three (3) years.

Section 7.3      Specific Enforcement, Consent to Jurisdiction .

(a)      The Company and the Purchaser acknowledge and agree that irreparable damage would occur in the event that any of the provisions of this Agreement was not performed in accordance with its specific terms or was otherwise breached.  It is accordingly agreed that the Parties shall be entitled to an injunction or injunctions to prevent or cure breaches of the provisions of this Agreement and to enforce specifically the terms and provisions hereof or thereof, this being in addition to any other remedy to which any of them may be entitled by law or equity.
9



(b)      Each of the Company and the Purchaser (i) hereby irrevocably submits to the jurisdiction of the United States District Court sitting in the Southern District of New York and the courts of the State of New York located in New York county for the purposes of any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby and (ii) hereby waives, and agrees not to assert in any such suit, action or proceeding, any claim that it is not personally subject to the jurisdiction of such court, that the suit, action or proceeding is brought in an inconvenient forum or that the venue of the suit, action or proceeding is improper.  Each of the Company and the Purchaser consents to process being served in any such suit, action or proceeding by mailing a copy thereof to such party at the address in effect for notices to it under this Agreement and agrees that such service shall constitute good and sufficient service of process and notice thereof.  Nothing in this Section 7.3 shall affect or limit any right to serve process in any other manner permitted by law.
Section 7.4      Amendment .  No provision of this Agreement may be amended, discharged or terminated other than by a written instrument signed by the Company and the Purchaser, and no provision hereof may be waived other than by a written instrument signed by the party against whom enforcement of any such amendment or waiver is sought.

Section 7.5      Notices .  Any notice, demand, request, waiver or other communication required or permitted to be given hereunder shall be in writing and shall be effective (a) upon delivery by facsimile at the address or number designated below (if delivered on a business day during normal business hours where such notice is to be received), or the first business day following such delivery (if delivered other than on a business day during normal business hours where such notice is to be received) or (b) on the second business day following the date of mailing by express courier service, fully prepaid, addressed to such address, or upon actual receipt of such mailing, whichever shall first occur.  The addresses for such communications shall be:

 
If to the Company:
 
Nordic American Offshore Ltd.
LOM Building
27 Reid Street
Hamilton HM 11
Bermuda
   
If to the Purchaser:
Scorpio Offshore Holding Inc.
c/o Scorpio Commercial Management s.a.m.
Le Millenium
9 Boulevard Charles III
MC 98000
Monaco
FAO: Legal Department
   

Any party hereto may from time to time change its address for notices by giving at least ten (10) days written notice of such changed address to the other party hereto.

Section 7.6      Waivers .  No waiver by either party of any default with respect to any provision, condition or requirement of this Agreement shall be deemed to be a continuing waiver in the future or a waiver of any other provisions, condition or requirement hereof, nor shall any delay or omission of any party to exercise any right hereunder in any manner impair the exercise of any such right accruing to it thereafter.

Section 7.7      Successors and Assigns .  This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Parties and their successors and assigns.   Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Agreement may not be transferred or assigned by the Company without the prior written consent of the Purchaser.
10




Section 7.8      No Third Party Beneficiaries .  This Agreement is intended for the benefit of the Parties hereto and their respective permitted successors and assigns and is not for the benefit of, nor may any provision hereof be enforced by, any other person.

Section 7.9      Governing Law .  This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of New York, without giving effect to any of the conflicts of law principles which would result in the application of the substantive law of another jurisdiction.  This Agreement shall not be interpreted or construed with any presumption against the party causing this Agreement to be drafted.

Section 7.10      Counterparts .  This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and, all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same Agreement and shall become effective when counterparts have been signed by each party and delivered to the other Parties hereto, it being understood that all Parties need not sign the same counterpart.  In the event that any signature is delivered by facsimile transmission, such signature shall create a valid binding obligation of the party executing (or on whose behalf such signature is executed) the same with the same force and effect as if such facsimile signature were the original thereof.

Section 7.11      Limit on Liability .  EXCEPT FOR THE REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES SET FORTH HEREIN RELATING TO THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED BY THIS AGREEMENT, THE COMPANY HAS NOT MADE AND EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMS ANY REPRESENTATION OR WARRANTY, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, OF ANY NATURE WHATSOEVER CONCERNING THE SHARES OR THE COMPANY OR OTHERWISE IN CONNECTION WITH THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY. NOTWITHSTANDING ANYTHING TO THE CONTRARY CONTAINED IN THIS AGREEMENT, UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES WILL EITHER PARTY BE LIABLE TO ANY OTHER PARTY UNDER THIS AGREEMENT FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR INDIRECT DAMAGES OF ANY NATURE WHATSOEVER, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY LOSS OF PROFIT OR ANTICIPATORY PROFITS, EVEN IF SUCH PARTY HAS BEEN APPRISED OF THE LIKELIHOOD OF SUCH DAMAGES OCCURRING.  

Section 7.12      Severability .  The provisions of this Agreement are severable and, in the event that any court of competent jurisdiction shall determine that any one or more of the provisions or part of the provisions contained in this Agreement shall, for any reason, be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability shall not affect any other provision or part of a provision of this Agreement and such provision shall be reformed and construed as if such invalid or illegal or unenforceable provision, or part of such provision, had never been contained herein, so that such provisions would be valid, legal and enforceable to the maximum extent possible.

Section 7.13      Headings .  The headings used in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and are not to affect the construction of or to be taken into consideration in interpreting this Agreement.

Section 7.14      Further Assurances .  From and after the date of this Agreement, upon the request of the Purchaser or the Company, each of the Company and the Purchaser shall execute and deliver such instrument, documents and other writings as may be reasonably necessary or desirable to confirm and carry out and to effectuate fully the intent and purposes of this Agreement and the transactions contemplated thereby.

[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]
11

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have caused this Agreement to be duly executed by their respective authorized person on the date first above written.
 
COMPANY
   
 
NORDIC AMERICAN OFFSHORE LTD.
   
   
 
By:
 
 
Name:
Filippo Lauro
 
Title:
Vice President
     
     
   
 
SCORPIO OFFSHORE HOLDING INC.PURCHASER
   
   
   
 
By:
 
 
Name:
Emanuele Lauro
 
Title:
Secretary
     
     





Exhibit 4.8




COMMON STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT


by and between


NORDIC AMERICAN OFFSHORE LTD.
and
AHTS HOLDCO LIMITED
and


SCORPIO OFFSHORE HOLDING INC.


___ April 2019




STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT

This STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT (the “ Agreement ”) dated ___ April, 2019 effective as of  _________________________ , 2019 by and between NORDIC AMERICAN OFFSHORE LTD. , a company incorporated in Bermuda (the “ Company ”), AHTS HOLDCO LIMITED ,   a company incorporated in Bermuda   (the “ Company Subsidiary ”) and SCORPIO OFFSHORE HOLDING INC. , a corporation incorporated in the Marshall Islands as purchaser (the “ Purchaser ”) for the purchase and sale of shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of the Company (the “ Common Stock ”).  The Company, the Company Subsidiary and the Purchaser shall collectively be referred to herein as the “ Parties ”.

WHEREAS, the Purchaser’s wholly-owned subsidiary set forth in Schedule A hereof (the “ Owning Company ”) owns one anchor handling tug supplier vessel as set out next to the name of the Owning Company in Schedule A (the “ Vessel ”); and

WHEREAS, the Purchaser has agreed to sell to the Company Subsidiary, being a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, 100% of the authorized, issued and outstanding share capital of the Owning Company in exchange for the Consideration (as defined below).

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual covenants and conditions herein contained, the Parties hereto agree as follows:

ARTICLE I
Obligation to Deliver Shares and Certain Definitions

Section 1.1      Certain Definitions .  As used in this Agreement, the terms set forth below shall have the following respective meanings:

Closing Date ” shall mean _____ April 2019.

Closing Date VWAP ” shall mean the average of the daily VWAP of the Common Stock over the thirty (30) Trading Days immediately preceding 4 April 2019.

Consideration ” shall mean the number of shares of Common Stock calculated by using the Closing Date VWAP equal to the SPV Value.

Deed of Amendment ” shall mean the deed of amendment dated ___ April 2019 to the DVB Loan Agreement, made amongst inter alios DVB Bank as facility agent and security agent, Scorpio Baron Shipping Company Limited and Scorpio Brilliance Shipping Company Limited as borrowers under the DVB Loan Agreement, the Purchaser and the Company Subsidiary.

DVB Bank ” shall mean DVB Bank SE Nordic Branch.


DVB Loan Agreement ” shall mean the US$9,000,000 facility agreement dated 26 September 2017 as amended and supplemented from time to time and as amended and supplemented by the DVB Deed of Amendment and made amongst inter alios (i) Scorpio Baron Shipping Company Limited and Scorpio Brilliance Shipping Company Limited as joint and several borrowers, (ii) the banks and financial institutions listed in schedule 1 thereto as lenders and (iii) DVB Bank as facility agent and security agent.

Reversal ” shall mean:

(a)
subject to compliance with the provisions of the Companies Act 1981 of Bermuda, the buy back by the Company from the Purchaser of the number of shares of Common Stock in the Company transferred on the Closing Date; and

(b)
the sale and transfer of the 100% of the authorized, issued and outstanding share capital of the Owning Company by the Company Subsidiary to the Purchaser.

Reversal Event ” shall mean the occurrence of any of the events set out in clause 7.1(b) of the Deed of Amendment.

SPV Value ” shall mean the value attributed to the assets of Owning Company less the value of the outstanding debt under the DVB Loan Agreement plus all the receivables less all the payables, as set out in Schedule A hereto.

Trading Day ” shall mean any day on which trading in shares of Common Stock actually occurs on the Trading Market.

Trading Market ” means the following markets or exchanges on which the Common Stock is listed or quoted for trading on the date in question: the New York Stock Exchange, the NYSE MKT, the NYSE Arca, the NASDAQ Capital Market, the NASDAQ Global Market or the NASDAQ Global Select Market (or any successors to any of the foregoing), whichever is at the time the principal trading exchange or market for the Common Stock.

VWAP ” shall mean the daily volume weighted average price (based on a Trading Day from 9:30 a.m. to 4:00 p.m. (New York time)) of the Common Stock on the Trading Market as reported by Bloomberg Financial L.P. using the AQR function.

ARTICLE II
Purchase and Sale of Common Stock
Section 2.1      Purchase and Sale of Common Stock .  Subject to the terms and conditions herein, on the Closing Date and in consideration of the transfer by the Purchaser of all of the authorized, issued and outstanding share capital of the Owning Company to the Company Subsidiary, the Company shall issue and sell to the Purchaser, and the Purchaser shall purchase from the Company, the number of shares of Common Stock (the respective number of shares to be purchased by the Purchaser is referred to herein as the “ Shares ”) equal to (i)  the SPV Value divided by (ii)  94% of Closing Date VWAP, rounded up the nearest whole share.

Section 2.2      Delivery of Shares .  The Company shall deliver all Shares on the Closing Date to the Purchaser pursuant to this Agreement by book entry notation.

Section 2.3      Closing .  Subject to the terms and conditions herein, the Company agrees to issue and sell to the Purchaser and the Purchaser agrees to purchase from the Company, the Shares.  The purchase and sale of the Shares shall take place on the Closing Date at 18:00 pm Central European Time, or such other time and place as the Parties may mutually agree.

Section 2.4      Consideration .  The sufficiency of such consideration for the sale and purchase of the Shares is hereby acknowledged by the Parties.  The Parties agree that the Company and the Purchaser are executing and delivering this Agreement in accordance with and in reliance upon the exemption from registration under Section 5 of the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”) afforded by Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act.

Section 2.5      Condition to the Purchase and Sale of Common Stock. The Owning Company shall be acquired by the Company Subsidiary free of any debts, other than as described in Schedule B of this Agreement, if applicable.




ARTICLE III
Representations and Warranties
Section 3.1      Representations and Warranties of the Company and the Company Subsidiary .  The Company and the Company Subsidiary, as applicable, hereby represent and warrant to the Purchaser, as of the date of this Agreement and the Closing Date, as follows:

(a)       Organization, Authorization, Good Standing and Power .  Each of the Company and the Company Subsidiary are duly incorporated or organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of Bermuda and has the requisite corporate power and authority to enter into and perform its obligations under this Agreement and, in the case of the Company, to issue and sell the Shares in accordance with the terms hereof.  The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by each of the Company and the Company Subsidiary and the consummation by them of the transactions contemplated hereby have been duly and validly authorized by all necessary corporate action, and no further consent or authorization of the Company and the Company Subsidiary or their board of directors or stockholders is required.  This Agreement has been duly executed by the Company and the Company Subsidiary and when delivered by the Company and the Company Subsidiary in accordance with the terms hereof, this Agreement will constitute the legal, valid and binding obligations of the Company and the Company Subsidiary, enforceable against the Company and the Company Subsidiary in accordance with its terms, except to the extent that the enforceability thereof may be limited by: (i) applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent conveyance, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws from time to time affecting generally the enforcement of creditors’ rights and remedies; and (ii) general principles of equity, including principles of reasonableness, good faith and fair dealing (regardless of whether enforcement is sought in equity or at law).

(b)       Good Standing .  The Company and its subsidiaries are duly qualified or licensed to transact business and are in good standing in all jurisdictions where the ownership or operation of their respective assets and properties or the conduct of their respective businesses requires such qualification, except to the extent that the failure to be so qualified or licensed or be in good standing would not materially affect the Company or its subsidiaries, taken as a whole.

(c)       Consents .  All corporate and other action, including the sending of all notices, filings and governmental or other consents and authorities for the Company and the Company Subsidiary to enter into and perform their obligations hereunder have been taken or obtained and, as of the date hereof, no further corporate or other action or governmental or other official consents or authorities are necessary for the performance by them of their obligations hereunder.
(d)       Issuance of Shares .  The Shares to be issued on the Closing Date, have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action and, when issued in accordance with the terms hereof and delivered by the Company, shall be validly issued and outstanding, fully paid and nonassessable and free and clear of all Liens and the holders shall be entitled to all rights accorded to a holder of Common Stock. As used in this Section 3.1(d) “ Lien ” means any lien, pledge, encumbrance, mortgage, deed of trust, security interest, equity, claim, lease, license, charge, option, adverse right, right of first or last negotiation, offer or refusal, easement or transfer restriction of any kind or nature whatsoever, whether arising by agreement, operation of law or otherwise.
(e)       Private Placement .
(i) The Company has complied and will comply with all applicable federal and state securities laws and assuming the accuracy of the Purchaser’s representations and warranties set forth in this Agreement, no registration under the Securities Act is required for the offer and sale of the Shares by the Company to the Purchaser under this Agreement.
2



(ii) The Company has not engaged in any form of general or public solicitation or general advertising, or publicly disseminated advertisements or sales literature, including (1) any advertisement, article, notice or other communication published in any newspaper, magazine, or similar media, or broadcast over television or radio, or (2) any seminar or meeting to which potential purchasers invited by any of the foregoing means of communications.

(f)       Registration Statement . The Company has timely filed or otherwise furnished (as applicable) all forms, reports, schedules, statements and documents required to be filed or furnished by it under the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “ Exchange Act ”), (as have been supplemented, modified or amended since the time of filing so long as such supplement, modification or amendment has occurred prior to the date of this Agreement, collectively, the “ Filed SEC Documents ”).  As of their respective SEC filing dates, or in each case, if amended prior to the date hereof, as of the date of the last such amendment, the Filed SEC Documents (including all documents incorporated therein by reference) (i) did not (or with respect to Filed SEC Documents filed after the date hereof, will not) contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements made therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading and (ii) complied in all material respects with the applicable requirements of the Exchange Act and the applicable rules and regulations of the SEC thereunder. As of the date of this Agreement, none of the Company’s subsidiaries is currently required to make any filings with the SEC.
(g)       Capitalization and Issuance of Shares .  The Company is authorized to issue 350 million shares of Common Stock and 50 million shares of preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share (“ Preferred Stock ”).  As of the date hereof, (1) 7,374,034 shares of Common Stock are issued and outstanding, (2) no shares of Preferred Stock are issued and outstanding, and (3) 274,452 shares of Common Stock are held as treasury shares.  All issued and outstanding shares of Common Stock have been duly authorized and are validly issued, fully paid, nonassessable and not subject to preemptive rights.
(h)       Compliance with Laws . The Company and the Company Subsidiary, in all material respects, comply with all applicable laws affecting or related to the Company or the Company Subsidiary or any of their business, operations, assets or employees.  No investigation or review by any governmental authority with respect to the Company or any Company Subsidiary is pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened and no governmental authority has indicated an intention to conduct the same.
(i)       Brokers .  The Company agrees to indemnify and hold the Purchaser harmless against any liability for commissions, fees or other compensation in the nature of a broker’s or finder’s fee to any broker or other nature of a broker’s or finder’s fee to any broker or other person or firm (and the costs and expenses of defending against such liability) for which the Company, or any of its employees or representatives, is responsible.
(j)       Reliance on Exemption .  The Company understands that the Shares are being offered and sold in reliance on a specific exemption from the registration requirement of federal and state securities laws and the Purchaser is relying upon the truth and accuracy of the representations, warranties, agreements, acknowledgments and understandings of the Company set forth herein in order to determine the availability of such exemptions and the eligibility of the Purchaser to acquire the Shares.
(k)       Regulatory and Related Matters .
3



(i)      The Company represents and warrants that, to the best of its knowledge, neither it nor any of its affiliates nor any of its or their directors, officers, agents, employees, representatives or any other similar person associated with or acting for or on behalf of the foregoing in connection with the transactions contemplated in this Agreement, has offered, paid, promised to pay, or authorized the payment of any money, or offered, given a promise to give, or authorized the giving of anything of value, to any government official, political party or official thereof or to any candidate for political office (or to any person where the Company, any of its affiliates or any of its directors, officers, agents, employees, representatives of any other similar person knew or was aware of a high probability that all or a portion of such money or thing of value would be offered, given or promised, directly or indirectly, to any government official, political party, party official or candidate for political office) for the purpose of:
(1)      influencing any act or decision of such government official, political party, party official or candidate in his or her official capacity; or
(2)      inducing such government official, political party, party official or candidate to do or omit to do any act in violation of the lawful duty of such government official, political party, party official or candidate; or

(3)      securing any improper advantage; or
(4)      inducing such government official, political party, party official or candidate to use his or her influence with any governmental authority to affect or influence any act or decision of such governmental authority, in order to assist the Company in obtaining or retaining business, the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or any of the investments relevant to the arrangements contemplated by this Agreement.

(ii)      The Company warrants and undertakes that:
(1)      it will not, and will procure that its subsidiaries will not, engage in any activity, practice or conduct which would constitute a breach of any applicable law or convention relating to the prevention of bribery and corruption including, but not limited to: (A) the UK Bribery Act 2010 (the " Bribery Act "); (B) the United States Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977 (as amended); and (C) the Convention on Combating Bribery of Foreign Public Officials in International Business Transactions, signed in Paris on December 17, 1997, which entered into force on February 15, 1999, and the Convention’s Commentaries;

(2)      it has and will maintain in place throughout the Indemnification Period adequate procedures designed to prevent the Company or any of its subsidiaries or any of their respective directors, officers, employees, agents or other persons acting on the behalf of any of the foregoing, from undertaking any conduct that would give rise to an offence under the Bribery Act (as each such term is defined in the Bribery Act); and
4




(3)      it and each of its subsidiaries has not violated and it and each of its subsidiaries will not violate in any material respect any applicable law or regulation in connection with this Agreement or in connection with the carrying on of its business (including, without limitation, the US Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act and the US Foreign Corrupt Practices Act).

Section 3.2      Representations and Warranties of the Purchaser . The Purchaser hereby makes the following representations and warranties to the Company as of the date of this Agreement and the Closing Date, as follows:

(a)       Organization, Authorization, Good Standing and Power .  The Purchaser is an entity duly incorporated or organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the Republic of the Marshall Islands.  The Purchaser has the requisite power and authority to enter into and perform this Agreement and to purchase the Shares being sold to it hereunder.  The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by the Purchaser and the consummation by it of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate or partnership action, and no further consent or authorization of the Purchaser or its board of directors, or stockholders, as the case may be, is required.  This Agreement has been duly executed by the Purchaser, and when delivered by the Purchaser in accordance with the terms hereof, will constitute the valid and legally binding obligation of the Purchaser, enforceable against it in accordance with its terms.
(b)       Assets of the Owning Company . The Vessel is legally and beneficially owned by the Owning Company and, where capable of possession, in the possession or under the control of the Owning Company. The Vessel is secured by a first preferred mortgage granted by the Owning Company in favor of DVB Bank as security under the DVB Loan Agreement.
(c)        Existing Facility . The Owning Company is a borrower under the DVB Loan Agreement. The transfer of the Owning Company to the Company Subsidiary is permitted under the terms of the DVB Loan Agreement.  

(d)       Acquisition for Investment .  The Purchaser is acquiring the Shares for its own account for the purpose of investment and not with a view to or for sale in connection with a distribution.  The Purchaser does not have an arrangement (whether or not legally binding) to effect any distribution of the Shares to or through any person or entity; provided , however , that by making the representations herein, the Purchaser does not agree to hold the Shares for any minimum or other specific term and reserves the right to dispose of the Shares at any time in accordance with federal and state securities laws applicable to such disposition, including without limitation under a registration statement and a selling shareholder prospectus supplement naming the Purchaser therein.  It understands that the Shares have not been registered under the Securities Act by reason of specified exemption from the registration provisions of the Securities Act which depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of its investment intent as expressed herein.  It acknowledges that the Company may place restrictive legends on, and stop transfer orders against, the certificates representing the Shares being acquired by it.
(e)       Status of Purchaser .  The Purchaser is an “accredited investor” as defined in Regulation D promulgated under the Securities Act.  The Purchaser is not required to be registered as a broker-dealer under Section 15 of the Exchange Act and the Purchaser is not a broker-dealer.
5



(f)       No General Solicitation .  The Purchaser is not purchasing the Shares and the Shares were not offered to the Purchaser by means of any form of general or public solicitation or general advertising, or publicly disseminated advertisements or sales literature, including (i) any advertisement, article, notice or other communication published in any newspaper, magazine, or similar media, or broadcast over television or radio, or (ii) any seminar or meeting to which the Purchaser was invited by any of the foregoing means of communications.
(g)       Access to Information .  The Purchaser acknowledges that it has had the opportunity to review publicly available filings and exhibits thereto of the Company filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission and has been afforded (i) the opportunity to ask such questions as it has deemed necessary of, and to receive answers from, representatives of the Company concerning the terms and conditions of the sale of the Shares and the merits and risks of investing in the Shares; (ii) access to information about the Company and its financial condition, results of operations, business, properties, management and prospects sufficient to enable it to evaluate its investment; and (iii) the opportunity to obtain such additional information that the Company possesses or can acquire without unreasonable effort or expense that is necessary to make an informed investment decision with respect to the investment.  The Purchaser further acknowledges and agrees that except for the representations and warranties set forth in this Agreement, the Company has not made any representation or warranty, express or implied, of any nature whatsoever concerning the Shares or the Company.  The Purchaser has sought such accounting, legal and tax advice as it has considered necessary to make an informed decision with respect to its acquisition of the Shares.
(h)       Brokers . The Purchaser agrees to indemnify and hold the Company harmless against any liability for commissions, fees or other compensation in the nature of a broker’s or finder’s fee to any broker or other nature of a broker’s or finder’s fee to any broker or other person or firm (and the costs and expenses of defending against such liability) for which the Purchaser, or any of its employees or representatives, is responsible.
(i)       Reliance on Exemption .  The Purchaser understands that the Shares are being offered and sold in reliance on a specific exemption from the registration requirement of federal and state securities laws and the Company is relying upon the truth and accuracy of the representations, warranties, agreements, acknowledgments and understandings of the Purchaser set forth herein in order to determine the availability of such exemptions and the eligibility of the Purchaser to acquire the Shares.

ARTICLE IV
Covenants and Registration
Section 4.1      Covenants of the Company and the Company Subsidiary .  The Company and the Company Subsidiary, as applicable, covenant with the Purchaser as follows, which covenants are for the benefit of the Purchaser and its permitted assignees.
(a)       Availability of Information . With a view to making available the benefits of certain rules and regulations of the SEC that may permit the sale of the Shares to the public without registration, the Company shall:

(i)      make and keep public information regarding the Company available, as those terms are understood and defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act, at all times from and after the date hereof;

(ii)      use its commercially reasonable best efforts to file with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission (the “ SEC ”) in a timely manner all reports and other documents required of the Company under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act at all times from and after the date hereof; and
6




(iii)      so long as the Purchaser owns any Shares, furnish, unless otherwise available at no charge by access electronically to the SEC’s EDGAR filing system, to the Purchaser forthwith upon request a copy of the most recent annual or quarterly report of the Company, and such other reports and documents so filed or furnished with the SEC or take any other action as the Purchaser may reasonably request in availing itself of any rule or regulation of the SEC allowing the Purchaser to sell the Shares without registration.

(b)       Listing .  The Company shall cause the Shares to be listed on the New York Stock Exchange or such other national securities exchange on which the Shares are then listed prior to issuance.

(c)       Payments .
(i)      No part of any payments received by the Company, directly or indirectly from the Purchaser or in connection with this Agreement, if any, will be used for any purpose which would cause a violation of any applicable laws and regulations.
(ii)      Any payments under this Agreement, if any, will be made by cheque or bank transfer and no payments will be made in cash or bearer instruments. No payments under this Agreement will be made to a third party, instead all payments will be made in the place where the Company or, as the case may be, the Purchaser resides or performs the relevant services.
(d)       Payments to Government Officials .  The Company undertakes that it will not and will not knowingly permit any affiliates or any of its or their directors, officers, agents, employees, representatives or any other similar person associated with or acting on behalf of the foregoing to offer, pay, promise to pay, or authorize the payment of any money, or offer, give a promise to give, or authorize the giving of anything of value, to any government official, political party or official thereof or to any candidate for political office (or to any person where the Company or its affiliates or any of their directors, officers, agents, employees, representatives or other similar person knows or is aware of a high probability that all or a portion of such money or thing of value would be offered, given or promised, directly or indirectly, to any government official, political party, party official or candidate for political office) for the purposes specified herein or in Section 3.1(j).
(e)       Undertakings of the Company and the Company Subsidiary in relation to the Reversal .  If the Purchaser shall notify the Company and the Company Subsidiary that a Reversal Event has occurred, the Company shall, and shall procure that the Company Subsidiary shall, and the Company Subsidiary shall:
(i)      take all the necessary steps and actions required in order that the Reversal is completed within three (3) Business Days of receipt of such notification;
(ii)      promptly execute and deliver any notices, transfers, documents or deeds required by the Purchaser or otherwise necessary under applicable law or as reasonably requested by DVB Bank in order to effect the Reversal.

Section 4.2      Covenants of the Purchaser .  The Purchaser covenants with the Company as follows, which covenants are for the benefit of the Company and its permitted assignees.

(a)       Compliance with Laws . The Purchaser covenants that the Shares may be disposed of only pursuant to an effective registration statement under, and in compliance with the requirements of, the Securities Act, or pursuant to an available exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the registration requirements of the Securities Act, and in compliance with any applicable state and federal securities laws or pursuant to the Reversal.
7



(b)       Short Sales After The Date Hereof . The Purchaser shall not, and shall cause its trading affiliates not to, engage, directly or indirectly, in any short-sale transactions in the Company’s securities during the period from the date hereof until the 180 th day following the Closing Date.
(c)       Purchaser’s Undertakings in relation to the Reversal .  If a Reversal Event has occurred the Purchaser shall:
(i)      immediately notify the Company and the Company Subsidiary that the Reversal Event has occurred and that the Reversal must be completed within fourteen (14) days of receipt of such notification;
(ii)      take all the necessary steps and actions, and promptly execute and deliver any notices, transfers, documents or deeds required by the Company or otherwise necessary under applicable law or as reasonably requested by DVB Bank in order to effect the Reversal.

ARTICLE V
Indemnification

From and after the Closing Date until the twelve (12) month anniversary of the Closing Date, (such period the “ Indemnification Period ”) the Company hereby agrees to indemnify and hold the Purchaser, and its directors, officers, employees, affiliates, stockholders, members, agents, attorneys, representatives, successors and assigns (collectively, the “ Purchaser Indemnified Parties ”) harmless from and against, and pay to the applicable Purchaser Indemnified Parties the amount of, any and all direct losses. liabilities, claims, costs, damages, demands, charges and expenses (including legal expenses but excluding any consequential, incidental, or indirect damages of any nature whatsoever) suffered or incurred by the Purchaser Indemnified Parties arising from, relating to or otherwise in connection with:

(i)      any breach of or inaccuracy in any representation or warranty of the Company contained in this Agreement, the result of which taken in the aggregate could negatively impact the sale of the Shares by the Purchaser or frustrate the intent or purpose of any provision of this Agreement without giving effect to any materiality threshold or qualifier contained therein when determining such losses, liabilities, claims, costs, damages, charges and expenses (but, for the avoidance of doubt, such qualifiers shall be given full force and effect when determining whether any breach or inaccuracy has occurred or when otherwise determining whether a claim may be brought hereunder); and

(ii)      any breach of or failure to perform any covenant or agreement of the Company contained in this Agreement required to be performed or complied with, the result of which taken in the aggregate could negatively impact the sale of the Shares by the Purchaser or frustrate the intent or purpose of any provision of this Agreement
provided, however , that the Indemnification Period shall not include any period during which the Purchaser does not own Shares.  The absolute limit on the Company’s liability hereunder shall be the SPV Value.
The right to indemnification or any other remedy based on representations, warranties, covenants and agreements in this Agreement shall not be affected by any investigation conducted at any time, or any knowledge acquired (or capable of being acquired) at any time, whether before or after the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the Closing Date with respect to the accuracy or inaccuracy of, or compliance with, any such representation, warranty, covenant or agreement.  The waiver of any condition in this Agreement pursuant to the terms of this Agreement based on the accuracy of any such representation or warranty, or on the performance of or compliance with any such covenant or agreements, shall not affect the right to indemnification based on such representations, warranties, covenants and agreements.
8




ARTICLE VI
Transfer Restrictions
Section 6.1      Legend .  Each certificate representing the Shares shall be stamped or otherwise imprinted with a legend substantially in the following form:

THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS. THE SECURITIES MAY NOT BE OFFERED FOR SALE, SOLD, TRANSFERRED OR ASSIGNED (I) IN THE ABSENCE OF (A) AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT FOR THE SECURITIES UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR (B) AN AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM, OR IN A TRANSACTION NOT SUBJECT TO, THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS OR BLUE SKY LAWS AS EVIDENCED BY A LEGAL OPINION OF COUNSEL PROVIDED BY THE TRANSFEROR OR TRANSFEREE OR (II) UNLESS SOLD PURSUANT TO RULE 144 UNDER SAID ACT.

Section 6.2      Removal of Legends . The Company agrees that, commencing upon the one (1) year anniversary of the issuance of the Shares, upon the request of the Purchaser and delivery of (i) the representation of the Purchaser that it is not an affiliate of the Company, and (ii) the surrender of the original certificate evidencing Shares, if any, the Company will promptly instruct its transfer agent to remove any restrictive legend from the Shares and, if applicable, issue new shares certificates evidencing the Shares not bearing a restrictive legend.

ARTICLE VII
Miscellaneous
Section 7.1      Fees and Expenses .  Except as otherwise set forth in this Agreement, each party shall pay the fees and expenses of its advisors, counsel, accountants and other experts, if any, and all other expenses, incurred by such party incident to the negotiation, preparation, execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement.

Section 7.2      Survival .  The representations and warranties made in Article III herein shall survive the date of execution of this Agreement for a period of three (3) years. For the avoidance of doubt, the Indemnification rights as provided in Article V herein shall survive from and after the Closing Date until the twelve (12) month anniversary of the Closing Date.

Section 7.3     Specific Enforcement, Consent to Jurisdiction.

(a)      The Company and the Purchaser acknowledge and agree that irreparable damage would occur in the event that any of the provisions of this Agreement was not performed in accordance with its specific terms or was otherwise breached.  It is accordingly agreed that the Parties shall be entitled to an injunction or injunctions to prevent or cure breaches of the provisions of this Agreement and to enforce specifically the terms and provisions hereof or thereof, this being in addition to any other remedy to which any of them may be entitled by law or equity.
9



(b)      Each of the Company and the Purchaser (i) hereby irrevocably submits to the jurisdiction of the United States District Court sitting in the Southern District of New York and the courts of the State of New York located in New York county for the purposes of any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby and (ii) hereby waives, and agrees not to assert in any such suit, action or proceeding, any claim that it is not personally subject to the jurisdiction of such court, that the suit, action or proceeding is brought in an inconvenient forum or that the venue of the suit, action or proceeding is improper.  Each of the Company and the Purchaser consents to process being served in any such suit, action or proceeding by mailing a copy thereof to such party at the address in effect for notices to it under this Agreement and agrees that such service shall constitute good and sufficient service of process and notice thereof.  Nothing in this Section 7.3 shall affect or limit any right to serve process in any other manner permitted by law.
Section 7.4      Amendment .  No provision of this Agreement may be amended, discharged or terminated other than by a written instrument signed by the Company and the Purchaser, and no provision hereof may be waived other than by a written instrument signed by the party against whom enforcement of any such amendment or waiver is sought.

Section 7.5      Notices .  Any notice, demand, request, waiver or other communication required or permitted to be given hereunder shall be in writing and shall be effective (a) upon delivery by facsimile at the address or number designated below (if delivered on a business day during normal business hours where such notice is to be received), or the first business day following such delivery (if delivered other than on a business day during normal business hours where such notice is to be received) or (b) on the second business day following the date of mailing by express courier service, fully prepaid, addressed to such address, or upon actual receipt of such mailing, whichever shall first occur.  The addresses for such communications shall be:
 
If to the Company:
 
Nordic American Offshore Ltd.
LOM Building
27 Reid Street
Hamilton HM 11
Bermuda
   
If to the Company Subsidiary:
AHTS Holdco Limited
c/o Nordic American Offshore Ltd.
LOM Building
27 Reid Street
Hamilton HM 11
Bermuda
 
   
If to the Purchaser:
Scorpio Offshore Holding Inc.
c/o Scorpio Commercial Management s.a.m.
Le Millenium
9 Boulevard Charles III
MC 98000
Monaco
FAO: Legal Department
 
   

Any party hereto may from time to time change its address for notices by giving at least ten (10) days written notice of such changed address to the other party hereto.
10



Section 7.6      Waivers .  No waiver by either party of any default with respect to any provision, condition or requirement of this Agreement shall be deemed to be a continuing waiver in the future or a waiver of any other provisions, condition or requirement hereof, nor shall any delay or omission of any party to exercise any right hereunder in any manner impair the exercise of any such right accruing to it thereafter.

Section 7.7      Successors and Assigns .  This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Parties and their successors and assigns.   Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Agreement may not be transferred or assigned by the Company without the prior written consent of the Purchaser.

Section 7.8      No Third Party Beneficiaries .  This Agreement is intended for the benefit of the Parties hereto and their respective permitted successors and assigns and is not for the benefit of, nor may any provision hereof be enforced by, any other person except DVB Bank.

Section 7.9      Governing Law .  This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of New York, without giving effect to any of the conflicts of law principles which would result in the application of the substantive law of another jurisdiction.  This Agreement shall not be interpreted or construed with any presumption against the party causing this Agreement to be drafted.

Section 7.10      Counterparts .  This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and, all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same Agreement and shall become effective when counterparts have been signed by each party and delivered to the other Parties hereto, it being understood that all Parties need not sign the same counterpart.  In the event that any signature is delivered by facsimile transmission or PDF, such signature shall create a valid binding obligation of the party executing (or on whose behalf such signature is executed) the same with the same force and effect as if such facsimile signature were the original thereof.

Section 7.11      Limit on Liability .  EXCEPT FOR THE REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES SET FORTH HEREIN RELATING TO THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED BY THIS AGREEMENT, THE COMPANY HAS NOT MADE AND EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMS ANY REPRESENTATION OR WARRANTY, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, OF ANY NATURE WHATSOEVER CONCERNING THE SHARES OR THE COMPANY OR OTHERWISE IN CONNECTION WITH THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY. NOTWITHSTANDING ANYTHING TO THE CONTRARY CONTAINED IN THIS AGREEMENT, UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES WILL EITHER PARTY BE LIABLE TO ANY OTHER PARTY UNDER THIS AGREEMENT FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR INDIRECT DAMAGES OF ANY NATURE WHATSOEVER, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY LOSS OF PROFIT OR ANTICIPATORY PROFITS, EVEN IF SUCH PARTY HAS BEEN APPRISED OF THE LIKELIHOOD OF SUCH DAMAGES OCCURRING.  

Section 7.12      Severability .  The provisions of this Agreement are severable and, in the event that any court of competent jurisdiction shall determine that any one or more of the provisions or part of the provisions contained in this Agreement shall, for any reason, be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability shall not affect any other provision or part of a provision of this Agreement and such provision shall be reformed and construed as if such invalid or illegal or unenforceable provision, or part of such provision, had never been contained herein, so that such provisions would be valid, legal and enforceable to the maximum extent possible.

Section 7.13      Headings .  The headings used in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and are not to affect the construction of or to be taken into consideration in interpreting this Agreement.

Section 7.14      Further Assurances .  From and after the date of this Agreement, upon the request of the Purchaser or the Company, each of the Parties shall execute and deliver such instrument, documents and other writings as may be reasonably necessary or desirable to confirm and carry out and to effectuate fully the intent and purposes of this Agreement and the transactions contemplated thereby.

[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]
11

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have caused this Agreement to be duly executed by their respective authorized person as of the date first above written.
 
COMPANY
 
 
NORDIC AMERICAN OFFSHORE LTD.
   
   
 
By:
 
 
Name:
Cameron Mackey
 
Title:
Chief Operating Officer
     
     
     
 
COMPANY SUBSIDIARY
   
 
AHTS HOLDCO LIMITED
   
 
By:
 
 
Name:
Cameron Mackey
 
Title:
Secretary
     
     
     
 
PURCHASER
   
 
SCORPIO OFFSHORE HOLDING INC.
   
 
By:
 
 
Name:
Robert Bugbee
 
Title:
Director
     
     
     




Exhibit 4.9



DEED OF MASTER AGREEMENT
This deed of master agreement (the “ Master ”) is effective as of 10 April 2019
BETWEEN:
(1)
NORDIC AMERICAN OFFSHORE LTD. , a company incorporated under the laws of Bermuda and having its registered office at LOM Building, 27 Reid Street, Hamilton HM 11, Bermuda (“ NAO ”) on its own account and as guarantor and agent for and on behalf of each of its existing, directly or indirectly, wholly owned subsidiaries (as set out in Schedule 1 ) (“ SPVs ”) as well as any future subsidiaries being directly or indirectly wholly owned by NAO (“ Future SPVs ”) (the SPVs and Future SPVs jointly referred to as the “ NAO SPVs ”);
(2)
SCORPIO COMMERCIAL MANAGEMENT S.A.M. , a company incorporated under the laws of Monaco and having its registered office at 9 Boulevard Charles III, Monaco 98000 (“ SCM ”); and
(3)
SCORPIO SHIP MANAGEMENT S.A.M. , a company incorporated under the laws of Monaco and having its registered office at 9 Rue Du Gabian, Monaco 98000 (“ SSM ”);
(each a “ Party ” and together the “ Parties ”).
WHEREAS:
(1)
The NAO SPVs: (i) control certain vessels purchased from third parties; (ii) may in the future control a number of vessels to be delivered from various shipyards or purchased or chartered in from third parties (the vessels in (i) and (ii) above hereinafter together referred to as the “ Vessels ”, and each a “ Vessel ”). References to “control” or “controlled” herein means owned or chartered.
(2)
SSM and SCM provide technical and commercial management services (respectively). The Vessels require technical and/or commercial management services from SSM and/or SCM (respectively).
(3)
The Parties have agreed on a standard set of terms for technical and commercial management services, which shall be applicable to all Vessels.
(4)
The standard set of terms for the commercial management of the Vessels is hereby attached as Annex I (“ Standard Commercial Management Terms ”) and the standard set of terms for the technical management of the Vessels is hereby attached as Annex II (“ Standard Technical Management Terms ”). Both the Standard Commercial Management Terms and the Standard Technical Management Terms (together the   Standard Management Terms ”) form an integral part of this Master.
NOW THEREFORE IT IS AGREED as follows:

1.
The Standard Management Terms contain the terms and conditions concerning the commercial and/or technical management provided by SCM and SSM respectively, to each Vessel controlled by the NAO SPVs.

2.
All Vessels, existing and future , will be governed by the Standard Commercial Management Terms and/or Standard Technical Management Terms, in each case as amended by the terms detailed in the Confirmation (as defined below). The entry by a Vessel under management by SCM and/or SSM under the Standard Management Terms and any
Page 1 of 19


amendments to the Standard Management Terms (collectively, the “ Management Agreements ”), will be evidenced by a written confirmation (substantially in the form set out in Schedule 2 ) executed by and between NAO as agent for and on behalf of the relevant NAO SPV on the one hand and SCM and/or SSM on the other hand (the “ Confirmation ”). Provided always that where any Vessels are time chartered from third parties (“ Time Chartered Vessels ”): (i) the Standard Technical Management Terms shall not apply, unless otherwise agreed, and (ii) the Time Chartered Vessels shall be governed by the Standard Commercial Management Terms, in each case as amended by the terms of the Time Chartered Vessels Confirmation (as defined below). The entry by a Time Chartered Vessel under management by SCM and any amendments to the Standard Commercial Management Terms, will be evidenced by a written confirmation (substantially in the form set out at Schedule 3 ) executed by and between NAO as agent for and on behalf of the relevant NAO SPV on the one hand and SCM on the other hand (the “ TC Confirmation ”).

3.
The management by SCM and/or SSM pursuant to the Standard Management Terms (as applicable) as amended by the terms detailed in the Confirmation shall be effective as of the date prescribed in the Confirmation or TC Confirmation, as applicable (the “ Effective Date ”).

4.
With effect from the date of the Confirmation (“ Confirmation Date ”) and prior to the Effective Date of each of the Management Agreements each of SCM and SSM undertake that they will have the necessary resources to manage each of the Vessels in place following the Effective Date.

5.
It is hereby agreed that in each and any of the following circumstances:

i.
any termination or actual or purported withdrawal by NAO or applicable NAO SPVs of a Confirmation and/or Management Agreement prior to the relevant Effective Date;

ii.
a Vessel not being delivered into the respective Management Agreement within 100 days of the respective Effective Date for any reason whatsoever other than (a) the insolvency of the yard where the Vessel is being built provided that the insolvency prevents and not merely delays construction and delivery of the Vessel and (b) the total loss (actual constructive or compromised) of the vessel whilst under construction at the yard (the aforementioned 5(ii)(a) and 5(ii)(b) being together “ Extraordinary Events ”); or

iii.
on or prior to the Effective Date (as applicable) the respective Confirmation and/or Management Agreement being declared void or ineffective for any other reason whatsoever,
an early termination fee in respect of each Management Agreement being the equivalent of three (3) months of management fees payable to SCM and/or SSM (as applicable) according to the provisions of (a) clause 12 of the Commercial Management Terms and/or (b) clause 8 of the Technical Management Terms under the Management Agreement (the “ Management Fees ”) shall be immediately due and payable by the relevant NAO SPV to SCM and/or SSM (as applicable) and in the event SCM and/or SSM (as applicable) does not receive at least three months prior written notice of the termination event, the early termination fee shall be increased by three (3) months of Management Fees reduced by the pro rata amount where prior written notice of the termination event was given.
Page 2 of 19



6.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, on or following a Change of Control (as defined at Annex IV hereto) and in each of the circumstances set out in Clause 5(ii)(a) and (b) the early termination fee amount set out in the paragraph above shall not apply and shall be replaced with an early termination fee in respect of each Management Agreement being the equivalent  of twenty-four (24) months of management fees payable to the Managers according to the provisions of (a) clause 12 of the Commercial Management Terms and/or (b) clause 8 of the Technical Management Terms under the Management Agreement, which fee shall be immediately due and payable by the relevant NAO SPV to SCM and/or SSM.
For the purpose of calculating the early termination fees referred to in this Clause 6:

(i)
For the purpose of calculating the early termination fee relating only to the Standard Technical Management Terms, references to management fees shall be the flat management fee applicable to that type of Vessel set out in the applicable Confirmation or where no Confirmation has been issued, the flat management fee applicable to that type of Vessel then in effect; and

(ii)
For the purpose of calculating the early termination fee relating only to the Standard Commercial Management Terms:
(a) the flat management fee applicable to that type of Vessel set out in the applicable Confirmation or where no Confirmation has been issued, the flat management fee applicable to that type of Vessel then in effect; and
(b) the amounts which comprise the Commission (as defined at clause 12 of the Standard Commercial Management Terms) as calculated pursuant to clause 22(g)(vi) for a Part Period (as defined therein) of the Standard Commercial Management Terms shall be applied as from the date the Vessel was scheduled to be delivered pursuant to the applicable purchase agreement, newbuilding contract, or equivalent document.
Further notwithstanding the foregoing, upon the occurrence of any Extraordinary Events, the early termination fees set out above shall not apply and will be replaced with an early termination fee equivalent to three months management fee in respect of each Management Agreement and shall immediately become due and payable by the relevant NAO SPV to SCM and/or SSM (as applicable).

7.
NAO agrees to guarantee and indemnify each of SCM and SSM in respect of the performance by each of the NAO SPVs of its respective obligations under this Master and the Management Agreements and shall issue in favour of each of SCM and SSM a guarantee in the form attached at Annex 3 on the same date as this Master.

8.
The Parties hereby acknowledge and agree that in the event of any inconsistency between the provisions of this Master and any of the Management Agreements: (i) prior to the applicable Effective Date, the provisions of the Master shall prevail; and (ii) on and after the applicable Effective Date the provisions of the Management Agreement shall prevail.

9.
This Master may be executed in any number of counterparts and all of such counterparts taken together shall be deemed to constitute one and the same instrument.

10.
This Master shall be governed by and construed in accordance with English law and any dispute arising out of or in connection with this Master shall be referred to arbitration in London in accordance with the Arbitration Act 1996 or any statutory modification or re-
Page 3 of 19


enactment thereof save to the extent necessary to give effect to the provisions of this Clause. The arbitration shall be conducted in accordance with the London Maritime Arbitrators Terms current at the time when the arbitration proceedings are commenced.

11.
No provision of this Master shall be enforceable under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 by any person who is not a party to this Master or a Future SPV.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF this Master has been duly executed as a deed and delivered with effect from the date written above.
Executed as a deed by Emanuele Lauro
For and on behalf of
NORDIC AMERICAN OFFSHORE LTD.
in the presence of
Signature of Witness
Name, address and occupation of witness
)
)
)
)
)
)
 
 
/s/ Emanuele Lauro



Executed as a deed by Emanuele Lauro
For and on behalf of
NORDIC AMERICAN OFFSHORE LTD.
As agent for and on behalf of each of the NAO SPVs:
in the presence of:
Signature of Witness
Name, address and occupation of witness
 
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
 
 
 
/s/ Emanuele Lauro



Executed as a deed by Aldo Poma
For and on behalf of
SCORPIO COMMERCIAL MANAGEMENT S.A.M.
in the presence of:
Signature of Witness
Name, address and occupation of witness
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
 
 
/s/ Aldo Poma



Executed as deed by Filippo Lauro
For and on behalf of
SCORPIO SHIP MANAGEMENT S.A.M.
in the presence of:
Signature of Witness
Name, address and occupation of witness
)
)
)
)
)
)
 
 
/s/ Filippo Lauro

Page 4 of 19

Schedule 1
1.
Petro Craft 2017-1 Shipping Company Limited
2.
Petro Craft 2017-2 Shipping Company Limited
3.
Petro Craft 2017-3 Shipping Company Limited
4.
Petro Craft 2017-4 Shipping Company Limited
5.
Petro Craft 2017-5 Shipping Company Limited
6.
Petro Craft 2017-7 Shipping Company Limited
7.
Petro Craft 2017-8 Shipping Company Limited
8.
Petro Combi 6030-01 Shipping Company Limited
9.
Petro Combi 6030-02 Shipping Company Limited
10.
Petro Combi 6030-03 Shipping Company Limited
11.
Petro Combi 6030-04 Shipping Company Limited
12.
Scorpio Baron Shipping Company Limited
13.
Scorpio Brilliance Shipping Company Limited
Page 5 of 19

Schedule 2 – FORM OF CONFIRMATION TO THE MASTER AGREEMENT EFFECTIVE AS OF 10 APRIL2019
_______________________________________________________

VESSEL NAME
VESSEL DETAILS
REGISTERED OWNER
DATE OF ENTRY INTO NAO FLEET
DATE OF ENTRY INTO MANAGEMENT BY [SCM AND/OR SSM] PURSUANT TO WHICH THE NAO SPV AND [SCM AND/OR SSM] AGREE TO BE BOUND BY THE [STANDARD COMMERCIAL MANAGEMENT TERMS AND STANDARD TECHNICAL MANAGEMENT TERMS (RESPECTIVELY)] (the “Effective Date”)
NOTES / AMENDMENTS TO STANDARD MANAGEMENT TERMS
     
[8 April][CB Vessels]
[10 April] [AHTS Vessels]
 
·            Notices Address (Box 22, Part I of the Standard Technical Management Terms and Standard Commercial Management Terms) for the Owners is as follows:

[●]
C/O 9 Boulevard Charles III, 98000 Monaco MC
Tel +377 97985850
Email: management@scorpiogroup.net

·            [In respect of the Standard Commercial Management Terms, the management fees payable shall be: [●].]

·            [In respect of the Standard Technical Management Terms, the flat management fees payable as per clause 8 are: US$ [●].]

·            Special provisions [if applicable]

In respect of the Master Agreement effective as of 10 April 2019 (the “Master”) entered into by Nordic American Offshore Ltd., Nordic American Offshore Ltd., for and on behalf of existing and future, directly or indirectly, wholly owned vessel owning subsidiaries, Scorpio Commercial Management S.A.M. and Scorpio Ship Management S.A.M., [NAO SPV] hereby acknowledges, confirms and accepts the terms of the Master.
Page 6 of 19


Further, [Insert name of NAO SPV] acknowledges that in the event of any inconsistency between the provisions of the Master and this Management Agreement: (i) prior to the Effective Date, the provisions of the Master shall prevail; and (ii) on and after the Effective Date the provisions of this Management Agreement shall prevail.
NORDIC AMERICAN OFFSHORE LTD. as agent for and on behalf of [insert name of NAO SPV]:
Name:
Position:
Date:
[Scorpio Commercial Management S.A.M.] [if applicable]
Name:
Position:
Date:
[Scorpio Ship Management S.A.M.] [if applicable]
Name:
Position:
Date:
NORDIC AMERICAN OFFSHORE LTD. as guarantor
Name:
Position:
Date:
Page 7 of 19

Schedule 3 – FORM OF TC CONFIRMATION TO THE MASTER AGREEMENT EFFECTIVE AS OF 10 APRIL 2019
DATE OF CONFIRMATION [X] of Commercial and/or Technical Management Agreement (“Management Agreement”)
VESSEL NAME
VESSEL DETAILS
DISPONENT OWNER
DATE OF ENTRY INTO SALT FLEET
DATE OF ENTRY INTO MANAGEMENT BY [SCM AND/OR SSM] PURSUANT TO WHICH THE NAO SPV AND [SCM AND/OR SSM] AGREE TO BE BOUND BY THE [STANDARD COMMERCIAL MANAGEMENT TERMS AND STANDARD TECHNICAL MANAGEMENT TERMS (RESPECTIVELY)] (the “Effective Date”)
NOTES / AMENDMENTS TO STANDARD MANAGEMENT TERMS
         
Only Standard Commercial Management Terms are amended as follows:

Both Standard Commercial and/or Technical Management Terms are amended as follows:

Clause 1 “Time Charter”: definition of time charter to be added.

Clause 21(a): delete and replace with

“This Agreement shall come into effect at the date stated in Box 2 and shall continue until terminated by either party giving notice to the other; in which event this Agreement shall terminate on the date on which the Vessel is re-delivered under the Time Charter unless terminated earlier in accordance with Clause 22 (“Termination”)

Clause 22 (all sub-para): delete all references to ET1, ET2, ET3 and ET4.

Clause 22(g)(i) delete “an ET2 event, or for” and “or an ET1, ET3 or ET4 event,”

Clause 22(g) sub clauses (ii) - (vi) inclusive delete
Page 8 of 19


[insert name of Owner/Disponent Owner]:
Name:
Position:
Date:

[Scorpio Commercial Management S.A.M.] [if applicable]
Name:
Position:
Date:
[Scorpio Ship Management S.A.M.] [if applicable]
Name:
Position:
Date:
Page 9 of 19


Annex I – STANDARD COMMERCIAL MANAGEMENT TERMS
Page 10 of 19


Annex II – STANDARD TECHNICAL MANAGEMENT TERMS
Page 11 of 19

DEED OF GUARANTEE (“Guarantee”)
To:
SCORPIO COMMERCIAL MANAGEMENT S.A.M. , a company incorporated under the laws of Monaco and having its registered office at 9 Boulevard Charles III, Monaco 98000 (the “Beneficiary ”)
Effective as of: 10 April 2019

(A) Background:

(1)
The NAO SPVs being each of the existing, directly or indirectly, wholly owned NAO subsidiaries (as set out in Schedule 1 ) (“ SPVs ”) as well as any future vessel owning and/or controlling subsidiaries owned by NAO (“ Future SPVs ”) (the SPVs and the Future SPVs jointly referred to as the “ NAO SPVs ”) (i) control a number of vessels already on the water; and (ii) may in the future control vessels purchased or chartered in from third parties or from various shipyards (together the “ Vessels ”). References to “control” or “controlled” herein means owned or chartered.

(2)
A Master Agreement effective as of 10 April 2019 (the “ Master ”) has been entered into amongst others, ourselves, Nordic American Offshore Ltd., Nordic American Offshore Ltd. for and on behalf of existing and future, directly or indirectly, wholly owned subsidiaries, Scorpio Ship Management S.A.M (“ SSM ”) and the Beneficiary, to govern the relationship of the aforementioned parties prior to delivery of any of the Vessels and the Management Agreements, as defined below, becoming effective.

(3)
The Vessels will following delivery be technically and commercially managed by SSM and the Beneficiary (respectively).

(B) OPERATIVE PROVISIONS

1.
Payment Guarantee
In consideration of the Beneficiary having entered and entering into commercial management agreements (“ Management Agreements ”) with any of the NAO SPVs in respect of the Vessels we, Nordic American Offshore Ltd., for ourselves and our successors from time to time (the “ Grantor ”) hereby irrevocably and unconditionally guarantee as primary obligor and not merely as the surety, the due and punctual performance of any obligations and payment of any amounts due to the Beneficiary by any of the NAO SPVs under or in connection with the Management Agreements and Master Agreement.
2.
Liability Unconditional:
The Grantor's liability under this Guarantee shall not be discharged, reduced or otherwise affected in any way by any reason (without limitation and whether or not known to the Grantor or the Beneficiary) including (i) the Beneficiary giving the Grantor time or any other concession, (ii) any composition, discharge, release or other variation of liability entered into with, or
Page 12 of 19


granted to, any NAO SPVs, (iii) the Beneficiary taking, holding, varying, realising or not enforcing any other security for the liabilities of any of the NAO SPVs or the Grantor under the Master and the Management Agreements (as amended, varied, supplemented, replaced or restated from time to time), (iv) any amendment, variation or waiver (however fundamental) of any provision of any of the Master and the Management Agreements, (v) any legal limitation or incapacity relating to any NAO SPVs or the Grantor, (vi) any invalidity or unenforceability of the obligations of any party under any of the Master and the Management Agreements or (vii) any other act or omission of the Beneficiary or any other circumstances which, but for this provision, might discharge the Grantor.
3.
Continuing guarantee
This Guarantee and the obligations of the Grantor hereunder are a continuing guarantee and shall continue in effect until all obligations and liabilities whatsoever which fall to be discharged by the Grantor under the Master and the Management Agreements, have been finally discharged in full, notwithstanding any intermediate payment, partial settlement or other matter.
The Grantor’s obligations hereunder shall be in addition to and shall not in any way be prejudiced by any other guarantees granted or covenants assumed now or in the future by the Grantor in favour of the Beneficiary with respect to any claim that the Beneficiary has or may have against any NAO SPVs or the Grantor under either of the Master and/or the Management Agreements.
4.
Other security
The Beneficiary may enforce this Guarantee without first making demand on, or taking any proceeding against, any of the NAO SPVs or any other person first or resorting to any other security, guarantee or other means of payment.  The Grantor waives any right it may have of first requiring the Beneficiary to proceed against or claim payment from any NAO SPVs before claiming from the Grantor hereunder. No action (or inaction) by the Beneficiary in respect of any such security, guarantee or other means of payment shall prejudice or affect the liability of the Grantor hereunder.
5.
No set-off or counterclaim
All payments by the Grantor hereunder shall be made in full, without set‑off or counterclaim and free and clear of any deductions or withholdings or taxes or charges whatsoever in immediately available, freely transferable, cleared funds in United States Dollars for value on the date specified in the Beneficiary’s demand to the account notified to the Grantor by the Beneficiary.
6.
Assignment
The Grantor may not assign or transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder.  The Beneficiary may assign any of its rights hereunder to a person in favour of whom an assignment has been made under the Master and the Management Agreements.
7.
Notices and demands
Any notice or demand by the Beneficiary under this Guarantee shall be in writing by letter or by fax, marked for the attention of the Legal Department, and shall be deemed to have been served on the Grantor (in the case of a letter) when delivered at Le Millenium, 9 Boulevard Charles III, MC 98000 Monaco and (in the case of a telefax) when received at +377 9777 8346 in complete and legible form.  Any notice or demand sent by telex shall be deemed to have been served at the time of despatch with confirmed answerback of the Grantor appearing on the transmission.
Page 13 of 19


8.
Law and Disputes
This Guarantee shall be governed by and construed in accordance with English law and any dispute arising out of or in connection with this Guarantee shall be referred to arbitration in London in accordance with the Arbitration Act 1996 or any statutory modification or re-enactment thereof save to the extent necessary to give effect to the provisions of this Clause. The arbitration shall be conducted in accordance with the London Maritime Arbitrators Terms current at the time when the arbitration proceedings are commenced.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF this Guarantee has been duly executed as a deed and delivered on this ________________2019.
Executed as a deed by
For and on behalf of NORDIC AMERICAN OFFSHORE LTD.
in the presence of
Signature of Witness
Name, address and occupation of witness
)
)
)
)
)
)
/s/
 
 
/s/

“Le Millenium” 9 Boulevard Charles III
MC 98000 Monaco
Page 14 of 19


DEED OF GUARANTEE (“Guarantee”)
To:
SCORPIO SHIP MANAGEMENT S.A.M. , a company incorporated under the laws of Monaco and having its registered office at 9 Rue du Gabian, Monaco 98000 (the “Beneficiary ”)
Effective as of: 10 April 2019
(A) Background:
 

(1)
The NAO SPVs being each of the existing, directly or indirectly, wholly owned NAO subsidiaries (as set out in Schedule 1 ) (“ SPVs ”) as well as any future vessel owning subsidiaries wholly owned by NAO (“ Future SPVs ”) (the SPVs and Future SPVs jointly referred to as the “ NAO SPVs ”) (i) control a number of vessels already on the water; and (ii) may in the future control vessels purchased or chartered in from third parties or from various shipyards (together the “ Vessels ”). References to “control” or “controlled” herein means owned or chartered.

(2)
A Master Agreement effective as of 10 April 2019 (the “ Master ”) has been entered into amongst others, ourselves, Nordic American Offshore Ltd., Nordic American Offshore Ltd., for and on behalf of existing and future, directly or indirectly, wholly owned subsidiaries, the Beneficiary and Scorpio Commercial Management S.A.M. (“ SCM ”), to govern the relationship of the aforementioned parties prior to delivery of any of the Vessels and the Management Agreements, as defined below, becoming effective.

(3)
The Vessels will following delivery be technically and commercially managed by the Beneficiary and SCM (respectively).

(B) OPERATIVE PROVISIONS

 
1.
Payment Guarantee
In consideration of the Beneficiary having entered and entering into technical management agreements (“Management Agreements”) with any of the NAO SPVs in respect of the Vessels we, Nordic American Offshore Ltd., for ourselves and our successors from time to time (the “Grantor”) hereby irrevocably and unconditionally guarantee as primary obligor and not merely as the surety, the due and punctual performance of any obligations and payment of any amounts due to the Beneficiary by any of the NAO SPVs under or in connection with the Management Agreements and Master Agreement.
2.
Liability Unconditional:
The Grantor's liability under this Guarantee shall not be discharged, reduced or otherwise affected in any way by any reason (without limitation and whether or not known to the Grantor or the Beneficiary) including (i) the Beneficiary giving the Grantor time or any other concession, (ii) any composition, discharge, release or other variation of liability entered into with, or granted to, any NAO SPVs, (iii) the Beneficiary taking, holding, varying, realising or not enforcing any other security for the liabilities of any of the NAO SPVs or the Grantor under the Master and the Management Agreements (as amended, varied, supplemented, replaced or restated from time to time), (iv) any amendment, variation or waiver (however fundamental) of any provision of any of
Page 15 of 19


the Master and the Management Agreements, (v) any legal limitation or incapacity relating to any NAO SPVs or the Grantor, (vi) any invalidity or unenforceability of the obligations of any party under any of the Master and the Management Agreements or (vii) any other act or omission of the Beneficiary or any other circumstances which, but for this provision, might discharge the Grantor.
3.
Continuing guarantee
This Guarantee and the obligations of the Grantor hereunder are a continuing guarantee and shall continue in effect until all obligations and liabilities whatsoever which fall to be discharged by the Grantor under the Master and the Management Agreements, have been finally discharged in full, notwithstanding any intermediate payment, partial settlement or other matter.
The Grantor’s obligations hereunder shall be in addition to and shall not in any way be prejudiced by any other guarantees granted or covenants assumed now or in the future by the Grantor in favour of the Beneficiary with respect to any claim that the Beneficiary has or may have against any NAO SPVs or the Grantor under either of the Master and/or the Management Agreements.
4.
Other security
The Beneficiary may enforce this Guarantee without first making demand on, or taking any proceeding against, any of the NAO SPVs or any other person first or resorting to any other security, guarantee or other means of payment.  The Grantor waives any right it may have of first requiring the Beneficiary to proceed against or claim payment from any NAO SPVs before claiming from the Grantor hereunder. No action (or inaction) by the Beneficiary in respect of any such security, guarantee or other means of payment shall prejudice or affect the liability of the Grantor hereunder.
5.
No set-off or counterclaim
All payments by the Grantor hereunder shall be made in full, without set‑off or counterclaim and free and clear of any deductions or withholdings or taxes or charges whatsoever in immediately available, freely transferable, cleared funds in United States Dollars for value on the date specified in the Beneficiary’s demand to the account notified to the Grantor by the Beneficiary.
6.
Assignment
The Grantor may not assign or transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder.  The Beneficiary may assign any of its rights hereunder to a person in favour of whom an assignment has been made under the Master and the Management Agreements.
7.
Notices and demands
Any notice or demand by the Beneficiary under this Guarantee shall be in writing by letter or by fax, marked for the attention of the Legal Department, and shall be deemed to have been served on the Grantor (in the case of a letter) when delivered at Le Millenium, 9 Boulevard Charles III, MC 98000 Monaco and (in the case of a telefax) when received at +377 9777 8346 in complete and legible form.  Any notice or demand sent by telex shall be deemed to have been served at the time of despatch with confirmed answerback of the Grantor appearing on the transmission.
8.
Law and Disputes
This Guarantee shall be governed by and construed in accordance with English law and any dispute arising out of or in connection with this Guarantee shall be referred to arbitration in London in accordance with the Arbitration Act 1996 or any statutory modification or re-enactment thereof save to the extent necessary to give effect to the provisions of this Clause. The arbitration shall
Page 16 of 19


be conducted in accordance with the London Maritime Arbitrators Terms current at the time when the arbitration proceedings are commenced.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF this Guarantee has been duly executed as a deed and delivered on this ________________2019.
Executed as a deed by
For and on behalf of NORDIC AMERICAN OFFSHORE LTD.
in the presence of
Signature of Witness
Name, address and occupation of witness
)
)
)
)
)
)
/s/
 
 
/s/

“Le Millenium” 9 Boulevard Charles III
MC 98000 Monaco
Page 17 of 19


Annex IV – CHANGE OF CONTROL DEFINITION
For the purposes of this Master, “ Change of Control ” means the occurrence of any of the following:
(A) the direct or indirect sale, lease, transfer, conveyance or other disposition (other than by way of merger or consolidation), in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of NAO’s or its subsidiaries’ assets, taken as a whole, to any Person other than to a Permitted Owner;
(B) an order made for, or the adoption by the Board of Directors of a plan of, liquidation or dissolution of NAO;
(C) the consummation of any transaction (including any merger or consolidation) the result of which is that any Person, other than a Permitted Owner, becomes the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of a majority of NAO’s Voting Securities, measured by voting power rather than number of shares;
(D) if, at any time, NAO becomes insolvent, admits in writing its inability to pay its debts as they become due, is adjudged bankrupt or declares bankruptcy or makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors, or makes a proposal or similar action under the bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar laws of any applicable jurisdiction or commences or consents to proceedings relating to it under any reorganization, arrangement, readjustment of debt, dissolution or liquidation law or statute of any jurisdiction;
(E) the consolidation of NAO with, or the merger of NAO with or into, any Person, other than a Permitted Owner or the consolidation of any Person, other than a Permitted Owner, with, or the merger of any Person, other than a Permitted Owner, with or into, NAO, in any such event pursuant to a transaction in which any of the common stock outstanding immediately prior to such transaction are converted into or exchanged for cash, securities or other property or receive a payment of cash, securities or other property, other than any such transaction where NAO’s Voting Securities outstanding immediately prior to such transaction are converted into or exchanged for Voting Securities of the surviving or transferee Person constituting a majority (measured by voting power rather than number of shares) of the outstanding Voting Securities of such surviving or transferee Person immediately after giving effect to such issuance; or
(F) a change in directors after which a majority of the members of the Board of Directors are not directors who were either nominated by, appointed by or otherwise elected with the approval of current board members at the time of such election.
 “ Affiliates ” means, with respect to any Person as at any particular date, any other Persons that directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, are Controlled by, Control or are under common Control with the Person in question, and “Affiliate” means any one of them.
Control ” or “ Controlled ” means, with respect to any Person, the right to elect or appoint, directly or indirectly, a majority of the directors of such Person or a majority of the Persons who have the
Page 18 of 19


right, including any contractual right, to manage and direct the business, affairs and operations of such Person, or the possession of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a Person, whether through ownership of Voting Securities, by contract, or otherwise.
Governmental Authority ” means any domestic or foreign government, including any federal, provincial, state, territorial or municipal government, any multinational or supranational organization, any government agency (including the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission), any tribunal, labor relations board, commission or stock exchange (including the New York Stock Exchange), and any other authority or organization exercising executive, legislative, judicial, regulatory or administrative functions of, or pertaining to, government.
NAO ” shall mean Nordic American Offshore Ltd., a company incorporated under the laws of Bermuda and having its registered office at LOM Building, 27 Reid Street, Hamilton HM 11, Bermuda.
Permitted Owner ” means (i) Mackenzie Financial Corporation, a corporation organized and existing under the laws of Ontario (“ Mackenzie ”) or the funds and accounts set out in Schedule A to the common stock purchase agreement dated 29 March 2019 entered into between SOI, Mackenzie and NAO, (ii) Scorpio Offshore Investments Inc., a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the Republic of the Marshall Islands (“ SOI ”), and (iii) any Affiliate of SOI.
Person ” shall have the meaning ascribed to it as such term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Securities Exchange Act, as amended.
Voting Securities ” means securities of all classes of a Person entitling the holders thereof to vote on a regular basis in the election of members of the board of directors or other governing body of such Person.



Page 19 of 19



Annex I


































































7


























































Annex II
















SHIP MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT






























1 of 28


MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT

INDEX



PART
SUBJECT MATTER
PAGE NO.
     
Part I
Vessel Details
4
     
Part II
Terms of Agreement
 

 
1.
Definitions & Interpretation
6
 
2.
Appointment of Managers
6
 
3.
Basic Services
6
 
3.1
Crewing
7
 
3.2
Technical Management
8
 
3.3
Purchasing
8
 
3.4
Insurance
9
 
3.5
Accounting and Budgeting
9
 
3.6
Information System Software
10
 
3.7
Shipboard Oil Pollution Emergency Plan
10
 
3.8
OPA
11
 
3.9
Assistance with Sale of Vessel
11
 
3.10
Vessel trading in high risk areas
11
 
4.
Services provided by Sub-Managers
11
 
5.
Managers’ Obligations
12
 
6.
Owners’ Obligations
12
 
7.
Documentation
13
 
8.
Management Fee
13
 
9.
Payments and Management of Funds
14
 
10.
Manager’s Right to Sub-Contract
15
 
11.
Responsibilities
15
 
11.1
Force Majeure
15
 
11.2
Liability to Owners
16
 
11.3
Indemnity – General
16
 
11.4
Indemnity – Tax
16
 
11.5
Himalaya
16
 
11.6
Consequential Loss
17
 
12.
Liens
17
 
13.
Claims/Disputes
17
 
14.
Auditing, Records
17
 
15.
Inspection of Vessel
18
 
16.
Compliance with Laws & Regulations
18
 
17.
Duration of the Agreement
19
 
17.1
Termination by Notice
19
 
17.2
Termination by Default – Owners
19
 
17.3
Termination by Default – Managers
19
 
17.4
Liquidation
19
 
17.5
Extraordinary Termination
19
 
18.
Confidentiality
20
 
19.
Suspension of Services
20
2 of 28



 
20.
Law and Arbitration
20
 
21.
Amendments to Agreement
21
 
22.
Time Limit for Claims
21
 
23.
Condition of Vessel
21
 
24.
Notices
21
 
25.
Staff Loyalty
21
 
26.
Entire Agreement
21
 
27.
Partial Validity
22
 
28.
Performance Guarantee
22
 
29.
Non Waiver
22

Part III
Sub-Managers
23-24
Part IV
Fee Schedule
25
     
Part V
Fleet Details
26
Part VI
Initial Budget
27-28

3 of 28

SHIP MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT - PART I

1.   Vessel Details
As per the Confirmation (as defined in the Master Agreement).
 
   
   
   
2.   Owners
Name: As per the Confirmation (as defined in the Master Agreement).
2.   Owners’ Registered Address (where the company is registered): Trust Company Complex,
Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, Majuro, MH96960, Marshall Islands
 
Country of Incorporation: Republic of the Marshall Islands
 
2.2  Owners’ business establishment address (head office and principal place of business):
As per the Confirmation (as defined in the Master Agreement).
 
 
Telephone Number
Fax Number:
Contact Name:
Position:
 
Email address:
 
 
3.   Managers
Name:  Scorpio Ship Management sam
Registered Office: 9, Rue Du Gabian, 98000, Monaco - MC
Country of Incorporation: Monaco
IMO Number: 0631141
Telephone Number: +377 97985700
Fax Number:
Contact Name: Francesco Bellusci
Position: Admnistrateur Delegue
 
Email address: fbellusci@scorpiogroup.net
 
4.   Guarantor (clause 28)
Name: Nordic American Offshore Ltd.
5.   Date of Commencement of Agreement (Clause 2.1)
As per the Confirmation (as defined in the Master Agreement).
 
6.   Notices to Owners and Guarantor :   at the Owners’ Principal Place of Business address, fax number and email address stated in Box 2
 
7.   Notices to Managers :      at the address, fax number and email address stated in Box 3
 

It is mutually agreed between the party mentioned in Box 2 of Part I (hereinafter called "the Owners") and the party mentioned in Box 3 of Part I (hereinafter called "the Managers") and, if applicable, the party mentioned in Box 4 of Part I (hereinafter called “the Guarantor”) that this Agreement consisting of PARTS I to VI inclusive shall be performed subject to the conditions contained herein
4 of 28




DATE OF AGREEMENT:


Signature(s) (Owners)
 
Signature(s) (Managers)
 
       
       
       
       
Title:
 
Title:
 



Signature(s) (Guarantor)
     
       
       
       
       
Title:
     


5 of 28


SHIP MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT - PART II

1.
Definitions and Interpretation
1.1
In this agreement (together with the Confirmation, any additional clauses or even date herewith and any schedules (the “Agreement”)), in addition to terms defined in Part I, save where the context otherwise requires, the following words and expressions shall have the meanings hereby assigned to them.
" Approved Broker ” means the affiliated insurance broker of the Manager.
" Basic Services " means services relating to Crewing, Technical Management, Purchasing, Insurance, Accounting and Budgeting, Information System Software, Shipboard Oil Pollution Emergency Plan, OPA and Assistance with Sale provided in accordance with Clause 3 as well as Safety and Environmental Compliance Auditing & Training (“ SECAT ”) .
Change of Control ” means the definition given to it in the Schedule comprising Part VII.
" Crew Support Costs " means all expenses of a general nature not particularly referable to any individual vessel for the time being managed by the Managers and incurred for the purpose of providing an efficient and economic management service including, without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing, cost of crew standby pay, training schemes, cadet training schemes, study pay, recruitment and interviews.
Fees ” means for the purposes of Clauses 8.5, 11.2 and 17.7 the items set out at part (a) in the Fee Schedule (as the same may be revised from time to time).
" Fee Schedule " means the Schedule comprising Part IV or any revised Fee Schedule prepared by the Managers after the date hereof to record adjustments to the fees and expenses payable from time to time under this Agreement.
" Fleet " shall mean any vessel owned or operated now or hereafter by the Owners or any parent, subsidiary or associated company of the Owners and the vessels (if any) details of which are set out in Part V hereto or any revised Part V executed after the date hereof.
" Information System Software " means the Managers' ship management software in executable object code form as described in Clause 3.6.l as the same may be upgraded and updated from time to time.
" ISM Code " means the International Safety Management Code for the Safe Operation of Ships and for Pollution Prevention adopted by Resolution A.714 (18) of the International Maritime Organisation on 4 November 1994 and incorporated on 19 May 1994 into the SOLAS Convention 1974 as Chapter IX and any amendment thereto or substitution thereof.
“ISPS Code” means the International Ship and Port Facility Security Code as adopted on 12 December 2002 by resolution 2 of the Conference of Contracting Governments to the International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea 1974 and any amendment thereto or substitution thereof.
" Management Services " means Basic Services and all other functions performed by the Managers under the terms of this Agreement.
Master Agreement ” means the deed of Master Agreement as might be amended and restated effective as of 10 April 2019 entered into by and between the Guarantor, the Guarantor on behalf of any existing and future wholly owned subsidiaries, Scorpio Commercial Management S.A.M and the Managers.
MLC ” means the Maritime Labour Convention 2006   and any amendment thereto, substitution thereof and ratification of the Maritime Labour Convention 2006 in the respective States national law.
" OPA " means the United States Oil Pollution Act of 1990, regulations made thereunder, and any amendment thereto or substitution thereof.
" Severance Costs " means the costs which the employers are legally obliged to pay to or in respect of the Crew as a result of the early termination of any contract for service on board the Vessel.
" SMS " means a Safety Management System in accordance with the ISM Code.
“SSP” means a Ship Security Plan in accordance with the ISPS Code.
" STCW " means the International Maritime Organisation Convention on Standards of Training Certification and Watchkeeping for Seafarers 1978, as amended in 1995 and any amendment thereto or substitution thereof.
" the Vessel " shall mean the vessel details of which are set out in Box 1 of Part I.
1.2
Clause Headings are inserted for convenience and shall be ignored in construing this Agreement; words denoting the singular number shall include the plural number and vice   versa ; references to Parts are to Parts of this Agreement; references to Clauses are to Clauses of Part II except where otherwise expressly stated; and references to any enactment include any re-enactments, amendments and extensions thereof.

6 of 28



Interpretation:  the Managers, Owners and Guarantor acknowledge and agree that in the  event of any inconsistency between the provisions of the Master  Agreement and this Agreement: (i) prior to and including the Effective Date (as defined in the Master Agreement) the provisions of the Master Agreement shall prevail; and (ii) after the Effective Date the provisions of this Agreement shall prevail.

2.
Appointment of Managers
2.1
With effect from the date stated in Box 5 of Part I (the “ Date of Commencement ”) and continuing unless and until terminated as provided herein, the Owners hereby appoint the Managers and the Managers hereby agree to act as the managers of the Vessel in respect of the Management Services.
2.2
In performing any of the Management Services the Managers shall, as agents for and on behalf of the Owners, have authority to take such steps as the Managers may from time to time in their absolute discretion consider to be necessary to enable them to perform this Agreement in accordance with sound ship management practice.

3.
Basic Services
Subject to the terms and conditions herein provided, during the period of this Agreement the Managers shall carry out, as agents for and on behalf of the Owners, the Basic Services in accordance with the following provisions of this Clause, save as otherwise provided in the Confirmation.

3.1
Crewing
3.1.1
The Managers shall provide suitably qualified crew for the Vessel in accordance with current STCW requirements, provision of which includes but is not limited to the following functions: -

(i)
selecting and engaging Master, officers and ratings (hereinafter collectively referred to as the "Crew"); where the Owners make a complaint about any member of the Crew the Managers will promptly investigate the same and if it proves to be justified, replace the Crew member concerned as soon as practicable;

(ii)
ensuring that the applicable requirements of the law of the flag of the Vessel are satisfied in respect of manning levels, rank, qualification and certification of the Crew, and employment regulations including Crew’s tax, social insurance, discipline and other requirements;

(iii)
ensuring that all members of the Crew have passed a medical examination with a qualified doctor certifying that they are fit for the duties for which they are engaged and are in possession of valid medical certificates which are valid for the duration of their service onboard the Vessel and issued in accordance with appropriate flag state requirements;

(iv)
arranging transportation of the Crew, including repatriation;

(v)
supervising the efficiency of the Crew and using the Manager’s standard crew appraisal system (written or electronic) and administration of all other Crew matters such as planning for the manning of the Vessel;

(vi)
making payroll arrangements, including settling manning and agency expenses for the manning agents in the Crew's country of origin and, if applicable, payment of Severance Costs;

(vii)
if requested by the Owners, conducting union negotiations and making agreed payments to unions;

(viii)
operating the Managers' Drug and Alcohol Policy;

(ix)
arranging Crew training in accordance with STCW (and as provided for in the budget), records of such training being maintained in the Manager’s standard format.
3.1.2
Crew Claims
The Managers will provide such information as requested by relevant brokers and/or P&I Club managers to enable such brokers or managers to prepare and process all Crew insurance claims.
3.1.3
The Owners agree to implement in full the terms and conditions of employment under which the Crew are engaged by the Managers as agent for the Owners. The Owners shall be the employer of the Crew and under no circumstances shall the Managers be deemed to be the employer of the Crew. If the Vessel is covered by an ITF approved agreement or any other CBA/national agreement the Owners authorize the Managers to sign the ITF Special Agreement or any other CBA/national agreement on their behalf and agree to provide all information necessary for this purpose.
3.1.4
Should the Owners require that their prior approval is given to the engagement of any member of the Crew, the Owners shall be obliged to give such approval within two working days of receipt from the Managers of reasonable details of the proposed appointee.
3.1.5
In the event that any officers or ratings are supplied by the Owners or on their behalf, the Owners shall procure that they comply with the requirements of STCW and MLC. Owners will instruct such officers and ratings to obey all reasonable orders of the Managers.
7 of 28


Any such officers or ratings shall, at the Owners’ cost, be trained in accordance with the Managers training matrix.
3.1.6
The Managers shall procure that the Crew consent to processing of their personal data for legitimate business purposes. The Owners warrant that personal data of the Crew will be processed in accordance with the requirements of the Data Protection Act 1998 or any other applicable law or regulation.
3.1.7
For the purposes of the MLC to the extent permitted, the Owners shall be deemed “Shipowner” and under no circumstances whatsoever, notwithstanding the Managers agreeing to carry out specific obligations under the MLC on behalf of the Owners, shall the Managers be deemed “Shipowner”. It is a condition of this Agreement that the Owners shall provide all Crew with MLC compliant working and living conditions.
3.1.8
The Owners authorize the Managers to sign contracts of employment with the Crew as agent only for and on behalf of the Owners and/or to procure that a seafarer recruitment and placement service, in the country of domicile of a Crew member, signs contracts of employment with such Crew member as agent only for and on behalf of the Owners.
3.1.9
All costs, including consultancy and advisory costs, related to compliance with tax and/or social security obligations shall at all times remain for the account of the Owners.

3.2
Technical Management
The Managers shall provide technical management which includes, but is not limited to the following functions: -

(i)
provision of personnel to supervise the maintenance and general efficiency of the Vessel;

(ii)
arrangement and supervision of drydockings, repairs, modifications to and the upkeep of the Vessel to the standards agreed with the Owners provided that the Managers shall be entitled to incur the necessary expenditure to ensure that the Vessel will comply with all requirements and recommendations of the classification society and equipment manufacturers, and with the laws and regulations of the country of registry of the Vessel and of the places where she trades;

(iii)
arrangement of periodic analysis of the bunker fuel, lubricating oils and chemicals by third parties (the costs being included in the Vessel’s running costs);

(iv)
appointment of surveyors and technical consultants as the Managers may consider from time to time to be necessary;

(v)
visits to the Vessel by superintendents or other staff of the Managers for up to 15 days in any calendar year (or pro rata for part of a calendar year) including time spent travelling;

(vi)
notifying the Owners of any extraordinary and/or non-budgeted single item of expenditure in excess of US$ 50,000;

(vii)
development, implementation and maintenance of an SMS and an SSP.

3.3
Purchasing
3.3.1
The Managers shall arrange for the supply of necessary victualling, stores, spares, provisions, lubricating oils and services (including drydock services) for the Vessel.   To enable the Managers to arrange such supplies on the most advantageous terms, the Managers shall be entitled to join with other parties in making arrangements for bulk purchase. The Managers are presently members of a contracting association and may join other similar associations in the future   (any such existing or future association the “Association”) providing access to commodities and dry dock services globally. The Association negotiates on behalf of its members with selected suppliers the best available price, terms and conditions for the bulk purchase of goods and services for the marine industry with the aim of offering to members and their clients savings on vessel technical operating costs.
3.3.2
Details of the suppliers contracted by the Association, and prices available for the Vessel at the time of supply shall be made available to Owners upon their request.  Owners acknowledge that all information relating to prices is confidential and undertake not to disclose the same to third parties without the prior written consent of the Managers.
3.3.3
Where the Association has negotiated terms and conditions with suppliers of any stores, spares provisions, or lubricating oils ("Goods") and/or suppliers of services required by the Vessel, then the purchase of such Goods and services will, unless operational or other circumstances otherwise require, be undertaken with such suppliers on the basis of the terms and conditions negotiated by the Association.
3.3.4
The Association will where practicable obtain a best price charter from suppliers that the prices for all Goods and services purchased by the Association’s members will be the lowest prices available.   If the Owners are able to obtain in good faith, on arms' length terms, on a true like

8 of 28


for like basis (including quality, certification, timing, manufacturer, place of supply, etc, but ignoring taxes and exchange rate fluctuations), the same Goods and/or services at a lower price than that obtained by the Association, the Owners will supply full details to the Managers who will promptly raise the matter with the Association and pass on to Owners any refund obtained by the Association  from the supplier.
3.3.5
The Owners have received details from the Managers of the business rules and operating procedures adopted by the Association, including provisions related to fees that the Association will retain and that the Managers will earn as applicable, and agree to comply with such rules and operating procedures as the same may be amended from time to time.
3.3.6
The Owners acknowledge that they are aware that prices obtained from suppliers require strict adherence to the payment terms agreed with suppliers (normally 45 days from date of invoice), and any failure by the Owners to provide the Managers with funds to settle sums due to suppliers on time will (in the absence of a good faith dispute) result in an immediate 5% surcharge, and monthly interest charges of 1% per month or part thereof being rigorously applied by suppliers.  The Managers are hereby expressly authorised to settle such surcharge and interest charges from any sums held by them on behalf of Owners. The Owners further acknowledge that they are aware if payments to suppliers are regularly made late, or if suppliers are not satisfied with Owners' credit rating, suppliers may refuse to supply at the prices and on the terms negotiated by the Association.

3.4
Insurance
3.4.1
If instructed by the Owners to arrange insurances on their behalf, the Managers shall appoint an Approved Broker, for the placing of insurances, and insurance claims handling, and, if applicable, casualty management.
3.4.2
The Approved Broker shall place such insurances as the Owners shall have instructed or agreed, in particular as regards values, deductibles and franchises.  At each renewal the Approved Broker will liaise with the Owners:

(i)
as to any changes in insured values required;

(ii)
in respect of premiums, franchises and deductibles and any other changes for the new policy year; and
(iii) to update the budget to reflect changes in insurance premiums.
3.4.3
The Approved Broker shall compile such statistics and enter into negotiations with such brokers and P & I Club managers as they consider necessary or desirable in order to arrange for such insurances to be placed.
3.4.4
Once insurances are placed the Approved Broker shall arrange for all cover notes to be checked and for all debit notes to be paid as required.
3.4.5
Unless otherwise indicated by the Owners, the Managers shall provide such information as requested by the Approved Broker to enable the Approved Broker to handle and or procure the settling of all insurance, average and salvage claims in connection with the Vessel.
3.4.6
The services provided by the Approved Broker to the Owners shall, at the Approved Broker’s absolute discretion, terminate on termination of this Agreement.

3.5
Accounting and Budgeting
3.5.1
The Managers shall:

(i)
maintain the records of all costs and expenditure incurred hereunder as well as data necessary or proper for the settlement of accounts between the parties;

(ii)
establish an accounting system for the Vessel and supply regular reports in accordance therewith in the Managers' standard format or, on agreement of an additional fee, such other form as may be mutually agreed in writing with the Owners.
3.5.2
The Managers shall present to the Owners annually a budget for the following calendar year in the Managers' standard format or such other form as may be mutually agreed in writing.  The budget for the period following the date stated in Box 5 of Part I is set out in Part VI.  Subsequent annual budgets shall be prepared by the Managers and submitted to the Owners in each year in respect of the following year.
3.5.3
The Owners shall notify the Managers of their acceptance and approval of the annual budget within 14 days of presentation and in the absence of any response the Owners shall be deemed to have accepted the said budget. In the event that the Owners do not accept an annual budget presented by the Managers within the period aforesaid and that budget is, in the opinion of the Managers, fair and reasonable, the Managers shall be entitled to terminate this Agreement by notice in writing, in which event this Agreement shall terminate on the expiry of a period of one (1) month from the date upon which such notice is given.
3.5.4
The Managers shall produce a monthly comparison between budgeted and actual expenditure of the Vessel in the Managers' standard format or, on

9 of 28


agreement of an additional fee, such other form as may be mutually agreed in writing.
3.5.5
This Clause 3.5 is subject to the provisions of Part VI.

3.6
Software
3.6.1
The Managers will, subject to the remaining provisions of this Clause 3.6, provide the Owners and the Vessel with software.
3.6.2
The main features of the software at the date of this Agreement are:

(i)
comprehensive management software incorporating crew administration, vessel noon reporting, operational and port reporting, defect and deficiency reporting and performance monitoring;

(ii)
a ship to shore and shore to ship e-mail package providing cost efficient communications available to both Owners and their charterers; and

(iii)
a computerized maintenance system including inventory control and automated purchase order handling. (An initial charge, to be agreed with Owners, may be made for the set-up of the maintenance database, depending on the system currently existing on board the Vessel).
3.6.3
The costs for the software are set out in the Fee Schedule, and are included in the Vessel's running costs, as follows:

(i)
the license fee;

(ii)
maintenance, updates and upgrades;

(iii)
provision of anti-virus software and regular upgrades;

(iv)
operational manuals and regular updates;

(v)
annual remote audit of the Vessel IT systems providing a system health check;

(vi)
user manuals and training of the Crew in the use of the software; and

(vii)
e-mail on board the Vessel.
3.6.4
Such costs do not include:

(i)
the costs of appropriate hardware on board the Vessel;

(ii)
travel and other related costs for installation support of the Information System Software on board the Vessel;

(iii)
the set-up cost of the data base for the maintenance system;

(iv)
any specific reports specified by the Owners where new data/specialist reporting is required;
3.6.5
Installation and set-up of the software will be undertaken on a date agreed between the Managers and the Owners having regard to the Vessel's schedule and the availability of the Managers' personnel.
3.6.7
Solely for the duration of this Agreement and upon the request of the Owners, the Managers will provide access to software and data
3.6.8
Software provided by the Managers under this section is under license and is protected by applicable copyright and patent laws. The Owners may not copy any of the software (except for back-up purposes only) or any written materials which accompany it, and may not sell, rent, lease, lend, sub-license, reverse engineer or distribute the software or such written materials.
3.6.9
The Managers do not warrant that the software will meet the Owners' requirements or that the use or operation of the software will be uninterrupted or error free.

3.7
Shipboard Oil Pollution Emergency Plan
3.7.1
The Managers will prepare and obtain all necessary approvals for a shipboard oil pollution emergency plan (SOPEP) in a form approved by the Marine Environment Protection Committee of the International Maritime Organization pursuant to the requirements of Regulation 26 of Annex I of the International Convention for the Prevention of Pollution from Ships, 1973, as modified by the Protocol of 1978 relating thereto, as amended (MARPOL 73/78).
3.7.2
The SOPEP will be written in the English language and will be reviewed and updated from time to time.   If required the Managers will arrange for the translation of the SOPEP into another language, the cost of translation being recoverable in terms of Clause 8.4.
3.7.3
The Managers will also undertake regular training of the Crew in the use of the SOPEP including drills to ensure that the SOPEP functions as expected and that contact and information details specified are accurate.

3.8
OPA
3.8.1
If instructed by the Owners, the Managers will:-

(i)
arrange for the preparation, filing and updating of a contingency Vessel Response Plan in accordance with the requirements of OPA and instruct the Crew in all aspects of the operation of such plan;

(ii)
identify and ensure the availability by contract or otherwise of a Qualified Individual, a Spill Management Team, an Oil Spill Removal Organization, resources having salvage, firefighting, lightering and, if applicable, dispersant capabilities, and public relations/media personnel to assist the

10 of 28


Owners to deal with the media in the event of discharges of oil.
3.8.2
The Managers are expressly authorized as agents for the Owners to enter into such arrangements by Contract or otherwise as are required to ensure the availability of the services outlined in Clause 3.8.1.  The Managers are further expressly authorized as agents for the Owners to enter into such other arrangements as may from time to time be necessary to satisfy the requirements of OPA or other Federal or State laws.
3.8.3
The Owners will pay the fees due to third parties providing the services described above together with a fee to the Managers for their services.  The level of fees will be included in the Vessel's running costs.
3.8.4
On termination of this Agreement, the Vessel Response Plan and all documentation will be returned to the Managers at the expense of the Owners.

3.9
Assistance with Sale of Vessel
The Managers shall, if requested, provide Owners with technical assistance in connection with any sale of the Vessel. The Managers will, if requested in writing by the Owners, comment on the terms of any proposed Memorandum of Agreement, but the Owners will remain solely responsible for agreeing the terms of any Memorandum of Agreement regulating any sale.

3.10
Vessel trading in high risk areas
In the event that the Vessel is to trade in a high risk area and in particular an area where piracy is prevalent, the Owners and the Managers shall co-operate in order to:

(i)
Comply in full with any guidance or Best Management Practices to Deter Piracy issued by recognized maritime organizations and as may be revised from time to time and also with any similar guidance which may be issued for high risk areas.

(ii)
Monitor daily guidance and updates provided by Maritime Security Centres established by national authorities in piracy areas and advise the Vessel accordingly.  

(iii)
Comply with the Managers’ guidelines issued for transiting high risk areas as may be revised from time to time. The Managers’ guidelines set out their policy of full compliance with BMP and additional guidance and information on Self Protection Measures (SPM’s) including Citadels or Safe Areas. The Owners will be provided with a copy of the guidelines and costs for SPM’s will be included in the Vessel budget.

(iv)
Where appropriate, ensure the Vessel follows any International Recommended Transit Corridors and complies with requirements for   an escorted convoy if available.   

(v)
Monitor routing recommendations for transiting high risk areas as provided by charterers and insurers and review the same as part of the risk assessment carried out for the transit concerned.

(vi)
Provide sufficient Self Protection Measures (SPM) appropriate to the vessel type, size and speed with a view to protecting the Crew as far as possible in the event of an attack.   To be determined by the risk assessment required by BMP for the transit concerned and before entering the high risk area.

(vii)
Provide training for the C rew in BMP prior to transiting any high risk area.

4.
Services provided by Sub-Managers
4.1
The Managers hereby disclose to the Owners that, except as instructed otherwise by the Owners in writing, they will, as agents for and on behalf of the Owners, utilize the services of the Sub-Managers as set out in Part III (or as notified to Owners as set out in any revised Part III prepared by the Managers after the date hereof to record adjustments to the services being provided by associated companies from time to time under this Agreement).  The budgets provided pursuant to clause 3.5.2 will be provided on the basis that the services listed in Part III are provided by by Sub-Managers listed therein. The Sub-Managers will charge and retain for their own benefit usual remuneration for the provision of their services (whether in the form of commission or fees).
4.2
The Owners hereby consent to the arrangements set out in Clause 4.1.

5.
Managers' Obligations
5.1
The Managers undertake to use their reasonable endeavours to provide the Management Services as agents for and on behalf of the Owners in accordance with sound ship management practice and to protect and promote the interests of the Owners in all matters relating to the provision of Management Services
PROVIDED HOWEVER that the Managers in the performance of Management Services shall be entitled to have regard to their overall responsibility in relation to all vessels which may from time to time be entrusted to their management and in particular, but without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing, the Managers shall be entitled to allocate available supplies, manpower and services in such manner

11 of 28


as in the prevailing circumstances the Managers in their absolute discretion consider to be fair and reasonable.
5.2
The Managers shall be deemed to be "the Company" as defined by the ISM Code, assuming the responsibility for the operation of the Vessel and taking over the duties and responsibilities imposed by the ISM Code and by the ISPS Code.
5.3
The Managers shall procure and evidence (upon request of the Owners) ITIC or other equivalent forms of Errors and Omissions insurance for any liability arising out of this contract with particular reference to clause 11.2

6.
Owners' Obligations
6.1
The Owners shall pay all sums due to the Managers punctually in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.   Time shall be of the essence in respect of the payment of all such sums.
6.2
The Owners shall procure, whether by instructing the Managers under Clause 3.4.1 or otherwise, that throughout the period of this Agreement the Vessel will be insured at the Owners' expense for not less than sound market value or entered for full gross tonnage, as the case may be, for:

(i)
usual hull and machinery risks (including but not limited to crew negligence) and excess liabilities;

(ii)
protection and indemnity risks (including but not limited to pollution risks, diversion expenses and crew risks);

(iii)
freight, defense and demurrage;

(iv)
war risks (including but not limited to blocking and trapping, protection and indemnity, terrorism and crew risks); and

(v)
in accordance with MLC, establish insurance to compensate Crew, and/or any officers or ratings supplied by the Owners or on their behalf, for monetary loss that they may incur as a result of the failure of a recruitment and placement service or Owners under the employment agreement, to meet its obligations to them; and

(vi)
such other optional insurances as may be agreed (such as piracy, kidnap and ransom, loss of hire)
in accordance with the best practice of prudent owners of vessels of a similar type to the Vessel, with sound and reputable insurance companies underwriters or associations (provided that, protection and indemnity risks must be placed with a member of the International Group of P & I Clubs) ("the Owners' Insurances").
6.3
The Owners shall procure that all premiums and calls on the Owners’ Insurances are paid by their due date and that the Owners' Insurances name the Managers and any additional party designated by the Managers as a joint assured for protection and indemnity risks (including pollution risks) and a named assured on all other policies, with the benefit of full cover and full waiver of subrogation. The Owners shall, if applicable, provide the Managers with written evidence thereof to the reasonable satisfaction of the Managers on or prior to the Date of Commencement and/or on the date on which the Managers notify the Owners of the appointment of any additional party and within 7 days of each renewal date.  The Owners shall provide Managers with an appropriate certificate of insurance covering any and all liabilities under the MLC   including but not limited to financial security in accordance with regulation 2.5.
6.4
As between the Owners and the Managers, the Managers shall not be responsible for paying any premiums or calls arising in connection with such insurances.  On termination of this Agreement (howsoever occasioned) or where the Owners make a change in the P & I Club in which the Vessel is entered, the Owners shall procure that the Managers and any additional party designated by the Managers as a joint or named assured shall cease to be a joint or named assured and that they are released from and/or secured for any and all liability for premiums and calls that may arise in relation to the period of this Agreement. For the avoidance of doubt, it is agreed that the Owners shall be liable for all deductibles applying to any insurance policy.
6.5
The Managers shall have the right to obtain confirmation direct from the brokers, underwriters and P & I Clubs through whom the Vessel’s insurances are arranged that all premiums calls and contributions due have been paid and that insurances meet the Owners' obligations under Clauses 6.3, 6.4 and 6.5. Where any premiums, calls and/or contributions are not paid, the Managers shall be entitled to pay the same from any funds held by them for the Owners and/or to terminate this Agreement forthwith by notice in writing.
6.6
If the Owners are not the registered owners or the bareboat charterer of the Vessel they shall instruct the Managers in writing whether the Managers are to act as agents under this Agreement for the Owners or the registered owners of the Vessel. If the latter the Owners shall be required to provide to the Managers an appropriate form of authorization to the reasonable satisfaction of the Managers pursuant to which the Managers are authorized to act as agents for the registered owners.
12 of 28


6.9
Upon request, the Owners shall provide the Managers with contact details of the relevant person at the mortgagee bank handling the Owners’ account and hereby expressly provide the Managers with authority to contact the mortgagee bank at their discretion. Upon the Date of Commencement, the Owners will authorise the mortgagee bank to co-operate with the Managers and provide information to the Managers, upon their request.
6.10
The Owners shall arrange for the provision of any necessary guarantee bond or other security.

7.
Documentation
7.1
On or prior to the Date of Commencement the Owners will deliver to the Managers:
(i)   a copy of the Owners’ certificate of incorporation,
(ii)   full details of any resident registered agent for the registered owner of the Vessel,
(iii)   if applicable, a copy of the bareboat charterparty pursuant to which the Owners are disponent owners of the Vessel,
(iv)   in the case of a new vessel, the Owners will deliver a copy of the Building Contract and specification, and in the case of a second hand vessel, a copy of the Memorandum of Agreement in terms of which the Owners acquired the Vessel.   The Owners shall be entitled to delete any confidential information (such as price) from the Building Contract or Memorandum of Agreement,
(v) if the Owners are not the registered owners or the bareboat charterer of the Vessel, in addition to the above, evidence satisfactory to the Managers of their beneficial interest in the Vessel and of their authorisation from the registered owners to enter into this Agreement,
(vi) the name and address of any mortgagee bank and the name and address of the bank through which the Owners will pay funds due under this Agreement, if different.
In any event, the Managers reserve the right to request evidence satisfactory to them that the Owners and the Guarantor are in goodstanding and that the person signing this Agreement on their behalf is duly authorized to do so.
7.2
The Owners will on request provide the Managers with full details, in writing, of the ultimate beneficial owners of their share capital.
7.3
The Owners shall be obliged to obtain any required guarantee, bond or other security including, without limitation, the SCAC code and International Carrier Bond as required in order to access the US Bureau of Customs and Border Protection automated manifest system, as required by 68 Fed Reg 68139 and as amended, and USCG Certificate of Financial Responsibility for pollution. The Owners shall also be obliged to obtain any permits, licences or the like required to be obtained by an operator of a vessel including, without limitation, the US EPA vessel general permit.

8.
Management Fee
8.1
The Owners shall pay to the Managers the fees and expenses in the amounts stated in the Fee Schedule in respect of the Basic Services which shall be payable by equal monthly installments in advance, the first installment being due and payable one (1) month before the Vessel is handed over to the Managers and subsequent installments being payable monthly in advance.
8.2
(i)  If the Managers' superintendents or other associated staff spend more than 15 days visiting the Vessel in any calendar year (or pro   rata for part of a calendar year), including time spent travelling, visits and travelling time in excess of 15 days shall be charged at the rate of US$850 per man per day. (ii)  In addition to the fee referred to in clause 8.2(i), the Managers shall charge the Owners US$850 per man per day in respect of time spent by the Managers’ superintendents or other staff in providing technical assistance in connection with any casualty, breakdown, emergency or other average incident and, where a tanker management self-assessment vetting is required, the Owners agree to pay US$850 per day in compensation for the additional services provided by the Managers’ vetting manager and/or superintendents onshore or onboard the Vessel.
8.3
If the Vessel is placed on time charter, any costs incurred in complying with charterers requirements (including, but not limited to, additional reporting requirements and visits to the charterers) will be paid by the Owners.
8.4
The Managers shall, at no extra cost to the Owners, provide their own office accommodation, office staff and office stationery. The Owners shall reimburse the Managers for all expenses properly incurred under the terms of this Agreement on behalf of the Owners, including, without prejudice to the foregoing generality, postage and communication expenses, Crew Support Costs, vessel documentation, administrative expenses of the SOPEP and SSP, travelling expenses and other out of pocket expenses properly incurred by the Managers in pursuance of the Management Services. The Managers shall allocate among all vessels managed by them on a basis which the Managers consider to be fair and reasonable having regard to the trade of the vessels, the nationality of the crews and other relevant factors,
13 of 28



8.5
In the event of the termination of this Agreement a sum equivalent to three (3) months Fees payable to the Managers according to the provisions of Clauses 8.1 shall, save as mentioned below, be paid no later than the effective date of termination. The only occasions on which the foregoing provision will not apply is: (i) where Clause 17.5 and Clause 17.7 applies or (ii) where the Agreement is properly terminated by the Owners in terms of Clause 17.3 as a result of the Managers' default.
8.6
Fees and expenses payable to the Managers will be reviewed annually with the Owners and shall be adjusted as a minimum by reference to the retail price index relevant to the nexus of services provided by the Managers. Where Management Services are wholly or partly provided by third parties, the fees and expenses therefore shall be adjusted immediately with the approval of the Owners (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) to take account of increases in the cost of such services. The Managers will, however, use all reasonable endeavours in negotiations with such third parties to minimise such increases.
8.7
All fees are exclusive of Value Added Taxes or other applicable taxes.
8.8
Save as otherwise provided in this Agreement, all discounts and commissions obtained by the Managers in the course of the management of the Vessel shall be credited to the Owners.
8.9
If as a result of collision, accident, emergency, or any other extraordinary circumstances, the Managers' workload is increased beyond that which the parties could reasonably have anticipated, the Managers shall be request (and the Owners shall approve, acting reasonably and without delay) reasonable additional remuneration having regard to the nature of the incident, the personnel and resources of the Managers deployed, and all other relevant circumstances including insurance recoveries.
8.10
If the Owners decide to lay-up the Vessel and such lay-up lasts for more than three (3) months, an appropriate reduction of the management fee for the period exceeding the three (3) months until the Owners give written notice to remobilize the Vessel, shall be mutually agreed between the parties.

9.
Payments and Management of Funds
9.1
All sums paid to the Managers by or on behalf of the Owners and all moneys collected by the Managers under the terms of this Agreement (other than fees payable by the Owners to the Managers) shall be held to the credit of the Owners in a separate bank account or accounts which shall be operated by the Managers. The Owners agree to provide to the Managers all information and documentation required to comply with banking “know your customer” procedures.
9.2
Where any sums howsoever arising and whether in respect of fees, budgeted expenditure, non-budgeted expenditure, other liabilities (present, future, liquidated or unliquidated) or expenses are owed  to the Managers in connection with the Vessel or the Fleet, the Managers shall be entitled but not obliged at any time or times to apply any sums standing to the credit of the accounts referred to in Clause 9.1 to settle such sums but shall in any event remain payable by the Owners to the Managers on demand.
9.3
On or prior to the Date of Commencement the Owners shall provide to the Managers an amount equivalent to the prorated budgeted days expenditure from the Date of Commencement to the end of the first month in management.  In addition, all pre-delivery expenses are to be funded promptly by the Owners on request from the Managers.  The Owners shall provide an amount equivalent to 1/12 of the annual budget for the first full month on or prior to the 1 st day of the first full month of the management period.  In subsequent months the Managers shall request amounts for the total anticipated monthly expenditure as laid out in clause 9.6.
9.4
The Owners agree that on termination of this agreement payment of all sums outstanding under the terms of the agreement are to be made in advance of the Vessel leaving management.  The sum will include without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing, any amounts due to be paid to suppliers and other third parties (as evidenced, in the absence of manifest error, by an accounts payable listing produced by the Managers)   and any outstanding accruals for invoices not yet received. The Owners irrevocably undertake to pay forthwith on request from the Managers any other sums which become due after the effective date of termination.
9.5
The Managers shall each month request (by e-mail) from the Owners the funds required to run the Vessel for the ensuing month.   Such request will be for the total of the anticipated monthly expenditure, including, without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing, any sums due to be paid to suppliers and other third parties in the ensuing month (as conclusively evidenced, in the absence of manifest error, by an accounts payable listing produced by the Managers) and any outstanding accruals for invoices not yet received.   In addition, the Owners shall provide the Managers

14 of 28


upon request with any funds which the Managers may request to cover any unbudgeted, unexpected, occasional or extraordinary item of expenditure.   All such funds shall be received by the Managers within five (5) days after the receipt of such requests and shall be held to the credit of the Owners in the account(s) referred to in Clause 9.1.    The Managers shall be entitled to allocate such funds in such manner as the Managers determine, and it shall not be open to the Owners to direct the Managers otherwise and under no circumstances shall any funds received be held on trust by the Managers for any specific purpose.
9.6
Notwithstanding anything contained herein, the Managers shall in no circumstances be required to use or commit their own funds to finance the provision of the Management Services and all payments due shall be made punctually to the Managers (and not any third party) in accordance with the terms of this Agreement in full without any deduction whatsoever.
9.7
Where the Owners delay settling any sums due to the Managers the Owners shall pay interest thereon from the due date until the date of payment at 3% per cent over one (1) month LIBOR.
9.8
In addition to the funds referred to above the Owners shall pay and/or reimburse the Managers in respect of all expenses incurred prior to the Date of Commencement including, but not limited to, riding crew wages, initial crew movements, crew standby expenses, communication and liaison expenses and ITF welfare contributions.

10.
Managers' Right to Sub-Contract
10.1
The Managers shall be entitled to procure performance of the Basic Services by their parent, subsidiary, associated companies, and/or Petro Services Ship Management SAM of 20, Avenue De Fontvieille, Le Coronado, 98000 Monaco and/or OSM Maritime AS, of Svinoddveien 12, 4836, Norway (hereinafter collectively called the " Sub-Managers ") in accordance with the following provisions of this Clause 10.1:-

(i)
Manager shall remain fully liable for the due performance of their obligation under this Agreement but performance of all or any of the Managers' obligations by the Sub-Managers shall be and constitute full and sufficient performance by the Managers of their obligations hereunder; and

(ii)
the Owners hereby agree with the Managers that insofar as the Sub-Managers perform the obligations of the Managers the Sub-Managers shall be entitled to the benefits of the provisions of Clause 11;

10.2
The provisions of Clause 10.1 shall remain in force notwithstanding termination of this Agreement.

11.
Responsibilities

11.1
Force Majeure
11.1.1    Neither the Owners nor the Managers shall be liable for any loss or damage or total or partial failure to perform this Agreement (other than a failure to perform an obligation to pay money) caused wholly or partly by any circumstance or matter beyond the reasonable control of the relevant party, as the case may be, including (without limiting the generality of the foregoing) acts of God, acts of governmental authorities, fires, strikes, floods, epidemics, quarantine restrictions, wars, insurrections, riots, violent demonstrations, criminal offences, acts and omissions of civil or military authority or of usurped power, requisition or hire by any governmental or other competent authority, embargoes, acts of terror, and cyber attacks
11.1.2    Where a party seeks to rely upon a force majeure event as described in Clause 11.1.1 it will advise the other party of the force majeure event at the earliest opportunity and also advise that party of the likely duration of such force majeure situation.

11.2
Liability to Owners

(i)
Without prejudice to Clause 11.1, the Managers shall be under no liability whatsoever to the Owners for any loss, damage, delay or expense of whatsoever nature, whether direct or indirect, (including but not limited to loss of profit arising out of or in connection with detention of or delay to the Vessel) and howsoever arising in the course of performance of the Management Services
UNLESS same is proved to have resulted solely from the negligence, gross negligence or wilful default of the Managers or their employees or agents, or sub-contractors employed by them in connection with the Vessel, in which case (save where loss, damage, delay or expense has resulted from the Managers' personal act or omission committed with the intent to cause same or recklessly and with knowledge that such loss, damage, delay or expense would probably result) the Managers' liability for each incident or series of incidents giving rise to a claim or claims shall never exceed a total of ten times the annual Fees  payable hereunder for Basic Services.
15 of 28



(ii)
Notwithstanding anything that may appear to the contrary in this Agreement, the Managers shall not be liable for any of the acts or omissions of the Crew even if such acts or omissions are negligent, grossly negligent or wilful, except only to the extent that they are shown to have resulted solely from a failure by the Managers to discharge their obligations under Clause 3.1 in which case their liability shall be limited in accordance with the terms of this Clause 11.

11.3
Indemnity - General
Except to the extent and solely for the amount therein set out that the Managers would be liable under Clause 11.2, the Owners hereby undertake to keep the Managers and their employees, agents and sub-contractors indemnified and to hold them harmless against all actions, proceedings, claims, demands or liabilities whatsoever or howsoever arising out of or in connection with the performance of this Agreement, including, but not limited to, any and all liability arising under the MLC, and against and in respect of all costs, loss, damages and expenses (including legal costs and expenses on a full indemnity basis) which the Managers may suffer or incur (either directly or indirectly) in the course of the performance of this Agreement. The rights of indemnity hereunder shall accrue when any claim or liability is first notified to the Managers or the Managers become aware of the same.

11.4
Indemnity - tax
Without prejudice to the general indemnity set out in Clause 11.3, the Owners hereby undertake to keep the Managers, their employees, agents and sub-contractors indemnified and to hold them harmless against all taxes, including customs duties, import VAT or any other indirect taxes, imposts and duties levied by any government as a result of the trading or other activities of the Owners or the Vessel or the Fleet and that whether or not such taxes, imposts and duties are levied on the Owners or the Managers when acting as agents on behalf of the Owners.

11.5
"Himalaya"
It is hereby expressly agreed that no employee or agent of the Managers (including every sub-contractor from time to time employed by the Managers and the employees of such sub-contractors) shall in any circumstances whatsoever be under any liability whatsoever to the Owners for any loss, damage or delay of whatsoever kind arising or resulting directly or indirectly from any act neglect or default on his part while acting in the course of or in connection with his employment and, without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing provisions in this Clause, every exemption, limitation, condition and liberty herein contained and every right, exemption from liability defence and immunity of whatsoever nature applicable to the Managers or to which the Managers are entitled hereunder shall also be available and shall extend to protect every such employee or agent of the Managers acting as aforesaid and for the purpose of all the foregoing provisions of this clause 11 the Managers are or shall be deemed to be acting as agent or trustee on behalf of and for the benefit of all persons who are or might be their servants or agents from time to time (including sub-contractors as aforesaid) and all such persons shall to this extent be or be deemed to be parties to this Agreement.

11.6.
Consequential Loss
Neither party shall be liable to the other for any Consequential Loss (as defined herein) whatsoever arising out of or in connection with the performance or non-performance of this Agreement, in tort, statute or otherwise at law. “Consequential Loss” means (a) Consequential loss under the applicable law (whether in contract, tort (including, but not limited to, negligence and misrepresentation), breach of statutory duty, or otherwise); and (b) Loss and/or deferral of production, loss of product, loss of use, loss of revenue, profit or anticipated profit (if any), in each case whether direct or indirect to the extent that these are not included in sub-paragraph (a) herein and whether or not foreseeable at the date of commencement of the Agreement.

11.7
The provisions of Clause 11 shall remain in force notwithstanding termination of this Agreement.

12.
Liens
Managers shall only have the benefit of any liens arising by operation of law or otherwise in the ordinary course of the management of the Vessel.
13.
Claims/Disputes

13.1
If required the Managers shall handle and settle claims arising out of the Management Services hereunder and keep the Owners informed regarding any incident of which the Managers become aware which gives or may give rise to claims or disputes involving third parties.

16 of 28


13.2
The Managers shall, as instructed by the Owners, bring or defend actions, suits or proceedings in connection with matters entrusted to the Managers according to this Agreement.
13.3
The Managers shall have power to obtain legal or technical or other outside expert advice in relation to the handling and settlement of claims and disputes or all other matters affecting the interests of the Owners in respect of the Vessel.
13.4
The Owners shall pay to the Managers a fee for time spent by the Managers in carrying out their obligations under Clause 13 and such fee shall be charged at the rate of US$850 per man per day of 8 hours.  Where the Approved Broker has been appointed pursuant to clause 3.4 for the placing of insurances no additional fee will be charged for insurance claims handling. In addition, any costs incurred by the Managers in carrying out their obligations according to Clause 13 shall be reimbursed by the Owners.
13.5
The Owners acknowledge that the Managers use MTI Network for crisis management response and agree to reimburse any fees additional to the annual retainer of MTI Network (as included in the budget) which may be incurred.

14.
Auditing, Records
14.1
The Managers shall at all times maintain and keep true and correct accounts and shall make the same available at the Managers’ offices for inspection and auditing by the Owners at such times as may be mutually agreed. The Owners agree that the Managers shall be entitled to charge for their reasonable costs and expenses should the Owners require copies of supplier invoices and related documentation.
14.2
The Managers shall be entitled to electronically archive all of the Vessels' records and arrange safe storage of the same, the costs being included in the Vessel's running costs.
14.3
All accounting and other records relating the Vessel will be retained by the Managers in accordance with any applicable internal policy and subject to statutory requirements. For the period during which records are retained Owners may request a copy to be delivered to them at their own expense.
14.4
The Managers may request and the Owners shall, in a timely manner, make available all documentation, information and records reasonably required by the Managers to enable them to perform the Management Services.

15.
Inspection of Vessel
The Owners shall have the right at any time to inspect the Vessel for any reason they consider necessary.  The Owners will, where practicable, give reasonable notice to the Managers of their intention to visit the Vessel.

16.
Compliance with Laws and Regulations
16.1
Owners and Managers undertake, represent and warrant that on concluding this Agreement neither they, Crew, nor any of their employees or agents is a Sanctioned Person.
16.2
Owners and Managers warrant compliance with Global Trade Laws in all respects related directly or indirectly to the performance of this Agreement and undertake that they will not, through any act or omission, place the other in violation of Global Trade Laws.
16.3
The parties will not do or permit anything to be done which might cause any breach or infringement of the laws and regulation of the country of registry of the Vessel, and of the places where she trades, provided always that each parties’ obligations under this clause will relate to matters in which they are in fact capable of fulfilling and on the understanding that each receive all necessary co-operation and information from the other and, in the case of the Managers, the funding from the Owners, provided for in this contract.
16.4
Owners and Managers accept that the United States, the European Union, and other relevant authorities may from time to time establish or change the applicable Global Trade Laws and both parties acknowledge that such an event may render continued performance by either or both under this Agreement illegal or unlawful.  In that event and if either party terminates this Agreement due to a change in U.S., EU, or other applicable sanctions (including without limitation the “snap back” of U.S or EU sanctions with respect to Iran in connection with the Joint Comprehensive Plan of Action), both parties agree that (i) such termination shall not constitute a breach of this Agreement by the party terminating and the other party waives any and all claims against the terminating party for any loss, cost or expense, including consequential damages that the other party may incur by virtue of such termination; and (ii) both parties agreed to take reasonable steps to cooperate in winding down this Agreement.
16.5
In this clause the following words and expressions shall have the meanings hereby assigned to them:
“Embargoed Country” means any country or geographic region subject to comprehensive economic sanctions or embargoes administered by OFAC or the European Union, including without
17 of 28


limitation Cuba, Iran, North Korea, Sudan, Syria, and the Crimea region.
“Global Trade Laws” means the U.S. Export Administration Regulations; the U.S. International Traffic in Arms Regulations; the economic sanctions rules and regulations administered by the U.S. Treasury Department’s Office of Foreign Assets Control (“OFAC”) as well as any relevant Executive Orders; the economic sanctions rules and regulations administered by the United Kingdom’s European Union (“E.U.”) Council Regulations on export controls, including Nos. 428/2009, 267/2012; other E.U. Council sanctions regulations, as implemented in E.U. Member States; United Nations sanctions policies; all relevant regulations made under any of the foregoing; and other applicable economic sanctions or export and import control laws.
“Sanctioned Person” means at any time: (a) any person or entity included on: OFAC’s Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons List, the Sectoral Sanctions Identifications List, or the Foreign Sanctions Evaders List; the E.U.’s Consolidated List of Sanctions Targets; or any similar list; (b) any person resident in, or entity organized under the laws of, an Embargoed Country; or (c) any person or entity majority-owned or controlled or acting on behalf of any of the foregoing.

17.
Duration of the Agreement

17.1
Termination by Notice
This Agreement shall come into effect on the Date of Commencement (except that the Managers are authorised, prior to such date to do all such things in respect of which it shall be entitled to be paid or reimbursed pursuant to clause 9.9) and shall continue thereafter until terminated by either party giving to the other notice in writing, in which event this Agreement shall, terminate on the expiry of a period of  twenty four (24)  months from the date upon which such notice is received unless terminated earlier in accordance with this Clause 17.    Where the Vessel is not at a convenient port or place on the expiry of such period, this Agreement shall terminate on the subsequent arrival of the Vessel at a convenient port or place.

17.2
Termination by default - Owners

(i)
The Managers shall be entitled to terminate the Agreement with immediate effect by notice in writing if any moneys requested by the Managers from the Owners or the owners of any vessel in the Fleet, shall not have been received in the Managers' nominated account within five (5) days of payment having been requested in writing by the Managers or if the Owners fail to comply to the reasonable satisfaction of the Managers with the requirements of clauses 6.3, 6.4 and 6.5 or if the Vessel is repossessed by a mortgagee.

(ii)
If the Owners

(a)
otherwise fail materially to meet their obligations hereunder for reasons within their control, or

(b)
employ the Vessel in the carriage of contraband, blockade running or in an unlawful trade, or on a voyage or in a manner which, in the sole discretion of the Managers, is unduly hazardous or improper, or potentially unlawful or

(c)
fail to comply with a request for information or cooperation, or to comply with any recommendation of the Managers which the Managers consider to be reasonable and non-compliance with which may affect the Managers’ reputation or its obligations under the ISM Code or any other applicable laws or regulations
then the Managers may give written notice to the Owners specifying the default and requiring them to remedy it.   In the event that the Owners fail to remedy such default (in the case of (a) above, if remediable) within a reasonable time to the reasonable satisfaction of the Managers, the Managers shall be entitled to terminate this Agreement with immediate effect by notice in writing.

17.3
Termination by Default - Managers

(i)
If the Managers fail materially to meet their obligations under this Agreement for reasons within the control of the Managers, the Owners may give written notice to the Managers specifying the default and requiring them to remedy it as soon as practically possible.  In the event that the Managers fail to remedy such default, if remediable, within a reasonable time to the reasonable satisfaction of the Owners, the Owners shall be entitled to terminate this Agreement with immediate effect by notice in writing.

(ii)
If the Managers are convicted of, or admit guilt for, a crime, then the Owners shall be entitled to terminate this Agreement with immediate effect by notice in writing.

17.4
Liquidation
This Agreement shall terminate forthwith in the event of an order being made or resolution passed for the winding up, dissolution, liquidation or

18 of 28


bankruptcy of either party (otherwise than for the purpose of reconstruction or amalgamation) or if a receiver, administrator or similar officer is appointed, or if it suspends payment, ceases to carry on business or makes any special arrangement or composition with its creditors.  The Managers shall be entitled to terminate this Agreement forthwith in the event of an order being made or resolution passed for the winding up, dissolution, liquidation or bankruptcy of the owner of any vessel in the Fleet (otherwise than for the purpose of reconstruction or amalgamation) or if a receiver or similar officer is appointed to such owner, or if such owner suspends payment, ceases to carry on business or makes any special arrangement or composition with its creditors.

17.5
Extraordinary Termination

This Agreement shall be:
(i)
terminated in the case of a sale of the Vessel (“ ET1 ”), and the date upon which the Vessel is to be treated as having been sold or otherwise disposed of shall be the date on which the Vessel’s owners cease to be the registered owners of the Vessel;

(ii)
deemed to be terminated if the Vessel becomes a total loss or is declared as a constructive or compromised or arranged total loss or is requisitioned or has been declared missing, or the Vessel is bareboat chartered for a period of less than three (3) years, when the bareboat charter comes to an end (in either case, “ ET2 ”);

(iii)
terminated if the Vessel is bareboat chartered for a period of three (3) years or more, unless otherwise agreed, when the bareboat charter comes to an end (“ ET3 ”); or


(iv)
terminated if the Vessel is not delivered to the Owners within 100 days of the Effective Date (“ ET4 ”).

17.6
For the purpose of sub-clause 17.5 hereof:
the Vessel shall not be deemed to be lost until either she has become an actual total loss or agreement has been reached with her Underwriters in respect of her constructive, compromised or arranged total loss or if such agreement with her underwriters is not reached it is adjudged by a competent tribunal that a constructive loss of the Vessel has occurred or a Notice of Abandonment is issued to underwriters.

17.7


(i)
In the event of a termination of this Agreement for an ET2 event or for any other reason except: (i) in the case of default by the Manager; or (ii) an ET1, ET3 or ET4 event, the Fees payable to the Managers according to the provisions of Clause 8.1 (Management Fee) shall continue to be payable for three (3) months.


(ii)
In the event of a termination of this Agreement for an ET1, ET3 or ET4 event (and absent a Change of Control):


(aa)
the Fees payable to the Managers according to the provisions of Clause 8.1 (Management Fee), shall continue to be payable for a further period of three (3) months as from the date of termination; and


(bb)
the Owners are to provide written notice of termination to Managers at least three (3) months prior to the date of termination. Where Managers do not receive at least three (3) months prior written notice of the date of termination the Fees in (aa) shall be increased by three (3) months of Fees, reduced by the pro rata amount where prior written notice of the date of termination was given.


(iii)
On or following a Change of Control, clauses (ii)(aa) and (bb) above shall not apply and in the event of a termination  of  this  Agreement  for  an  ET1,  ET3  or  ET4  event,  the  Fees  payable  to  the Managers according to the provisions of Clause 8.1 (Management Fee), shall continue to be payable for a further period of twenty-four (24) months as from the date of termination.


(iv)
In the event of a termination of this Agreement for an ET4 event, no termination fee shall be due and payable hereunder where the Owners are required to pay an early termination fee as the same is described in the Master Agreement.


(v)
All amounts due and payable under this Clause 17.7 shall be accelerated and immediately payable in one lump sum on the date of termination.

17.8
The termination of this Agreement shall be without prejudice to all rights accrued due between the parties prior to the date of termination.

17.9
All outstanding fees and other sums payable by the Owners require to be paid in full on or prior to termination, for whatever reason, of this Agreement.   Save where the Agreement is
19 of 28


properly terminated by the Owners in accordance with Clause 17.3, the Managers shall be paid fees in accordance with Clause 8.5 or Clause 17.7 where terminated in accordance with Clause 17.5. The Owners shall also pay on demand Severance Costs together with repatriation costs and any other expenses which arise directly as a result of the termination.

18.
Confidentiality
As between the Owners and the Managers, the Owners hereby agree and acknowledge that all title and property in and to the management manuals of the Managers and other written material of the Managers concerning management functions and activities is vested in the Managers and the Owners agree not to disclose the same to any third party and, on the termination of this Agreement, to return all such manuals and other material to the Managers.  For the purposes of this Clause reference to "the Managers" includes the Sub-Managers of the Managers and any third parties providing Management Services.
19.
Suspension of Services
If, at any time, the Owners have failed to pay the sums due and owing, as set out in Clause 9, or are in breach of any other terms of this Agreement, in addition to the Managers’ rights pursuant to Clause 17 to terminate, the Managers shall, without prejudice to their liberty to terminate, be entitled to withhold/suspend the performance of any and all of their obligations hereunder (including, but not limited to, removal of Crew) and shall have no responsibility whatsoever for any consequences thereof, in respect of which the Owners hereby indemnify the Managers, and fees (as set out in the Fee Schedule) shall continue to accrue and any extra expenses resulting from such withholding shall be for the Owners’ account.   To the extent the rights of Managers as set out in this Clause 19 are limited in any way by any undertaking Managers may have given or be required to give to any of the banks financing the Vessel, Managers hereby reserve the right to approach any such bank at any time to discuss suspending services in the absence of continued nonperformance by the Owners.
20.
Law and Arbitration
20.1
This Agreement shall be governed by English law and any dispute arising out of or in connection with this Agreement shall be referred to arbitration in London in accordance with the Arbitration Act 1996 and any amendment thereto or substitution therefor.
20.2
The arbitration shall be conducted in accordance with the London Maritime Arbitrators' (LMAA) Terms current at the time when the arbitration is commenced.
20.3
Save as mentioned below, the reference shall be to three arbitrators, one to be appointed by each party and the third by the two so appointed.   A party wishing to refer a dispute to arbitration shall appoint its arbitrator and send notice of such appointment to the other party requiring the other party to appoint its arbitrator within 14 days of that notice and stating that it will appoint its arbitrator as sole arbitrator unless the other party appoints its own arbitrator and give notice that it has done so within the 14 days specified.   If the other party does not appoint its own arbitrator and give notice that it has done so within the 14 days specified, the party referring the dispute to arbitration may, without the requirement of any further prior notice to the other party, appoint its arbitrator as sole arbitrator and shall advise the other party accordingly.   The award of a sole arbitrator shall be as binding as if he had been appointed by agreement.
20.4
In cases where neither the claim nor any counterclaim exceeds the sum of US$ 50,000 (or such other sum as the parties may agree) the arbitration shall be conducted in accordance with the LMAA Small Claims Procedure current at the time when the arbitration proceedings are commenced.
20.5
Except to the extent provided for in clauses 10 and 11 no third party shall have the right to enforce any term of this Agreement.

21.
Amendments to Agreement
The Managers reserve the right to make such changes to this Agreement as they shall consider necessary to take account of regulatory changes which come into force after the date hereof and which affect the operation of the Vessel.  Such changes will be notified in writing to the Owners and will come into force on notification or on the date on which such regulatory or other changes come into effect (whichever shall be the later).
22.
Time Limit for Claims
Any and all liabilities of either party to the other arising under this Agreement or otherwise in relation to the Vessel (except in the case of fraud) shall be deemed to be waived and absolutely barred on the relevant date unless prior to the relevant date written particulars of any claim
20 of 28


(giving details of the alleged breach in respect of which such claim is made and a preliminary statement of the amount claimed) have been intimated in writing by the claimant  by the relevant date, and any such claim shall be deemed (if it has not previously been satisfied, settled or withdrawn) to have been withdrawn unless arbitration proceedings have been commenced under Clause 20 prior to the expiry of six (6) months after the relevant date.  For the purposes of this Clause 22, the "relevant date" is one year after the date of termination, for whatever reason, of this Agreement.
23.
Condition of Vessel
The Owners acknowledge that they are aware that the Managers are unable to confirm that the Vessel, its systems, equipment and machinery are free from defects, and agree that the Managers shall not in any circumstances be liable for any losses, costs, claims, liabilities and expenses which the Owners may suffer or incur resulting from pre-existing or latent deficiencies in the Vessel, its systems, equipment and machinery .

24.
Notices
24.1
Any notice or other communication under or in relation to this Agreement (a "Communication") may be sent by fax, registered or recorded mail, by personal delivery or electronically.
24.2
The addresses of the parties for service of a Communication shall be as stated in Boxes 6 and 7 respectively of Part I.
24.3
A Communication shall be deemed to have been delivered and shall take effect:

(i)
in the case of a fax or email, on the day of transmission; and

(iii)
if delivered personally or sent by registered or recorded mail at the time of delivery.

25.
Staff Loyalty
The Owners shall not and shall procure that their parent, subsidiary and associate companies shall not, without the written consent of the Managers, during the course of this Agreement or for a period of six (6) months following termination directly or indirectly offer any employment to any employee of the Managers engaged in providing Management Services or directly or indirectly induce or solicit any such person to take up employment with the Owners or any associated or affiliated company or use the services of any such person either independently or via a third party. In the event that the Managers agree to any of its employees accepting an offer of employment as aforesaid, the Owners shall pay to the Managers a sum equivalent to 25% of the new annual salary of that employee, payable within seven days of the date of the written agreement of the Managers. Such payment shall be construed as liquidated damages and not as a penalty, being the parties agreed reasonable estimate of the Managers’ loss.

26.
Entire Agreement
26.1
Any additional clauses attached hereto together with the Master Agreement, Confirmation, any subsequent, addenda, schedules, appendices or otherwise, shall be construed as an integral part of this Agreement and shall be interpreted accordingly. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement and understanding of the parties. It supersedes any previous agreement, understanding, discussion or exchange between the parties (or their representatives) relating to the equipment or service which now forms the subject matter of this Agreement.
26.2
By signing this Agreement both parties agree and represent to each other that neither party is entering into this Agreement as a result of, or in reliance on, any warranty, representation, statement, agreement or undertaking of any kind whatsoever (whether in writing or oral and whether made negligently or innocently) made by any person other than as expressly set out in this Agreement as a warranty and identified as such.
26.3
For the avoidance of doubt, it is intended and agreed that any liability which might otherwise have arisen in tort for negligent misrepresentation or for negligent or innocent misrepresentation, whether at common law or under statue, is hereby excluded and any remedy that might otherwise have so arisen is forsworn.

27.
Partial Validity
If any provision of this Agreement is or becomes or is held by any arbitrator or other competent body to be illegal, invalid or unenforceable in any respect under any law or jurisdiction, the provision shall be deemed to be amended to the extent necessary to avoid such illegality, invalidity or unenforceability, or, if such amendment is not possible, the provision shall be deemed to be deleted from this Agreement to the extent of such illegality, invalidity or unenforceability and the remaining provisions shall continue in full force and effect and shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

28.
Performance Guarantee
In consideration of the Managers entering into this Agreement with the Owners and for other good and valuable consideration, the Guarantor
21 of 28


unconditionally and irrevocably guarantees to the Managers as primary obligor and not merely as surety the due and punctual observance and performance of all the obligations of the Owners under this Agreement. It is agreed in connection with such guarantee, that:
(i)  the Managers shall not be bound to exhaust their recourse against the Owners before calling on the Guarantor to perform any outstanding obligation of the Owners under this Agreement;
(ii)  this shall be a continuing guarantee which shall remain in force until termination of this Agreement and thereafter for so long as any claim arising from or related to the breach by the Owners of any and all of their obligations and liabilities under this Agreement remains outstanding and are not prescribed or time barred under any applicable statute or law. This guarantee shall not be affected by any variation of the terms of this Agreement, or by any other act, omission, matter or thing which, but for this provision, might operate to release or exonerate the Guarantor from its obligations as guarantor in whole or in part;
(ii) the Guarantor’s obligations hereunder shall be in additional to and shall not in any way be prejudiced by any other guarantees granted or covenants assumed now or in the future by the Guarantor in favour of the Managers with respect to any claim the Managers has or may have against the Owners or the Guarantor under either of the Master and/or this Agreement.
(ivi) the Guarantor ,   acting for itself and its successors and assigns, hereby expressly and irrevocably consents to and submits to be bound by the provisions of Clause 20 hereof.
29 .
Non Waiver
No failure to exercise nor any delay in exercising any right, power, privilege or remedy under this Agreement shall in any way impair or affect the exercise thereof or operate as a waiver in whole or in part. No single or partial exercise of any right, power, privilege or remedy under this Agreement shall prevent any further or other exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power, privilege or remedy.

22 of 28

SHIP MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT - PART III

SERVICES PROVIDED BY SUB-MANAGERS


1. Travel Management on a 24hour basis:

Services include controls for verifying quotes, integrated billing system, consultancy, cost control and account management, visa assistance, corporate travel.

2. Catering

Services include cargo ship catering, consulting for start-up, new building, and operational review, purchasing and logistics.

3. Technical analysis of vessel performance

Services include the monitoring of vessel performance by collecting and analysing the main parameters affecting fuel consumption: main engine (ME) consumption, condition of hull and propeller, sludge production and itinerary management in terms of speed and rpm.
The above findings are compiled in monthly reports containing trends and comparisons to optimum performance and to sister/similar vessels, if any, with the purpose of improvement in speed and consumption, cleaning of hull/propeller, operation of vessel within charterparty limits and provision of documents in support of commercial claims.
The service is tailor-made to suit the existing recording equipment available onboard and will include suggestions for improvement fully supported by ROI analysis
The technical performance of the ME is analysed in terms of ME load balance, fuel injection pump, air cooler, Turbo Charge and Economiser conditions with the purpose of improvement in fuel and lube oil consumption and the streamlining spare parts procurement.

4.  Agency

Services include protecting, husbandry and charterers’ Agents, port services, spares, logistics, crew and offshore support for Crew movements when and where available.

5. Underwater services

Routine underwater inspections, propeller and hull cleaning. Underwater repair and maintenance as required.

6. Engineering services and consultancy

Services include naval architecture, engineering, design, emergency and oil spill response services, laser scanning, new construction supervision and project management services.

7. Repairs and Installations

Provision of riding gangs, turnkey repairs and installations, engine overhauling, electrical installations, annual services and NDT testing.
23 of 28


8. Insurance
Services include arranging insurance and managing claims in accordance with clause 3.4 of this ship management agreement, on such terms as the Owners shall have instructed or agreed, in particular regarding conditions, insured values, deductibles, franchises and limits of liability

9. Salvage and oil spill response

Services include global emergency response in way of towing, marine firefighting, damage stability, salvage, spill response including statutory compliance services.



SHIP MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT - PART IV

FEE SCHEDULE

 SHIP NAME:




BASIC SERVICES (Clause 3 of Part II)
Amount
Frequency
(a)   Fees
   
Management Fee
US$156,000 per annum
 Pro rata monthly in advance
SECAT Retainer Fee
$[●] per month
 Monthly in advance
Crew Management Fees:
$[●] per month
 
 Monthly in advance
 
(b)   Expenses
   
 
Management Expenses: Fixed Cost invoice – Certain  Overheads as per Budget (Part VI) )
 
Crewing Expenses:  Fixed Cost invoice – Crewing Expenses (Part VI)
 
 
[TBD]
 
  [TBD]
 
 Monthly in advance
 
 Monthly in advance
     
     

24 of 28

SHIP MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT - PART V

FLEET DETAILS



25 of 28

SHIP MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT - PART VI

INITIAL BUDGET

Crew


I.
The following “Crewing Expenses” are assessed as a fixed cost based on the agreed budget and subject to the Vessel’s crew complement and trading area remaining unchanged (Fixed Cost Invoice – General Crewing Expenses):

Recruitment costs to include:
Medical costs
Training costs
Visa costs
Medical insurance costs
Domestic travel
Wage related union costs
Flag required licenses
MSO communications
Bank charges (in relation to allotments)
Working gear

If the Vessel’s Crew complement and/or trading area are changed with the result that the abovementioned component costs increase the Owners agree that the fixed cost shall be revised as may be mutually agreed.

The Managers shall be subject to the auditing and control requirements of the Owner but shall not be required on a regular basis to provide to the Owners any invoices or related documentation for items within the Fixed Cost Invoice.


II.
Other costs are charged on an itemized basis including:
Crew Travel
Crew Wages
ITF fee
Victualling
D&A testing
Crew welfare


Insurance
Hull & Machinery Premiums
Increased Value Premium
War Risks Premium
Freight, Defence & Demurrage
P&I Premiums
Loss of Hire Insurances

Technical
Stores
Spares
Lub Oils
Surveys & Services
26 of 28


Repairs

Safety & Risk

Administration / Overheads
Registration Expenses

Management Fees

“Management Expenses” as per Cl. 8.4
If fixed management expenses are agreed in the budget, the Managers shall not be required to provide to the Owners any invoices or related documentation for items within the Fixed Management Expenses Invoice.

Other Costs

OPERATING COSTS EXCL. DRYDOCKING

Drydocking
Dry docking Provision
Extraordinary M&R

OPERATING COSTS INCL. DRYDOCKING







27 of 28


SHIP MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT - PART VII

CHANGE OF CONTROL DEFINITION NAO
(A) the direct or indirect sale, lease, transfer, conveyance or other disposition (other than by way of merger or consolidation), in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of NAO’s or its subsidiaries’ assets, taken as a whole, to any Person other than to a Permitted Owner;
(B) an order made for, or the adoption by the Board of Directors of a plan of, liquidation or dissolution of NAO;
(C) the consummation of any transaction (including any merger or consolidation) the result of which is that any Person, other than a Permitted Owner, becomes the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of a majority of NAO’s Voting Securities, measured by voting power rather than number of shares;
(D) if, at any time, NAO becomes insolvent, admits in writing its inability to pay its debts as they become due, is adjudged bankrupt or declares bankruptcy or makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors, or makes a proposal or similar action under the bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar laws of any applicable jurisdiction or commences or consents to proceedings relating to it under any reorganization, arrangement, readjustment of debt, dissolution or liquidation law or statute of any jurisdiction;
(E) the consolidation of NAO with, or the merger of NAO with or into, any Person, other than a Permitted Owner or the consolidation of any Person, other than a Permitted Owner, with, or the merger of any Person, other than a Permitted Owner, with or into, NAO, in any such event pursuant to a transaction in which any of the common stock outstanding immediately prior to such transaction are converted into or exchanged for cash, securities or other property or receive a payment of cash , securities or other property, other than any such transaction where NAO’s Voting Securities outstanding immediately prior to such transaction are converted into or exchanged for Voting Securities of the surviving or transferee Person constituting a majority (measured by voting power rather than number of shares) of the outstanding Voting Securities of such surviving or transferee Person immediately after giving effect to such issuance; or
(F) a change in directors after which a majority of the members of the Board of Directors are not directors who were either nominated by, appointed by or otherwise elected with the approval of current board members at the time of such election.
“Affiliates” means, with respect to any Person as at any particular date, any other Persons that directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, are Controlled by, Control or are under common Control with the Person in question, and Affiliate means any one of them.
“Control” or “Controlled” means, with respect to any Person, the right to elect or appoint, directly or indirectly, a majority of the directors of such Person or a majority of the Persons who have the right, including any contractual right, to manage and direct the business, affairs and operations of such Person, or the possession of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a Person, whether through ownership of Voting Securities, by contract, or otherwise.
“Governmental Authority” means any domestic or foreign government, including any federal, provincial, state, territorial or municipal government, any multinational or supranational organization, any government agency (including the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission), any tribunal, labor relations board, commission or
28 of 28


stock exchange (including the New York Stock Exchange), and any other authority or organization exercising executive, legislative, judicial, regulatory or administrative functions of, or pertaining to, government.
“NAO” shall mean Nordic American Offshore Ltd., a company incorporated under the laws of Bermuda and having its registered office at LOM Building, 27 Reid Street, Hamilton HM 11, Bermuda.
“Permitted Owner” means (i) Mackenzie Financial Corporation, a corporation organized and existing under the laws of Ontario (“ Mackenzie ”) or the funds and accounts set out in Schedule A to the common stock purchase agreement dated 29 March 2019 entered into between SOI, Mackenzie and NAO,  (ii) Scorpio Offshore Investments Inc., a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the Republic of the Marshall Islands (“ SOI ”), and (iii) any Affiliate of SOI.
“Person” shall have the meaning ascribed to it as such term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Securities Exchange Act, as amended.
“Voting Securities” means securities of all classes of a Person entitling the holders thereof to vote on a regular basis in the election of members of the board of directors or other governing body of such Person.



29 of 28
Exhibit 4.10

Execution Version






Dated 10 April 2 0 19






$9 ,000,000

AMENDMENT TO FACILITY AGREEMENT







SCORPIO BARON SHIPPING COMPANY LIMITED
and
SCORPIO BRILLIANCE SHIPPING COMPANY LIMITED
as joint and several Borrowers and
SCORPIO OFFSHORE HOLDING INC .
as Original Shareholder and
AHTS HOLDCO LIMITED
as Replacement Shareholder

and

DVB BANK SE NORDIC BRANCH
as Facility Agent and as Security Agent











SUPPLEMENTAL AGREEMENT

relating to
the financing of m . v . s "SOI BARON" and "SOI BRILLIANCE"











Clause
 
Page
     
1
Definitions and Interpretation
2
2
Agreement of the Finance Parties
4
3
Conditions Precedent and Subsequent
5
4
Representations
5
5
Amendments to Facility Agreement and other Finance Documents
7
6
Security Releases
9
7
Reversal Arrangements
10
8
Power of Attorney
11
9
Further Assurance
13
1 0
Costs, Expenses and Payments
14
11
Notices
15
12
Counterparts
15
13
Governing Law
15
14
Enforcement
16
     
Schedules
   
     
Schedule 1 Conditions Precedent
18
Schedule 2 Conditions Subsequent
21
Schedule 3 DVB Conditions
22
Schedule 4 Form of Amended Facility Agreement
23
     
Execution
   
     
Execution Pages
24



THIS SUPPLEMENTAL AGREEMENT is made on       10     April 2 0 19

PARTIES

(1)         SCORPIO BARON SHIPPING COMPANY LIMITED (" Borrower A ") and SCORPIO BRILLIANCE SHIPPING COMPANY LIMITED (" Borrower B "), each a corporation incorporated in the Republic of the Marshall Islands whose registered office is at Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island , Majuro, Marshall Islands, MH9696 0 as joint and several borrowers (the " Borrowers ");

(2)        SCORPIO OFFSHORE HOLDING INC . , a corporation incorporated in the Republic of the Marshall Islands whose registered office is at Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road , Ajeltake Island, Majuro , Marshall Islands, MH9696 0 (the " Original Shareholder ");

(3)       AHTS HOLDCO LIMITED , a company incorporated in Bermuda with registration number 54509 and having its registered office at Thistle House , 4 Burnaby Street, Hamilton HM 11 , Bermuda (the " Replacement Shareholder ");

(4)        DVB BANK SE NORDIC BRANCH , (as " Facility Agent ") on behalf of all the " Lenders " as listed in
Schedule 1 of the Facility Agreement;

(5)        DVB BANK SE NORDIC BRANCH , (as Facility Agent ); and

(6)        DVB BANK SE NORDIC BRANCH , (as Security Agent ).

BACKGROUND

(A)       By the Facility Agreement , the Lenders agreed to make available to the Borrowers a dollar term loan facility of up to $9 ,000,000.

(B)         By the Existing Shares Security , the Original Shareholder agreed to create security over the share capital in each Borrower in favour of the Security Agent.

(C)        By the Existing Subordinated Debt Security , the Original Shareholder has agreed to the creation of Security over the Subordinated Finance Documents and the Subordinated Liabilities (as each such expression is defined in the Existing Subordinated Debt Security).

(D)       By the Existing Subordination Deed , the Original Shareholder has agreed to the subordination of the Subordinated Liabilities (as defined in the Existing Subordination Deed) to the rights of the Finance Parties under the Finance Documents.

(E)       The Original Shareholder and the Borrowers have requested the Lenders' consent to the release of the Existing Shares Security to allow for the sale of all the shares in each Borrower from the Original Shareholder to the Replacement Shareholder which , if such consent is not obtained , would constitute an Event of Default under clause 26.1 0 of the Facility Agreement.

(F)       The Lenders have agreed , subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, to inter alia , (i) the release of the Existing Shares Security , (ii) the release of the Existing Subordinated Debt Security, (iii) the release of the Existing Subordination Deed according to the terms and conditions contained therein , (iv) the share sale referred to in Recital (E) and (v) certain amendments to the Facility Agreement and the other Finance Documents, in each case subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement .



OPERATIVE PROVISIONS

1   DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

1 . 1   Definitions

In this Agreement:

" Amended Facility Agreement " means the Facility Agreement as amended and supplemented by this Agreement and as set out in full in Schedule 4 ( Form of Amended Facility Agreement ).

" Amended Subordination Deed " means the Existing Subordination Deed as amended and supplemented by this Agreement.

" Conditions Precedent " means the conditions precedent set out in Clause 3 . 1 ( Conditions
Precedent ) of this Agreement.

" DVB Conditions " means the occurrence of all the events and circumstances and the provision of all the documents and evidence listed in Schedule 3 ( DVB Conditions ).

" DVB Conditions Date " means 31 October 2 0 19 or such later date as may be agreed in writing by the Facility Agent (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders).

" DVB Reversal Notice " shall have the meaning given to that expression in Clause 7.2 ( Reversal
Mechanism ).

" Effective Date " means the date on which the Conditions Precedent are fulfilled (or waived by the Lenders in writing) and which the Facility Agent notifies the Parties to be the date the amendments set out in this Agreement shall take effect .

" Existing Shares Security " means , in respect of each Borrower, a shares security dated
26 September 2 0 17 entered into between the Original Shareholder and the Security Agent in respect of the shares in that Borrower held by the Original Shareholder.

" Existing Subordinated Debt Security " means the subordinated debt security dated 4 May
2 0 18 entered into by the Original Shareholder with the Security Agent in respect of the
Subordinated Finance Documents (as defined therein) and the Subordinated Liabilities (as defined therein).

" Existing Subordination Deed " means the subordination deed dated 4 May 2 0 18 made between (i) the Original Shareholder, (ii) the Borrowers and (iii) the Security Agent in respect of the Borrowers' obligations under the Finance Documents.

" Facility Agreement " means the Facility Agreement originally dated 2 0 September 2 0 17 (as the same may be amended and supplemented from time to time) and made between, amongst others, (i) the Borrowers, (ii) the Lenders, (iii) the Facility Agent and (v) the Security Agent.

" Investors " means together Mackenzie and SOI.

" Mackenzie " means together Mackenzie Financial Corporation , a corporation organised and existing under the laws of Ontario for and on behalf of the funds and accounts listed at schedule A of the NAO ELOC SPA.
2


" New Finance Documents " means the New Shares Security , the New Subordinated Debt
Security and the New Subordination Deed .

" New Shares Security " means a document creating Security over the share capital of each Borrower granted or to be granted by the Replacement Shareholder in favour of the Security Agent in agreed form .

" New Subordinated Debt Security " means any subordinated debt security entered or to be entered into by the Replacement Shareholder with the Security Agent in respect any Subordinated Liabilities where the Replacement Shareholder is the "Subordinated Creditor".

" New Subordination Deed " means a subordination deed entered or to be entered into by the
Replacement Shareholder and the Security Agent in agreed form .

" NAO " means Nordic American Offshore Ltd. , a company incorporated in Bermuda whose registered office is at LOM Building , 27 Reid Street, Hamilton HM11 , Bermuda.

" NAO / DNB RCF " means the revolving credit facility agreement originally dated 16 March
2 0 15 and made between amongst others, (i) NAO as borrower, (ii) Blue Power Limited , (iii) the lenders listed in schedule 1 thereto (the " NAO Lenders ") and (iv) DNB Bank ASA as arranger, bookrunner, facility agent and security agent, whereby the NAO Lenders agreed to make available to NAO a revolving credit facility in the amount up to $15 0,000,000.

" NAO ELOC SPA " means the common stock purchase agreement dated as of 29 March 2019 and entered into between NAO, Mackenzie and SOI setting out the terms upon which the Investors have agreed to purchase up to $2 0,000,000 of common stock in NAO.

" Party " means a party to this Agreement.

" Reversal " shall, in the case of each Borrower, have the meaning given to that expression in the SPA relating to that Borrower.

" Reversal Date " means, in the case of each Borrower, the actual date the Reversal takes effect in relation to that Borrower and such date shall be the same date for each Borrower.

" Reversal Event " shall have the meaning given to that expression in Clause 7 . 1 ( Reversal
Events ).

" Share Transfer " means, in respect of each Borrower, the transfer by the Original Shareholder of all its shares and interests in such shares and share capital of such Borrower to the Replacement Shareholder in accordance with the SPA.

" SOI " means Scorpio Offshore Investments Inc ., a corporation incorporated and existing under the laws of the Marshall Islands.

" SPA " means, in respect of each Borrower , the common stock purchase agreement entered or to be entered into by the Original Shareholder as purchaser and the Replacement Shareholder and NAO setting out the terms and conditions on which the Original Shareholder shall acquire shares in NAO in exchange for the transfer of its shareholding in that Borrower to the Replacement Shareholder.

" Standby Security Documents " means the Standby Shares Security and the Standby
Subordinated Debt Security .
3


" Standby Shares Security " means, in relation to each Borrower , the shares security signed or to be signed by the Original Shareholder in favour of the Security Agent in respect of the shares in that Borrower but to be left undated until the Reversal Date , in agreed form .

" Standby Subordinated Debt Security " means the subordinated debt security signed or to be signed by the Original Shareholder in favour of the Security Agent in respect of any Subordinated Finance Documents (as defined therein) and Subordinated Liabilities (as defined therein) to be left undated until the Reversal Date , in agreed form .

" Transaction Obligors " shall have the meaning given to that term in the Amended Facility
Agreement .

1 . 2   Defined expressions

Defined expressions in the Facility Agreement and the other Finance Documents shall have the same meanings when used in this Agreement unless the context otherwise requires or unless otherwise defined in this Agreement .

1 . 3   Application of construction and interpretation provisions of Facility Agreement

Clauses 1 . 2 ( construction ) to 1 . 5 ( third party rights ) of the Facility Agreement apply to this
Agreement as if they were expressly incorporated in it with any necessary modifications.

1 . 4   Designation as a Finance Document

Each Borrower and the Facility Agent designate this Agreement as a Finance Document.

1 . 5   Third party rights

Save for the Finance Parties, unless provided to the contrary in a Finance Document, a person who is not a Party has no right under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 to enforce or to enjoy the benefit of any term of this Agreement.

2   AGREEMENT OF THE FINANCE PARTIES

2 . 1   Agreement of the Finance Parties

The Finance Parties agree , subject to and upon the terms and conditions of this Agreement:

(a)
to the release of the Existing Shares Security and the Existing Subordinated Debt Security and the Share Transfer in respect of each Borrower subject to fulfilment , to the satisfaction of the Facility Agent , of the Conditions Precedent;

(b)
to amend and restate the Facility Agreement and to amend certain provisions of the Existing Subordination Deed to , amongst other things, give effect to (i) the change of control of the Borrowers, (ii) the replacement of the Existing Shares Security with the New Shares Security, (iii) the provision of the Standby Security Documents in the event a Reversal occurs, (iv) the provision of the other New Finance Documents and (v) the right of the Lenders to effect a Reversal if a Reversal Event occurs , on respectively the terms set out in the Amended Facility Agreement and in this Agreement; and

(c)
to the consequential amendment of the Facility Agreement and the other Finance Documents in connection with the matters referred to in paragraphs (a) and (b) above .
4


2 . 2   Effective Date

The agreement of the Finance Parties contained in Clause 2 . 1 ( Agreement of the Finance Parties ) shall have effect on and from the Effective Date .

3   CONDITIONS PRECEDENT AND SUBSEQUENT

3 . 1   Conditions precedent

The agreement of the Finance Parties contained in Clause 2 . 1 ( Agreement of the FinanceParties ) is subject to:

(a)
no Event of Default or Potential Event of Default continuing on the date of this Agreement and the Effective Date or resulting from the occurrence of the Effective Date;

(b)
the representations and warranties to be made by the Borrower , the Original Shareholder and the Replacement Shareholder pursuant to Clause 4 ( Representations ) being true on the date of this Agreement and the Effective Date; and

(c)
the Facility Agent having received all of the documents and other evidence listed in Schedule 1 ( Conditions Precedent ) in form and substance satisfactory to the Facility Agent (acting on behalf of the Lenders) on or before 1 0 April 2 0 19 or such later date as the Facility Agent may agree with the Borrowers.

3 . 2   Conditions subsequent

Each Borrower undertakes to deliver or cause to be delivered all of the documents and other evidence listed in Schedule 2 ( Conditions Subsequent ) in form and substance satisfactory to the Facility Agent (acting on behalf of the Lenders) on or before the date[s] stated in Schedule
2 ( Conditions Subsequent ).

4   REPRESENTATIONS

4 . 1   Repetition of Facility Agreement representations and warranties

Each Borrower represents and warrants to the Finance Parties that the representations in clause 17 ( Representations ) of the Facility Agreement would remain true and not misleading if repeated on the date of this Agreement with reference to the circumstances now existing and if the references to the "Finance Documents" included a reference to this Agreement.

4 . 2   Repetition of Finance Documents representations and warranties

The Borrowers and the Original Shareholder each represent and warrant to the Finance Parties that the representations and warranties in the Finance Documents to which it is a party would remain true and not misleading if repeated on the date of this Deed and , in the case of the Original Shareholder, on the Effective Date with reference to the circumstances now existing and with appropriate modifications to refer to this Agreement.

4 . 3   Replacement Shareholder representations and warranties

The Replacement Shareholder represents and warrants on the date of this Agreement and on the Effective Date:
5

(a)
it is a company incorporated and validly existing in good standing under the laws of Bermuda;

(b)
it has the power to own its assets and carry on its business as it is being conducted;

(c)
the obligations expressed to be assumed by it in this Agreement and the New Finance Documents are legal, valid , binding and enforceable obligations;

(d)
the New Shares Security and the New Subordinated Debt Security will , upon execution and delivery create the Security it purports to create over any assets to which such Security , by its terms, relates, and such Security will, when created or intended to be created , be valid and effective;

(e)
no third party has or will have any Security (except for Permitted Security) over any assets that are the subject of any Transaction Security granted or to be by it;

(f)
the Transaction Security granted or to be granted by it to the Security Agent or any other Finance Party has or will when created or intended to be created have first ranking priority or such priority it is expressed to have in the New Finance Documents and is not subject to any prior ranking or pari passu ranking security;

(g)
no concurrence , consent or authorisation of any person is required for the creation of or otherwise in connection with any Transaction Security;

(h)
the entry into and performance by it of, and the transactions contemplated by , this Agreement or the New Finance Documents do not and will not conflict with:


(i)
any law or regulation applicable to it;


(ii)
the constitutional documents of the Replacement Shareholder; or


(iii)
any agreement or instrument binding upon it or any of its assets or constitute a default or termination event (however described) under any such agreement or instrument;

(i)
it has the power to enter into , perform and deliver, and has taken all necessary action to authorise its entry into , performance and delivery of, this Agreement and each New Finance Document and the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and those New Finance Documents;

(j)
no limit on its powers will be exceeded as a result of the granting of security or giving of guarantees or indemnities contemplated by this Agreement or the New Finance Documents to which it is or is to be a party;

(k)
all Authorisations required or desirable:


(i)
to enable it lawfully to enter into , exercise its rights and comply with its obligations in this Agreement or the New Finance Documents; and


(ii)
to make this Agreement or the New Finance Documents admissible in evidence in its Relevant Jurisdictions,

have been obtained or effected and are in full force and effect;
6

(l)
the choice of governing law of this Agreement or the New Finance Documents will be recognised and enforced in its Relevant Jurisdictions.

(m)
any judgment obtained in relation to this Agreement or the New Finance Documents in the jurisdiction of the governing law of this Agreement or the New Finance Documents will be recognised and enforced in its Relevant Jurisdictions;

(n)
no:


(i)
corporate action , legal proceeding or other procedure or step described in paragraph (a) of clause 26.8 ( Insolvency proceedings ) of the Facility Agreement but applied to the Replacement Shareholder; or


(ii)
creditors' process described in clause 26 . 9 ( Creditors' process ) of the Facility Agreement as applied to the Replacement Shareholder,

has been taken or, to its knowledge, threatened in relation to it; and none of the circumstances described in clause 26.7 ( Insolvency ) of the Facility Agreement applies to it;

(o)
under the laws of its Relevant Jurisdictions it is not necessary that this Agreement or the New Finance Documents be registered , filed , recorded , notarised or enrolled with any court or other authority in that jurisdiction or that any stamp , registration , notarial or similar Taxes or fees be paid on or in relation to this Agreement or the New Finance Documents or the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or the New Finance Documents such filings or registrations as the legal counsels to the Lenders may consider appropriate or desirable , which shall be arranged by the relevant legal counsel to the Lenders (with the cooperation of the Replacement Shareholder as required) and any fees in relation thereto shall be paid promptly by it on demand;

(p)
any factual information provided by it or by NAO or the Original Shareholder on its behalf for the purposes of this Agreement was true and accurate in all material respects as at the date it was provided or as at the date (if any) at which it is stated; and

(q)
nothing has occurred or been omitted from any such information and no information has been given or withheld that results in any such information being untrue or misleading in any material respect.

5   AMENDMENTS TO FACILITY AGREEMENT AND OTHER FINANCE DOCUMENTS

5 . 1   Specific amendments to the Facility Agreement

With effect on and from the Effective Date the Facility Agreement shall be amended and restated in the form of the Amended Facility Agreement and, as so amended and restated, the Facility Agreement shall continue to be binding on each of the parties to it in accordance with its terms as so amended and restated.
7

5 . 2
Amendments to Finance Documents

With effect on and from the Effective Date:

(a)
each of the Finance Documents other than the Facility Agreement, each New Finance Document and each Standby Security Document shall be , and shall be deemed by this Agreement to be , amended and/or supplemented as follows:


(i)
the definition of, and references throughout each of the Finance Documents to , the Facility Agreement and any of the other Finance Documents shall be construed as if the same referred to the Facility Agreement and those Finance Documents as amended and supplemented by this Agreement; and


(ii)
by construing references throughout each of the Finance Documents to "this Agreement", "this Deed" and other like expressions as if the same referred to such Finance Documents as amended and supplemented by this Agreement;

(b)
the Existing Subordination Deed shall be , and shall be deemed by this Agreement to be, amended and supplemented as follows:


(i)
by amending clauses 2 . 3 (permitted payments), 2 . 4 (payment obligations continue), 2 . 5 ( no disposal of subordinated liabilities ) and 2 . 6 ( amendments and waivers ) of the Existing Subordination Deed to:


(A)
permit the release of the Borrowers from all their Liabilities (as defined in the Existing Subordination Deed) towards the Original Shareholder on the Effective Date in order to facilitate the Share Transfer in respect of each Borrower; and


(B)
to allow for the creation of new Subordinated Liabilities in the event the Reversal occurs and the Borrowers require new shareholder loans at that time from the Original Shareholder; and


(ii)
by adjusting paragraph (b) of clause 2 . 11 ( release of subordinated liabilities ) of the Existing Subordination Deed to require the continuation of the Existing Subordination Deed until the day after the Reversal Date , if it occurs , or if no Reversal Event occurs, until the Senior Discharge Date (as defined in the Existing Subordination Deed).

5 . 3   Finance Documents to remain in full force and effect

The Finance Documents shall remain in full force and effect and , from the Effective Date:

(a)
in the case of the Facility Agreement as amended and restated pursuant to Clause 5 . 1 ( Specific amendments to the Facility Agreement );

(b)
in the case of the Existing Subordination Deed as amended pursuant to Clause 5 . 2(b) ( Amendments to Finance Documents );

(c)
the Facility Agreement and the applicable provisions of this Agreement will be read and construed as one document;

(d)
the Existing Subordination Deed and the applicable provisions of this Agreement will be read and construed as one document; and

8

(e)
except to the extent expressly waived by the amendments effected by this Agreement, no waiver is given by this Agreement and the Lenders expressly reserve all their rights and remedies in respect of any breach of or other Default under the Finance Documents.

5 . 4   Security confirmation

On the Effective Date, each Transaction Obligor confirms that:

(a)
any Security created by it under the Finance Documents extends to the obligations of the relevant Transaction Obligors under the Finance Documents as amended and as amended and restated by this Agreement;

(b)
the obligations of the Transaction Obligors under the Finance Documents as amended or amended and restated by this Agreement are included in the Secured Liabilities (as defined in the Security Documents to which it is a party);

(c)
the Security created under the Finance Documents continues in full force and effect on the terms of the respective Finance Documents as amended by this Agreement.

6   SECURITY RELEASES

6 . 1   Original Shareholder release

(a)
With effect from the Effective Date , the Security Agent:


(i)
releases the Original Shareholder from:


(A)
all Security created in its favour by the Original Shareholder; and


(B)
its undertakings in and its obligations and liabilities ,

under the Existing Shares Security in respect of each Borrower and the Existing Subordinated Debt Security except for:


(1)
any obligations , liabilities claims and demands which may arise or be made before the Effective Date; and


(2)
any claims and demands which may arise after the Effective Date but are attributable to events or circumstances occurring prior to the Effective Date ,

in each case, under any indemnity provided by the Original Shareholder under the Existing Shares Security in respect of each Borrower and the Existing Subordinated Debt Security, as applicable; and


(ii)
without any warranty , representation , covenant or other recourse , reassigns to the Original Shareholder, all rights and interests of every kind which the Security Agent now has to , in or in connection with the Derivative Assets (as defined in each Existing Shares Security), each Subordinated Finance Document, its Related Rights and the Subordinated Liabilities (all as defined in the Existing Subordinated Debt Security) ,

and upon such releases and reassignments taking effect, this shall constitute notice to the relevant Borrowers that such re-assignments have taken place.
9

(b)
With effect on and from the DVB Conditions Date and provided that no Reversal Event has occurred by such date , the Security Agent releases the Original Shareholder from its undertakings in and its obligations and liabilities under or in respect of the Standby Security Documents and the Existing Subordination Deed in respect of each Borrower except for:


(i)
any obligations, liabilities claims and demands which may arise or be made before such DVB Conditions Date; and


(ii)
any claims and demands which may arise after such DVB Conditions Date but are attributable to events or circumstances occurring prior to the DVB Conditions Date ,

in each case, under any indemnity provided by the Original Shareholder under the Existing Subordination Deed or in respect of the Standby Security Documents in respect of each Borrower.

6 . 2   Replacement Shareholder release

With effect from the Reversal Date for each Borrower, the Security Agent releases the Replacement Shareholder from:

(a)
all Security created in its favour by the Replacement Shareholder; and

(b)
its undertakings in and its obligations and liabilities ,

under the New Shares Security in respect of each Borrower and the New Subordinated Debt Security except for:


(i)
any obligations, liabilities claims and demands which may arise or be made before such Reversal Date; and


(ii)
any claims and demands which may arise after such Reversal Date but are attributable to events or circumstances occurring prior to such Reversal Date ,

in each case, under any indemnity provided by the Replacement Shareholder under the New Shares Security in respect of each Borrower and the New Subordinated Debt Security, as applicable; and

(c)
without any warranty , representation , covenant or other recourse , reassigns to the Replacement Shareholder, all rights and interests of every kind which the Security Agent now has to , in or in connection with the Derivative Assets (as defined in each New Shares Security), each Subordinated Finance Document, its Related Rights and the Subordinated Liabilities (all as defined in the New Subordinated Debt Security ,

and upon such releases and reassignments taking effect, this shall constitute notice to the relevant Borrowers that such re-assignments have taken place.

7   REVERSAL ARRANGEMENTS

7 . 1   Reversal Events

(a)
If, following the Effective Date , a Reversal Event:


(i)
does not occur, then there shall be no Reversal in respect of either Borrower; or
10


(ii)
does occur, then the provisions of Clause 7 . 2 ( Reversal Mechanism ) shall apply .

(b)
For the purposes of this Clause 7 ( Reversal Arrangements ) , the following shall constitute a " Reversal Event ":


(i)
failure to fulfil the DVB Conditions, to the full satisfaction of the Facility Agent (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders) by the DVB Conditions Date;


(ii)
at any time prior to the DVB Conditions Date , the occurrence of


(A)
any breach by NAO or either Investor under the NAO ELOC SPA; or


(B)
a termination of the NAO ELOC SPA by mutual consent pursuant to the second sentence of article VIII Section 8 . 1 without the Facility Agent's prior written consent (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders and with such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed), unless such a termination is following satisfaction of the condition stated in paragraph 4 of Schedule 3 ( DVB Conditions ); or


(iii)
any failure by either Borrower to fund a Vessel's dry dock expenditure into the relevant Dry Dock Reserve Account by the date falling no later than 7 days prior to the commencement of such dry docking or paying the dry dock expenses on completion of the dry docking , it being acknowledge that each such dry dock is required to be completed prior to the DVB Conditions Date .

7 . 2   Reversal Mechanism

(a)
If a Reversal Event occurs, the Facility Agent may notify the Transaction Obligors in writing that (i) a Reversal Event has occurred and (ii) the Lenders require the Reversal in respect of both the Borrowers to take place (the " DVB Reversal Notice ").

(b)
Immediately upon receipt of the DVB Reversal Notice , the Original Shareholder shall notify the Replacement Shareholder and NAO under each SPA that a Reversal Event has occurred and request that the Reversal in respect of both Borrowers is completed in accordance with the terms set out in the respective SPAs (the " SPA Reversal Notices ").

(c)
Following the service of each SPA Reversal Notice , the Transaction Obligors shall procure that the Reversal Date in respect of each Borrower occurs , which date shall be the same date for each Borrower and shall fall within 3 Business Days following the receipt by the Replacement Shareholder and NAO of the applicable SPA Reversal Notice .

(d)
On the Reversal Date applicable to each Borrower, the Original Shareholder hereby agrees that the Standby Security Documents as they apply to each Borrower shall be dated and shall take effect on and from the time they are dated and the Original Shareholder shall procure that all the ancillary documents required to be delivered pursuant to those Standby Security Documents are delivered within the timeframes set out in such Standby Security Documents.

8   POWER OF ATTORNEY

8 . 1   Appointment

(a)
The Original Shareholder irrevocably appoints (with full power of substitution), effective on and from the Effective Date , the Facility Agent as its attorney-in-fact:
11


(i)
to do all acts and execute or sign all documents which the Original Shareholder itself can do (including without limitation to date the Standby Security Documents as contemplated by Clause 7 . 2(d)) and execute in relation to the exercise of its rights and obligations under section 4.2(c) of the SPA, including , without limitation , all acts and documents necessary to notify the Replacement Shareholder and NAO that a Reversal Event has occurred and request the completion of the Reversal and to give effect to the transfer of all the shares in each Borrower to the Original Shareholder pursuant to the Reversal by such means and on such terms as the Facility Agent may determine; and


(ii)
to do all acts and things and execute or sign all documents which the Original Shareholder is obliged to do , execute or sign pursuant to section 4.2(c) of the SPA and which it has failed so to do , execute or sign immediately upon the Facility Agent's first written demand,

provided that the power of attorney constituted by this paragraph (i) shall be exercisable only on and from the occurrence of a Reversal Event.

(b)
The Replacement Shareholder irrevocably appoints (with full power of substitution), effective on and from the Effective Date , the Facility Agent as its attorney-in-fact:


(i)
to do all acts and execute or sign all documents which the Replacement Shareholder itself can do and execute in relation to the exercise of its rights and obligations under section 4 . 1(e) of the SPA , including , without limitation , all acts and documents necessary to effect completion of the Reversal and to give effect to the transfer of all the shares in each Borrower to the Original Shareholder pursuant to the Reversal by such means and on such terms as the Facility Agent may determine; and


(ii)
to do all acts and things and execute or sign all documents which the Replacement Shareholder is obliged to do , execute or sign pursuant to section 4 . 1(e) of the SPA and which it has failed so to do , execute or sign immediately upon the Facility Agent's or the Original Shareholder's first written demand,

provided that the power of attorney constituted by this paragraph (i) shall be exercisable only on and from the occurrence of a Reversal Event.

8 . 2   General power of attorney

The power of attorney constituted by Clause 8.1 ( Appointment ) shall be a general power of attorney for the purpose of section 10 of the Powers of Attorney Act 1971.

8 . 3   Ratification of actions of attorney

The Original Shareholder ratifies and confirms, and agrees to ratify and confirm, any act, deed or document which the Facility Agent (or any delegate or substitute) does or executes pursuant to its terms.

8 . 4   Conclusiveness of exercise

The exercise of the powers of attorney constituted by Clause 8.1 ( Appointment ) shall not put any person dealing with the Facility Agent (or any delegate or substitute) on enquiry whether, by its terms, the power of attorney is exercisable and the exercise by the Facility Agent (or any delegate or substitute) of its powers shall, as between the Facility Agent (or any delegate or
12

substitute) and any third party, be conclusive evidence of the Facility Agent's right (or the right of any delegate or substitute) to exercise the same.

8 . 5   Delegation

The Facility Agent may delegate to any person or persons (including a Receiver and persons designated by him) all or any of the powers and discretions conferred on the Facility Agent by Clause 8 ( Power of Attorney ) and may do so on terms authorising successive sub-delegations.

8 . 6   Liability

Neither the Facility Agent nor any Receiver shall be bound to supervise, or be in any way responsible for any damages, costs or losses incurred by reason of any misconduct, omission or default on the part of, any such delegate or sub-delegate.

8 . 7   Indemnity

(c)
The Original Shareholder irrevocably and unconditionally undertakes to indemnify the Facility Agent including their delegates and substitutes against all actions, proceedings, claims, costs, expenses and liabilities of every description arising from the exercise , or the purported exercise of any of the powers conferred by the powers of attorney constituted by paragraph (a) of Clause 8 . 1 ( Appointment ).

(d)
The Replacement Shareholder irrevocably and unconditionally undertakes to indemnify the Facility Agent including their delegates and substitutes against all actions, proceedings, claims, costs , expenses and liabilities of every description arising from the exercise , or the purported exercise of any of the powers conferred by the powers of attorney constituted by paragraph (b) of Clause 8 . 1 ( Appointment ).

9   FURTHER ASSURANCE

9 . 1   Further Assurance

(a)
Each Transaction Obligor shall promptly , and in any event within the time period specified by the Facility Agent do all such acts (including procuring or arranging any registration, notarisation or authentication or the giving of any notice) or execute or procure execution of all such documents (including assignments, transfers, mortgages, charges, notices, instructions, acknowledgements , proxies and powers of attorney), as the Facility Agent may specify (and in such form as the Facility Agent may require in favour of the Facility Agent or its nominee(s)) to implement the terms and provisions of this Agreement.

(b)
Each Transaction Obligor shall promptly , and in any event within the time period specified by the Security Agent do all such acts (including procuring or arranging any registration, notarisation or authentication or the giving of any notice) or execute or procure execution of all such documents (including assignments, transfers, mortgages, charges, notices, instructions, acknowledgments, proxies and powers of attorney), as the Security Agent may specify (and in such form as the Security Agent may require in favour of the Security Agent or its nominee(s)):


(i)
to create , perfect, vest in favour of the Security Agent or protect the priority of the Security or any right or any kind created or intended to be created under or evidenced by the Finance Documents as amended and/or supplemented by this Agreement , the New Finance Documents and the Standby Security Documents (which may include the

13


execution of a mortgage , charge , assignment or other Security over all or any of the assets which are , or are intended to be , the subject of the Security created by the Finance Documents, the New Finance Documents and the Standby Security Documents) or for the exercise of any rights, powers and remedies of the Security Agent, any Receiver or the other Finance Parties provided by or pursuant to the Finance Documents as amended and/or supplemented by the Agreement, the New Finance Documents and the Standby Security Documents or by law;


(ii)
to confer on the Security Agent over any property and assets of any Transaction Obligor located in any jurisdiction equivalent or similar to the secured property and assets intended to be conferred by or pursuant to the Finance Documents as amended and/or supplemented by this Agreement , the New Finance Documents and the Standby Security Documents;


(iii)
to facilitate or expedite the realisation and/or sale of, the transfer of title to or the grant of , any interest in or right relating to the assets which are , or are intended to be, the subject of the secured property and assets or to exercise any power specified in any Finance Document as amended and/or supplemented by this Agreement, the New Finance Documents and the Standby Security Documents in respect of which the Security has become enforceable; and/or


(iv)
to enable or assist the Security Agent to enter into any transaction to commence, defend or conduct any proceedings and/or to take any other action relating to any item of the property or assets currently the subject of a Security created pursuant to the Finance Documents, the New Finance Documents and the Standby Security Documents.

(c)
Each Transaction Obligor shall take all such action as is available to it (including making all filings and registrations) as may be necessary for the purpose of the creation, perfection, protection or maintenance of any Security conferred or intended to be conferred on the Security Agent or the Finance Parties by or pursuant to the Finance Documents as amended and/or supplemented by this Agreement, the New Finance Documents and the Standby Security Documents.

9 . 2   Additional Corporate Action

At the same time as the Transaction Obligors deliver to the Facility Agent or Security Agent any document executed under this Clause 9 ( Further Assurance ), the Transaction Obligors shall deliver to the Facility Agent or Security Agent as applicable reasonable evidence that such Transaction Obligor's execution of such document has been duly authorised by it.

1 0   COSTS , EXPENSES AND PAYMENTS

1 0. 1 Fees

The Borrowers shall pay to the Facility Agent on or prior to the Effective Date an amendment fee of $5 ,000 to be shared between the Lenders pro rata to their Contribution.

1 0. 2 Payments

All amounts payable pursuant to this Agreement shall be made to the following account:
Beneficiary:
DVB Bank SE, Nordic Branch

14

Swift Code:
DVKBDEFF
   
Payment Reference:
Scorpio Baron Shipping Company Limited / Scorpio Brilliance Shipping Company Limited
   
Account with Bank:
DVB Bank SE, Frankfurt
   
Swift Code:
MRMDUS33
   
Account No:
291 00 64913 (in relation to Borrower A) and 291 00 649 0 5 (in relation to Borrower B)
   
Account Name:
Scorpio Baron Shipping Company Limited / Scorpio Brilliance Shipping Company Limited
   
and otherwise in accordance with clause 33 ( payment mechanics) of the Facility Agreement.

1 0. 3   Other fees , costs and expenses

Clause 11 ( fees ) of the Facility Agreement, as amended and supplemented by this Agreement, applies to this Agreement as if it were expressly incorporated in it with any necessary modifications.

11   NOTICES

11 . 1
Clause 36 ( notices ) of the Facility Agreement as amended and supplemented by this Agreement, applies to this Agreement as if it were expressly incorporated in it with any necessary modifications.

11 . 2
The address for notices to the Replacement Shareholder, is as follows:

AHTS Holdco Limited
c/o Scandic American Shipping Ltd. (European Branch)
Leif Weldingsvei 2 0
P . O . B. 56
N - 32 0 1 Sandefjord
Norway

Attn: Bjørn Giæver / Legal Department
Email: bg@scandicamerican.com with a copy to: legal@scorpiogroup.net

12   COUNTERPARTS

This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, and this has the same effect as if the signatures on the counterparts were on a single copy of this Agreement.

13   GOVERNING LAW

This Agreement and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it are governed by English law.

15


14   ENFORCEMENT

14 . 1 Jurisdiction

(a)
Subject to paragraph (c) of this Clause 14 . 1 ( Jurisdiction ), the courts of England have exclusive jurisdiction to settle any Dispute arising out of or in connection with this Agreement.

(b)
Each Borrower, the Original Shareholder and the Replacement Shareholder accepts that the courts of England are the most appropriate and convenient courts to settle Disputes and accordingly neither Borrower shall and neither shall the Original Shareholder or the Replacement Shareholder argue to the contrary .

(c)
This Clause 14 . 1 ( Jurisdiction ) is for the exclusive benefit of the Finance Parties only . As a result, nothing in this Clause 14 ( Enforcement ) shall exclude or limit any right which any Finance Party may have (whether under the law of any country , an international convention or otherwise) with regard to the bringing of proceedings, the service of process, the recognition or enforcement of a judgment or any similar or related matter in any jurisdiction . To the extent allowed by law, the Finance Parties may take concurrent proceedings in any number of jurisdictions.

(d)
Neither Borrower shall and neither shall the Original Shareholder or the Replacement Shareholder commence any proceedings in any country other than England in relation to a Dispute .

14 . 2 Service of process

(a)
Without prejudice to any other mode of service allowed under any relevant law each of the Borrowers, the Original Shareholder and the Replacement Shareholder irrevocably appoints Scorpio UK Limited at its office for the time being , presently at 1 0 Lower Grosvenor Place, London SW1W 0 EN (such communication to be marked if possible on the paper envelope and not on the courier packaging " "DVB Transaction" for the urgent attention of the Legal Department") to act as its agent to receive and accept on its behalf service of process in relation to any proceedings before the English courts in connection with any Finance Document and agrees that failure by a process agent to notify a Transaction Obligor of the process will not invalidate the proceedings concerned.

(b)
If any person appointed as an agent for service of process is unable for any reason to act as agent for service of process, each Borrower (on behalf of itself and the Original Shareholder) and the Replacement Shareholder must immediately (and in any event within 5 days of such event taking place) appoint another agent on terms acceptable to the Facility Agent. Failing this, the Facility Agent may appoint another agent for this purpose .

14 . 3 Meaning of "proceedings"

In this Clause 14 ( Enforcement ), " proceedings " means proceedings of any kind, including an application for a provisional or protective measure and a " Dispute " means any dispute arising out of or in connection with this Agreement (including a dispute relating to the existence, validity or termination of this Agreement) or any non-contractual obligation arising out of or in connection with this Agreement.

This Agreement has been executed as a Deed and delivered on the date stated at the beginning of this Agreement.
16









































































17

SCHEDULE 1

CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

1   Transaction Obligors (for these purposes including the Replacement Shareholder) .

1 . 1
Copies of the certificate of incorporation and constitutional documents of each Transaction Obligor, certified as true and up to date by a director or secretary of that Transaction Obligor.

1 . 2
Copies of resolutions of the board of directors of each Transaction Obligor authorising the execution of each of this Agreement and , in the case of the Original Shareholder and the Replacement Shareholder, the New Security Documents and the Standby Security Documents to which it is a party .

1 . 3
Copies of resolutions signed by the Original Shareholder as shareholder of each Borrower approving the terms of this Agreement and the Borrowers' entry into this Agreement and , if required by applicable law , copies of resolutions of the shareholders of the Original Shareholder and the Replacement Shareholder approving the entry by such Transaction Obligor into this Agreement , the New Finance Documents and the Standby Security Documents to which it is a party .

1 . 4
A copy of any power of attorney under which each of this Agreement, the New Finance Documents and the Standby Security Documents is executed on behalf of each Transaction Obligor which is party to it.

1 . 5
Copies of all consents which any Transaction Obligor requires to enter into , or make any payment under this Agreement, the Amended Facility Agreement, the New Finance Documents and the Standby Security Documents.

2   Finance Documents

2 . 1
An duly executed original of this Agreement .

2 . 2
A duly executed original of each New Finance Document and any ancillary documents required in connection with such New Finance Document.

2 . 3
A duly executed original of each Standby Security Document and any ancillary documents required in connection with such Standby Security Document.

3   Share transfers

3 . 1
Evidence that the shares in each Borrower have been transferred by the Original Shareholder to the Replacement Shareholder in accordance with the terms of the SPA including (but not limited to) the original share certificates, copies of registers of members and share transfer forms.

4   Vessel Documents

4 . 1
An undertaking from NAO (in a form acceptable to the Facility Agent (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders) that the dry docking expenditure due to arise in respect of the scheduled dry docking of each Vessel, which shall occur prior to the DVB Conditions Date , has been allocated from NAO's freely available liquidity as evidenced by its 2 0 19 budget and will be funded no later than 7 days prior to the commencement of such dry docking.
18


5   SPA

5 . 1
A certified true copy of the fully signed SPA for each Borrower, in form and substance satisfactory to the Lenders.

6   Legal opinions

6 . 1
A memorandum of law from Seward & Kissel LLP , the legal advisors of the Original Shareholder and the Borrowers, confirming that (i) the share transfers in respect of the Borrowers back to the Original Shareholder following a Reversal should not be rendered unenforceable under applicable insolvency or other laws and (ii) the entry into the Standby Security Documents and their effectiveness upon the occurrence of a Reversal should not constitute a voidable preference and should not be set aside due to the operation of any applicable insolvency or other laws.

6 . 2
A legal opinion of Seward & Kissel LLP , the legal advisors of the Original Shareholder and the Borrowers, in respect of New York law on the SPA.

6 . 3
A memorandum of law from MJM Barristers & Attorneys, the legal advisors of the Replacement Shareholder and NAO, confirming that the share transfers in respect of the Borrowers back to the Original Shareholder following a Reversal should not be rendered unenforceable under applicable insolvency or other laws.

6 . 4
A legal opinion of Appleby , the legal advisers to the Finance Parties in respect of Bermuda law .

6 . 5
A legal opinion of Watson Farley & Williams LLP , the legal advisors to the Finance Parties in respect of Marshall Islands law .

6 . 6
A legal opinion of Watson Farley & Williams LLP , the legal advisers to the Finance Parties , in respect of English law .

In each case, substantially in the form distributed to the Facility Agent before signing this Agreement.

7   Other documents and evidence

7 . 1
Evidence that the Subordinated Liabilities covered in the Existing Subordinated Debt Security have been or will, simultaneously with the Effective Date , be unconditionally and irrevocably released by the Original Shareholder.

7 . 2
Evidence that the NAO / DNB RCF has a final maturity date of 16 March 202 0 and that there is a binding commitment on the part of the lenders thereunder to refinance the revolving credit facility under the NAO / DNB RCF and extend its final maturity date to at least 7 December 2 0 23.

7 . 3
A certified true copy of the NAO ELOC SPA, together with a confirmation that the NAO ELOC SPA remains in full force and effect and all conditions for its effectiveness have been met.

7 . 4
A copy of any other consent, authorisation , approval or other document, opinion or assurance which the Facility Agent considers to be necessary or desirable in connection with the entry into and performance of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, the New Finance Documents and the Standby Security Documents or for the validity and enforceability of any Finance Document as amended and supplemented by this Agreement.
19

7 . 5
Evidence that the fees due from the Borrowers pursuant to Clause 1 0. 1 ( Fees ) of this Agreement have been paid on or prior to the earlier to occur of the Effective Date and 1 0 April 2 0 19 and any other costs and expenses then due from the Borrowers pursuant to Clause 10 ( Costs, Expenses and Payments ) of this Agreement have been paid or will be paid by the Effective Date .

7 . 6
Evidence that the agents referred to in Clause 14 . 2 ( Service of process ) of this Agreement have accepted their appointment as agent for service of process under this Agreement and have, where relevant, agreed to maintain and/or extend their appointment as agent for service of process under the other English law governed Finance Documents as amended by this Agreement .

7 . 7
All documentation required by each Finance Party in respect of the Transaction Obligors pursuant to that Finance Party's "know your customer" requirements.

20

SCHEDULE 2

CONDITIONS SUBSEQUENT

1
Delivery to the Security Agent by no later than 5 Business Days following the date of each New Shares Security a true , exact and complete copy of the share register of the Borrower to which such New Shares Security relates.

2
Evidence that the New Shares Security and the New Subordinated Debt Security in respect of each Borrower has been registered with the Registrar of Companies in Bermuda pursuant to Part V of the Bermuda Companies Act 1981 no later than 5 Business Days following the date of each New Shares Security and each New Subordinated Debt Security , as the case may be .

3
Evidence that the entry by NAO into the NAO undertaking referred in paragraph 4 ( Vessel Documents ) of Schedule 1 ( Conditions Precedent) was duly authorised by the board of directors of NAO or as otherwise appropriate in accordance with NAO's constitutional documents and Bermudan company law and a legal opinion of Appleby , the legal advisers to the Finance Parties in respect of the due authority of NAO to enter into and the capacity of the NAO signatory to sign the NAO undertaking referred in paragraph 4 ( Vessel Documents ) of Schedule 1 ( Conditions Precedent) to be provided no later than 5 Business Days following the Effective Date .

4
Evidence that the agents referred to in the NAO undertaking referred in paragraph 4 ( Vessel Documents ) of Schedule 1 ( Conditions Precedent) have accepted their appointment as agent for service of process under the NAO undertaking to be provided no later than 3 Business Days following the Effective Date .
21

SCHEDULE 3

DVB CONDITIONS

1   Dry Docking

Evidence that the dry docking of each Vessel has occurred and that the actual dry dock expenditure incurred by each Borrower in respect of its Vessel prior to the DVB Conditions Date has been paid in full.

2   Subordination of shareholder loans

Copies of Subordinated Finance Documents not already provided to the Facility Agent or the Security Agent as at the Effective Date and evidence that the rights of the Subordinated Creditor under such Subordinated Finance Documents have been fully subordinated to the rights of the Finance Parties under the Finance Documents.

3   DNB Loan Extension

Evidence that the refinancing and extension of the final maturity of the NAO / DNB RCF to 6 December 2023 has unconditionally taken effect in line with the binding commitment referred to in paragraph 7.2 of Schedule 1 ( Conditions Precedent ).

4   NAO Equity Contribution

Evidence of the receipt by NAO of an equity contribution of at least $35,000,000 following a share issue in NAO as reduced by the amounts of any cash consideration received by NAO pursuant to the NAO ELOC SPA.

5   No Event of Default

No Event of Default has occurred on or prior to the DVB Conditions Date.
22


SCHEDULE 4

FORM OF AMENDED FACILITY AGREEMENT



Execution version
Agreed Version






US$9 ,000,000
FACILITY AGREEMENT

  as amended and restated by a supplemental agreement dated ________ April 2019





Dated  _____ 26 September 2 0 17



for




SCORPIO BARON SHIPPING COMPANY LIMITED
SCORPIO BRILLIANCE SHIPPING COMPANY LIMITED
as joint and several Borrowers

with

DVB BANK SE NORDIC BRANCH
acting as Facility Agent

DVB BANK SE NORDIC BRANCH
acting as Security Agent

and

DVB BANK SE
acting as Account Bank








relating to the financing of
m . v . s "SANKO BARON" and "SANKO BRILLIANCE"



















Index



Clause
 Page
   
Section 1 Interpretation
2
1
Definitions and Interpretation
2
Section 2 The Facility
24
2
The Facility
24
3
Purpose
24
4
Conditions of Drawdown
25
Section 3 Drawdown
26
5
Drawdown
26
Section 4 Repayment, Prepayment and Cancellation
28
6
Repayment
28
7
Prepayment and Cancellation
29
Section 5 Costs of Drawdown
31
8
Interest
31
9
Interest Periods
32
1 0
Changes to the Calculation of Interest
33
11
Fees
34
Section 6 Additional Payment Obligations
36
12
Tax Gross Up and Indemnities
36
13
Increased Costs
40
14
Other Indemnities
42
15
Mitigation by the Finance Parties
44
16
Costs and Expenses
45
Section 7 Representations, Undertakings and Events of Default
46
17
Representations
46
18
Information Undertakings
51
19
Financial Covenants
55
2 0
General Undertakings
55
21
Insurance Undertakings
61
22
MOA Undertakings
66
23
Post-Delivery Vessel Undertakings
67
24
Security Cover
72
25
Accounts and Application of Earnings
74
26
Events of Default ...
75
Section 8 Changes to Parties
81
27
Changes to the Lenders
81
28
Changes to the Transaction Obligors
85
Section 9 The Finance Parties
87
29
The Facility Agent and the Reference Banks
87
3 0
The Security Agent
97
31
Conduct of Business by the Finance Parties
111
32
Sharing among the Finance Parties
111
Section 1 0 Administration
113
33
Payment Mechanics
113
34
Set-Off
116
35
Bail-in
116
36
Notices
116
37
Calculations and Certificates
118
38
Partial Invalidity
119
39
Remedies and Waivers
119
4 0
Settlement or Discharge Conditional
119
41
Irrevocable Payment
119
42
Amendments and Waivers
119
43
Confidential Information
121
44
Confidentiality of Funding Rates and Reference Bank Quotations
125



45
Joint and Several Liability of the Borrowers
126
46
Counterparts
128
Section 11 Governing Law and Enforcement
129
47
Governing Law
129
48
Jurisdiction of English Courts
129
     
Schedules

Schedule 1 The Parties
13 0
Part A The Borrowers
130
Part B The Original Lenders
 131
Part C The Servicing Parties
 132
Schedule 2 Conditions Precedent and Subsequent
133
Part A Conditions precedent to Initial Drawdown Request
133
Part B CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO Disbursement
136
Part C Conditions Subsequent
 138
Schedule 3 Requests
139
Part A Drawdown Request
139
Part B Selection Notice
 141
Schedule 4 Form of Transfer Certificate
142
Schedule 5 Form of Assignment Agreement
145
Schedule 6 Timetables
147

Execution

Execution Pages
148








THIS AGREEMENT is made on    26 September 2017 and amended and supplemented pursuant to   a supplemental agreement dated       April 2019

PARTIES

(1)
SCORPIO BARON SHIPPING COMPANY LIMITED (" Borrower A ") and SCORPIO BRILLIANCE SHIPPING COMPANY LIMITED (" Borrower B "), each a corporation incorporated in the Republic of the Marshall Islands whose registered office is at Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, Majuro Marshall Islands, MH96960 as joint and several borrowers (the " Borrowers ")
   
(2)
THE FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS listed in Part B of Schedule 1 ( The Parties ) as lenders (the " Original Lenders ")
   
(3)
DVB BANK SE NORDIC BRANCH as agent of the other Finance Parties (the " Facility Agent ")
   
(4)
DVB BANK SE NORDIC BRANCH as security agent for the Creditor Parties (the " Security Agent ")
   
(5)
DVB BANK SE acting through its office at Platz der Republik 6, 60325, Frankfurt/Main, Germany as account bank (the " Account Bank ")

OPERATIVE PROVISIONS




















SECTION 1

INTERPRETATION

1
DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

1.1
Definitions

In this Agreement:

" Account Bank " means DVB Bank SE acting through its office at Platz der Republik 6, 60325, Frankfurt/Main, Germany.

" Accounts " means:


(a)
the Earnings Accounts;


(b)
the Dry Dock Reserve Account; and


(c)
with the express written consent of the Facility Agent, any other accounts opened by a Borrower with the Account Bank, the Facility Agent or the Security Agent for the purposes of the Finance Documents.

" Account Security " means a document creating Security over any Account in agreed form.

" Advance " means a borrowing of all or part of a Tranche under this Agreement.

" Affiliate " means, in relation to any person, a Subsidiary of that person or a Holding Company of that person or any other Subsidiary of that Holding Company.

" Amendment Agreement " means the amendment agreement to this Agreement made   between the Parties, the Original Shareholder and the Replacement Shareholder and dated        April 2019 .

" Approved Broker " means any firm or firms of insurance brokers approved in writing by the Facility Agent, acting with the authorisation of the Lenders (such approval and authorisation not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed).

" Approved Classification " means, in relation to a Vessel, as at the date of this Agreement, +A1, (E), Offshore Support Vessel, AH, Towing Vessel, Firefighting Vessel Class 1, +DPS2, +ACCU, +AMS with the Approved Classification Society.

" Approved Classification Society " means, in relation to a Vessel, as at the date of this Agreement, American Bureau of Shipping or any other classification society approved in writing by the Facility Agent acting with the authorisation of the Lenders (such approval and authorisation not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed).

" Approved Commercial Manager " means, in relation to a Vessel, as at the date of this Agreement, Petro Services Shipmanagement SAM a company incorporated in Monaco with registered number 17S07317 whose registered office is at 20 avenue de Fontvieille, Monaco or any other person approved in writing by the Facility Agent, acting with the authorisation of the Lenders as the commercial manager of the Vessel (such approval and authorisation not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed).

" Approved Flag " means, in relation to a Vessel, the Republic of the Marshall Islands, the Republic Liberia or such other flag approved in writing by the Facility Agent, acting with the


2

authorisation of the Lenders (such approval and authorisation not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed).

" Approved Manager " means, in relation to a Vessel, the Approved Commercial Manager and/or the Approved Technical Manager.

" Approved Technical Manager " means, in relation to a Vessel, as at the date of this Agreement, OSM Maritime AS, a company incorporated in Norway with registered number 915783562 whose registered office is at Svinoddveien 12, N-4836 Arendal, Norway or any other person approved in writing by the Facility Agent, acting with the authorisation of the Lenders, as the technical manager of the Vessel (such approval and authorisation not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed).

" Approved Valuer " means Fearnley Offshore AS, IHS and Clarksons Valuations Limited (or any Affiliate of such person through which valuations are commonly issued) and any other firm or firms of independent sale and purchase shipbrokers approved in writing by the Facility Agent, acting with the authorisation of the Lenders.

" Assignment Agreement " means an agreement substantially in the form set out in Schedule 5 ( Form of Assignment Agreement ) or any other form agreed between the relevant assignor and assignee.

" Authorisation " means an authorisation, consent, approval, resolution, licence, exemption, filing, notarisation, legalisation or registration.

" Availability Period " means, in relation to each Tranche, the period from and including the date of this Agreement to and including the earlier of:


(a)
the Delivery Date of the relevant Vessel;


(b)
the cancellation date under the relevant MOA (including any extension period); and


(c)
29 September 2017,

or such other date as agreed between the Borrowers and the Facility Agent, acting with the authorisation of the Lenders.

Available Commitment " means a Lender's Commitment minus:


(a)
the amount of its participation in the outstanding Loan; and


(b)
in relation to any proposed Drawdown, the amount of its participation in any Advance that is due to be made on or before the proposed Drawdown Date.

" Available Facility " means the aggregate for the time being of each Lender's Available Commitment.

" Bail-In Action " means the exercise of any Write-down and Conversion Powers.

" Bail-In Legislation " means:


(a)
in relation to an EEA Member Country which has implemented, or which at any time implements, Article 55 of Directive 2014/59/EU establishing a framework for the recovery and resolution of credit institutions and investment firms, the relevant implementing law or regulation as described in the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule from time to time; and



3


(b)
in relation to any other state, any analogous law or regulation from time to time which requires contractual recognition of any Write-down and Conversion Powers contained in that law or regulation.

" Break Costs " means the amount (if any) by which:


(a)
the interest which a Lender should have received for the period from the date of receipt of all or any part of its participation in the Loan or an Unpaid Sum to the last day of the current Interest Period in relation to the Loan, the relevant part of the Loan or that Unpaid Sum, had the principal amount or Unpaid Sum received been paid on the last day of that Interest Period

exceeds


(b)
the amount which that Lender would be able to obtain by placing an amount equal to the principal amount or Unpaid Sum received by it on deposit with a leading bank in the Relevant Interbank Market for a period starting on the Business Day following receipt or recovery and ending on the last day of the current Interest Period.

" Business Day " means a day (other than a Saturday or Sunday) on which banks are open for general business in Oslo, Monaco, Frankfurt and:


(a)
(in relation only to any date for payment or purchase of dollars) New York;


(b)
(in relation only to any date for the fixing of an interest rate using LIBOR) London;


(c)
(in relation only to a Drawdown Date) Rotterdam.

"Cash Sweep Period" means, with respect to a Vessel, the period starting on the relevant Drawdown Date and ending on the date falling 3 years following such Drawdown Date.

" Charter " means any charter relating to a Vessel, or other contract for its employment, whether or not already in existence.

" Charter Guarantee " means any guarantee, bond, letter of credit or other instrument (whether or not already issued) supporting a Charter.

" Closing Date " means the date on which this Agreement is executed by all the Parties. " Code " means the US Internal Revenue Code of 1986.

" Commercial Management Agreement " means the agreement entered into between each Borrower and the Approved Commercial Manager regarding the commercial management of a Vessel.

" Commitment " means:


(a)
in relation to an Original Lender, the amount set opposite its name under the heading "Commitment" in Part B of Schedule 1 ( The Parties ) and the amount of any other Commitment transferred to it under this Agreement; and


(b)
in relation to any other Lender, the amount of any Commitment transferred to it under this Agreement,

to the extent not cancelled, reduced or transferred by it under this Agreement.

" Confidential Information " means all information relating to any Transaction Obligor, any related entity or any of its Affiliates, the Finance Documents or the Facility of which a




4

Finance Party becomes aware in its capacity as, or for the purpose of becoming, a Finance Party or which is received by a Finance Party in relation to, or for the purpose of becoming a Finance Party under, the Finance Documents or the Facility from either:


(a)
any Transaction Obligor, any related entity, any of its Affiliates, or any of its advisers; or


(b)
another Finance Party, if the information was obtained by that Finance Party directly or indirectly from any Transaction Obligor, any related entity, any of its Affiliates, or any of its advisers,

in whatever form, and includes information given orally and any document, electronic file or any other way of representing or recording information which contains or is derived or copied from such information but excludes


(i)
information that:


(A)
is or becomes public information other than as a direct or indirect result of any breach by that Finance Party of Clause 43 ( Confidential Information ); or


(B)
is identified in writing at the time of delivery as non-confidential by any Transaction Obligor, any related entity, any of its Affiliates, or any of its advisers; or


(C)
is known by that Finance Party before the date the information is disclosed to it in accordance with paragraphs (a) or (b) above or is lawfully obtained by that Finance Party after that date, from a source which is, as far as that Finance Party is aware, unconnected with any Transaction Obligor, any related entity, any of its Affiliates, and which, in either case, as far as that Finance Party is aware, has not been obtained in breach of, and is not otherwise subject to, any obligation of confidentiality; and


(ii)
any Funding Rate or Reference Bank Quotation.

" Confidentiality Undertaking " means a confidentiality undertaking in substantially the appropriate form recommended by the LMA from time to time or in any other form agreed between the Borrowers and the Facility Agent.

" Corresponding Debt " means any amount, other than any Parallel Debt, which a Borrower owes to a Creditor Party under or in connection with the Finance Documents.

" Creditor Party " means each Finance Party from time to time party to this Agreement, a Receiver or any Delegate.

" Default " means an Event of Default or a Potential Event of Default.

" Delegate " means any delegate, agent, attorney or co-trustee appointed by the Security Agent.

" Delivery Date " means, in relation to a Vessel, the date on which that Vessel is delivered by the Seller to the relevant Borrower pursuant to the relevant MOA.

" Disruption Event " means either or both of:


(a)
a material disruption to those payment or communications systems or to those financial markets which are, in each case, required to operate in order for payments



5

to be made in connection with the Facility (or otherwise in order for the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents to be carried out) which disruption is not caused by, and is beyond the control of, any of the Parties or, if applicable, any Borrower; or


(b)
the occurrence of any other event which results in a disruption (of a technical or systems-related nature) to the treasury or payments operations of a Party or, if applicable, any Borrower preventing that, or any other, Party or, if applicable, any Borrower:


(i)
from performing its payment obligations under the Finance Documents; or


(ii)
from communicating with other Parties or, if applicable, any Borrower in accordance with the terms of the Finance Documents,

and which (in either such case) is not caused by, and is beyond the control of, the Party or, if applicable, any Borrower whose operations are disrupted.

" Document of Compliance " has the meaning given to it in the ISM Code.

" dollars " and " $ " mean the lawful currency, for the time being, of the United States of America.

" Drawdown " means a drawdown of the Facility.

" Drawdown Date " means the date of a drawdown, being the date on which the relevant Advance is to be made.

" Drawdown Request " means a notice substantially in the form set out in Part A of Schedule 3 ( Requests ).

" Dry Dock Reserve Account " means an account in the name of the Borrowers with the Account Bank with account number 2910064719.

"Dry Dock Reserve Amount" means US$ 3,600,000.

" DVB Conditions " means the occurrence of all the events and circumstances and the   provision of all the documents and evidence listed in Schedule 3 ( DVB Conditions ) of the   Amendment Agreement.

" DVB Conditions Date " means 30 October 2019 or such later date as may be agreed in   writing by the Facility Agent (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders).

" Earnings " means, in relation to a Vessel, all moneys whatsoever which are now, or later become, payable (actually or contingently) to a Borrower or the Security Agent and which arise out of or in connection with or relate to the use or operation of that Vessel, including (but not limited to):


(a)
the following, save to the extent that any of them is, with the prior written consent of the Facility Agent, pooled or shared with any other person:


(i)
all freight, hire and passage moneys including, without limitation, all moneys payable under, arising out of or in connection with a Charter or a Charter Guarantee;


(ii)
the proceeds of the exercise of any lien on sub-freights;





6


(iii)
compensation payable to a Borrower or the Security Agent in the event of requisition of that Vessel for hire or use;


(iv)
remuneration for salvage and towage services;


(v)
demurrage and detention moneys;


(vi)
without prejudice to the generality of sub-paragraph (i) above, damages for breach (or payments for variation or termination) of any charterparty or other contract for the employment of that Vessel;


(vii)
all moneys which are at any time payable under any Insurances in relation to loss of hire;


(viii)
all monies which are at any time payable to a Borrower in relation to general average contribution; and


(b)
if and whenever that Vessel is employed on terms whereby any moneys falling within sub-paragraphs (i) to (vii) of paragraph (a) above are pooled or shared with any other person, that proportion of the net receipts of the relevant pooling or sharing arrangement which is attributable to that Vessel.

" EEA Member Country " means any member state of the European Union, Iceland, Liechtenstein and Norway.

" Earnings Account " means:


(a)
in relation to Borrower A, an account in the name of Borrower A with the Account Bank with account number 2910064913;


(b)
in relation to Borrower B, an account in the name of Borrower B with the Account Bank with account number 2910064905.

" Effective Date " shall have the meaning given to that expression in the Amendment Agreement.

" Environmental Approval " means any present or future permit, ruling, variance or other Authorisation required under Environmental Laws.

" Environmental Claim " means any claim by any governmental, judicial or regulatory authority or any other person which arises out of an Environmental Incident or an alleged Environmental Incident or which relates to any Environmental Law and, for this purpose, " claim " includes a claim for damages, compensation, contribution, injury, fines, losses and penalties or any other payment of any kind, including in relation to clean-up and removal, whether or not similar to the foregoing; an order or direction to take, or not to take, certain action or to desist from or suspend certain action; and any form of enforcement or regulatory action, including the arrest or attachment of any asset.

" Environmental Incident " means:


(a)
any release, emission, spill or discharge into a Vessel or into or upon the air, sea, land or soils (including the seabed) or surface water of Environmentally Sensitive Material within or from a Vessel; or


(b)
any incident in which Environmentally Sensitive Material is released, emitted, spilled or discharged into or upon the air, sea, land or soils (including the seabed) or surface water from a vessel other than a Vessel and which involves a collision between a Vessel and such other vessel or some other incident of navigation or operation, in



7

either case, in connection with which that Vessel is actually or potentially liable to be arrested, attached, detained or injuncted and/or that Vessel and/or any Borrower and/or any operator or manager of that Vessel is at fault or allegedly at fault or otherwise liable to any legal or administrative action; or


(c)
any other incident in which Environmentally Sensitive Material is released, emitted, spilled or discharged into or upon the air, sea, land or soils (including the seabed) or surface water otherwise than from a Vessel and in connection with which a Vessel is actually or potentially liable to be arrested and/or where any Borrower and/or any operator or manager of that Vessel is at fault or allegedly at fault or otherwise liable to any legal or administrative action, other than in accordance with an Environmental Approval.

" Environmental Law " means any present or future law relating to pollution or protection of human health or the environment, to conditions in the workplace, to the carriage, generation, handling, storage, use, release or spillage of Environmentally Sensitive Material or to actual or threatened releases of Environmentally Sensitive Material.

" Environmentally Sensitive Material " means and includes all contaminants, oil, oil products, toxic substances and any other substance (including any chemical, gas or other hazardous or noxious substance) which is (or is capable of being or becoming) polluting, toxic or hazardous.

" EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule " means the document described as such and published by the Loan Market Association (or any successor person) from time to time.

" Event of Default " means any event or circumstance specified as such in Clause 26 ( Events of Default ).

"Excess Earnings" shall have the meaning given in Clause 25.5 ( Excess Earnings ).

" Facility " means the term loan facility made available under this Agreement as described in Clause 2 ( The Facility ).

" Facility Office " means the office or offices notified by a Lender to the Facility Agent in writing on or before the date it becomes a Lender (or, following that date, by not less than 5 Business Days' written notice) as the office or offices through which it will perform its obligations under this Agreement.

" FATCA " means:


(a)
sections 1471 to 1474 of the Code or any associated regulations;


(b)
any treaty, law or regulation of any other jurisdiction, or relating to an intergovernmental agreement between the US and any other jurisdiction, which (in either case) facilitates the implementation of any law or regulation referred to in paragraph (a) above; or


(c)
any agreement pursuant to the implementation of any treaty, law or regulation referred to in paragraphs (a) or (b) above with the US Internal Revenue Service, the US government or any governmental or taxation authority in any other jurisdiction.

" FATCA Application Date " means:


(a)
in relation to a "withholdable payment" described in section 1473(1)(A)(i) of the Code (which relates to payments of interest and certain other payments from sources within the US), 1 July 2014;





8


(b)
in relation to a "withholdable payment" described in section 1473(1)(A)(ii) of the Code (which relates to "gross proceeds" from the disposition of property of a type that can produce interest from sources within the US), 1 January 2019; or


(c)
in relation to a "passthru payment" described in section 1471(d)(7) of the Code not falling within paragraphs (a) or (b) above, 1 January 2019,

or, in each case, such other date from which such payment may become subject to a deduction or withholding required by FATCA as a result of any change in FATCA after the date of this Agreement.

" FATCA Deduction " means a deduction or withholding from a payment under a Finance Document required by FATCA.

" FATCA Exempt Party " means a Party that is entitled to receive payments free from any FATCA Deduction.

"Fee Letter" means any letter or letters dated on or about the date of this Agreement between any of the Facility Agent and the Security Agent and any Borrower setting out any of the fees referred to in Clause 11 ( Fees ).

" Finance Document " means:


(a)
this Agreement;


(b)
any Fee Letter;


(c)
any Drawdown Request;


(d)
any Security Document;


(e)
any Subordination Deed;


(f)
any other document which is executed for the purpose of establishing any priority or subordination arrangement in relation to the Secured Liabilities; or


(g)
any other document designated as such by the Facility Agent and the Borrowers.

" Finance Party " means the Facility Agent, the Security Agent, the Account Bank or a Lender.

" Financial Indebtedness " means any indebtedness for or in relation to:


(a)
moneys borrowed;


(b)
any amount raised by acceptance under any acceptance credit facility or dematerialised equivalent;


(c)
any amount raised pursuant to any note purchase facility or the issue of bonds, notes, debentures, loan stock or any similar instrument;


(d)
the amount of any liability in relation to any lease or hire purchase contract which would, in accordance with IFRS, be treated as a balance sheet liability (other than any liability in respect of a lease or hire purchase contract which would, in accordance with IFRS in force prior to 1 January 2019;


(e)
receivables sold or discounted (other than any receivables to the extent they are sold on a non-recourse basis);


9


(f)
any amount raised under any other transaction (including any forward sale or purchase agreement) of a type not referred to in any other paragraph of this definition having the commercial effect of a borrowing (which, for the avoidance of doubt, does not include trade payables permitted in accordance with clause 20.15 ( Expenditure ));


(g)
any derivative transaction entered into in connection with protection against or benefit from fluctuation in any rate or price (and, when calculating the value of any derivative transaction, only the marked to market value (or, if any actual amount is due as a result of the termination or close-out of that derivative transaction, that amount) shall be taken into account);


(h)
any counter-indemnity obligation in relation to a guarantee, indemnity, bond, standby or documentary letter of credit or any other instrument issued by a bank or financial institution; and


(i)
the amount of any liability in relation to any guarantee or indemnity for any of the items referred to in paragraphs (a) to (f) above.

" Funding Rate " means any individual rate notified by a Lender to the Facility Agent pursuant to sub-paragraph (ii) of paragraph (a) of Clause 10.4 ( Cost of funds ).

" General Assignment " means, in relation to a Vessel, the general assignment creating Security over:


(a)
its Earnings, its Insurances and any Requisition Compensation; and


(b)
any Charter relating to that Vessel or other contract for its employment having a fixed duration of 12 months or more and any related Charter Guarantee;

in agreed form.

" Holding Company " means, in relation to a person, any other person in relation to which it is a Subsidiary.

" IFRS " means international accounting standards within the meaning of the IAS Regulation 1606/2002 to the extent applicable to the relevant financial statements.

" Indemnified Person " has the meaning given to it in Clause 14.2 ( Other indemnities ).

" Insurances " means, in relation to a Vessel:


(a)
all policies and contracts of insurance, including entries of that Vessel in any protection and indemnity or war risks association, effected in relation to that Vessel, the Earnings or otherwise in relation to that Vessel whether before, on or after the date of this Agreement; and


(b)
all rights and other assets relating to, or derived from, any of such policies, contracts or entries, including any rights to a return of premium and any rights in relation to any claim whether or not the relevant policy, contract of insurance or entry has expired on or before the date of this Agreement.

" Interest Payment Date " has the meaning given to it in paragraph (a) of Clause 8.2 ( Payment of interest ).

" Interest Period " means, in relation to the Loan or any part of the Loan, each period determined in accordance with Clause 9 ( Interest Periods ) and, in relation to an Unpaid Sum, each period determined in accordance with Clause 8.3 ( Default interest ).




10

" Interpolated Screen Rate " means, in relation to the Loan or any part of the Loan, the rate rounded which results from interpolating on a linear basis between:


(a)
the applicable Screen Rate for the longest period (for which that Screen Rate is available) which is less than the Interest Period of the Loan or that part of the Loan; and


(b)
the applicable Screen Rate for the shortest period (for which that Screen Rate is available) which exceeds the Interest Period of the Loan or that part of the Loan,

each as of the Specified Time for dollars.

" ISM Code " means the International Safety Management Code for the Safe Operation of Ships and for Pollution Prevention (including the guidelines on its implementation), adopted by the International Maritime Organisation, as the same may be amended or supplemented from time to time.

" ISPS Code " means the International Ship and Port Facility Security (ISPS) Code as adopted by the International Maritime Organization's (IMO) Diplomatic Conference of December
2002, as the same may be amended or supplemented from time to time.

" ISSC " means an International Ship Security Certificate issued under the ISPS Code.

" Legal Reservations " means:


(a)
the principle that equitable remedies may be granted or refused at the discretion of a court and the limitation of enforcement by laws relating to insolvency, reorganisation and other laws generally affecting the rights of creditors;


(b)
the time barring of claims under any applicable limitation laws, the possibility that an undertaking to assume liability for or indemnify a person against non-payment of stamp duty may be void, defences of set off or counterclaim;


(c)
similar principles, rights and remedies under the laws of any Relevant Jurisdiction; and


(d)
any other matters which are set out as qualifications or reservations as to matters of law of general application in any legal opinion supplied to the Agent as a condition precedent under this Agreement on or before the first Drawdown Date.

" Lender " means:


(a)
any Original Lender; and


(b)
any bank or financial institution which has become a Party in accordance with Clause 27 ( Changes to the Lenders ),

which in each case has not ceased to be a Party in accordance with this Agreement.

" LIBOR " means, in relation to the Loan or any part of the Loan:


(a)
the applicable Screen Rate as of the Specified Time for dollars and for a period equal in length to the Interest Period of the Loan or that part of the Loan; or


(b)
as otherwise determined pursuant to Clause 10.1 ( Unavailability of Screen Rate ),

and if, in either case, that rate is less than zero, LIBOR shall be deemed to be zero.




11

" Limitation Acts " means the Limitation Act 1980 and the Foreign Limitation Periods Act 1984.

" LMA " means the Loan Market Association.

" Loan " means the loan to be made available under the Facility or the aggregate principal amount outstanding for the time being of the borrowings under the Facility and a " part of the Loan " means an Advance, a Tranche or any other part of the Loan as the context may require.

" Major Casualty " means any casualty to the Vessel in relation to which the claim or the aggregate of the claims against all insurers, before adjustment for any relevant franchise or deductible, exceeds US$250,000 or the equivalent in any other currency.

" Majority Lenders " means:


(a)
if no Advance has yet been made, a Lender or Lenders whose Commitments aggregate more than 66⅔ per cent. of the Total Commitments; or


(b)
at any other time, a Lender or Lenders whose participations in the Loan aggregate more than 66⅔ per cent. of the amount of the Loan then outstanding or, if the Loan has been repaid or prepaid in full, a Lender or Lenders whose participations in the Loan immediately before repayment or prepayment in full aggregate more than 66⅔ per cent. of the Loan immediately before such repayment.

"Management Agreement " means a Technical Management Agreement or a Commercial Management Agreement.

" Manager's Undertaking " means the letter of undertaking from the Approved Technical Manager and the letter of undertaking from the Approved Commercial Manager subordinating the rights of the Approved Technical Manager and the Approved Commercial Manager respectively against each Vessel and each Borrower to the rights of the Finance Parties and assigning the rights and interests of the Approved Technical Manager and the Approved Commercial Manager in the Insurances to the Finance Parties in agreed form.

" Margin " means 2.75 per cent. per annum.

" Market Value " means, in relation to a Vessel or any other vessel, at any date, the market value of that Vessel or vessel determined in accordance with Clause 24.7 ( Provision of valuations ) and prepared:


(a)
unless otherwise specified, as at a date not more than 14 days previously;


(b)
by an Approved Valuer or Approved Valuers;


(c)
with or without physical inspection of that Vessel or vessel (as the Facility Agent may require); and


(d)
on the basis of a sale for prompt delivery for cash on normal arm's length commercial terms as between a willing seller and a willing buyer, free of any Charter,

after deducting the estimated amount of the usual and reasonable expenses which would be incurred in connection with the sale.

" Material Adverse Effect " means in the reasonable opinion of the Majority Lenders a material adverse effect on:




12


(a)
the business, operations, property, condition (financial or otherwise) or prospects of any Borrower; or


(b)
the ability of any Borrower to perform its obligations under any Finance Document; or


(c)
the validity or enforceability of, or the effectiveness or ranking of any Security granted or intended to be granted pursuant to any of, the Finance Documents or the rights or remedies of any Finance Party under any of the Finance Documents.

" Maturity Date " means, in relation to each Tranche, the date falling 5 years after the relevant Drawdown Date.

" Month " means a period starting on one day in a calendar month and ending on the numerically corresponding day in the next calendar month, except that:


(a)
(subject to paragraph (c) below) if the numerically corresponding day is not a Business Day, that period shall end on the next Business Day in that calendar month in which that period is to end if there is one, or if there is not, on the immediately preceding Business Day;


(b)
if there is no numerically corresponding day in the calendar month in which that period is to end, that period shall end on the last Business Day in that calendar month; and


(c)
if an Interest Period begins on the last Business Day of a calendar month, that Interest Period shall end on the last Business Day in the calendar month in which that Interest Period is to end.

The above rules will only apply to the last Month of any period.

" MOA " means each of:


(a)
the memorandum of agreement dated 19 September 2017 and made between (i) Borrower A as buyer and (ii) the Seller for the purchase of Vessel A; and


(b)
the memorandum of agreement dated 19 September 2017 and made between (i) Borrower B as buyer and (ii) the Seller for the purchase of Vessel B.

" Mortgage " means, in relation to a Vessel, the first preferred ship mortgage on that Vessel in agreed form.

" NAO " means Nordic American Offshore Ltd., a company incorporated in Bermuda whose   registered office is at LOM Building, 27 Reid Street, Hamilton HM11, Bermuda.

" Original Jurisdiction " means, in relation to a Borrower, the jurisdiction under whose laws that Borrower is incorporated as at the date of this Agreement.

" Original Shareholder " means Scorpio Off-Shore Holding Inc, a corporation incorporated in the Republic of the Marshall Islands whose registered office is at Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, Majuro , Marshall Islands, MH96960.

" Overseas Regulations " means the Overseas Companies Regulations 2009 (SI 2009/1801).

" Parallel Debt " means any amount which a Borrower owes to the Security Agent under Clause 30.2 ( Parallel Debt (Covenant to pay the Security Agent) ) or under that clause as incorporated by reference or in full in any other Finance Document.



13

" Participating Member State " means any member state of the European Union that has the euro as its lawful currency in accordance with legislation of the European Union relating to Economic and Monetary Union.

" Party " means a party to this Agreement.

" Permitted Charter " means, in relation to a Vessel, a Charter:


(a)
which is a time, voyage or consecutive voyage charter;


(b)
the duration of which does not exceed and is not capable of exceeding, by virtue of any optional extensions, 18 months plus a redelivery allowance of not more than 30 days;


(c)
which is entered into on bona fide arm's length terms at the time at which that Vessel is fixed; and


(d)
in relation to which not more than two months' hire is payable in advance,

and any other Charter which is approved in writing by the Facility Agent acting with the authorisation of the Majority Lenders (such approval and authorisation not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed).

" Permitted Financial Indebtedness " means:


(a)
any Financial Indebtedness incurred under the Finance Documents;


(b)
any Financial Indebtedness (including any loan or other credit support constituting Financial Indebtedness from the Shareholder) that is subordinated to all Financial Indebtedness incurred under the Finance Documents pursuant to any Subordination Deed or otherwise and which is, in the case of any such Financial Indebtedness of the Borrowers, the subject of Subordinated Debt Security.

" Permitted Security " means:


(a)
Security created by the Finance Documents;


(b)
any netting or set-off arrangement entered into by any Borrower in the ordinary course of its banking arrangements for the purpose of netting debit and credit balances;


(c)
liens for unpaid master's and crew's wages in accordance with first class ship ownership and management practice;


(d)
liens for salvage;


(e)
liens for master's disbursements incurred in the ordinary course of trading; and


(f)
any other lien arising by operation of law or otherwise in the ordinary course of the operation, repair or maintenance of any Vessel and not as a result of any default or omission by any Borrower and subject, in the case of liens for repair or maintenance, to Clause 23.15 ( Restrictions on chartering, appointment of managers etc. ); and


(g)
Security Interests arising by operation of law in respect of taxes which are not overdue for payment or in respect of taxes being contested in good faith by appropriate steps and in respect of which appropriate reserves have been made.





14

" Potential Event of Default " means any event or circumstance specified in Clause 26 ( Events of Default ) which would (with the expiry of a grace period, the giving of notice, the making of any determination under the Finance Documents or any combination of any of the foregoing) be an Event of Default.

" Prohibited Person " means any person (whether designated by name or by reason of being included in a class of persons) against whom Sanctions are directed, but only to the extent that transactions with such person would be prohibited or restricted for a Transaction Obligor, a Finance Party or any other person resident in or otherwise subject to the jurisdiction of the United States, the United Kingdom or the European Union.

" Protected Party " has the meaning given to it in Clause 12.1 ( Definitions ).

" Purchase Price " means, in relation to each Vessel, the total price of US$4,800,000 payable for that Vessel under clause 1 of the MOA.

" Quotation Day " means, in relation to any period for which an interest rate is to be determined, two Business Days before the first day of that period unless market practice differs in the Relevant Interbank Market in which case the Quotation Day will be determined by the Facility Agent in accordance with market practice in the Relevant Interbank Market (and if quotations would normally be given by leading banks in the Relevant Interbank Market on more than one day, the Quotation Day will be the last of those days).

" Receiver " means a receiver or receiver and manager or administrative receiver of the whole or any part of the Security Assets.

" Reference Bank Quotation " means any quotation supplied to the Facility Agent by a Reference Bank.

" Reference Bank Rate " means the arithmetic mean of the rates (rounded upwards to four decimal places) as supplied to the Facility Agent at its request by the Reference Banks:


(a)
if:


(i)
the Reference Bank is a contributor to the Screen Rate; and


(ii)
it consists of a single figure,

as the rate (applied to the relevant Reference Bank and the relevant currency and period) which contributors to the Screen Rate are asked to submit to the relevant administrator; or


(b)
in any other case, as the rate at which the relevant Reference Bank could fund itself in dollars for the relevant period with reference to the unsecured wholesale funding market.

" Reference Banks " means the principal London offices of any three banks from the ICE LIBOR panel or such other entities as may be appointed by the Facility Agent in consultation with the Borrower.

" Relevant Interbank Market " means the London interbank market.

" Relevant Jurisdiction " means, in relation to a Transaction Obligor:


(a)
its Original Jurisdiction;


(b)
any jurisdiction where any asset subject to, or intended to be subject to, any of the Transaction Security created, or intended to be created, by it is situated;





15


(c)
any jurisdiction where it conducts its business; and


(d)
the jurisdiction whose laws govern the perfection of any of the Security Documents entered into by it.

" Repayment Date " means each date on which a Repayment Instalment is required to be paid under Clause 6.1 ( Repayment of Loan ).

" Repayment Instalment " has the meaning given to it in Clause 6.1 ( Repayment of Loan ).

" Repeating Representation " means each of the representations set out in Clause 17 ( Representations ) except Clause 17.10 ( Insolvency ), Clause 17.11 ( No filing or stamp taxes ), Clause 17.12 ( Deduction of Tax ) and Clause 17.16 ( No proceedings pending or threatened ), Clause 17.23 ( Compliance with Environmental Laws ), Clause 17.24 ( No Environmental Claim ), Clause 17.26 ( ISM and ISPS Code Compliance) and any representation of any Transaction Obligor made in any other Finance Document that is expressed to be a "Repeating Representation" or is otherwise expressed to be repeated.

" Replacement Shareholder " means AHTS Holdco Limited, a company incorporated in   Bermuda whose registered office is at Thistle House, 4 Burnaby Street, Hamilton HM 11,   Bermuda.

" Representative " means any delegate, agent, manager, administrator, nominee, attorney, trustee or custodian.

" Requisition " means in relation to a Vessel:


(a)
any expropriation, confiscation, requisition (excluding a requisition for hire or use which does not involve a requisition for title) or acquisition of that Vessel, whether for full consideration, a consideration less than its proper value, a nominal consideration or without any consideration, which is effected (whether de jure or de facto ) by any government or official authority or by any person or persons claiming to be or to represent a government or official authority; and


(b)
any capture or seizure of that Vessel (including any hijacking or theft) by any person whatsoever.

" Requisition Compensation " includes all compensation or other moneys payable to a Borrower by reason of any Requisition or any arrest or detention of the Vessel owned by it in the exercise or purported exercise of any lien or claim.

" Resolution Authority " means any body which has authority to exercise any Write-down and Conversion Powers.

" Reversal " shall have the meaning given to that expression in the SPA.

" Reversal Date " means the actual date the Reversal irrevocably takes effect and such date   shall be the same date for each Borrower.

" Reversal Event " shall have the meaning given to that expression in clause 7.1 ( Reversal Events ) of the Amendment Agreement .

" Safety Management Certificate " has the meaning given to it in the ISM Code.

" Safety Management System " has the meaning given to it in the ISM Code.



16

" Sanctions " means any sanctions, embargoes, freezing provisions, prohibitions or other restrictions relating to trading, doing business, investment, exporting, financing or making assets available (or other activities similar to or connected with any of the foregoing):


(a)
imposed by law or regulation of the United Kingdom, the Council of the European Union, the United Nations or its Security Council or the United States of America; or


(b)
otherwise imposed by any law or regulation or Executive Order by which any Transaction Obligor or any Finance Party is bound or, as regards a regulation, compliance with which is reasonable in the ordinary course of business of any Transaction Obligor or Finance Party including, without limitation, laws or regulations or Executive Orders restricting loans to investments in, or the exports of assets to, foreign countries or entities doing business there,

provided that such laws, regulations, sanctions, embargoes, freezing provisions, prohibitions or restrictive measures shall be applicable only to the extent such laws, regulations, sanctions, embargoes or restrictive measures are not in conflict with the laws of the United States of America.

" Screen Rate " means the London interbank offered rate administered by ICE Benchmark Administration Limited (or any other person which takes over the administration of that rate) for dollars for the relevant period displayed on page LIBOR01 or LIBOR02 of the Thomson Reuters screen (or any replacement Thomson Reuters page which displays that rate) or on the appropriate page of such other information service which publishes that rate from time to time in place of Thomson Reuters. If such page or service ceases to be available, the Facility Agent may specify another page or service displaying the relevant rate after consultation with the Borrowers.

" Secured Liabilities " means all present and future obligations and liabilities, (whether actual or contingent and whether owed jointly or severally or in any other capacity whatsoever) of each Transaction Obligor to any Creditor Party under or in connection with each Finance Document.

" Security " means a mortgage, pledge, lien, charge, assignment, hypothecation or security interest or any other agreement or arrangement having the effect of conferring security.

" Security Assets " means all of the assets of the Transaction Obligors which from time to time are, or are expressed to be, the subject of the Transaction Security.

" Security Document " means:


(a)
any Shares Security;


(b)
any Mortgage;


(c)
any General Assignment;


(d)
any Account Security;


(e)
any Manager's Undertaking;


(f)
any Subordinated Debt Security;


(g)
the Standby Shares Security;


(h)
the Standby Subordinated Debt Security;





17


(i)
(g) any other document (whether or not it creates Security) which is executed as security for the Secured Liabilities; or


(j)
(h) any other document designated as such by the Facility Agent and the Borrowers.

" Security Period " means the period starting on the date of this Agreement and ending on the date on which the Facility Agent is satisfied that there is no outstanding Commitment in force and that the Secured Liabilities have been irrevocably and unconditionally paid and discharged in full.

" Security Property " means:


(a)
the Transaction Security expressed to be granted in favour of the Security Agent as trustee for the Creditor Parties and all proceeds of that Transaction Security;


(b)
all obligations expressed to be undertaken by a Transaction Obligor to pay amounts in relation to the Secured Liabilities to the Security Agent as trustee for the Creditor Parties and secured by the Transaction Security together with all representations and warranties expressed to be given by a Transaction Obligor or any other person in favour of the Security Agent as trustee for the Creditor Parties;


(c)
the Security Agent's interest in any turnover trust created under the Finance Documents ;


(d)
any other amounts or property, whether rights, entitlements, choses in action or otherwise, actual or contingent , which the Security Agent is required by the terms of the Finance Documents to hold as trustee on trust for the Creditor Parties,

except:


(i)
rights intended for the sole benefit of the Security Agent; and


(ii)
any moneys or other assets which the Security Agent has transferred to the Facility Agent or (being entitled to do so) has retained in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement.

" Selection Notice " means a notice substantially in the form set out in Part B of Schedule 3 ( Requests ) given in accordance with Clause 9 ( Interest Periods ).

" Seller " means Far East Offshore AS, a private limited liability company incorporated under the laws of Norway with registered address at Dronning Mauds gate 3, 0250 Oslo, and with business registration number 996 126 161.

" Servicing Party " means the Facility Agent or the Security Agent.

" Shareholder " means Scorpio Off-Shore Holding Inc, a corporation incorporated in the Republic of the Marshall Islands whose registered office is at Trust Company Complex, Ajeltake Road, Ajeltake Island, Majuro Marshall Islands, MH96960.

" Shareholder " means, for each Borrower, for the period up to the Effective Date, the   Original Shareholder and then for so long as no Reversal has occurred, the Replacement   Shareholder and on and from the Reversal Date applicable to each Borrower, the Original   Shareholder.

" Shares Security " means a document creating Security over the share capital in each Borrower in agreed form.




18

" Share transfer " means, in respect of each Borrower, the transfer by the Original   Shareholder of all its shares and interests in such shares and share capital of such Borrower   to the Replacement Shareholder in accordance with the SPA.

" SPA " means, in respect of each Borrower, the common stock purchase agreement entered   or to be entered into by the Original Shareholder as purchaser and the Replacement   Shareholder and NAO setting out the terms and conditions on which the Original   Shareholder shall acquire shares in NAO in exchange for the transfer of its shareholding in   that Borrower to the Replacement Shareholder.

" Specified Time " means a day or time determined in accordance with Schedule 6 ( Timetables ).

" Standby Shares Security " means, in relation to each Borrower, the shares security signed or   to be signed by the Original Shareholder in favour of the Security Agent in respect of the   shares in that Borrower but to be left undated until the Reversal Date applicable to that   Borrower, in agreed form.

" Standby Subordinated Debt Security " means the subordinated debt security signed or to   be signed by the Original Shareholder in favour of the Security Agent in respect of any   Subordinated Finance Documents (as defined therein) and Subordinated Liabilities (as   defined therein) to be left undated until the Reversal Date applicable to the Borrowers, in   agreed form.

" Standby Security Documents " means the Standby Shares Security and the Standby Subordinated Debt Security.

" Subordinated Creditor " means:


(a)
a Transaction Obligor; or


(b)
any other person who becomes a Subordinated Creditor in accordance with this Agreement.

" Subordinated Debt Security " means a Security over Subordinated Liabilities entered into or to be entered into by a Subordinated Creditor in favour of the Security Agent in an agreed form.

" Subordinated Finance Document " means:


(a)
a Subordinated Loan Agreement; and


(b)
any other document relating to or evidencing Subordinated Liabilities.

" Subordinated Liabilities " means all indebtedness owed or expressed to be owed by a Borrower to a Subordinated Creditor whether under the Subordinated Finance Documents or otherwise.

" Subordinated Loan Agreement " means any loan agreement made or to be made between (i) a Borrower and (ii) a Subordinated Creditor.

" Subordination Deed " means a subordination deed entered into or to be entered into by each Subordinated Creditor and the Security Agent in agreed form.

" Subsidiary " means a subsidiary within the meaning of section 1159 of the Companies Act 2006.



19

" Tax " means any tax, levy, impost, duty or other charge or withholding of a similar nature (including any penalty or interest payable in connection with any failure to pay or any delay in paying any of the same).

" Tax Credit " has the meaning given to it in Clause 12.1 ( Definitions ).

" Tax Deduction " has the meaning given to it in Clause 12.1 ( Definitions ).

" Tax Payment " has the meaning given to it in Clause 12.1 ( Definitions ).

" Technical Management Agreement " means the agreement entered into between each Borrower and the Approved Technical Manager regarding the technical management of a Vessel.

" Third Parties Act " has the meaning given to it in Clause 1.5 ( Third party rights ).

" Total Commitments " means the aggregate of the Commitments, being US$9,000,000 at the date of this Agreement.

" Total Loss " means, in relation to a Vessel:


(a)
actual, constructive, compromised, agreed or arranged total loss of that Vessel; or


(b)
any Requisition of that Vessel unless that Vessel is returned to the full control of the relevant Borrower within 60 days of such Requisition.

" Total Loss Date " means, in relation to the Total Loss of a Vessel:


(a)
in the case of an actual loss of that Vessel, the date on which it occurred or, if that is unknown, the date when that Vessel was last heard of;


(b)
in the case of a constructive, compromised, agreed or arranged total loss of that Vessel, the earlier of:


(i)
the date on which a notice of abandonment is given to the insurers; and


(ii)
the date of any compromise, arrangement or agreement made by or on behalf of the relevant Borrower with its Vessel's insurers in which the insurers agree to treat that Vessel as a total loss; and


(c)
in the case of any other type of Total Loss, the date (or the most likely date) on which it appears to the Facility Agent that the event constituting the total loss occurred.

" Tranche " means Tranche A or Tranche B.

" Tranche A " means that part of the Loan made or to be made available to Borrower A to finance part of the purchase price of Vessel A in a principal amount not exceeding US$4,500,000.

" Tranche B " means that part of the Loan made or to be made available to Borrower B to finance part of the purchase price of Vessel B in a principal amount not exceeding US$4,500,000.



20

" Transaction Document " means:


(a)
a Finance Document;


(b)
a Subordinated Finance Document;


(c)
each MOA;


(d)
any Charter; or


(e)
the SPA; or


(f)
  (e) any other document designated as such by the Facility Agent and the Borrowers.

" Transaction Obligor " means a Borrower or the Shareholder. and:


(a)
on and from the Effective Date and up to the Reversal Date, the Replacement Shareholder; and


(b)
the Original Shareholder after the Reversal Date.

" Transaction Security" means the Security created or evidenced or expressed to be created or evidenced under the Security Documents.

" Transfer Certificate " means a certificate in the form set out in Schedule 4 ( Form of Transfer Certificate ) or any other form agreed between the Facility Agent and the Borrowers.

" Transfer Date " means, in relation to an assignment or a transfer, the later of:


(a)
the proposed Transfer Date specified in the relevant Assignment Agreement or Transfer Certificate; and


(b)
the date on which the Facility Agent executes the relevant Assignment Agreement or Transfer Certificate.

" UK Establishment " means a UK establishment as defined in the Overseas Regulations.

" Unpaid Sum " means any sum due and payable but unpaid by a Transaction Obligor under the Finance Documents.

" US " means the United States of America.

" US Tax Obligor " means:


(a)
a person which is resident for tax purposes in the US; or


(b)
a person some or all of whose payments under the Finance Documents are from sources within the US for US federal income tax purposes.

" VAT " means:


(a)
any tax imposed in compliance with the Council Directive of 28 November 2006 on the common system of value added tax (EC Directive 2006/112); and


(b)
any other tax of a similar nature, whether imposed in a member state of the European Union in substitution for, or levied in addition to, such tax referred to in paragraph (a) above, or imposed elsewhere.


21

" VAT Group " means two or more companies or limited liability partnerships which register as a single taxable entity for VAT purposes.

" Vessel " means each of Vessel A and Vessel B.

" Vessel A " means the vessel "SANKO BARON" with IMO No. 9427744 which is to be purchased by Borrower A under the relevant MOA and which, on delivery, is to be registered in the name of Borrower A under the Approved Flag.

" Vessel B " means the vessel "SANKO BRILLIANCE" with IMO No. 9427756 which is to be purchased by Borrower B under the relevant MOA and which, on delivery, is to be registered in the name of Borrower B under the Approved Flag.

" Write-down and Conversion Powers " means:


(a)
in relation to any Bail-In Legislation described in the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule from time to time, the powers described as such in relation to that Bail-In Legislation in the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule ; and


(b)
in relation to any other applicable Bail-In Legislation:


(i)
any powers under that Bail-In Legislation to cancel, transfer or dilute shares issued by a person that is a bank or investment firm or other financial institution or affiliate of a bank, investment firm or other financial institution, to cancel, reduce, modify or change the form of a liability of such a person or any contract or instrument under which that liability arises, to convert all or part of that liability into shares, securities or obligations of that person or any other person, to provide that any such contract or instrument is to have effect as if a right had been exercised under it or to suspend any obligation in respect of that liability or any of the powers under that Bail-In Legislation that are related to or ancillary to any of those powers; and


(ii)
any similar or analogous powers under that Bail-In Legislation.

1.2
Construction

(a)
Unless a contrary indication appears, a reference in this Agreement to:


(i)
the " Account Bank ", the " Facility Agent ", any " Finance Party ", any " Lender ", any " Obligor ", any " Party ", any " Creditor Party ", the " Security Agent ", any " Transaction Obligor " or any other person shall be construed so as to include its successors in title, permitted assigns and permitted transferees to, or of, its rights and/or obligations under the Finance Documents;


(ii)
" assets " includes present and future properties, revenues and rights of every description;


(iii)
a liability which is " contingent " means a liability which is not certain to arise and/or the amount of which remains unascertained;


(iv)
" document " includes a deed and also a letter, fax or telex;


(v)
" expense " means any kind of cost, charge or expense (including all legal costs, charges and expenses) and any applicable Tax including VAT;


(vi)
a " Finance Document ", a " Security Document " or " Transaction Document " or any other agreement or instrument is a reference to that Finance Document, Security



22

Document or Transaction Document or other agreement or instrument as amended or novated;


(vii)
" indebtedness " includes any obligation (whether incurred as principal or as surety) for the payment or repayment of money, whether present or future, actual or contingent;


(viii)
" law " includes any order or decree, any form of delegated legislation, any treaty or international convention and any regulation or resolution of the Council of the European Union, the European Commission, the United Nations or its Security Council;


(ix)
" proceedings " means, in relation to any enforcement provision of a Finance Document, proceedings of any kind, including an application for a provisional or protective measure;


(x)
a " person " includes any individual, firm, company, corporation, government, state or agency of a state or any association, trust, joint venture, consortium or partnership or other entity (whether or not having separate legal personality);


(xi)
a " regulation " includes any regulation, rule, official directive, request or guideline (whether or not having the force of law) of any governmental, intergovernmental or supranational body, agency, department or regulatory, self-regulatory or other authority or organisation;


(xii)
a provision of law is a reference to that provision as amended or re-enacted;


(xiii)
a time of day is a reference to Bergen time;


(xiv)
any English legal term for any action, remedy, method of judicial proceeding, legal document, legal status, court, official or any legal concept or thing shall, in respect of a jurisdiction other than England, be deemed to include that which most nearly approximates in that jurisdiction to the English legal term;


(xv)
words denoting the singular number shall include the plural and vice versa; and


(xvi)
" including " and " in particular " (and other similar expressions) shall be construed as not limiting any general words or expressions in connection with which they are used.

(b)
The determination of the extent to which a rate is " for a period equal in length " to an Interest Period shall disregard any inconsistency arising from the last day of that Interest Period being determined pursuant to the terms of this Agreement.

(c)
Section, Clause and Schedule headings are for ease of reference only and are not to be used for the purposes of construction or interpretation of the Finance Documents.

(d)
Unless a contrary indication appears, a term used in any other Finance Document or in any notice given under, or in connection with, any Finance Document has the same meaning in that Finance Document or notice as in this Agreement.

(e)
A Potential Event of Default is " continuing " if it has not been remedied or waived and an Event of Default is " continuing " if it has not been waived.

1.3
Construction of insurance terms

In this Agreement:





23

" approved " means, for the purposes of Clause 21 ( Insurance Undertakings ), approved in writing by the Facility Agent;

" excess risks " means, in respect of a Vessel, the proportion of claims for general average, salvage and salvage charges not recoverable under the hull and machinery policies in respect of that Vessel in consequence of its insured value being less than the value at which that Vessel is assessed for the purpose of such claims;

" obligatory insurances " means all insurances effected, or which any Borrower is obliged to effect, under Clause 21 ( Insurance Undertakings ) or any other provision of this Agreement or of another Finance Document;

" policy " includes a slip, cover note, certificate of entry or other document evidencing the contract of insurance or its terms;

" protection and indemnity risks " means the usual risks covered by a protection and indemnity association managed in London, including pollution risks and the proportion (if any) of any sums payable to any other person or persons in case of collision which are not recoverable under the hull and machinery policies by reason of the incorporation in them of clause 6 of the International Hull Clauses (1/11/02 or 1/11/03), clause 8 of the Institute Time Clauses (Hulls) (1/10/83)(1/11/95) or the Institute Amended Running Down Clause (1/10/71) or any equivalent provision; and

" war risks " includes the risk of mines and all risks excluded by clause 29 of the International Hull Clauses (1/11/02 or 1/11/03), clause 24 of the Institute Time Clauses (Hulls) (1/11/95) or clause 23 of the Institute Time Clauses (Hulls)(1/10/83).

1.4
Agreed forms of Finance Documents

References in Clause 1.1 ( Definitions ) to any Finance Document being in "agreed form" are to that Finance Document:

(a)
in a form attached to a certificate dated the same date as this Agreement (and signed by the Borrowers and the Facility Agent); or

(b)
in any other form agreed in writing between the Borrowers and the Facility Agent acting with the authorisation of the Majority Lenders or, where Clause 42.2 ( All Lender matters ) applies, all the Lenders.

1.5
Third party rights

(a)
Unless expressly provided to the contrary in a Finance Document, a person who is not a Party has no right under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 (the " Third Parties Act ") to enforce or to enjoy the benefit of any term of this Agreement.

(b)
Subject to Clause 42.3 ( Other exceptions ) but otherwise notwithstanding any term of any Finance Document, the consent of any person who is not a Party is not required to rescind or vary this Agreement at any time.

(c)
Any Receiver, Delegate, Affiliate or any other person described in paragraph (d) of Clause 14.2 ( Other indemnities ), paragraph (b) of Clause 29.10 ( Exclusion of liability ), Clause 29.19 ( Role of Reference Banks ), Clause 29.20 ( Third Party Reference Banks ) or paragraph (b) of Clause 30.11 ( Exclusion of liability ) may, subject to this Clause 1.5 ( Third party rights ) and the Third Parties Act, rely on any Clause of this Agreement which expressly confers rights on it.





24

SECTION 2

THE FACILITY

2
THE FACILITY

2.1
The Facility

Subject to the terms of this Agreement, the Lenders make available to the Borrowers a dollar term loan facility in two Tranches in an aggregate amount not exceeding the Total Commitments.

2.2
Finance Parties' rights and obligations

(a)
The obligations of each Finance Party under the Finance Documents are several. Failure by a Finance Party to perform its obligations under the Finance Documents does not affect the obligations of any other Party under the Finance Documents. No Finance Party is responsible for the obligations of any other Finance Party under the Finance Documents.

(b)
The rights of each Finance Party under or in connection with the Finance Documents are separate and independent rights and any debt arising under the Finance Documents to a Finance Party from a Transaction Obligor is a separate and independent debt in respect of which a Finance Party shall be entitled to enforce its rights in accordance with paragraph (c) below. The rights of each Finance Party include any debt owing to that Finance Party under the Finance Documents and, for the avoidance of doubt, any part of the Loan or any other amount owed by a Transaction Obligor which relates to a Finance Party's participation in the Facility or its role under a Finance Document (including any such amount payable to the Facility Agent on its behalf) is a debt owing to that Finance Party by that Transaction Obligor.

(c)
A Finance Party may, except as specifically provided in the Finance Documents, separately enforce its rights under or in connection with the Finance Documents.

3
PURPOSE

3.1
Purpose

The Borrowers shall apply all amounts borrowed by them under the Facility only for the purpose of financing part of the purchase price of the Vessels in an aggregate principal amount not exceeding the lower of:

(a)
100 per cent. of the Market Value of the Vessels (as determined not earlier than three weeks before the Drawdown Date and not later than one week before the Drawdown Date, unless otherwise agreed by the Facility Agent) and

(b)
US$9,000,000.

3.2
Monitoring

No Finance Party is bound to monitor or verify the application of any amount borrowed pursuant to this Agreement.



25

4
CONDITIONS OF DRAWDOWN

4.1
Conditions precedent to delivery of a Drawdown Request

The Borrowers may not deliver a Drawdown Request unless the Facility Agent has received all of the documents and other evidence listed in Part A of Schedule 2 ( Conditions Precedent and Subsequent ) in form and substance satisfactory to the Facility Agent.

4.2
Conditions precedent to release of an Advance

The Facility Agent shall only be obliged to release an Advance to the Seller on the relevant Delivery Date if:

(a)
on that Delivery Date and before an Advance is released:


(i)
no Default is continuing or would result from the proposed Advance;


(ii)
the Repeating Representations to be made by each Transaction Obligor are true;

(b)
on that Delivery Date, the Facility Agent has received, or is satisfied that it will receive when the relevant Vessel is delivered to the relevant Borrower under the relevant MOA, all of the documents and other evidence listed in Part B of Schedule 2 ( Conditions Precedent and Subsequent ) in form and substance satisfactory to the Facility Agent (acting on the instructions of all the Lenders).

4.3
Conditions subsequent

Save in the case of documentary evidence which must be provided on the relevant Delivery Date (as a same day condition subsequent) that the relevant Mortgage has been duly recorded on that Delivery Date (as required under paragraph 1(a) of Part C of Schedule 2 ( Conditions Precedent and Subsequent ), the Borrowers undertake to deliver or cause to be delivered to the Facility Agent within ten Business Days after that Delivery Date, (such period may be extended by the Facility Agent in its reasonable discretion), the additional documents and other evidence listed in Part C of Schedule 2 ( Conditions Precedent and Subsequent ) in form and substance satisfactory to the Facility Agent.

4.4
Notification of satisfaction of conditions precedent

(a)
The Facility Agent shall notify the Borrowers and the Lenders promptly upon being satisfied as to the satisfaction of the conditions precedent and subsequent referred to in Clause 4.1 (Conditions precedent to delivery of a Drawdown Request), Clause 4.2 (Conditions precedent to release of an Advance) and Clause 4.3 (Conditions subsequent).

(b)
Other than to the extent that the Majority Lenders notify the Facility Agent in writing to the contrary before the Facility Agent gives the notification described in paragraph (a) above, the Lenders authorise (but do not require) the Facility Agent to give that notification. The Facility Agent shall not be liable for any damages, costs or losses whatsoever as a result of giving any such notification.

4.5
Waiver of conditions precedent

If the Lenders, at their discretion, permit any Advance to be released before any of the conditions precedent referred to in Clause 4 ( Conditions of Drawdown ) or Clause 4.2 ( Conditions precedent to release of an Advance ) has been satisfied, the Borrowers shall ensure that that condition is satisfied within five Business Days after the relevant Drawdown Date or Delivery Date (as applicable) or such later date as the Facility Agent, acting with the authorisation of the Lenders, may agree in writing with the Borrowers.



26

SECTION 3

DRAWDOWN

5
DRAWDOWN

5.1
Delivery of a Drawdown Request

The Borrowers may utilise the Facility by delivery to the Facility Agent of a duly completed Drawdown Request not later than the Specified Time.

5.2
Completion of a Drawdown Request

(a)
Each Drawdown Request is irrevocable and will not be regarded as having been duly completed unless:


(i)
it identifies the Tranche to be utilised;


(ii)
the proposed Drawdown Date is a Business Day within the relevant Availability Period;


(iii)
the currency and amount of the Drawdown comply with Clause 5.3 ( Currency and amount ); and


(iv)
the proposed Interest Period complies with Clause 9 ( Interest Periods ).

(b)
Only one Drawdown Request may be delivered under each of Tranche.

5.3
Currency and amount

(a)
The currency specified in a Drawdown Request must be dollars.

(b)
The amount of the each proposed Advance must be an amount which is the lesser of (i) the Available Facility, (ii) the relevant Tranche; and (iii) 100 per cent. of the Market Value of the relevant Vessel as determined not earlier than three weeks before the relevant Drawdown Date and not later than one week before the relevant Drawdown Date.

(c)
The amount of the proposed Advance must be an amount which is no more than the Total Commitment.

(d)
The amount of the proposed Advance must be an amount which would not oblige the Borrowers to provide additional security or prepay part of the Advance if the ratio set out in Clause 24 ( Security Cover ) were applied and notice was given by the Facility Agent under Clause 24.1 ( Minimum required security cover ) immediately after the relevant Advance was made.

5.4
Lenders' participation

(a)
If the conditions set out in this Agreement have been met, each Lender shall make its participation in each Advance available by the Drawdown Date through its Facility Office.

(b)
The amount of each Lender's participation in each Advance will be equal to the proportion borne by its Commitment to the Total Commitments immediately before making that Advance.

(c)
The Facility Agent shall notify each Lender of the amount of each Advance and the amount of its participation in that Advance by the Specified Time.




27

5.5
Cancellation of Commitments

The Commitments in respect of any Tranche which are unutilised at the end of the Availability Period shall then be cancelled.

5.6
Payment to third parties

The Facility Agent shall, on each Drawdown Date, pay to, or for the account of, the Borrower which is to utilise the relevant Advance the amounts which the Facility Agent receives from the Lenders in respect that Advance. That payment shall be made in like funds as the Facility Agent receives from the Lenders in respect of the relevant Advance to the account of the Seller which the Borrowers specify in the relevant Drawdown Request.

5.7
Disbursement of Advance

Payment by the Facility Agent under Clause 5.6 ( Payment to third parties ) to a person other than a Borrower shall constitute the making of the relevant Advance and the Borrowers shall at that time become indebted, as principal and direct obligors, to each Lender in an amount equal to that Lender's participation in that Advance.






28

SECTION 4

REPAYMENT, PREPAYMENT AND CANCELLATION

6
REPAYMENT

6.1
Repayment of Loan

The Borrowers shall repay the Loan as follows:

(a)
Tranche A shall be repaid by (i) 4 equal consecutive quarterly instalments, each in an amount of US$103,500, the first of which shall be repaid on the date falling 39 Months after the Drawdown Date of Tranche A, followed by (ii) 4 equal consecutive quarterly instalments, each in an amount of US$94,000, the first of which shall be repaid on the date falling 51 Months after the Drawdown Date of Tranche A and (iii) a balloon payment of US$3,710,000 payable concurrently with the last instalment on the Maturity Date;

(b)
Tranche B shall be repaid by (i) 4 equal consecutive quarterly instalments, each in an amount of US$103,500, the first of which shall be repaid on the date falling 39 Months after the Drawdown Date of Tranche B, followed by (ii) 4 equal consecutive quarterly instalments, each in an amount of US$94,000, the first of which shall be repaid on the date falling 51 Months after the Drawdown Date of Tranche B and (iii) a balloon payment of US$3,710,000 payable concurrently with the last instalment on the Maturity Date;

(each a " Repayment Instalment ").

6.2
Effect of cancellation and prepayment on scheduled repayments

(a)
If the Available Commitment of any Lender is cancelled under Clause 7.1 ( Illegality ) then the Repayment Instalments falling after that cancellation will reduce pro rata by the amount of the Available Commitments so cancelled.

(b)
If the whole or any part of any Available Commitment is cancelled in accordance with Clause 7.2 ( Automatic cancellation ) or if the whole or part of any Commitment is cancelled pursuant to Clause 5.5 ( Cancellation of Commitments ), the Repayment Instalments for each Repayment Date falling after that cancellation will reduce in inverse chronological order by the amount of the Commitments so cancelled.

(c)
If any part of the Loan is repaid or prepaid in accordance with Clause 7.1 ( Illegality ) then the Repayment Instalments for each Repayment Date falling after that repayment or prepayment will reduce pro rata by the amount of the Loan repaid or prepaid.

(d)
If any part of the Loan is prepaid in accordance with Clause 7.3 ( Voluntary prepayment of Loan ) or Clause 25.5 ( Excess Earnings ) then the amount of the Repayment Instalments for each Repayment Date falling after that repayment or prepayment will reduce in inverse chronological order by the amount of the Loan repaid or prepaid.

6.3
Maturity Date

On the Maturity Date, the Borrowers shall additionally pay to the Facility Agent for the account of the Finance Parties all other sums then accrued and owing under the Finance Documents.

6.4
Reborrowing

The Borrowers may not reborrow any part of the Facility which is repaid.



29

7
PREPAYMENT AND CANCELLATION

7.1
Illegality

If it becomes unlawful in any applicable jurisdiction for a Lender to perform any of its obligations as contemplated by this Agreement or to fund or maintain its participation in an Advance or the Loan or it becomes unlawful for any Affiliate of a Lender for that Lender to do so:

(a)
that Lender shall promptly notify the Facility Agent upon becoming aware of that event;

(b)
upon the Facility Agent notifying the Borrowers, the Available Commitment of that Lender will be immediately cancelled; and

(c)
the Borrowers shall prepay that Lender's participation in the Loan on the last day of the Interest Period for the Loan occurring after the Facility Agent has notified the Borrowers or, if earlier, the date specified by the Lender in the notice delivered to the Facility Agent (being no earlier than the last day of any applicable grace period permitted by law) and that Lender's corresponding Commitment shall be cancelled in the amount of the participation prepaid.

7.2
Automatic cancellation

The unutilised Commitment (if any) of each Lender shall be automatically cancelled at close of business on the date on which the relevant Advance is made available.

7.3
Voluntary prepayment of Loan

(a)
Subject to paragraph (b) below, the Borrowers may, if they give the Facility Agent not less than five Business Days' (or such shorter period as the Majority Lenders may agree) prior notice, prepay the whole or any part of the Loan (but, if in part, being an amount that reduces the amount of the Loan by a minimum amount of US$200,000 (or a multiple of that amount)).

(b)
The Loan or any part thereof may only be prepaid on an Interest Payment Date.

7.4
Mandatory prepayment on sale, arrest or Total Loss

If a Vessel is sold, arrested or becomes a Total Loss, the Borrowers shall repay relevant Tranche. Such repayment shall be made:

(a)
in the case of a sale of a Vessel, on or before the date on which the sale is completed by delivery of the relevant Vessel to the buyer; or

(b)
in the case of any arrest of a Vessel, where the relevant Vessel is not within 60 days redelivered to the full control of the relevant Borrower, on or before the date falling 67 days after the date of the arrest of that Vessel, unless the arrest is otherwise remedied; or

(c)
in the case of a Total Loss, on the earlier of (i) the date falling 180 days after the Total Loss Date and (ii) the date of receipt by the Security Agent of the proceeds of insurance relating to such Total Loss.

7.5
Restrictions

(a)
Any notice of cancellation or prepayment given by any Party under this Clause 7 ( Prepayment and Cancellation ) shall be irrevocable and, unless a contrary indication appears in this Agreement, shall specify the date or dates upon which the relevant cancellation or prepayment is to be made and the amount of that cancellation or prepayment.



30

(b)
Any prepayment under this Agreement shall be made together with accrued interest on the amount prepaid and all other amounts accrued under the Finance Documents and, subject to the fee provided for in Clause 11.4 ( Back-end fee additional payment date) and any Break Costs, without premium or penalty.

(c)
The Borrowers may not reborrow any part of the Facility which is prepaid.

(d)
The Borrowers shall not repay or prepay all or any part of the Loan or cancel all or any part of the Commitments except at the times and in the manner expressly provided for in this Agreement.

(e)
No amount of the Total Commitments cancelled under this Agreement may be subsequently reinstated.

(f)
If the Facility Agent receives a notice under this Clause 7 ( Prepayment and Cancellation ) it shall promptly forward a copy of that notice to either the Borrowers or the affected Lender, as appropriate.

(g)
If all or part of any Lender's participation in the Loan is repaid or prepaid, an amount of that Lender's Commitment (equal to the amount of the participation which is repaid or prepaid) will be deemed to be cancelled on the date of repayment or prepayment.

7.6
Application of prepayments

Any prepayment of any part of the Loan (other than a prepayment pursuant to Clause 7.1 ( Illegality )) shall be applied pro rata to each Lender's participation in that part of the Loan.







31

SECTION 5

COSTS OF DRAWDOWN

8
INTEREST

8.1
Calculation of interest

The rate of interest on the Loan or any part of the Loan for each Interest Period is the percentage rate per annum which is the aggregate of:

(a)
the Margin; and

(b)
LIBOR.

8.2
Payment of interest

(a)
The Borrowers shall pay accrued interest on the Loan or any part of the Loan on the last day of each Interest Period (each an " Interest Payment Date ").

(b)
If an Interest Period is longer than three Months, the Borrowers shall also pay interest then accrued on the Loan or the relevant part of the Loan on the dates falling at three Monthly intervals after the first day of the Interest Period.

8.3
Default interest

(a)
If a Transaction Obligor fails to pay any amount payable by it under a Finance Document on its due date, interest shall accrue on the Unpaid Sum from the due date up to the date of actual payment (both before and after judgment) at a rate which, subject to paragraph (b) below, is 2 per cent. per annum higher than the rate which would have been payable if the Unpaid Sum had, during the period of non-payment, constituted part of the Loan in the currency of the Unpaid Sum for successive Interest Periods, each of a duration selected by the Facility Agent. Any interest accruing under this Clause 8.3 ( Default interest ) shall be immediately payable by the Borrowers on demand by the Facility Agent.

(b)
If an Unpaid Sum consists of all or part of the Loan which became due on a day which was not the last day of an Interest Period relating to the Loan or that part of the Loan:


(i)
the first Interest Period for that Unpaid Sum shall have a duration equal to the unexpired portion of the current Interest Period relating to the Loan or that part of the Loan; and


(ii)
the rate of interest applying to that Unpaid Sum during that first Interest Period shall be 2 per cent. per annum higher than the rate which would have applied if that Unpaid Sum had not become due.

(c)
Default interest (if unpaid) arising on an Unpaid Sum will be compounded with the Unpaid Sum at the end of each Interest Period applicable to that Unpaid Sum but will remain immediately due and payable.

8.4
Notification of rates of interest

(a)
The Facility Agent shall promptly notify the Lenders and the Borrowers of the determination of a rate of interest under this Agreement.

(b)
The Facility Agent shall promptly notify the Borrowers of each Funding Rate relating to the Loan, any part of the Loan or any Unpaid Sum.



32

9
INTEREST PERIODS

9.1
Selection of Interest Periods

(a)
The first Interest Period for each Advance as specified in the Drawdown Request for such Advance shall be three Months.

(b)
Subject to paragraph (g) below, the Borrowers may select each subsequent Interest Period in respect of the Loan in a Selection Notice.

(c)
Each Selection Notice is irrevocable and must be delivered to the Facility Agent by the Borrowers not later than the Specified Time.

(d)
If the Borrowers fail to deliver a Selection Notice to the Facility Agent in accordance with paragraphs (b) and (c) above, the relevant Interest Period will, subject to Clause 9.2 ( Changes to Interest Periods ) and paragraph (g) below, be three Months.

(e)
Subject to this Clause 9 ( Interest Periods ), the Borrowers may select an Interest Period of three Months or any other period (up to a maximum of 12 Months) agreed between the Borrowers and the Facility Agent (acting on the instructions of all the Lenders).

(f)
An Interest Period in respect of a Tranche or any part of a Tranche shall not extend beyond the relevant Maturity Date.

(g)
In respect of a Repayment Instalment, the Borrowers may request in the relevant Selection Notice that an Interest Period for a part of the relevant Tranche equal to such Repayment Instalment shall end on the Repayment Date relating to it and, subject to paragraph (e) above, select a longer Interest Period for the remaining part of that Tranche.

(h)
Subject to paragraph (i) below, the first Interest Period for each Tranche shall start on the first Drawdown Date relating to such Tranche and each subsequent Interest Period shall start on the last day of the preceding Interest Period.

(i)
Except for the purposes of paragraph (g) above and Clause 9.2 ( Changes to Interest Periods ) below, each Tranche shall have one Interest Period only at any time.

9.2
Changes to Interest Periods

(a)
In respect of a Repayment Instalment, prior to determining the interest rate for the Loan, the Facility Agent may establish an Interest Period for a part of the Loan equal to such Repayment Instalment to end on the Repayment Date relating to it and the remaining part of that Tranche shall have the Interest Period selected in the relevant Selection Notice, subject to paragraph (e) of 9.1 ( Selection of Interest Periods ).

(b)
If after the Borrowers have selected and the Lenders have agreed an Interest Period longer than three Months, any Lender notifies the Facility Agent within two Business Days after the Specified Time relating to the relevant Drawdown Request or Selection Notice that it is not satisfied that deposits in dollars for a period equal to the Interest Period will be available to it in the Relevant Interbank Market when the Interest Period commences, the Facility Agent shall shorten the Interest Period to three Months.

(c)
If the Facility Agent makes any change to an Interest Period referred to in this Clause 9.2 ( Changes to Interest Periods ), it shall promptly notify the Borrowers and the Lenders.





33

9.3
Non-Business Days

If an Interest Period would otherwise end on a day which is not a Business Day, that Interest Period will instead end on the next Business Day in that calendar month (if there is one) or the preceding Business Day (if there is not).

10
CHANGES TO THE CALCULATION OF INTEREST

10.1
Unavailability of Screen Rate

(a)
Interpolated Screen Rate : If no Screen Rate is available for LIBOR for the Interest Period of the Loan or any part of the Loan, the applicable LIBOR shall be the Interpolated Screen Rate for a period equal in length to the Interest Period of the Loan or that part of the Loan.

(b)
Reference Bank Rate : If no Screen Rate is available for LIBOR for:


(i)
dollars; or


(ii)
the Interest Period of the Loan or any part of the Loan and it is not possible to calculate the Interpolated Screen Rate,

the applicable LIBOR shall be the Reference Bank Rate as of the Specified Time and for a period equal in length to the Interest Period of the Loan or that part of the Loan.

(c)
Cost of funds : If paragraph (b) above applies but no Reference Bank Rate is available for dollars or the relevant Interest Period there shall be no LIBOR for the Loan or that part of the Loan (as applicable) and Clause 10.4 ( Cost of funds ) shall apply to the Loan or that part of the Loan for that Interest Period.

10.2
Calculation of Reference Bank Rate

(a)
Subject to paragraph (b) below, if LIBOR is to be determined on the basis of a Reference Bank Rate but a Reference Bank does not supply a quotation by the Specified Time, the Reference Bank Rate shall be calculated on the basis of the quotations of the remaining Reference Banks.

(b)
If at or about noon on the Quotation Day none or only one of the Reference Banks supplies a quotation, there shall be no Reference Bank Rate for the relevant Interest Period.

10.3
Market disruption

If before close of business in London on the Quotation Day for the relevant Interest Period the Facility Agent receives notification from a Lender or Lenders (whose participations in the Loan or the relevant part of the Loan exceed 50 per cent. of the Loan or the relevant part of the Loan as appropriate) (the " Relevant Lender ") that the cost to it of funding its participation in the Loan or that part of the Loan from whatever source it may reasonably select would be in excess of LIBOR then Clause 10.4 ( Cost of funds ) shall apply to the Loan or that part of the Loan (as applicable) for the relevant Interest Period.

10.4
Cost of funds

(a)
If this Clause 10.4 ( Cost of funds ) applies, the rate of interest on each Lender's share of the Loan or the relevant part of the Loan for the relevant Interest Period shall be the percentage rate per annum which is the sum of:


(i)
the Margin; and




34


(ii)
the rate notified to the Facility Agent by that Lender as soon as practicable and in any event before interest is due to be paid in respect of that Interest Period to be that which expresses as a percentage rate per annum the cost to the relevant Lender of funding its participation in the Loan or that part of the Loan from whatever source it may reasonably select.

(b)
If this Clause 10.4 ( Cost of funds ) applies and the Facility Agent or the Borrowers so require, the Facility Agent and the Borrowers shall enter into negotiations (for a period of not more than 30 days) with a view to agreeing a substitute basis for determining the rate of interest or (as the case may be) an alternative basis for funding.

(c)
Subject to Clause 42.4 ( Replacement of Screen Rate ), any substitute or alternative basis agreed pursuant to paragraph (b) above shall, with the prior consent of all the Lenders and the Borrower, be binding on all Parties.

(d)
If paragraph (e) below does not apply and any rate notified to the Facility Agent under sub- paragraph (ii) of paragraph (a) above is less than zero, the relevant rate shall be deemed to be zero.

(e)
If this Clause 10.4 ( Cost of funds ) applies pursuant to Clause 10.3 ( Market disruption ) and:


(i)
a Lender's Funding Rate is less than LIBOR; or


(ii)
a Lender does not supply a quotation by the time specified in sub-paragraph (ii) of paragraph (a) above,

the cost to that Lender of funding its participation in the Loan or the relevant part of the Loan for that Interest Period shall be deemed, for the purposes of paragraph (a) above, to be LIBOR.

(f)
If this Clause 10.4 ( Cost of funds ) applies but any Lender does not supply a quotation by the time specified in sub-paragraph (ii) of paragraph (a) above the rate of interest shall be calculated on the basis of the quotations of the remaining Lenders.

10.5
Notification to Borrowers

If Clause 10.4 ( Cost of funds ) applies the Facility Agent shall, as soon as is practicable, notify the Borrowers.

10.6
Break Costs

(a)
The Borrowers shall, within three Business Days of demand by a Finance Party, pay to that Finance Party its Break Costs attributable to all or any part of the Loan or Unpaid Sum being paid by the Borrowers on a day other than the last day of an Interest Period for the Loan, the relevant part of the Loan or that Unpaid Sum.

(b)
Each Lender shall, as soon as reasonably practicable after a demand by the Facility Agent, provide a certificate confirming the amount of its Break Costs for any Interest Period in which they accrue.

11
FEES

11.1
Facility Agent fee

The Borrowers shall pay to the Facility Agent (for its own account) an agency fee in the amount and at the times agreed in a Fee Letter.




35

11.2
Security Agent fee

The Borrowers shall pay to the Security Agent (for its own account) a security agency fee in the amount and at the times agreed in a Fee Letter.

11.3
Back-end fee

The Borrowers must pay to the Facility Agent for each Lender a back end fee at the rate of 3 per cent. as follows:

(a)
1 per cent. of the Total Commitments on the date falling 36 Months after the first Drawdown Date;

(b)
1 per cent. of the Total Commitments on the date falling 48 Months after the first Drawdown Date; and

(c)
1 per cent. of the Total Commitments on the date falling 60 Months after the first Drawdown Date.

11.4
Back-end fee additional payment date

The Borrowers must pay to the Facility Agent for each Lender any unpaid back-end fee payable under Clause 11.3 ( Back-end fee ) on the date of prepayment of all of the Loan.


36

SECTION 6

ADDITIONAL PAYMENT OBLIGATIONS

12
TAX GROSS UP AND INDEMNITIES

12.1
Definitions

(a)
In this Agreement:

" Protected Party " means a Finance Party which is or will be subject to any liability, or required to make any payment, for or on account of Tax in relation to a sum received or receivable (or any sum deemed for the purposes of Tax to be received or receivable) under a Finance Document.

" Tax Credit " means a credit against, relief or remission for, or repayment of any Tax.

" Tax Deduction " means a deduction or withholding for or on account of Tax from a payment under a Finance Document, other than a FATCA Deduction.

" Tax Payment " means either the increase in a payment made by a Borrower to a Finance Party under Clause 12.2 ( Tax gross-up ) or a payment under Clause 12.3 ( Tax indemnity ).

(b)
Unless a contrary indication appears, in this Clause 12 ( Tax Gross Up and Indemnities ) reference to " determines " or " determined " means a determination made in the absolute discretion of the person making the determination.

12.2
Tax gross-up

(a)
Each Borrower shall make all payments to be made by it without any Tax Deduction, unless a Tax Deduction is required by law.

(b)
The Borrowers shall promptly upon becoming aware that a Borrower must make a Tax Deduction (or that there is any change in the rate or the basis of a Tax Deduction) notify the Facility Agent accordingly. Similarly, a Lender shall notify the Facility Agent on becoming so aware in respect of a payment payable to that Lender. If the Facility Agent receives such notification from a Lender it shall notify the Borrowers.

(c)
If a Tax Deduction is required by law to be made by a Borrower, the amount of the payment due from that Borrower shall be increased to an amount which (after making any Tax Deduction) leaves an amount equal to the payment which would have been due if no Tax Deduction had been required.

(d)
If a Borrower is required to make a Tax Deduction, that Borrower shall make that Tax Deduction and any payment required in connection with that Tax Deduction within the time allowed and in the minimum amount required by law.

(e)
Within 30 days of making either a Tax Deduction or any payment required in connection with that Tax Deduction, the Borrowers making that Tax Deduction shall deliver to the Facility Agent for the Finance Party entitled to the payment evidence reasonably satisfactory to that Finance Party that the Tax Deduction has been made or (as applicable) any appropriate payment paid to the relevant taxing authority.

12.3
Tax indemnity

(a)
The Borrowers shall (within three Business Days of demand by the Facility Agent) pay to a Protected Party an amount equal to the loss, liability or cost which that Protected Party



37

determines will be or has been (directly or indirectly) suffered for or on account of Tax by that Protected Party in respect of a Finance Document.

(b)
Paragraph (a) above shall not apply:


(i)
with respect to any Tax assessed on a Finance Party:


(A)
under the law of the jurisdiction in which that Finance Party is incorporated or, if different, the jurisdiction (or jurisdictions) in which that Finance Party is treated as resident for tax purposes; or


(B)
under the law of the jurisdiction in which that Finance Party's Facility Office is located in respect of amounts received or receivable in that jurisdiction,

if that Tax is imposed on or calculated by reference to the net income received or receivable (but not any sum deemed to be received or receivable) by that Finance Party; or


(ii)
to the extent a loss, liability or cost:


(A)
is compensated for by an increased payment under Clause 12.2 ( Tax gross- up ); or


(B)
relates to a FATCA Deduction required to be made by a Party.

(c)
A Protected Party making, or intending to make, a claim under paragraph (a) above shall promptly notify the Facility Agent of the event which will give, or has given, rise to the claim, following which the Facility Agent shall notify the Borrowers.

(d)
A Protected Party shall, on receiving a payment from a Borrower under this Clause 12.3 ( Tax indemnity ), notify the Facility Agent.

12.4
Tax Credit

If a Borrower makes a Tax Payment and the relevant Finance Party determines that:

(a)
a Tax Credit is attributable to an increased payment of which that Tax Payment forms part, to that Tax Payment or to a Tax Deduction in consequence of which that Tax Payment was received; and

(b)
that Finance Party has obtained and utilised that Tax Credit,

the Finance Party shall pay an amount to the Borrowers which that Finance Party determines will leave it (after that payment) in the same after-Tax position as it would have been in had the Tax Payment not been required to be made by the Borrowers.

12.5
Stamp taxes

The Borrowers shall pay and, within three Business Days of demand, indemnify each Creditor Party against any cost, loss or liability which that Creditor Party incurs in relation to all stamp duty, registration and other similar Taxes payable in respect of any Finance Document.

12.6
VAT

(a)
All amounts expressed to be payable under a Finance Document by any Party to a Finance Party which (in whole or in part) constitute the consideration for any supply for VAT purposes are deemed to be exclusive of any VAT which is chargeable on that supply, and




38

accordingly, subject to paragraph (b) below, if VAT is or becomes chargeable on any supply made by any Finance Party to any Party under a Finance Document and such Finance Party is required to account to the relevant tax authority for the VAT, that Party must pay to such Finance Party (in addition to and at the same time as paying any other consideration for such supply) an amount equal to the amount of the VAT (and such Finance Party must promptly provide an appropriate VAT invoice to that Party).

(b)
If VAT is or becomes chargeable on any supply made by any Finance Party (the "Supplier") to any other Finance Party (the " Recipient ") under a Finance Document, and any Party other than the Recipient (the " Relevant Party ") is required by the terms of any Finance Document to pay an amount equal to the consideration for that supply to the Supplier (rather than being required to reimburse or indemnify the Recipient in respect of that consideration):


(i)
(where the Supplier is the person required to account to the relevant tax authority for the VAT) the Relevant Party must also pay to the Supplier (at the same time as paying that amount) an additional amount equal to the amount of the VAT. The Recipient must (where this sub-paragraph (i) applies) promptly pay to the Relevant Party an amount equal to any credit or repayment the Recipient receives from the relevant tax authority which the Recipient reasonably determines relates to the VAT chargeable on that supply; and


(ii)
(where the Recipient is the person required to account to the relevant tax authority for the VAT) the Relevant Party must promptly, following demand from the Recipient, pay to the Recipient an amount equal to the VAT chargeable on that supply but only to the extent that the Recipient reasonably determines that it is not entitled to credit or repayment from the relevant tax authority in respect of that VAT.

(c)
Where a Finance Document requires any Party to reimburse or indemnify a Finance Party for any cost or expense, that Party shall reimburse or indemnify (as the case may be) such Finance Party for the full amount of such cost or expense, including such part of it as represents VAT, save to the extent that such Finance Party reasonably determines that it is entitled to credit or repayment in respect of such VAT from the relevant tax authority.

(d)
Any reference in this Clause 12.6 ( VAT ) to any Party shall, at any time when that Party is treated as a member of a group or unity (or fiscal unity) for VAT purposes, include (where appropriate and unless the context otherwise requires) a reference to the person who is treated at that time as making the supply, or (as appropriate) receiving the supply, under the grouping rules (provided for in Article 11 of Council Directive 2006/112/EC (or as implemented by the relevant member state of the European Union) so that a reference to a Party shall be construed as a reference to that Party or the relevant group or unity (or fiscal unity) of which that Party is a member for VAT purposes at the relevant time or the relevant representative member (or representative or head) of that group or unity at the relevant time (as the case may be).

(e)
In relation to any supply made by a Finance Party to any Party under a Finance Document, if reasonably requested by such Finance Party, that Party must promptly provide such Finance Party with details of that Party's VAT registration and such other information as is reasonably requested in connection with such Finance Party's VAT reporting requirements in relation to such supply.

12.7
FATCA Information

(a)
Subject to paragraph (c) below, each Party shall, within 10 Business Days of a reasonable request by another Party:


(i)
confirm to that other Party whether it is:




39


(A)
a FATCA Exempt Party; or


(B)
not a FATCA Exempt Party; and


(ii)
supply to that other Party such forms, documentation and other information relating to its status under FATCA as that other Party reasonably requests for the purposes of that other Party's compliance with FATCA; and


(iii)
supply to that other Party such forms, documentation and other information relating to its status as that other Party reasonably requests for the purposes of that other Party's compliance with any other law, regulation, or exchange of information regime.

(b)
If a Party confirms to another Party pursuant to sub-paragraph (i) of paragraph (a) above that it is a FATCA Exempt Party and it subsequently becomes aware that it is not, or has ceased to be a FATCA Exempt Party, that Party shall notify that other Party reasonably promptly.

(c)
Paragraph (a) above shall not oblige any Finance Party to do anything and sub-paragraph (iii) of paragraph (a) above shall not oblige any other Party to do anything which would or might in its reasonable opinion constitute a breach of:


(i)
any law or regulation;


(ii)
any fiduciary duty; or


(iii)
any duty of confidentiality.

(d)
If a Party fails to confirm whether or not it is a FATCA Exempt Party or to supply forms, documentation or other information requested in accordance with sub-paragraphs (i) or (ii) of paragraph (a) above (including, for the avoidance of doubt, where paragraph (c) above applies), then such Party shall be treated for the purposes of the Finance Documents (and payments under them) as if it is not a FATCA Exempt Party until such time as the Party in question provides the requested confirmation, forms, documentation or other information.

(e)
If a Borrower is a US Tax Obligor, or the Facility Agent reasonably believes that its obligations under FATCA or any other applicable law or regulation require it, each Lender shall, within 10 Business Days of:


(i)
where that Borrower is a US Tax Obligor and the relevant Lender is an Original Lender, the date of this Agreement;


(ii)
where that Borrower is a US Tax Obligor on a Transfer Date and the relevant Lender is a New Lender, the relevant Transfer Date; or


(iii)
where that Borrower is not a US Tax Obligor, the date of a request from the Facility Agent,

supply to the Facility Agent:


(iv)
a withholding certificate on Form W-8, Form W-9 or any other relevant form; or


(v)
any withholding statement or other document, authorisation or waiver as the Facility Agent may require to certify or establish the status of such Lender under FATCA or that other law or regulation.




40

(f)
The Facility Agent shall provide any withholding certificate, withholding statement, document, authorisation or waiver it receives from a Lender pursuant to paragraph (e) above to the Borrowers.

(g)
If any withholding certificate, withholding statement, document, authorisation or waiver provided to the Facility Agent by a Lender pursuant to paragraph (e) above is or becomes materially inaccurate or incomplete, that Lender shall promptly update it and provide such updated withholding certificate, withholding statement, document, authorisation or waiver to the Facility Agent unless it is unlawful for the Lender to do so (in which case the Lender shall promptly notify the Facility Agent). The Facility Agent shall provide any such updated withholding certificate, withholding statement, document, authorisation or waiver to the Borrower.

(h)
The Facility Agent may rely on any withholding certificate, withholding statement, document, authorisation or waiver it receives from a Lender pursuant to paragraph (e) or (g) above without further verification. The Facility Agent shall not be liable for any action taken by it under or in connection with paragraphs (e), (f) or (g) above.

12.8
FATCA Deduction

(a)
Each Party may make any FATCA Deduction it is required to make by FATCA, and any payment required in connection with that FATCA Deduction, and no Party shall be required to increase any payment in respect of which it makes such a FATCA Deduction or otherwise compensate the recipient of the payment for that FATCA Deduction.

(b)
Each Party shall promptly, upon becoming aware that it must make a FATCA Deduction (or that there is any change in the rate or the basis of such FATCA Deduction), notify the Party to whom it is making the payment and, in addition, shall notify each Borrower and the Facility Agent and the Facility Agent shall notify the other Finance Parties.

13
INCREASED COSTS

13.1
Increased costs

(a)
Subject to Clause 13.3 ( Exceptions ), the Borrowers shall, within three Business Days of a demand by the Facility Agent, pay for the account of a Finance Party the amount of any Increased Costs incurred by that Finance Party or any of its Affiliates as a result of:


(i)
the introduction of or any change in (or in the interpretation, administration or application of) any law or regulation; or


(ii)
compliance with any law or regulation made, in each case after the date of this Agreement; or


(iii)
the implementation, application of or compliance with Basel III or CRD IV or any law or regulation that implements or applies Basel III or CRD IV.

(b)
In this Agreement:


(i)
" Basel III " means:


(A)
the agreements on capital requirements, a leverage ratio and liquidity standards contained in "Basel III: A global regulatory framework for more resilient banks and banking systems", "Basel III: International framework for liquidity risk measurement, standards and monitoring" and "Guidance for national authorities operating the countercyclical capital buffer" published




41

by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision in December 2010, each as amended, supplemented or restated;


(B)
the rules for global systemically important banks contained in "Global systemically important banks: assessment methodology and the additional loss absorbency requirement - Rules text" published by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision in November 2011, as amended, supplemented or restated; and


(C)
any further guidance or standards published by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision relating to "Basel III".


(ii)
" CRD IV " means:


(A)
Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 26 June 2013 on prudential requirements for credit institutions and investment firms and amending regulation (EU) No. 648/2012;


(B)
Directive 2013/36/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of 26 June 2013 on access to the activity of credit institutions and the prudential supervision of credit institutions and investment firms, amending Directive 2002/87/EC and repealing Directives 2006/48/EC and 2006/49/EC; and


(C)
any other law or regulation which implements Basel III.


(iii)
" Increased Costs " means:


(A)
a reduction in the rate of return from the Facility or on a Finance Party's (or its Affiliate's) overall capital;


(B)
an additional or increased cost; or


(C)
a reduction of any amount due and payable under any Finance Document,

which is incurred or suffered by a Finance Party or any of its Affiliates to the extent that it is attributable to that Finance Party having entered into its Commitment or funding or performing its obligations under any Finance Document.

13.2
Increased cost claims

(a)
A Finance Party intending to make a claim pursuant to Clause 13.1 ( Increased costs ) shall notify the Facility Agent of the event giving rise to the claim, following which the Facility Agent shall promptly notify the Borrowers.

(b)
Each Finance Party shall, as soon as practicable after a demand by the Facility Agent, provide a certificate confirming the amount of its Increased Costs.

13.3
Exceptions

Clause 13.1 ( Increased costs ) does not apply to the extent any Increased Cost is:

(a)
attributable to a Tax Deduction required by law to be made by a Borrower;

(b)
attributable to a FATCA Deduction required to be made by a Party;

(c)
compensated for by Clause 12.3 ( Tax indemnity ) (or would have been compensated for under Clause 12.3 ( Tax indemnity ) but was not so compensated solely because any of the exclusions in paragraph (b) of Clause 12.3 ( Tax indemnity ) applied);


42

(d)
compensated for by any payment made pursuant to Clause 14.3 ( Mandatory Cost ); or

(e)
attributable to the wilful breach by the relevant Finance Party or its Affiliates of any law or regulation.

14
OTHER INDEMNITIES

14.1
Currency indemnity

(a)
If any sum due from a Borrower under the Finance Documents (a " Sum "), or any order, judgment or award given or made in relation to a Sum, has to be converted from the currency (the " First Currency ") in which that Sum is payable into another currency (the " Second Currency ") for the purpose of:


(i)
making or filing a claim or proof against that Borrower; or


(ii)
obtaining or enforcing an order, judgment or award in relation to any litigation or arbitration proceedings,

that Borrower shall, as an independent obligation, on demand, indemnify each Creditor Party to which that Sum is due against any cost, loss or liability arising out of or as a result of the conversion including any discrepancy between (A) the rate of exchange used to convert that Sum from the First Currency into the Second Currency and (B) the rate or rates of exchange available to that person at the time of its receipt of that Sum.

(b)
Each Borrower waives any right it may have in any jurisdiction to pay any amount under the Finance Documents in a currency or currency unit other than that in which it is expressed to be payable.

14.2
Other indemnities

(a)
Each Borrower shall, on demand, indemnify each Creditor Party against any cost, loss or liability incurred by it as a result of:


(i)
the occurrence of any Event of Default;


(ii)
a failure by a Transaction Obligor to pay any amount due under a Finance Document on its due date, including without limitation, any cost, loss or liability arising as a result of Clause 32 ( Sharing among the Finance Parties );


(iii)
funding, or making arrangements to fund, its participation in the Advance or the Loan requested by the Borrowers in a Drawdown Request but not made by reason of the operation of any one or more of the provisions of this Agreement (other than by reason of default or negligence by that Creditor Party alone); or


(iv)
the Loan (or part of the Loan) not being prepaid in accordance with a notice of prepayment given by that Borrower.

(b)
Each Borrower shall, on demand, indemnify each Finance Party, each Affiliate of a Finance Party and each officer or employee of a Finance Party or its Affiliate (each such person for the purposes of this Clause 14.2 ( Other indemnities ) an " Indemnified Person "), against any cost, loss or liability incurred by that Indemnified Person pursuant to or in connection with any litigation, arbitration or administrative proceedings or regulatory enquiry, in connection with or arising out of the entry into and the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents, having the benefit of any Security constituted by the Finance Documents or which relates to the condition or operation of, or any incident occurring in relation to, the Vessel unless such cost, loss or liability is caused by the gross negligence or wilful misconduct of that Indemnified Person.



43

(c)
Without limiting, but subject to any limitations set out in paragraph (b) above, the indemnity in paragraph (b) above shall cover any cost, loss or liability incurred by each Indemnified Person in any jurisdiction:


(i)
arising or asserted under or in connection with any law relating to safety at sea, the ISM Code, any Environmental Law or any Sanctions; or


(ii)
in connection with any Environmental Claim.

(d)
Any Affiliate or any officer or employee of a Finance Party or of any of its Affiliates may rely on this Clause 14.2 ( Other indemnities ) subject to Clause 1.5 ( Third party rights ) and the provisions of the Third Parties Act.

14.3
Mandatory Cost

The Borrowers shall, on demand by the Facility Agent, pay to the Facility Agent for the account of the relevant Lender, such amount which any Lender certifies in a notice to the Facility Agent to be its good faith determination of the amount necessary to compensate it for complying with:

(a)
in the case of a Lender lending from a Facility Office in a Participating Member State, the minimum reserve requirements (or other requirements having the same or similar purpose) of the European Central Bank or any other authority or agency which replaces all or any of its functions) in respect of loans made from that Facility Office; and

(b)
in the case of any Lender lending from a Facility Office in the United Kingdom, any reserve asset, special deposit or liquidity requirements (or other requirements having the same or similar purpose) of the Bank of England (or any other governmental authority or agency) and/or paying any fees to the Financial Conduct Authority and/or the Prudential Regulation Authority (or any other governmental authority or agency which replaces all or any of their functions),

which, in each case, is referable to that Lender's participation in the Loan.

14.4
Indemnity to the Facility Agent

Each Borrower shall, on demand, indemnify the Facility Agent against:

(a)
any cost, loss or liability incurred by the Facility Agent (acting reasonably) as a result of:


(i)
investigating any event which it reasonably believes is a Default; or


(ii)
acting or relying on any notice, request or instruction which it reasonably believes to be genuine, correct and appropriately authorised; or


(iii)
instructing lawyers, accountants, tax advisers, surveyors or other professional advisers or experts as permitted under the Finance Documents; and

(b)
any cost, loss or liability incurred by the Facility Agent (otherwise than by reason of the Facility Agent's gross negligence or wilful misconduct) or, in the case of any cost, loss or liability pursuant to Clause 33.11 ( Disruption to Payment Systems etc. ) notwithstanding the Facility Agent's negligence, gross negligence or any other category of liability whatsoever but not including any claim based on the fraud of the Facility Agent in acting as Facility Agent under the Finance Documents.







44

14.5
Indemnity to the Security Agent

(a)
Each Borrower shall, on demand, indemnify the Security Agent and every Receiver and Delegate against any cost, loss or liability incurred by any of them:


(i)
in relation to or as a result of:


(A)
any failure by the Borrowers to comply with their obligations under Clause 16 ( Costs and Expenses );


(B)
acting or relying on any notice, request or instruction which it reasonably believes to be genuine, correct and appropriately authorised;


(C)
the taking, holding, protection or enforcement of the Finance Documents and the Transaction Security;


(D)
the exercise of any of the rights, powers, discretions, authorities and remedies vested in the Security Agent and each Receiver and Delegate by the Finance Documents or by law;


(E)
any default by any Transaction Obligor in the performance of any of the obligations expressed to be assumed by it in the Finance Documents;


(F)
any action by any Transaction Obligor which vitiates, reduces the value of, or is otherwise prejudicial to, the Transaction Security; and


(G)
instructing lawyers, accountants, tax advisers, surveyors or other professional advisers or experts as permitted under the Finance Documents.


(ii)
acting as Security Agent, Receiver or Delegate under the Finance Documents or which otherwise relates to any of the Security Property or the performance of the terms of this Agreement or the other Finance Documents (otherwise, in each case, than by reason of the relevant Security Agent's, Receiver's or Delegate's gross negligence or wilful misconduct).

(b)
The Security Agent and every Receiver and Delegate may, in priority to any payment to the Creditor Parties, indemnify itself out of the Security Assets in respect of, and pay and retain, all sums necessary to give effect to the indemnity in this Clause 14.5 ( Indemnity to the Security Agent ) and shall have a lien on the Transaction Security and the proceeds of the enforcement of the Transaction Security for all monies payable to it.

15
MITIGATION BY THE FINANCE PARTIES

15.1
Mitigation

(a)
Each Finance Party shall, in consultation with the Borrowers, take all reasonable steps to mitigate any circumstances which arise and which would result in any amount becoming payable under or pursuant to, or cancelled pursuant to, any of Clause 7.1 ( Illegality ), Clause 12 ( Tax Gross Up and Indemnities ), Clause 13 ( Increased Costs ) or paragraph (a) of Clause 14.3 ( Mandatory Cost ).

(b)
Paragraph (a) above does not in any way limit the obligations of any Transaction Obligor under the Finance Documents.






45

15.2
Limitation of liability

(a)
Each Borrower shall, on demand, indemnify each Finance Party for all costs and expenses reasonably incurred by that Finance Party as a result of steps taken by it under Clause 15.1 ( Mitigation ).

(b)
A Finance Party is not obliged to take any steps under Clause 15.1 ( Mitigation ) if either:


(i)
An Event of Default has occurred and is continuing; or


(ii)
in the opinion of that Finance Party (acting reasonably), to do so might be prejudicial to it.

16
COSTS AND EXPENSES

16.1
Transaction expenses

The Borrowers shall, on demand, pay the Facility Agent and the Security Agent the amount of all costs and expenses (including legal fees) reasonably incurred by any Creditor Party in connection with the negotiation, preparation, printing, execution, syndication and perfection of:

(a)
this Agreement and any other documents referred to in this Agreement or in a Security Document; and

(b)
any other Finance Documents executed after the date of this Agreement.

16.2
Amendment costs

If:

(a)
a Transaction Obligor requests an amendment, waiver or consent; or

(b)
an amendment is required pursuant to Clause 33.9 ( Change of currency ); or

(c)
a Transaction Obligor requests, and the Security Agent agrees to, the release of all or any part of the Security Assets from the Transaction Security,

the Borrowers shall, on demand, reimburse each of the Facility Agent and the Security Agent for the amount of all costs and expenses (including legal fees) reasonably incurred by each Creditor Party in responding to, evaluating, negotiating or complying with that request or requirement.

16.3
Enforcement and preservation costs

The Borrowers shall, on demand, pay to each Creditor Party the amount of all costs and expenses (including legal fees) incurred by that Creditor Party in connection with the enforcement of, or the preservation of any rights under, any Finance Document or the Transaction Security and with any proceedings instituted by or against that Creditor Party as a consequence of it entering into a Finance Document, taking or holding the Transaction Security, or enforcing those rights.



46

SECTION 7

REPRESENTATIONS, UNDERTAKINGS AND EVENTS OF DEFAULT

17
REPRESENTATIONS

17.1
General

Each Borrower makes the representations and warranties set out in this Clause 17 ( Representations ) to each Finance Party on the date of this Agreement.

17.2
Status

(a)
It is a corporation, duly incorporated and validly existing in good standing under the law of its Original Jurisdiction.

(b)
It and each Transaction Obligor has the power to own its assets and carry on its business as it is being conducted.

17.3
Share capital and ownership

(a)
Each Borrower has an authorised share capital of $1,500 divided into 1,500 registered shares of $0.01 each, all of which shares have been issued fully paid.

(b)
The legal title to and beneficial interest in the shares in each Borrower is held by the Shareholder free of any Security (other than Permitted Security) or any other claim. :


(i)
for the period up to the Effective Date, the Original Shareholder only;


(ii)
for the period on and from the Effective Date up to the occurrence of any Reversal Date applicable to that Borrower if any, the Replacement Shareholder only; and


(iii)
for the period on and from any Reversal Date, the Original Shareholder only,

in each case, free of any Security (other than Permitted Security) or any other claim .

(c)
None of the shares in the Borrowers are subject to any option to purchase, pre-emption rights or similar rights.

17.4
Binding obligations

Subject to the Legal Reservations, the obligations expressed to be assumed by it in each Transaction Document to which it is a party are legal, valid, binding and enforceable obligations.

17.5
Validity, effectiveness and ranking of Security

(a)
Each Finance Document to which it is a party does now or, as the case may be, will upon execution and delivery create subject to the Legal Reservations the Security it purports to create over any assets to which such Security, by its terms, relates, and such Security will, when created or intended to be created, be valid and effective.

(b)
No third party has or will have any Security (except for Permitted Security) over any assets that are the subject of any Transaction Security granted by it.

(c)
Subject to the Legal Reservations the Transaction Security granted by it to the Security Agent or any other Creditor Party has or will when created or intended to be created have first



47

ranking priority or such priority it is expressed to have in the Finance Documents and is not subject to any prior ranking or pari passu ranking security.

(d)
No concurrence, consent or authorisation of any person is required for the creation of or otherwise in connection with any Transaction Security.

17.6
Non-conflict with other obligations

The entry into and performance by it of, and the transactions contemplated by, each Transaction Document to which it is a party do not and will not conflict with:

(a)
any law or regulation applicable to it;

(b)
the constitutional documents of any Transaction Obligor; or

(c)
any agreement or instrument binding upon it or any Transaction Obligor assets or constitute a default or termination event (however described) under any such agreement or instrument.

17.7
Power and authority

(a)
It has the power to enter into, perform and deliver, and has taken all necessary action to authorise


(i)
its entry into, performance and delivery of, each Transaction Document to which it is or will be a party and the transactions contemplated by those Transaction Documents; and


(ii)
in the case of each Borrower, its registration of the Vessel owned by it under the Approved Flag.

(b)
No limit on its powers will be exceeded as a result of the borrowing, granting of security or giving of guarantees or indemnities contemplated by the Transaction Documents to which it is a party.

17.8
Validity and admissibility in evidence

All Authorisations required or desirable:

(a)
to enable it lawfully to enter into, exercise its rights and comply with its obligations in the Transaction Documents to which it is a party; and

(b)
to make the Transaction Documents to which it is a party admissible in evidence in its Relevant Jurisdictions, have been obtained or effected and are in full force and effect.

17.9
Governing law and enforcement

(a)
Subject to the Legal Reservations, the choice of governing law of each Transaction Document to which it is a party will be recognised and enforced in its Relevant Jurisdictions.

(b)
Subject to the Legal Reservations, any judgment obtained in relation to a Transaction Document to which it is a party in the jurisdiction of the governing law of that Transaction Document will be recognised and enforced in its Relevant Jurisdictions.



48

17.10
Insolvency

No:

(a)
corporate action, legal proceeding or other procedure or step described in paragraph (a) of Clause 26.8 ( Insolvency proceedings ); or

(b)
creditors' process described in Clause 26.9 ( Creditors' process ),

has been taken or, to its knowledge, threatened in relation to a Transaction Obligor; and none of the circumstances described in Clause 26.7 ( Insolvency ) applies to a Transaction Obligor.

17.11
No filing or stamp taxes

Under the laws of its Relevant Jurisdictions it is not necessary that the Finance Documents to which it is a party be registered, filed, recorded, notarised or enrolled with any court or other authority in that jurisdiction or that any stamp, registration, notarial or similar Taxes or fees be paid on or in relation to the Finance Documents to which it is a party or the transactions contemplated by those Finance Documents except:

(a)
registration of each Vessel in the relevant ship registry of its Approved Flag, which registration and related fees shall be made and paid promptly and in accordance with the terms of the relevant Finance Documents; and

(b)
such UCC filings and other filings or registrations as the legal counsels to the Lenders may consider appropriate or desirable, which shall be arranged by the relevant legal counsel to the Lenders (with the cooperation of the Transaction Obligors as required) and any fees in relation thereto shall be paid promptly by the Transaction Obligors on demand.

17.12
Deduction of Tax

It is not required to make any Tax Deduction from any payment it may make under any Finance Document to which it is a party.

17.13
No default

(a)
No Event of Default and, on the date of this Agreement, the Drawdown Date and the Delivery Date, no Default is continuing or might reasonably be expected to result from the making of the Drawdown or the entry into, the performance of, or any transaction contemplated by, any Transaction Document.

(b)
No other event or circumstance is outstanding which constitutes a default or a termination event (however described) under any other agreement or instrument which is binding on it or any of its Subsidiaries or to which its (or any of its Subsidiaries') assets are subject.

17.14
No misleading information

(a)
Any factual information provided by a Transaction Obligor for the purposes of this Agreement was true and accurate in all material respects as at the date it was provided or as at the date (if any) at which it is stated.

(b)
The financial projections contained in any such information have been prepared on the basis of recent historical information and on the basis of reasonable assumptions.

(c)
Nothing has occurred or been omitted from any such information and no information has been given or withheld that results in any such information being untrue or misleading in any material respect.


49

17.15
Pari passu ranking

Its payment obligations under the Finance Documents to which it is a party rank at least pari passu with the claims of all its other unsecured and unsubordinated creditors, except for obligations mandatorily preferred by law applying to companies generally.

17.16
No proceedings pending or threatened

(a)
No litigation, arbitration or administrative proceedings or investigations (including proceedings or investigations relating to any alleged or actual breach of the ISM Code or of the ISPS Code or any Sanctions) of or before any court, arbitral body or agency which, if adversely determined, might reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect have (to the best of its knowledge and belief (having made due and careful enquiry)) been started or threatened against it or the applicable Shareholder.

(b)
No judgment or order of a court, arbitral tribunal or other tribunal or any order or sanction of any governmental or other regulatory body which might reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect has (to the best of its knowledge and belief (having made due and careful enquiry)) been made against it or the applicable Shareholder.

17.17
Validity and completeness of the Transaction Documents

(a)
Each of the Transaction Documents to which the Seller and each Transaction Obligor is a party constitutes legal, valid, binding and enforceable obligations of the Seller and each Transaction Obligor.

(b)
The copies of the Transaction Documents delivered to the Facility Agent before the date of this Agreement are true and complete copies.

(c)
No amendments or additions to the Transaction Documents have been agreed nor has any of the Seller or any Transaction Obligor waived any of its respective rights under the Transaction Documents.

17.18
No rebates etc.

There is no agreement or understanding to allow or pay any rebate, premium, inducement, commission, discount or other benefit or payment (however described) to the Borrowers in connection with the purchase by the Borrowers of the Vessels, other than as disclosed to the Facility Agent in writing on or before the date of this Agreement.

17.19
Valuations

(a)
All information supplied by it or on its behalf to an Approved Valuer for the purposes of a valuation delivered to the Facility Agent in accordance with this Agreement was true and accurate as at the date it was supplied or (if appropriate) as at the date (if any) at which it is stated to be given.

(b)
It has not omitted to supply any information to an Approved Valuer which, if disclosed, would adversely affect any valuation prepared by such Approved Valuer.

(c)
There has been no change to the factual information provided pursuant to paragraph (a) above in relation to any valuation between the date such information was provided and the date of that valuation which, in either case, renders that information untrue or misleading in any material respect.



50

17.20
No breach of laws

Neither it nor the applicable Shareholder has breached any law or regulation which breach has or is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

17.21
No Charter

Neither Vessel is subject to any Charter other than a Permitted Charter.

17.22
Compliance with Environmental Laws

All Environmental Laws relating to the ownership, operation and management of each Vessel and the business of each Borrower (as now conducted and as reasonably anticipated to be conducted in the future) and the terms of all Environmental Approvals have been complied with.

17.23
No Environmental Claim

No Environmental Claim has been made or threatened against any Borrower or any Vessel.

17.24
No Environmental Incident

No Environmental Incident has occurred and no person has claimed that an Environmental Incident has occurred.

17.25
ISM and ISPS Code compliance

All requirements of the ISM Code and the ISPS Code as they relate to each Borrower, the Approved Technical Manager and each Vessel have been complied with.

17.26
Taxes paid

(a)
Neither is nor the applicable Shareholder is materially overdue in the filing of any Tax returns and it is not (and the that Shareholder is not) overdue in the payment of any amount in respect of Tax.

(b)
No claims or investigations are being, or are reasonably likely to be, made or conducted against it (or the applicable Shareholder) with respect to Taxes.

17.27
Financial Indebtedness

No Borrower has any Financial Indebtedness outstanding other than Permitted Financial Indebtedness.

17.28
Overseas companies

No Transaction Obligor has delivered particulars, whether in its name stated in the Finance Documents or any other name, of any UK Establishment to the Registrar of Companies as required under the Overseas Regulations or, if it has so registered, it has provided to the Facility Agent sufficient details to enable an accurate search against it to be undertaken by the Lenders at the Companies Registry.

17.29
Good title to assets

It and the applicable Shareholder have good, valid and marketable title to, or valid leases or licences of, and all appropriate Authorisations to use, the assets necessary to carry on their business as presently conducted.



51

17.30
Ownership

(a)
Each Borrower is the sole legal and beneficial owner of all rights and interests which the relevant MOA creates in favour of that Borrower.

(b)
With effect on and from the Delivery Date, each Borrower will be the sole legal and beneficial owner of the relevant Vessel, its Earnings and its Insurances.

(c)
With effect on and from the date of its creation or intended creation, each Transaction Obligor will be the sole legal and beneficial owner of any asset that is the subject of any Transaction Security created or intended to be created by such Transaction Obligor.

(d)
The constitutional documents of each Transaction Obligor do not and could not restrict or inhibit any transfer of the shares of the Borrowers on creation or enforcement of the security conferred by the Security Documents.

17.31
Centre of main interests and establishments

For the purposes of The Council of the European Union Regulation No. 2015/848 on Insolvency Proceedings (recast) (the " Regulation "), its centre of main interest (as that term is used in Article 3(1) of the Regulation) is situated in Monaco and it has no "establishment" (as that term is used in Article 2(10) of the Regulation) in any other jurisdiction.

17.32
Place of business

No Transaction Obligor has a place of business in any country other than that of its Original Jurisdiction and its head office functions are carried out in the case of each Transaction Obligor at 9, Boulevard Charles III, Monaco 98000.

17.33
No employee or pension arrangements

No Transaction Obligor has any employees or any liabilities under any pension scheme.

17.34
Sanctions

(a)
No Transaction Obligor:


(i)
and no director or officer of a Transaction Obligor, is a Prohibited Person;


(ii)
is owned or controlled by or acting directly or, to the knowledge of the Borrowers, indirectly on behalf of or for the benefit of, a Prohibited Person; or


(iii)
owns or controls a Prohibited Person.

(b)
No proceeds of the Loan shall be made available, directly or, to the knowledge of the Borrowers, indirectly, to or for the benefit of a Prohibited Person nor shall they be otherwise directly or, to the knowledge of the Borrowers, indirectly, applied in a manner or for a purpose prohibited by Sanctions.

17.35
US Tax Obligor

No Transaction Obligor is a US Tax Obligor.

17.36
Repetition

The Repeating Representations are deemed to be made by each Borrower by reference to the facts and circumstances then existing on the date of the Drawdown Request and the first day of each Interest Period.


52

18
INFORMATION UNDERTAKINGS

18.1
General

The undertakings in this Clause 18 ( Information Undertakings ) remain in force throughout the Security Period unless the Facility Agent, acting with the authorisation of the Majority Lenders (or, where specified, all the Lenders), may otherwise permit.

18.2
Financial statements

(a)
Subject to paragraph (c) below, each Borrower shall supply to the Facility Agent in sufficient copies for all the Lenders:


(i)
as soon as they become available, but in any event within 120 days after the end of each of its financial years its audited financial statements for that financial year together with an annual budget;


(ii)
as soon as the same become available, but in any event within 90 days after the end of each half of each of its financial years its unaudited financial statements for that financial half year.

(b)
management accounts of each Borrower in a format approved by the Facility Agent which show the results of the operation of the Vessel during the preceding financial half year including details of all off-balance sheet and time charter hire commitments;

provided that in the case of the unaudited financial statements to be provided under sub- paragraphs (ii) above such unaudited financial statements shall not be required in relation to a half year ending at the financial year end in addition to the audited financial statements to be provided under paragraph (i) above.

(c)
To the extent that the financial statements and other information required to be provided by each Transaction Obligor to the Facility Agent under paragraph (a) above are published on the internet by, or on behalf of such Transaction Obligor, such statements and information must be made immediately available to the Facility Agent and in any event within 5 Business Days of such publication.

18.3
Budget operating expenses

(a)
Each Borrower shall supply to the Facility Agent upon an annual basis a budget of operating expenses in relation to its Vessel prepared by the Approved Technical Manager which shall be acceptable to the Facility Agent.

(b)
Each Borrower shall supply to the Facility Agent upon a quarterly basis a cash flow forecast in relation to its Vessel for the then next 3 months which cash flow forecast shall be prepared by reference to the annual budget (and shall be exclusive of costs related to special survey and drydocking of the Vessels) save always reasonable and logical adjustments.

18.4
Requirements as to financial statments

(a)
Each set of financial statements delivered by the Borrowers pursuant to Clause 18.2 ( Financial statements ) shall be certified by a director of the company as fairly presenting its financial condition and operations as at the date as at which those financial statements were drawn up.

(b)
The Borrowers shall procure that each set of financial statements delivered pursuant to Clause 18.2 ( Financial statements ) is prepared using IFRS.





53

18.5
Information: miscellaneous

Each Borrower shall and shall procure that each other Transaction Obligor shall supply to the Facility Agent (in sufficient copies for all the Lenders, if the Facility Agent so requests):

(a)
all documents dispatched by it to its shareholders (or any class of them) or its creditors generally at the same time as they are dispatched;

(b)
promptly upon becoming aware of them, the details of any litigation, arbitration or administrative proceedings or investigations (including proceedings or investigations relating to any alleged or actual breach of the ISM Code or of the ISPS Code) which are current, threatened or pending against any Borrower, and which might, if adversely determined, have a Material Adverse Effect;

(c)
promptly upon becoming aware of them, the details of any judgment or order of a court, arbitral tribunal or other tribunal or any order or sanction of any governmental or other regulatory body which is made against any Borrower and which might have a Material Adverse Effect;

(d)
promptly, its constitutional documents where these have been amended or varied;

(e)
promptly, such further information and/or documents regarding:


(i)
each Vessel, goods transported on each Vessel, its Earnings or its Insurances;


(ii)
the Security Assets;


(iii)
compliance of the Transaction Obligors with the terms of the Finance Documents;


(iv)
the financial condition, business and operations of any Borrower,


(v)
any actual or contemplated Reversal or the occurrence of a Reversal Event,

as any Finance Party (through the Facility Agent) may reasonably request; and

(f)
promptly, such further information and/or documents as any Finance Party (through the Facility Agent) may reasonably request so as to enable such Finance Party to comply with any laws applicable to it or as may be required by any regulatory authority.

18.6
Notification of Default

(a)
Each Borrower shall, and shall procure that each other Transaction Obligor shall, notify the Facility Agent (i) of any Default (and the steps, if any, being taken to remedy it) promptly upon becoming aware of its occurrence (unless that Borrower is aware that a notification has already been provided by another Borrower); and (ii) promptly upon becoming aware of the same, of any breach of any Sanctions applicable to the Vessel owned by it, any Transaction Obligor or any party to any agreement relating to that Vessel.

(b)
Promptly upon a request by the Facility Agent, the Borrowers shall supply to the Facility Agent a certificate signed by a director or officer on its behalf certifying that no Default is continuing (or if a Default is continuing, specifying the Default and the steps, if any, being taken to remedy it).

18.7
Use of websites

Each Borrower may satisfy its obligation under the Finance Documents to which it is a party to deliver any information in relation to those Lenders (the " Website Lenders ") which accept




54

this method of communication by posting this information onto an electronic website designated by the Borrowers and the Facility Agent (the " Designated Website ") if:


(i)
the Facility Agent expressly agrees (after consultation with each of the Lenders) that it will accept communication of the information by this method;


(ii)
both the relevant Borrower and the Facility Agent are aware of the address of and any relevant password specifications for the Designated Website; and


(iii)
the information is in a format previously agreed between the relevant Borrower and the Facility Agent.

If any Lender (a " Paper Form Lender ") does not agree to the delivery of information electronically then the Facility Agent shall notify the Borrowers accordingly and each Borrower shall supply the information to the Facility Agent (in sufficient copies for each Paper Form Lender) in paper form.

(b)
The Facility Agent shall supply each Website Lender with the address of and any relevant password specifications for the Designated Website following designation of that website by the Borrowers or any of them and the Facility Agent.

(c)
A Borrower shall promptly upon becoming aware of its occurrence notify the Facility Agent if:


(i)
the Designated Website cannot be accessed due to technical failure;


(ii)
the password specifications for the Designated Website change;


(iii)
any new information which is required to be provided under this Agreement is posted onto the Designated Website;


(iv)
any existing information which has been provided under this Agreement and posted onto the Designated Website is amended; or


(v)
if that Borrower becomes aware that the Designated Website or any information posted onto the Designated Website is or has been infected by any electronic virus or similar software.

If a Borrower notifies the Facility Agent under sub-paragraph (i) or (v) of paragraph (c) above, all information to be provided by the Borrowers under this Agreement after the date of that notice shall be supplied in paper form unless and until the Facility Agent and each Website Lender is satisfied that the circumstances giving rise to the notification are no longer continuing.

(d)
Any Website Lender may request, through the Facility Agent, one paper copy of any information required to be provided under this Agreement which is posted onto the Designated Website. The Borrowers shall comply with any such request within 10 Business Days.

18.8
"Know your customer" checks

(a)
If:


(i)
the introduction of or any change in (or in the interpretation, administration or application of) any law or regulation made after the date of this Agreement;







55


(ii)
any change in the status of a Transaction Obligor (or of a Holding Company of a Transaction Obligor) (including, without limitation, a change of ownership of a Transaction Obligor) after the date of this Agreement;; or


(iii)
a proposed assignment or transfer by a Lender of any of its rights and obligations under this Agreement to a party that is not a Lender prior to such assignment or transfer,

obliges a Finance Party (or, in the case of sub-paragraph (iii) above, any prospective new Lender) to comply with "know your customer" or similar identification procedures in circumstances where the necessary information is not already available to it, each Borrower shall promptly upon the request of any Finance Party supply, or procure the supply of, such documentation and other evidence as is reasonably requested by a Servicing Party (for itself or on behalf of any other Finance Party) or any Lender (for itself or, in the case of the event described in sub-paragraph (iii) above, on behalf of any prospective new Lender) in order for such Finance Party or, in the case of the event described in sub-paragraph (iii) above, any prospective new Lender to carry out and be satisfied it has complied with all necessary "know your customer" or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations pursuant to the transactions contemplated in the Finance Documents.

(b)
Each Lender shall promptly upon the request of a Servicing Party supply, or procure the supply of, such documentation and other evidence as is reasonably requested by the Servicing Party (for itself) in order for that Servicing Party to carry out and be satisfied it has complied with all necessary "know your customer" or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations pursuant to the transactions contemplated in the Finance Documents.

19
FINANCIAL COVENANTS AND REVERSAL ARRANGEMENTS

19.1
Financial covenants

Each Borrower will ensure that at all times during the Security Period an amount of not less than $375,000 (the " Minimum Liquidity Amount ") shall be standing to the credit of each Borrower's Earnings Account.

19.2
Reversal Arrangements

In the event a Reversal Event occurs, each Borrower shall procure full compliance by the   Transaction Obligors and NAO with the mechanism for Reversal with respect to each   Borrower as set out in clause 7 ( reversal arrangements ) of the Amendment Agreement.

20
GENERAL UNDERTAKINGS

20.1
General

The undertakings in this Clause 20 ( General Undertakings ) remain in force throughout the Security Period except as the Facility Agent, acting with the authorisation of the Lenders (or, where specified, all the Lenders) may otherwise permit (such permission not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed).

20.2
Authorisations

Each Borrower shall, and shall procure that each other Transaction Obligor will, promptly:

(a)
obtain, comply with and do all that is necessary to maintain in full force and effect; and

(b)
supply certified copies to the Facility Agent of,





56

any Authorisation required under any law or regulation of a Relevant Jurisdiction or the state of the Approved Flag at any time of each Vessel to enable it to:


(i)
perform its obligations under the Transaction Documents to which it is a party;


(ii)
ensure the legality, validity, enforceability or admissibility in evidence in any Relevant Jurisdiction and in the state of the Approved Flag at any time of each Vessel or any Transaction Document to which it is a party; and


(iii)
own and operate each Vessel (in the case of the Borrowers).

20.3
Compliance with laws

Each Borrower shall, and shall procure that each other Transaction Obligor will, comply in all respects with all laws and regulations to which it may be subject, if failure so to comply has or is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

20.4
Environmental compliance

Each Borrower shall:

(a)
comply with all Environmental Laws;

(b)
obtain, maintain and ensure compliance with all requisite Environmental Approvals;

(c)
implement procedures to monitor compliance with and to prevent liability under any Environmental Law,

where failure to do so has or is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

20.5
Environmental claims

Each Borrower shall, and shall procure that each other Transaction Obligor will, (acting through the Borrowers), promptly upon becoming aware of the same, inform the Facility Agent in writing of:

(a)
any Environmental Claim against any Transaction Obligor which is current, pending or threatened; and

(b)
any facts or circumstances which are reasonably likely to result in any Environmental Claim being commenced or threatened against any Transaction Obligor,

where the claim, if determined against that Transaction Obligor, has or is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

20.6
Taxation

(a)
Each Borrower shall, and shall procure that each other Transaction Obligor will pay and discharge all Taxes imposed upon it or its assets within the time period allowed without incurring penalties unless and only to the extent that:


(i)
such payment is being contested in good faith;


(ii)
adequate reserves are maintained for those Taxes and the costs required to contest them and both have been disclosed in its latest financial statements delivered to the Facility Agent under Clause 18.2 ( Financial statements ); and




57


(iii)
such payment can be lawfully withheld and failure to pay those Taxes does not have or is not reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(b)
The Borrowers will not and the Borrowers shall procure that no other Transaction Obligor will, change its residence for Tax purposes.

20.7
Overseas companies

Each Borrower shall, and shall procure that each other Transaction Obligor will, promptly inform the Facility Agent if it delivers to the Registrar particulars required under the Overseas Regulations of any UK Establishment and it shall comply with any directions given to it by the Facility Agent regarding the recording of any Transaction Security on the register which it is required to maintain under The Overseas Companies (Execution of Documents and Registration of Charges) Regulations 2009.

20.8
Pari passu ranking

Each Borrower shall, and shall procure that each other Transaction Obligor will, ensure that at all times any unsecured and unsubordinated claims of a Finance Party against it under the Finance Documents rank at least pari passu with the claims of all its other unsecured and unsubordinated creditors except those creditors whose claims are mandatorily preferred by laws of general application to companies.

20.9
Title

(a)
Each Borrower shall hold the legal title to, and own the entire beneficial interest in:


(i)
the relevant MOA;


(ii)
with effect from the relevant Delivery Date the relevant Vessel, its Earnings and its Insurances; and


(iii)
with effect on and from its creation or intended creation, any other assets the subject of any Transaction Security created or intended to be created by the Borrowers.

20.10
Negative pledge

(a)
No Borrower shall create or permit to subsist any Security over any of its assets, and the Borrowers shall procure that the   applicable Shareholder will not create or permit to subsist any Security over any of its assets which are the subject of the Security created or intended to be created by the Finance Documents.

(b)
No Borrower shall:


(i)
sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its assets on terms whereby they are or may be leased to or re-acquired by a Transaction Obligor;


(ii)
sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its receivables on recourse terms;


(iii)
enter into any arrangement under which money or the benefit of a bank or other account may be applied, set-off or made subject to a combination of accounts; or


(iv)
enter into any other preferential arrangement having a similar effect,

in circumstances where the arrangement or transaction is entered into primarily as a method of raising Financial Indebtedness or of financing the acquisition of an asset.




58

(c)
Paragraphs (a) and (b) above do not apply to any Permitted Security.

20.11
Disposals

Subject to Clause 23.15 ( Restrictions on chartering, appointment of managers etc. ), no Borrower shall enter into a single transaction or a series of transactions (whether related or not) and whether voluntary or involuntary to sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any asset (including without limitation any Vessel, its Earnings or its Insurances); provided however, the Borrowers may sell the Vessels subject to the compliance with the provisions of Clause 7.4 ( Mandatory prepayment on sale, arrest or Total Loss ).

20.12
Merger

No Borrower shall enter into any amalgamation, demerger, merger, consolidation or corporate reconstruction.

20.13
Change of business

No Borrower shall engage in any business other than the ownership and operation of the Vessel it owns.

20.14
Financial Indebtedness

The Borrowers shall not incur or permit to be outstanding any Financial Indebtedness except Permitted Financial Indebtedness.

20.15
Expenditure

No Borrower shall incur any expenditure, except for expenditure reasonably incurred in the ordinary course of owning, operating, maintaining and repairing the Vessel it owns.

20.16
Share capital

No Borrower shall:

(a)
purchase, cancel or redeem any of its share capital;

(b)
increase or reduce its authorised share capital;

(c)
issue any further shares except to the applicable Shareholder and provided such new shares are made subject to the terms of the relevant Shares Security immediately upon the issue of such new shares in a manner satisfactory to the Facility Agent and the terms of that Shares Security are complied with;

(d)
appoint any further director or officer of that Borrower (unless the provisions of the Shares Security are complied with).

20.17
Dividends

No Borrower shall make or pay any dividend or other distribution (in cash or in kind) in respect of its share capital before the date falling 39 Months after the first Drawdown Date. After such date each Borrower shall be permitted to pay dividends or other distributions (in cash or in kind) in respect of its share capital provided that (a) at the time of such payment the Loan does not exceed 75% of the aggregate Market Value of the Vessels (and any net realisable value of any additional Security provided pursuant to Clause 24.1 ( Minimum required security cover ) and (b) no occurrence of an Event of Default would result upon the making or payment of such dividend or distribution.



59

20.18
People of significant control regime

Each Borrower shall:

(a)
within the relevant timeframe, comply with any notice it receives pursuant to Part 21A of the Companies Act 2006 from any company incorporated in the United Kingdom whose shares are the subject of the Transaction Security; and

(b)
promptly provide the Security Agent with a copy of that notice.

20.19
Accounts

No Borrower shall open or maintain any account with any bank or financial institution except the Accounts.

20.20
Other transactions

No Borrower shall:

(a)
be the creditor in respect of any loan or any form of credit to any person other than another Transaction Obligor and where such loan or form of credit is Permitted Financial Indebtedness;

(b)
give or allow to be outstanding any guarantee or indemnity to or for the benefit of any person in respect of any obligation of any other person or enter into any document under which that Borrower assumes any liability of any other person other than any guarantee or indemnity given under the Finance Documents.

(c)
enter into any material agreement other than:


(i)
the Transaction Documents to which it is a party ;


(ii)
any other agreement expressly allowed under any other term of this Agreement; and

(d) enter into any transaction on terms which are, in any respect, less favourable to that Borrower than those which it could obtain in a bargain made at arms' length; or

(e)
acquire any shares or other securities other than US or UK Treasury bills and certificates of deposit issued by major North American or European banks.

20.21
Unlawfulness, invalidity and ranking; Security imperilled

No Borrower shall, and they shall procure that no other Transaction Obligor will, do (or fail to do) or cause or permit another person to do (or omit to do) anything which is likely to:

(a)
make it unlawful for a Transaction Obligor to perform any of its obligations under the Transaction Documents;

(b)
cause any obligation of a Transaction Obligor under the Transaction Documents to cease to be legal, valid, binding or enforceable;

(c)
cause any Transaction Document to cease to be in full force and effect;

(d)
cause any Transaction Security to rank after, or lose its priority to, any other Security; and

(e)
imperil or jeopardise the Transaction Security.



60

20.22
Separate corporate existence

The Borrowers shall maintain separate corporate existence and identity, shall keep separate records, books and accounts and shall not co-mingle its assets nor become a member of a VAT Group.

20.23
Accounting reference date

No Borrower shall change its year end accounting reference date.

20.24
Securitisation

Each Borrower shall, and the Borrowers shall procure that each other Transaction Obligor will, assist the Facility Agent and/or any Lender in achieving a successful securitisation (or similar transaction) in respect of the Facility and the Finance Documents and such Transaction Obligor's reasonable costs for providing such assistance shall be met by the relevant Lender.

20.25
Constitutional documents

Without prejudice to Clause 20.16 ( Share capital ) and the terms of any Shares Security, no Borrower shall allow any amendment or variation to its constitutional documents unless such amendment or variation would clearly be immaterial to this Agreement and the other Finance Documents.

20.26
Further assurance

(a)
Each Borrower shall, and shall procure that each other Transaction Obligor will, promptly, and in any event within the time period specified by the Security Agent do all such acts (including procuring or arranging any registration, notarisation or authentication or the giving of any notice) or execute or procure execution of all such documents (including assignments, transfers, mortgages, charges, notices, instructions, acknowledgments, proxies and powers of attorney), as the Security Agent may specify (and in such form as the Security Agent may require in favour of the Security Agent or its nominee(s)):


(i)
to create, perfect, vest in favour of the Security Agent or protect the priority of the Security or any right of any kind created or intended to be created under or evidenced by the Finance Documents (which may include the execution of a mortgage, charge, assignment or other Security over all or any of the assets which are, or are intended to be, the subject of the Transaction Security) or for the exercise of any rights, powers and remedies of any of the Creditor Parties provided by or pursuant to the Finance Documents or by law;


(ii)
to confer on the Security Agent or confer on the Creditor Parties Security over any property and assets of that Transaction Obligor located in any jurisdiction equivalent or similar to the Security intended to be conferred by or pursuant to the Finance Documents;


(iii)
to facilitate or expedite the realisation and/or sale of, the transfer of title to or the grant of, any interest in or right relating to the assets which are, or are intended to be, the subject of the Transaction Security or to exercise any power specified in any Finance Document in respect of which the Security has become enforceable; and/or


(iv)
to enable or assist the Security Agent to enter into any transaction to commence, defend or conduct any proceedings and/or to take any other action relating to any item of the Security Property.






61

(b)
Each Borrower shall, and shall procure that each other Transaction Obligor will, take all such action as is available to it (including making all filings and registrations) as may be necessary for the purpose of the creation, perfection, protection or maintenance of any Security conferred or intended to be conferred on the Security Agent or the Creditor Parties by or pursuant to the Finance Documents.

(c)
At the same time as a Borrower delivers to the Security Agent any document executed by itself or another Transaction Obligor pursuant to this Clause 20.26 ( Further assurance ), that Borrower shall deliver, or shall procure that such other Transaction Obligor will deliver, to the Security Agent a certificate signed by an officer (or equivalent) of that Borrower or Transaction Obligor which shall:


(i)
set out the text of a resolution of that Borrower's or Transaction Obligor's directors specifically authorising the execution of the document specified by the Security Agent; and


(ii)
state that either the resolution was duly passed at a meeting of the directors validly convened and held, throughout which a quorum of directors entitled to vote on the resolution was present, or that the resolution has been signed by all the directors (or equivalent governing body) and is valid under that Borrower's or Transaction Obligor's articles of association or other constitutional documents.

20.27
Asset control

Each Transaction Obligor shall to the best of its knowledge and ability ensure that it is not owned or controlled by, or acting directly or indirectly on behalf of or for the benefit of, a Prohibited Person and does not own or control a Prohibited Person.

20.28
Sanctions

(a)
Each Transaction Obligor shall ensure that no part of the proceeds of the Loan or other transactions contemplated by this Agreement or any other Finance Document shall, directly or, to its knowledge, indirectly, be used or otherwise made available:


(i)
to fund any trade, business or other activity involving any Prohibited Person;


(ii)
for the direct or indirect benefit of any Prohibited Person; or


(iii)
in any other manner that would reasonably be expected to result in (1) the occurrence of an Event of Default under Clause 26.19 ( Prohibited Person ), or (2) any Affiliate of a Transaction Obligor or any other person being party to or benefitting from any Finance Document being in breach of any Sanctions (if and to the extent applicable to any of them) or becoming a Prohibited Person.

(b)
Each Transaction Obligor shall ensure that its assets (including, without limitation, each Vessel) shall not be used directly or, to its knowledge, indirectly:


(i)
by or for the direct or indirect benefit of any Prohibited Person; or


(ii)
in any trade which is prohibited under applicable Sanctions or which could reasonably be expected to expose any Transaction Obligor, any asset subject to Security under the Finance Documents, any Creditor Party, any other person being party to or benefitting from any Finance Document, any Approved Manager, any operator, crew or insurers to enforcement proceedings or any other consequences whatsoever arising from Sanctions






62

21
INSURANCE UNDERTAKINGS

21.1
General

The undertakings in this Clause 21 ( Insurance Undertakings ) remain in force on and from each Delivery Date and throughout the rest of the Security Period except as the Facility Agent, acting with the authorisation of the Majority Lenders (or, where specified, all the Lenders) may otherwise permit.

21.2
Maintenance of obligatory insurances

Each Borrower shall keep the Vessel owned by it insured at its expense against:

(a)
hull and machinery plus freight interest and hull interest and/or increased value and any other usual marine risks (including excess risks);

(b)
war risks (including the London Blocking and Trapping addendum or its equivalent);

(c)
protection and indemnity risks (including liability for oil pollution for an amount of no less than $1,000,000,000 and excess war risk P&I cover) on standard Club Rules, covered by a Protection and Indemnity association which is a member of the International Group of Protection and Indemnity Associations (or, if the International Group ceases to exist, any other leading protection and indemnity association or other leading provider of protection and indemnity insurance) (including, without limitation, the proportion (if any) of any collision liability not covered under the terms of the hull cover);

(d)
freight, demurrage and defence; and

(e)
any other risks against which the Facility Agent acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders considers, having regard to practices and other circumstances prevailing at the relevant time, it would be reasonable for that Borrower to insure and which are specified by the Facility Agent by notice to that Borrower.

21.3
Terms of obligatory insurances

Each Borrower shall effect such insurances:

(a)
in dollars;

(b)
in the case of hull and machinery and usual marine risks and war risks, in an amount on an agreed value basis at least the greater of:


(i)
120 per cent. of the Tranche relating to the Vessel owned by it; and


(ii)
the Market Value of that Vessel;

(c)
in the case of oil pollution liability risks, for an aggregate amount equal to the highest level of cover from time to time available under basic protection and indemnity club entry and in the international marine insurance market but such amount shall not be less than $1,000,000,000;

(d)
in the case of protection and indemnity risks, in respect of the full tonnage of its Vessel;

(e)
in the case of the hull and machinery insurance, on the basis that the deductible is not higher than the Major Casualty figure;

(f)
in the case where the Vessel is insured on a fleet policy, on the basis that each vessel insured on that fleet policy is deemed to be insured on an individual basis;



63

(g)
on approved terms; and

(h)
through Approved Brokers and with approved insurance companies and/or underwriters or, in the case of war risks and protection and indemnity risks, in approved war risks and protection and indemnity risks associations.

21.4
Further protections for the Finance Parties

In addition to the terms set out in Clause 21.3 ( Terms of obligatory insurances ), each Borrower shall procure that the obligatory insurances shall:

(a)
subject always to paragraph (b), name that Borrower as the sole named insured unless the interest of every other named insured is limited:


(i)
in respect of any obligatory insurances for hull and machinery and war risks;


(A)
to any provable out-of-pocket expenses that it has incurred and which form part of any recoverable claim on underwriters; and


(B)
to any third party liability claims where cover for such claims is provided by the policy (and then only in respect of discharge of any claims made against it); and


(ii)
in respect of any obligatory insurances for protection and indemnity risks, to any recoveries it is entitled to make by way of reimbursement following discharge of any third party liability claims made specifically against it;

and every other named insured has undertaken in writing to the Security Agent (in such form as it requires) that any deductible shall be apportioned between that Borrower and every other named insured in proportion to the gross claims made or paid by each of them and that it shall do all things necessary and provide all documents, evidence and information to enable the Security Agent to collect or recover any moneys which at any time become payable in respect of the obligatory insurances;

(b)
whenever the Facility Agent requires, name (or be amended to name) the Security Agent as additional named insured for its rights and interests, warranted no operational interest and with full waiver of rights of subrogation against the Security Agent, but without the Security Agent being liable to pay (but having the right to pay) premiums, calls or other assessments in respect of such insurance;

(c)
name the Security Agent as loss payee with such directions for payment as the Facility Agent may specify;

(d)
provide that all payments by or on behalf of the insurers under the obligatory insurances to the Security Agent shall be made without set off, counterclaim or deductions or condition whatsoever;

(e)
provide that the obligatory insurances shall be primary without right of contribution from other insurances which may be carried by the Security Agent or any other Finance Party; and

(f)
provide that the Security Agent may make proof of loss if that Borrower fails to do so.



64

21.5
Renewal of obligatory insurances

Each Borrower shall:

(a)
at least 10 days before the expiry of any obligatory insurance:


(i)
notify the Facility Agent of the Approved Brokers (or other insurers) and any protection and indemnity or war risks association through or with which that Borrower proposes to renew that obligatory insurance and of the proposed terms of renewal; and


(ii)
obtain the Facility Agents' approval to the matters referred to in sub-paragraph (i) of paragraph (a) above;

(b)
at least 14 days before the expiry of any obligatory insurance, renew that obligatory insurance in accordance with the Facility Agent's approval pursuant to paragraph (a) above; and

(c)
procure that the Approved Brokers and/or the approved war risks and protection and indemnity associations with which such a renewal is effected shall promptly after the renewal notify the Facility Agent in writing of the terms and conditions of the renewal.

21.6
Copies of policies; letters of undertaking

Each Borrower shall ensure that the Approved Brokers provide the Security Agent with:

(a)
pro forma copies of all policies relating to the obligatory insurances which they are to effect or renew; and

(b)
a letter or letters or undertaking in a form required by the Facility Agent and including undertakings by the Approved Brokers that:


(i)
they will have endorsed on each policy, immediately upon issue, a loss payable clause and a notice of assignment complying with the provisions of Clause 21.4 ( Further protections for the Finance Parties );


(ii)
they will hold such policies, and the benefit of such insurances, to the order of the Security Agent in accordance with such loss payable clause;


(iii)
they will advise the Security Agent immediately of any material change to the terms of the obligatory insurances;


(iv)
they will, if they have not received notice of renewal instructions any Borrower or its agents, notify the Security Agent not less than 14 days before the expiry of the obligatory insurances;


(v)
if they receive instructions to renew the obligatory insurances, they will promptly notify the Facility Agent of the terms of the instructions;


(vi)
they will not set off against any sum recoverable in respect of a claim relating to the Vessel under such obligatory insurances any premiums or other amounts due to them or any other person whether in respect of the Vessel or otherwise, they waive any lien on the policies, or any sums received under them, which they might have in respect of such premiums or other amounts and they will not cancel such obligatory insurances by reason of non-payment of such premiums or other amounts; and


(vii)
they will arrange for a separate policy to be issued in respect of the Vessel owned by that Borrower forthwith upon being so requested by the Facility Agent.



65

21.7
Copies of certificates of entry

Each Borrower shall ensure that any protection and indemnity and/or war risks associations in which the Vessel owned by it is entered provide the Security Agent with:

(a)
a certified copy of the certificate of entry for that Vessel;

(b)
a letter or letters of undertaking in such form as may be required by the Facility Agent acting on the instructions of Majority Lenders; and

(c)
a certified copy of each certificate of financial responsibility for pollution by oil or other Environmentally Sensitive Material issued by the relevant certifying authority in relation to that Vessel.

21.8
Deposit of original policies

Each Borrower shall ensure that all policies relating to obligatory insurances are deposited with the Approved Brokers through which the insurances are effected or renewed.

21.9
Payment of premiums

Each Borrower shall punctually pay all premiums or other sums payable in respect of the obligatory insurances and produce all relevant receipts when so required by the Facility Agent or the Security Agent.

21.10
Guarantees

Each Borrower shall ensure that any guarantees required by a protection and indemnity or war risks association are promptly issued and remain in full force and effect.

21.11
Compliance with terms of insurances

(a)
Each Borrower shall not do nor omit to do (nor permit to be done or not to be done) any act or thing which would or might render any obligatory insurance invalid, void, voidable or unenforceable or render any sum payable under an obligatory insurance repayable in whole or in part.

(b)
Without limiting paragraph (a) above, each Borrower shall:


(i)
take all necessary action and comply with all requirements which may from time to time be applicable to the obligatory insurances, and (without limiting the obligation contained in sub-paragraph (iii) of paragraph (b) of Clause 21.6 ( Copies of policies; letters of undertaking )) ensure that the obligatory insurances are not made subject to any exclusions or qualifications to which the Facility Agent has not given its prior approval;


(ii)
not make any changes relating to the classification or classification society or manager or operator of the Vessel owned by it approved by the underwriters of the obligatory insurances;


(iii)
make (and promptly supply copies to the Facility Agent of) all quarterly or other voyage declarations which may be required by the protection and indemnity risks association in which the Vessel is entered to maintain cover for trading to the United States of America and Exclusive Economic Zone (as defined in the United States Oil Pollution Act 1990 or any other applicable legislation); and


(iv)
not employ the Vessel owned by it, nor allow it to be employed, otherwise than in conformity with the terms and conditions of the obligatory insurances, without first



66

obtaining the consent of the insurers and complying with any requirements (as to extra premium or otherwise) which the insurers specify.

21.12
Alteration to terms of insurances

No Borrower shall make or agree to any alteration to the terms of any obligatory insurance or waive any right relating to any obligatory insurance.

21.13
Settlement of claims

Each Borrower shall:

(a)
not settle, compromise or abandon any claim under any obligatory insurance for Total Loss or for a Major Casualty without the consent of the Facility agent, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed; and

(b)
do all things necessary and provide all documents, evidence and information to enable the Security Agent to collect or recover any moneys which at any time become payable in respect of the obligatory insurances.

21.14
Provision of copies of communications

Each Borrower shall provide the Security Agent, at the time of each such communication, with copies of all written communications between that Borrower and:

(a)
the Approved Brokers;

(b)
the approved protection and indemnity and/or war risks associations; and

(c)
the approved insurance companies and/or underwriters, which relate directly or indirectly to:


(i)
that Borrower's obligations relating to the obligatory insurances including, without limitation, all requisite declarations and payments of additional premiums or calls; and


(ii)
any credit arrangements made between that Borrower and any of the persons referred to in paragraphs (a) or (b) above relating wholly or partly to the effecting or maintenance of the obligatory insurances.

21.15
Provision of information

Each Borrower shall promptly provide the Facility Agent (or any persons which it may designate) with any information which the Facility Agent (or any such designated person) requests for the purpose of:

(a)
obtaining or preparing any report from an independent marine insurance broker as to the adequacy of the obligatory insurances effected or proposed to be effected; and/or

(b)
effecting, maintaining or renewing any such insurances as are referred to in Clause 21.16 ( Mortgagee's interest, additional perils and mortgagee's rights insurances ) or dealing with or considering any matters relating to any such insurances,

and the Borrowers shall, forthwith upon demand, indemnify the Facility Agent in respect of all fees and other expenses incurred by or for the account of the Facility Agent in connection with any such report as is referred to in paragraph (a) above.





67

21.16
Mortgagee's interest, additional perils and mortgagee's rights insurances

The Security Agent shall be entitled from time to time to effect, maintain and renew:


(a)
a mortgagee's interest insurance in an amount equal to 120 per cent. of the Loan;


(b)
a mortgagee's interest additional perils insurance in an amount equal to 120 per cent. of the Loan;


(c)
a mortgagee's rights insurance in an amount equal to 110 per cent. of the Loan,

and the Borrowers shall upon demand fully indemnify the Finance Parties in respect of all premiums and other expenses which are incurred in connection with or with a view to effecting, maintaining or renewing any such insurance or dealing with, or considering, any matter arising out of any such insurance.

22
MOA UNDERTAKINGS

22.1
General

The undertakings in this Clause 22 ( MOA Undertakings ) with respect to a Vessel remain in force until the Delivery Date of such Vessel except as the Facility Agent, acting with the authorisation of the Majority Lenders (or, where specified, all the Lenders) may otherwise permit.

22.2
No variation, release etc. of MOAs

The Borrowers shall not, whether by a document, by conduct, by acquiescence or in any other way:


(a)
vary the MOAs (provided that the MOAs can be supplemented in accordance with the terms thereof to list the documents to be delivered to each party under the MOAs); or


(b)
release, waive, suspend, subordinate or permit to be lost or impaired any interest or right of any kind which any Borrower has at any time to, in or in connection with the relevant MOA or in relation to any matter arising out of or in connection with that MOA.

22.3
Provision of information relating to MOA

Without prejudice to Clause 18.5 ( Information: miscellaneous ) each Borrower shall:


(a)
immediately inform the Facility Agent if any material breach of the relevant MOA occurs or a serious risk of such a material breach arises and of any other event or matter affecting that MOA; and


(b)
upon the reasonable request of the Facility Agent, keep the Facility Agent informed as to any notice of readiness of delivery of the Vessel owned by it.

22.4
No assignment etc. of MOAs

No Borrower shall assign, novate, transfer or dispose of any of its rights or obligations under the relevant MOA.




68

23
POST-DELIVERY VESSEL UNDERTAKINGS

23.1
General

The undertakings in this Clause 23 ( Post-Delivery Vessel Undertakings ) remain in force on and from the Delivery Date of the relevant Vessel and throughout the rest of the Security Period except as the Facility Agent, acting with the authorisation of the Majority Lenders (or, where specified, all the Lenders) may otherwise permit.

23.2
Vessel's names and registration

Each Borrower shall in respect of the Vessel owned by it:

(a)
keep that Vessel registered in its name under the Approved Flag from time to time at its port of registration;

(b)
not do or allow to be done anything as a result of which such registration might be suspended, cancelled or imperilled; and

(c)
not change the name of that Vessel.

23.3
Repair and classification

Each Borrower shall keep the Vessel owned by it in a good and safe condition and state of repair:

(a)
consistent with first class ship ownership and management practice; and

(b)
so as to maintain the Approved Classification free of overdue recommendations and conditions affecting the relevant Vessel's class.

23.4
Modifications

Other than the installation of a Ballast Water Treatment System on each Vessel and the improvement of the Fuel Oil System on Vessel A on the next dry docking, no Borrower shall make any modification or repairs to, or replacement of, any Vessel or equipment installed on it which would or might materially alter the structure, type or performance characteristics of that Vessel or materially reduce its value.

23.5
Removal and installation of parts

(a)
Subject to paragraph (b) below, no Borrower shall remove any material part of any Vessel, or any item of equipment installed on any Vessel unless:


(i)
the part or item so removed is forthwith replaced by a suitable part or item which is in the same condition as or better condition than the part or item removed;


(ii)
the replacement part or item is free from any Security in favour of any person other than the Security Agent; and


(iii)
the replacement part or item becomes, on installation on that Vessel, the property of that Borrower and subject to the security constituted by the Mortgage.

(b)
A Borrower may install equipment owned by a third party if the equipment can be removed without any risk of material damage to the Vessel owned by that Borrower provided that the Borrower promptly repairs any damage caused to the Vessel and provides evidence of such repair to the Facility Agent.




69

23.6
Surveys

Each Borrower shall submit the Vessel owned by it regularly to all periodic or other surveys which may be required for classification purposes and, if so required by the Facility Agent acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders, provide the Facility Agent, with copies of all survey reports.

23.7
Inspection

(a)
Each Borrower shall permit the Security Agent (acting through surveyors or other persons appointed by it for that purpose) to board the Vessel owned by it once annually to inspect its condition or to satisfy themselves about proposed or executed repairs and shall afford all proper facilities for such inspections; provided, however, if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing there shall be no limit on the number of inspections and such persons shall be permitted to board the Vessels; provided that such inspections shall not unreasonably interfere with the operation of the Vessels.

(b)
The cost of all inspections under this Clause 23.7 ( Inspection ) shall be for the account of that Borrower Provided that if no Event of Default has occurred and that Vessel is found to be in a condition satisfactory to the Facility Agent (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders) in all respects, the Borrowers shall not have to pay for more than one inspection in each calendar year.

23.8
Prevention of and release from arrest

(a)
Each Borrower shall in respect of the Vessel owned by it, promptly discharge:


(i)
all liabilities which give or may give rise to maritime or possessory liens on or claims enforceable against that Vessel, its Earnings or its Insurances;


(ii)
all Taxes, dues and other amounts charged in respect of that Vessel, its Earnings or its Insurances; and


(iii)
all other outgoings whatsoever in respect of that Vessel, its Earnings or its Insurances.

(b)
Each Borrower shall immediately upon receiving notice of the arrest of the Vessel owned by it or of its detention in exercise or purported exercise of any lien or claim, take all steps necessary to procure its release by providing bail or otherwise as the circumstances may require.

23.9
Compliance with laws etc.

Each Borrower shall:

(a)
comply, or procure compliance with all laws or regulations:


(i)
relating to its business generally; and


(ii)
relating to the Vessel owned by it, its ownership, employment, operation, management and registration,

including, but not limited to, the ISM Code, the ISPS Code, all Environmental Laws, all Sanctions and the laws of the Approved Flag;

(b)
obtain, comply with and do all that is necessary to maintain in full force and effect any Environmental Approvals;






70

(c)
without limiting paragraph (a) above, not employ the Vessel owned by it nor allow its employment, operation or management in any manner contrary to any law or regulation including but not limited to the ISM Code, the ISPS Code, all Environmental Laws and all Sanctions; and

(d)
not appoint any manager or agent to manage the Vessel unless such party undertakes to procure that any agreement entered into relating to the management, employment or operation of that Vessel contains a clause in which the counterparty undertakes to comply with all Sanctions applicable to it.

23.10
ISPS Code

Without limiting paragraph (a) of Clause 23.9 ( Compliance with laws etc. ), each Borrower shall:

(a)
procure that the Vessel and the company responsible for that Vessel's compliance with the ISPS Code comply with the ISPS Code; and

(b)
maintain an ISSC for the Vessel owned by it; and

(c)
notify the Facility Agent immediately in writing of any actual or threatened withdrawal, suspension, cancellation or modification of the ISSC.

23.11
Trading in war zones

In the event of hostilities in any part of the world (whether war is declared or not), no Borrower shall cause or permit the Vessel owned by it to enter or trade to any zone which is declared a war zone by any government or by that Vessel's war risks insurers unless:

(a)
the prior written consent of the Security Agent acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders has been given; and

(b) that Borrower has (at its expense) effected any special, additional or modified insurance cover which the Security Agent acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders may require.

23.12
Monitoring

(a)
Each Borrower shall (or shall procure that any charterer and the Approved Technical Manager shall) allow the Security Agent (or its agents), at any time and from time to time, to access all information pertaining to the Vessel owned by it (including the movement of that Vessel) using any and all available means.

(b)
All costs incurred by the Security Agent (and any of its agents) under paragraph (a) of Clause 23.12 ( Monitoring ) above shall be for the account of the Lenders.

23.13
Provision of information

Without prejudice to Clause 18.5 ( Information: miscellaneous ) each Borrower shall promptly provide the Facility Agent with any information which it requests regarding:

(a)
the Vessel owned by it, its employment, position and engagements;

(b)
its Earnings and payments and amounts due to its master and crew;

(c)
any expenditure incurred, or likely to be incurred, in connection with the operation, maintenance or repair of the Vessel owned by it and any payments made by it in respect of that Vessel;





71

(d)
any towages and salvages; and

(e)
its compliance, the Approved Manager's compliance and the compliance of the Vessel with the ISM Code and the ISPS Code,

and, upon the Facility Agent's request, each Borrower shall promptly provide copies of class records, any inspection reports obtained for the Vessel, any current Charter relating to that Vessel, any current guarantee of any such Charter, the Vessel's Safety Management Certificate and any relevant Document of Compliance.

23.14
Notification of certain events

Each Borrower shall in relation to the Vessel owned by it, immediately notify the Facility Agent by fax, confirmed forthwith by letter, of:

(a)
any casualty to that Vessel which is or is reasonably likely to be or to become a Major Casualty;

(b)
any occurrence as a result of which that Vessel has become or is, by the passing of time or otherwise, likely to become a Total Loss;

(c)
any requisition of that Vessel for hire;

(d)
any requirement or recommendation made in relation to that Vessel by any insurer or classification society or by any competent authority which is not immediately complied with;

(e)
any arrest or detention of that Vessel, any exercise or purported exercise of any lien on that Vessel or its Earnings;

(f)
any intended dry docking of that Vessel;

(g)
any Environmental Claim made against that Borrower or in connection with that Vessel, or any Environmental Incident;

(h)
any claim for breach of the ISM Code or the ISPS Code being made against that Borrower, an Approved Manager or otherwise in connection with that Vessel; or

(i)
any other matter, event or incident, actual or threatened, the effect of which will or could lead to the ISM Code or the ISPS Code not being complied with,

and each Borrower shall keep the Facility Agent advised in writing on a regular basis and in such detail as the Facility Agent shall require as to each Borrower's, any such Approved Manager's or any other person's response to any of those events or matters.

23.15
Restrictions on chartering, appointment of managers etc.

No Borrower shall:

(a)
let the Vessel on demise charter for any period;

(b)
enter into any time, voyage or consecutive voyage charter in respect of the Vessel it owns other than a Permitted Charter;

(c)
materially change, cancel or terminate any Permitted Charter which has a duration of 12 months or more or any Charter Guarantee in respect of such a Permitted Charter (if such action affects the interests of the Finance Parties in a materially adverse manner);



72

(d)
materially change, cancel or terminate a Management Agreement (if such action affects the interests of the Finance Parties in a materially adverse manner);

(e)
appoint a manager of the Vessel it owns other than an Approved Manager or agree to any alteration to the terms of an Approved Manager's appointment;

(f)
de activate or lay up the Vessel it owns; or

(g)
save for any scheduled drydocking, put the Vessel it owns into the possession of any person for the purpose of work being done upon it in an amount exceeding or likely to exceed US$200,000 (or the equivalent in any other currency) unless that person has first given to the Security Agent and in terms satisfactory to it a written undertaking not to exercise any lien on the Vessel or the Earnings for the cost of such work or for any other reason.

23.16
Notice of Mortgage

Each Borrower shall keep the Mortgage registered against the Vessel owned by it as a valid first preferred mortgage, carry on board that Vessel a certified copy of the Mortgage and place and maintain in a conspicuous place in the navigation room and the master's cabin of that Vessel a framed printed notice stating that that Vessel is mortgaged by the relevant Borrower to the Security Agent.

23.17
Sharing of Earnings

No Borrower shall enter into any agreement or arrangement for the sharing of any Earnings.

23.18
Nuclear materials

No Borrower shall permit the Vessel it owns to carry any nuclear material or any nuclear waste.

23.19
Notification of compliance

Each Borrower shall promptly provide the Facility Agent from time to time with evidence (in such form as the Facility Agent requires) that it is complying with this Clause 23 ( Post- Delivery Vessel Undertakings ).

24
SECURITY COVER

24.1
Minimum required security cover

Clause 24.2 ( Provision of additional security; prepayment ) applies if the Facility Agent notifies the Borrowers that:

(a)
the aggregate Market Value of both Vessel (then subject to a Mortgage); plus

(b)
the net realisable value of additional Security previously provided under this Clause 24.1 ( Minimum required security cover ),

is below:


(i)
until the third anniversary of the first Drawdown Date, 100 per cent. of the Loan;


(ii)
on and from the third anniversary of the first Drawdown Date, 90 per cent. of the Loan; and


(iii)
on and from the fourth anniversary of the first Drawdown Date, 75 per cent. of the Loan.




73

24.2
Provision of additional security; prepayment

(a)
If the Facility Agent serves a notice on the Borrowers under Clause 24.1 ( Minimum required security cover ), the Borrowers shall, on or before the date falling one Month after the date on which the Facility Agent's notice is served (the " Prepayment Date "), prepay such part of the Loan as shall eliminate the shortfall.

(b)
The Borrowers may, instead of making a prepayment as described in paragraph (a) above, provide, or ensure that a third party has provided, additional security which, in the opinion of the Facility Agent acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders:


(i)
has a net realisable value at least equal to the shortfall; and


(ii)
is documented in such terms as the Facility Agent may approve or require,

before the Prepayment Date; and conditional upon such security being provided in such manner, it shall satisfy such prepayment obligation. If additional security has been provided and the Borrowers have evidenced that such additional security is no longer required to comply with Clause 24.1 ( Minimum required security cover ) for a minimum period of three (3) months, the Facility Agent shall, at the request of the Borrowers, release such additional security.

24.3
Value of additional vessel security

The net realisable value of any additional security which is provided under Clause 24.2 ( Provision of additional security ; prepayment) and which consists of Security over a vessel shall be the Market Value of the vessel concerned.

24.4
Valuations binding

Any valuation under this Clause 24 ( Security Cover ) shall be binding and conclusive as regards the Borrowers.

24.5
Provision of information

(a)
The Borrowers shall promptly provide the Facility Agent and any shipbroker acting under this Clause 24 ( Security Cover ) with any information which the Facility Agent or the shipbroker may request for the purposes of the valuation.

(b)
If the Borrowers fail to provide the information referred to in paragraph (a) above by the date specified in the request, the valuation may be made on any basis and assumptions which the shipbroker or the Facility Agent considers prudent.

24.6
Prepayment mechanism

Any prepayment pursuant to Clause 24.2 ( Provision of additional security ; prepayment) shall be made in accordance with the relevant provisions of Clause 7 ( Prepayment and Cancellation ) and shall be treated as a voluntary prepayment pursuant to Clause 7.3 ( Voluntary prepayment of Loan ).

24.7
Provision of valuations

(a)
The Facility Agent shall be entitled to test the security requirements under Clause 24.1 ( Minimum required security cover ) by reference to valuations in respect of any Vessel from the required number of Approved Valuers semi-annually and on dates to be selected by the Facility Agent.





74

(b)
The Facility Agent shall at the request of the Lenders additionally be entitled to test the security cover requirement under Clause 24.1 ( Minimum required security cover ) by reference to a valuation in respect of a Vessel from the required number of Approved Valuers at any time and each such valuation shall be at the expense of the Lenders except where the Borrowers are by means of such valuation(s) shown to be in breach of Clause 24.1 ( Minimum required security cover ).

(c)
Subject to paragraph (d) below, the Market Value of a Vessel shall be determined by reference to one valuation of that Vessel as given by an Approved Valuer selected and appointed by the Facility Agent.

(d)
If requested by the Borrowers in relation to paragraph (c) above, a second Approved Valuer shall be selected by the Borrowers and appointed by the Facility Agent, and the Market Value of that Vessel shall be the arithmetic average of the two valuations.

(e)
If one such valuation in respect of a Vessel obtained pursuant to paragraphs (c) and (d) above differs by at least 10 per cent. from the other valuation, then a third valuation for that Vessel shall be obtained from an Approved Valuer selected by the Borrowers and appointed by the Facility Agent and the Market Value of that Vessel shall be the arithmetic average of all three such valuations.

(f)
The Facility Agent may at any time after an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing to obtain valuations of the Vessels and any other vessel over which additional security has been created in accordance with Clause 24.2 ( Provision of additional security ; prepayment) from Approved Valuers to enable the Facility Agent to determine the Market Values of the Vessels and any other vessel.

(g)
The valuations referred to in paragraph (a), (b), (c), (d), (e) and (f) above shall be obtained at the cost and expense of the Borrowers (except where specified in paragraph (b) above) and the Borrowers shall within three Business Days of demand by the Facility Agent pay to the Facility Agent all costs and expenses incurred by it in obtaining any such valuation.

25
ACCOUNTS AND APPLICATION OF EARNINGS

25.1
Account bank

Subject to Clause 25.6 ( Location of Accounts ), each Account must be held with the Account Bank.

25.2
Accounts

(a)
Each Borrower must operate each Account in accordance with this Clause 25 ( Accounts and Application of Earnings ), Clause 19.1 ( Financial covenants ) and the provisions of the Account Security.

(b)
Account Security must be provided in respect of any Account opened after the date of this Agreement.

25.3
Payment of Earnings

Each Borrower shall ensure that, subject only to the provisions of the General Assignment, all the Earnings in respect of the Vessel owned by it are paid in to its Earnings Account.

25.4
Application of Earnings

Subject to Clauses 19.1 ( Financial covenants ) the Borrowers shall transfer from the Earnings Account to the Facility Agent:







75

(a)
on each Repayment Date, the amount of the Repayment Instalment then due on the Repayment Date; and

(b)
on the last day of each Interest Period, the amount of interest then due on that date; and

(c)
on any day on which an amount is otherwise due from the Borrowers under a Finance Document, an amount necessary to meet that due amount,

and the Borrowers irrevocably authorizes and instructs:


(A)
the Account Bank to make those transfers in accordance with the instructions of the Facility Agent (copied to the Security Agent, who, as security taker under the Accounts Security, agrees for itself and on behalf of the other pledgees that such transfers may be made);


(B)
the Facility Agent to apply the transferred amounts in payment of the relevant Repayment Instalment, interest amount or other amount due.

25.5
Excess Earnings

(a)
During the Cash Sweep Period, the Borrowers shall certify to the Facility Agent 5 days prior to each Interest Payment Date the aggregate amount of the Earnings standing to the credit of the Earnings Accounts which is surplus to (i) the amount which the Borrowers are to pay to the Facility Agent in relation to interest and any fees hereunder, (ii) the budgeted operating expenses in relation to the Vessels for the next three months to be provided to the Facility Agent pursuant to Clause 18.3 ( Budget operating expenses ) and (iii) the Minimum Liquidity Amount to be maintained on the Earnings Accounts pursuant to Clause 19.1 ( Financial covenants ) (such surplus being the " Excess Earnings ").

(b)
Upon each Interest Payment Date the Borrowers shall transfer from the Earnings Accounts to the Dry Dock Reserve Account the Excess Earnings until such time as there is standing to the credit of the Dry Dock Reserve Account the Dry Dock Reserve Amount.

(c)
During the Cash Sweep Period any Excess Earnings available once the Dry Dock Reserve Amount has been accumulated to the Dry Dock Reserve Account shall be utilised by the Borrowers on each Interest Payment Date to make a prepayment of the relevant Tranche.

(d)
In the event that monies standing to the credit of the Earnings Accounts are not sufficient to meet operating expenses in relation to the Vessels the Borrowers undertake to procure funds are brought in from the applicable Shareholder to make up the shortfall provided however the Borrowers may request access to funds on the Dry Dock Reserve Account and the Earnings Accounts in respect of the Minimum Liquidity Amount to meet such shortfall and such funds shall be released subject to approval of the Facility Agent.

(e)
Any monies standing to the credit of the Dry Dock Reserve Account after payment of the dry docks and special survey expenses shall be applied by the Borrowers as a prepayment of the Loan.

25.6
Location of Accounts

The Borrowers shall promptly:

(a)
comply with any requirement of the Facility Agent as to the location or relocation of the Accounts (or any of them); and

(b)
execute any documents which the Facility Agent specifies to create or maintain in favour of the Security Agent Security over (and/or rights of set-off, consolidation or other rights in relation to) each Account.



76

25.7
Miscellaneous Accounts provisions

(a)
No Finance Party is responsible or liable to any Transaction Obligor for:


(i)
any non-payment of any liability of a Transaction Obligor which could be paid out of moneys standing to the credit of each Earnings Account; or


(ii)
any withdrawal wrongly made, if made in good faith.

26
EVENTS OF DEFAULT

26.1
General

Each of the events or circumstances set out in this Clause 26 ( Events of Default ) is an Event of Default except for Clause 26.20 ( Acceleration ) and Clause 26.21 ( Enforcement of security ).

26.2
Non-payment

A Borrower does not pay on the due date any amount payable pursuant to a Finance Document at the place at and in the currency in which it is expressed to be payable unless:

(a)
its failure to pay is caused by:


(i)
administrative or technical error; or


(ii)
a Disruption Event; and

(b)
payment is made within three Business Days of its due date.

26.3
Specific obligations

A breach occurs of Clause 4.5 ( Waiver of conditions precedent ), Clause 19 ( Financial Covenants ), and Reversal Arrangements ), Clause 20.9 ( Title ), Clause 20.10 ( Negative pledge ), Clause 20.21 ( Unlawfulness, invalidity and ranking; Security imperilled ), Clause 20.27 ( Asset control ), Clause 20.28 ( Sanctions ), Clause 21.2 ( Maintenance of obligatory insurances ), Clause 21.3 ( Terms of obligatory insurances ), Clause 21.5 ( Renewal of obligatory insurances ) or Clause 24 ( Security Cover ).

26.4
Other obligations

(a)
A Transaction Obligor does not comply with any provision of the Finance Documents (other than those referred to in Clause 26.2 ( Non-payment ) and Clause 26.3 ( Specific obligations )).

(b)
No Event of Default under paragraph (a) above will occur if the failure to comply is capable of remedy and is remedied within five Business Days of the Facility Agent giving notice to the Borrowers or (if earlier) any Transaction Obligor becoming aware of the failure to comply.

26.5
Misrepreentation

Any representation or statement made or deemed to be made by a Transaction Obligor in the Finance Documents or any other document delivered by or on behalf of any Transaction Obligor under or in connection with any Finance Document is or proves to have been incorrect or misleading when made or deemed to be made.

26.6
Crossdefault

(a)
Any Financial Indebtedness of any Transaction Obligor is not paid when due nor within any originally applicable grace period.


77

(b)
Any Financial Indebtedness of any Transaction Obligor is declared to be or otherwise becomes due and payable prior to its specified maturity as a result of an event of default (however described).

(c)
Any commitment for any Financial Indebtedness of any Transaction Obligor is cancelled or suspended by a creditor of any Transaction Obligor as a result of an event of default (however described).

(d)
Any creditor of any Transaction Obligor becomes entitled to declare any Financial Indebtedness of any Transaction Obligor due and payable prior to its specified maturity as a result of an event of default (however described).

(e)
No Event of Default will occur under this Clause 26.6 ( Cross default ) in respect of a Borrower if the amount of Financial Indebtedness or commitment for Financial Indebtedness falling within paragraphs (a) to (d) above is individually less than $200,000 and in aggregate less than $400,000 (or its equivalent in any other currency).

26.7
Insolvency

(a)
A Transaction Obligor:


(i)
is unable or admits inability to pay its debts as they fall due;


(ii)
is deemed to, or is declared to, be unable to pay its debts under applicable law;


(iii)
suspends or threatens to suspend making payments on any of its debts; or


(iv)
by reason of actual or anticipated financial difficulties, commences negotiations with one or more of its creditors (excluding any Finance Party in its capacity as such) with a view to rescheduling any of its indebtedness.

(b)
The value of the assets of any Transaction Obligor is less than its liabilities (taking into account contingent and prospective liabilities).

(c)
A moratorium is declared in respect of any indebtedness of any Transaction Obligor. If a moratorium occurs, the ending of the moratorium will not remedy any Event of Default caused by that moratorium.

26.8
Insolvency proceedings

(a)
Any corporate action, legal proceedings or other procedure or step is taken in relation to:


(i)
the suspension of payments, a moratorium of any indebtedness, winding-up, dissolution, administration or reorganisation (by way of voluntary arrangement, scheme of arrangement or otherwise) of any Transaction Obligor;


(ii)
a composition, compromise, assignment or arrangement with any creditor of any Transaction Obligor;


(iii)
the appointment of a liquidator (other than in respect of a solvent liquidation of a member of a Transaction Obligor), receiver, administrator, administrative receiver, compulsory manager or other similar officer in respect of any Transaction Obligor or any of its assets; or


(iv)
enforcement of any Security over any assets of any Transaction Obligor,

or any analogous procedure or step is taken in any jurisdiction.





78

(b)
Paragraph (a) above shall not apply to any winding-up petition which is frivolous or vexatious and is discharged, stayed or dismissed within 14 days of commencement.

26.9
Creditors' process

Any expropriation, attachment, sequestration, distress or execution (or any analogous process in any jurisdiction) affects any asset or assets of a Borrower (other than an arrest or detention of a Vessel in which case paragraph (b) of Clause 7.4 ( Mandatory prepayment on sale, arrest or Total Loss ) or an arrest or detention of the Vessel referred to in Clause 26.18 ( Arrest or detention )shall apply).

26.10
Ownership of the Transaction Obligors

(a)
A Borrower is not or ceases to be controlled directly or indirectly by the applicable Shareholder.

(b)
For the purpose of paragraph (a) above "control" means:


(i)
the power (whether by way of ownership of shares, proxy, contract, agency or otherwise) to:


(A)
cast, or control the casting of, more than 50 per cent. of the maximum number of votes that might be cast at a general meeting of a Borrower; or


(B)
appoint or remove all, or the majority, of the directors or other equivalent officers of a Borrower; or


(C)
give directions with respect to the operating and financial policies of a Borrower with which the directors or other equivalent officers of a Borrower are obliged to comply; and/or


(ii)
the holding beneficially of more than 50 per cent. of the issued share capital of a Borrower (excluding any part of that issued share capital that carries no right to participate beyond a specified amount in a distribution of either profits or capital).

26.11
Unlawfulness, invalidity and ranking

(a)
It is or becomes unlawful for a Transaction Obligor to perform any of its obligations under the Finance Documents.

(b)
Any obligation of a Transaction Obligor under the Finance Documents is not (subject to the Legal Reservations) or ceases to be legal, valid, binding or enforceable.

(c)
Any Finance Document ceases to be in full force and effect or to be continuing or is or purports to be determined or any Transaction Security is alleged by a party to it (other than a Finance Party) to be ineffective.

(d)
Any Transaction Security proves to have ranked after, or loses its priority to, any other Security.

26.12
Security imperilled; flag instability

(a)
Any Security created or intended to be created by a Finance Document is in any way imperilled or in jeopardy.

(b)
The state of the Approved Flag of a Vessel is or becomes involved in hostilities or civil war or there is a seizure of power in such state by unconstitutional means, or any other event occurs in relation to that Vessel, its Mortgage or the Approved Flag and in the reasonable




79

opinion of the Facility Agent such event is likely to have a Material Adverse Effect unless the Borrower, within 14 days of the occurrence of such event (or such longer period as may be agreed by the Facility Agent acting with the authorisation of the Lenders) re-registers that Vessel on an alternative flag approved pursuant to Clause 23.2 ( Vessel's names and registration ) and subject to:


(i)
that Vessel remaining subject to security securing the Security created by a first priority or preferred ship mortgage on that Vessel and, if appropriate, a first priority deed of covenant collateral to that mortgage (or equivalent first priority security) on substantially the same terms as the relevant Mortgage and if applicable, a deed of covenant and on such other terms and in such other form as the Facility Agent, acting with the authorisation of the Lenders, shall reasonably approve or require; and


(ii)
the execution of such other documentation amending and supplementing the Finance Documents, as the Facility Agent, acting with the authorisation of the Lenders, shall reasonably approve or require.

26.13
Cessation of business

Any Transaction Obligor suspends or ceases to carry on (or threatens to suspend or cease to carry on) all or a material part of its business.

26.14
Expropriation

The authority or ability of any Transaction Obligor to conduct its business is limited or wholly or substantially curtailed by any seizure, expropriation, nationalisation, intervention, restriction or other action by or on behalf of any governmental, regulatory or other authority or other person in relation to any Transaction Obligor or any of its assets other than:

(a)
an arrest or detention of a Vessel (in which case paragraph (b) of Clause 7.4 (Mandatory prepayment on sale, arrest or Total Loss) or Clause 26.18 (Arrest or detention), shall apply); or

(b)
any Requisition.

26.15
Repudiation and rescission of agreements

A Transaction Obligor (or any other relevant party) rescinds or purports to rescind or repudiates or purports to repudiate a Transaction Document or any of the Transaction Security or evidences an intention to rescind or repudiate a Transaction Document or any Transaction Security.

26.16
Litigation

Any litigation, arbitration, administrative, governmental, regulatory or other investigations, proceedings or disputes are commenced or threatened, or any judgment or order of a court, arbitral tribunal or other tribunal or any order or sanction of any governmental or other regulatory body is made, in relation to any of the Transaction Documents or the transactions contemplated in any of the Transaction Documents or against Borrower or its assets which has or is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

26.17
Material adverse change

Any event or circumstance occurs which has or is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.






80

26.18
Arrest or detention

Any arrest of a Vessel or its detention (other than an arrest or detention referred to in paragraph (b) of Clause 7.4 ( Mandatory prepayment on sale, arrest or Total Loss ) in the exercise or the purported exercise of any lien or claim unless it is redelivered to the full control of the relevant Borrower within 90 days of such arrest or detention.

26.19
Prohibited Person

A Transaction Obligor or any Subsidiary of it or any of their respective directors or officers becomes a Prohibited Person.

26.20
Reversal Event

A Reversal Event occurs.

26.21
26.20 Acceleration

On and at any time after the occurrence of an Event of Default which is continuing the Facility Agent may, and shall if so directed by the Majority Lenders, by notice to the Borrowers:

(a)
cancel the Total Commitments, whereupon they shall immediately be cancelled;

(b)
declare that all or part of the Loan, together with accrued interest, and all other amounts accrued or outstanding under the Finance Documents be immediately due and payable, whereupon it shall become immediately due and payable; and/or

(c)
declare that all or part of the Loan be payable on demand, whereupon it shall immediately become payable on demand by the Facility Agent acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders,

and the Facility Agent may serve notices under paragraphs (a), (b) and (c) above simultaneously or on different dates and the Security Agent may take any action referred to in Clause 26.21 ( Enforcement of security ) if no such notice is served or simultaneously with or at any time after the service of any of such notice.

26.22
26.21 Enforcement of security

On and at any time after the occurrence of an Event of Default which is continuing the Security Agent may, and shall if so directed by the Majority Lenders, take any action which, as a result of the Event of Default or any notice served under Clause 26.20 ( Acceleration ), the Security Agent is entitled to take under any Finance Document or any applicable law or regulation.













81

SECTION 8

CHANGES TO PARTIES

27
CHANGES TO THE LENDERS

27.1
Assignments and transfers by the Lenders

Subject to this Clause 27 ( Changes to the Lenders ), a Lender (the " Existing Lender ") may:

(a)
assign any of its rights; or

(b)
transfer by novation any of its rights and obligations,

under the Finance Documents to another bank or financial institution which is regularly engaged in or established for the purpose of making, purchasing or investing in loans, securities or other financial assets (the " New Lender ").

27.2
Conditions of assignment or transfer

(a)
No consent of the Borrowers or any other notice is required for an assignment or transfer by an Existing Lender if the assignment or transfer is:


(i)
to another Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender; or


(ii)
to a reputable financial institution governed by banking regulations in the USA and/or EU; or


(iii)
following the occurrence of a Default which is continuing (it being acknowledged that at such time a transfer may be to another bank or financial institution or to a trust, fund or other entity which is regularly engaged in or established for the purpose of moving, purchasing or investing in loans, securities or other financial assets).

(b)
The consent of the Facility Agent is required for an assignment or transfer by an Existing Lender, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld.

(c)
An assignment will only be effective on:


(i)
receipt by the Facility Agent (whether in the Assignment Agreement or otherwise) of written confirmation from the New Lender (in form and substance satisfactory to the Facility Agent) that the New Lender will assume the same obligations to the other Creditor Parties as it would have been under if it were an Original Lender; and


(ii)
performance by the Facility Agent of all necessary "know your customer" or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations in relation to such assignment to a New Lender, the completion of which the Facility Agent shall promptly notify to the Existing Lender and the New Lender.

(d)
A transfer will only be effective if the procedure set out in Clause 27.5 ( Procedure for transfer ) is complied with.






82

(e)
If:


(i)
a Lender assigns or transfers any of its rights or obligations under the Finance Documents or changes its Facility Office; and


(ii)
as a result of circumstances existing at the date the assignment, transfer or change occurs, a Transaction Obligor would be obliged to make a payment to the New Lender or Lender acting through its new Facility Office under Clause 12 ( Tax Gross Up and Indemnities ) or under that clause as incorporated by reference or in full in any other Finance Document or Clause 13 ( Increased Costs ),

then the New Lender or Lender acting through its new Facility Office is only entitled to receive payment under those Clauses to the same extent as the Existing Lender or Lender acting through its previous Facility Office would have been if the assignment, transfer or change had not occurred. This paragraph (e) shall not apply in respect of an assignment or transfer made in the ordinary course of the primary syndication of the Facility.

(f)
Each New Lender, by executing the relevant Transfer Certificate or Assignment Agreement, confirms, for the avoidance of doubt, that:


(i)
the Facility Agent has authority to execute on its behalf any amendment or waiver that has been approved by or on behalf of the requisite Lender or Lenders in accordance with this Agreement on or prior to the date on which the transfer or assignment becomes effective in accordance with this Agreement and that it is bound by that decision to the same extent as the Existing Lender would have been had it remained a Lender; and


(ii)
it has received a copy of each of the Security Documents which are governed by German law and which are account pledges, is aware of the contents of such account pledges and expressly consents to the declarations of the Security Agent made on behalf of the New Lender (as future pledgee) in such account pledges.

27.3
Assignment or transfer fee

The New Lender shall, on the date upon which an assignment or transfer takes effect, pay to the Facility Agent (for its own account) a fee of $5,000.

27.4
Limitation of responsibility of Existing Lenders

(a)
Unless expressly agreed to the contrary, an Existing Lender makes no representation or warranty and assumes no responsibility to a New Lender for:


(i)
the legality, validity, effectiveness, adequacy or enforceability of the Transaction Documents, the Transaction Security or any other documents;


(ii)
the financial condition of any Transaction Obligor;


(iii)
the performance and observance by any Transaction Obligor of its obligations under the Transaction Documents or any other documents; or


(iv)
the accuracy of any statements (whether written or oral) made in or in connection with any Transaction Document or any other document,

and any representations or warranties implied by law are excluded.

(b)
Each New Lender confirms to the Existing Lender and the other Finance Parties and the Creditor Parties that it:


83


(i)
has made (and shall continue to make) its own independent investigation and assessment of the financial condition and affairs of each Transaction Obligor and its related entities in connection with its participation in this Agreement and has not relied exclusively on any information provided to it by the Existing Lender or any other Finance Party in connection with any Transaction Document or the Transaction Security; and


(ii)
will continue to make its own independent appraisal of the creditworthiness of each Transaction Obligor and its related entities throughout the Security Period.

(c)
Nothing in any Finance Document obliges an Existing Lender to:


(i)
accept a re-transfer or re-assignment from a New Lender of any of the rights and obligations assigned or transferred under this Clause 27 ( Changes to the Lenders ); or


(ii)
support any losses directly or indirectly incurred by the New Lender by reason of the non-performance by any Transaction Obligor of its obligations under the Transaction Documents or otherwise.

27.5
Procedure for transfer

(a)
Subject to the conditions set out in Clause 27.2 ( Conditions of assignment or transfer ), a transfer is effected in accordance with paragraph (c) below when the Facility Agent executes an otherwise duly completed Transfer Certificate delivered to it by the Existing Lender and the New Lender. The Facility Agent shall, subject to paragraph (b) below as soon as reasonably practicable after receipt by it of a duly completed Transfer Certificate appearing on its face to comply with this Agreement and delivered in accordance with this Agreement, execute that Transfer Certificate.

(b)
The Facility Agent shall only be obliged to execute a Transfer Certificate delivered to it by the Existing Lender and the New Lender once it is satisfied it has complied with all necessary "know your customer" or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations in relation to the transfer to such New Lender.

(c)
Subject to Clause 27.9 ( Pro rata interest settlement ), on the Transfer Date:


(i)
to the extent that in the Transfer Certificate the Existing Lender seeks to transfer by novation its rights and obligations under the Finance Documents and in respect of the Transaction Security, each of the Transaction Obligors and the Existing Lender shall be released from further obligations towards one another under the Finance Documents and in respect of the Transaction Security and their respective rights against one another under the Finance Documents and in respect of the Transaction Security shall be cancelled (being the " Discharged Rights and Obligations ");


(ii)
each of the Transaction Obligors and the New Lender shall assume obligations towards one another and/or acquire rights against one another which differ from the Discharged Rights and Obligations only insofar as that Transaction Obligor and the New Lender have assumed and/or acquired the same in place of that Transaction Obligor and the Existing Lender;


(iii)
the Facility Agent, the Security Agent, the New Lender and other Lenders shall acquire the same rights and assume the same obligations between themselves and in respect of the Transaction Security as they would have acquired and assumed had the New Lender been an Original Lender with the rights and/or obligations acquired or assumed by it as a result of the transfer and to that extent the Facility Agent, the Security Agent and the Existing Lenders shall each be released from further obligations to each other under the Finance Documents; and




84


(iv)
the New Lender shall become a Party as a "Lender".

27.6
Procedure for assignment

(a)
Subject to the conditions set out in Clause 27.2 ( Conditions of assignment or transfer ) an assignment may be effected in accordance with paragraph (c) below when the Facility Agent executes an otherwise duly completed Assignment Agreement delivered to it by the Existing Lender and the New Lender. The Facility Agent shall, subject to paragraph (b) below, as soon as reasonably practicable after receipt by it of a duly completed Assignment Agreement appearing on its face to comply with the terms of this Agreement and delivered in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, execute that Assignment Agreement.

(b)
The Facility Agent shall only be obliged to execute an Assignment Agreement delivered to it by the Existing Lender and the New Lender once it is satisfied it has complied with all necessary "know your customer" or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations in relation to the assignment to such New Lender.

(c)
Subject to Clause 27.9 ( Pro rata interest settlement ), on the Transfer Date:


(i)
the Existing Lender will assign absolutely to the New Lender its rights under the Finance Documents and in respect of the Transaction Security expressed to be the subject of the assignment in the Assignment Agreement;


(ii)
the Existing Lender will be released from the obligations (the " Relevant Obligations ") expressed to be the subject of the release in the Assignment Agreement (and any corresponding obligations by which it is bound in respect of the Transaction Security); and


(iii)
the New Lender shall become a Party as a "Lender" and will be bound by obligations equivalent to the Relevant Obligations.

(d)
Lenders may utilise procedures other than those set out in this Clause 27.6 ( Procedure for assignment ) to assign their rights under the Finance Documents (but not, without the consent of the relevant Transaction Obligor or unless in accordance with Clause 27.5 ( Procedure for transfer ), to obtain a release by that Transaction Obligor from the obligations owed to that Transaction Obligor by the Lenders nor the assumption of equivalent obligations by a New Lender) provided that they comply with the conditions set out in Clause 27.2 ( Conditions of assignment or transfer ).

27.7
Copy of Transfer Certificate or Assignment Agreement to Borrower

The Facility Agent shall, as soon as reasonably practicable after it has executed a Transfer Certificate or an Assignment Agreement, send to the Borrowers a copy of that Transfer Certificate or Assignment Agreement.

27.8
Security over Lenders' rights

In addition to the other rights provided to Lenders under this Clause 27 ( Changes to the Lenders ), each Lender may without consulting with or obtaining consent from any Transaction Obligor, at any time charge, assign or otherwise create Security in or over (whether by way of collateral or otherwise) all or any of its rights under any Finance Document to secure obligations of that Lender including, without limitation:

(a)
any charge, assignment or other Security to secure obligations to a federal reserve or central bank; and



85

(b)
any charge, assignment or other Security granted to any holders (or trustee or representatives of holders) of obligations owed, or securities issued, by that Lender as security for those obligations or securities,

except that no such charge, assignment or Security shall:


(i)
release a Lender from any of its obligations under the Finance Documents or substitute the beneficiary of the relevant charge, assignment or Security for the Lender as a party to any of the Finance Documents; or


(ii)
require any payments to be made by a Transaction Obligor other than or in excess of, or grant to any person any more extensive rights than, those required to be made or granted to the relevant Lender under the Finance Documents.

27.9
Pro rata interest settlement

If the Facility Agent has notified the Lenders that it is able to distribute interest payments on a " pro rata basis" to Existing Lenders and New Lenders then (in respect of any transfer pursuant to Clause 27.5 ( Procedure for transfer ) or any assignment pursuant to Clause 27.6 ( Procedure for assignment ) the Transfer Date of which, in each case, is after the date of such notification and is not on the last day of an Interest Period):

(a)
any interest or fees in respect of the relevant participation which are expressed to accrue by reference to the lapse of time shall continue to accrue in favour of the Existing Lender up to but excluding the Transfer Date (" Accrued Amounts ") and shall become due and payable to the Existing Lender (without further interest accruing on them) on the last day of the current Interest Period (or, if the Interest Period is longer than six Months, on the next of the dates which falls at six Monthly intervals after the first day of that Interest Period); and

(b)
The rights assigned or transferred by the Existing Lender will not include the right to the Accrued Amounts, so that, for the avoidance of doubt:


(i)
when the Accrued Amounts become payable, those Accrued Amounts will be payable to the Existing Lender; and


(ii)
the amount payable to the New Lender on that date will be the amount which would, but for the application of this Clause 27.9 ( Pro rata interest settlement ), have been payable to it on that date, but after deduction of the Accrued Amounts.

(c)
In this Clause 27.9 ( Pro rata interest settlement ) references to "Interest Period" shall be construed to include a reference to any other period for accrual of fees.

28
CHANGES TO THE TRANSACTION OBLIGORS

28.1
Assignment or transfer by Transaction Obligors

No Transaction Obligor may assign any of its rights or transfer any of its rights or obligations under the Finance Documents.

28.2
Release of security

(a)
If a disposal of any asset subject to security created by a Security Document is made in the following circumstances:


(i)
the disposal is permitted by the terms of any Finance Document;


(ii)
all the Lenders agree to the disposal;


86


(iii)
the disposal is being made at the request of the Security Agent in circumstances where any security created by the Security Documents has become enforceable; or


(iv)
the disposal is being effected by enforcement of a Security Document,

the Security Agent may release the asset(s) being disposed of from any security over those assets created by a Security Document. However, the proceeds of any disposal (or an amount corresponding to them) must be applied in accordance with the requirements of the Finance Documents (if any).

(b)
If the Security Agent is satisfied that a release is allowed under this Clause 28.2 ( Release of security ) (at the request and expense of the Borrowers) each Finance Party must enter into any document and do all such other things which are reasonably required to achieve that release. Each other Finance Party irrevocably authorises the Security Agent to enter into any such document. Any release will not affect the obligations of any other Transaction Obligor under the Finance Documents.











87

SECTION 9

THE FINANCE PARTIES

29
THE FACILITY AGENT AND THE REFERENCE BANKS

29.1
Appointment of the Facility Agent

(a)
Each of the Lenders appoints the Facility Agent to act as its agent under and in connection with the Finance Documents.

(b)
Each of the Lenders authorises the Facility Agent to perform the duties, obligations and responsibilities and to exercise the rights, powers, authorities and discretions specifically given to the Facility Agent under, or in connection with, the Finance Documents together with any other incidental rights, powers, authorities and discretions.

29.2
Instructions

(a)
The Facility Agent shall:


(i)
unless a contrary indication appears in a Finance Document, exercise or refrain from exercising any right, power, authority or discretion vested in it as Facility Agent in accordance with any instructions given to it by:


(A)
all Lenders if the relevant Finance Document stipulates the matter is an all Lender decision; and


(B)
in all other cases, the Majority Lenders; and


(ii)
not be liable for any act (or omission) if it acts (or refrains from acting) in accordance with sub-paragraph (i) above (or, if this Agreement stipulates the matter is a decision for any other Finance Party or group of Finance Parties, in accordance with instructions given to it by that Finance Party or group of Finance Parties).

(b)
The Facility Agent shall be entitled to request instructions, or clarification of any instruction, from the Majority Lenders (or, if the relevant Finance Document stipulates the matter is a decision for any other Finance Party or group of Finance Parties, from that Finance Party or group of Finance Parties) as to whether, and in what manner, it should exercise or refrain from exercising any right, power, authority or discretion and the Facility Agent may refrain from acting unless and until it receives any such instructions or clarification that it has requested.

(c)
Save in the case of decisions stipulated to be a matter for any other Finance Party or group of Finance Parties under the relevant Finance Document and unless a contrary indication appears in a Finance Document, any instructions given to the Facility Agent by the Majority Lenders shall override any conflicting instructions given by any other Parties and will be binding on all Finance Parties.

(d)
Paragraph (a) above shall not apply:


(i)
where a contrary indication appears in a Finance Document;


(ii)
where a Finance Document requires the Facility Agent to act in a specified manner or to take a specified action;





88


(iii)
in respect of any provision which protects the Facility Agent's own position in its personal capacity as opposed to its role of Facility Agent for the relevant Finance Parties.

(e)
If giving effect to instructions given by the Majority Lenders would in the Facility Agent's opinion have an effect equivalent to an amendment or waiver referred to in Clause 42 ( Amendments and Waivers ), the Facility Agent shall not act in accordance with those instructions unless consent to it so acting is obtained from each Party (other than the Facility Agent) whose consent would have been required in respect of that amendment or waiver.

(f)
In exercising any discretion to exercise a right, power or authority under the Finance Documents where it has not received any instructions as to the exercise of that discretion the Facility Agent shall do so having regard to the interests of all the Finance Parties.

(g)
The Facility Agent may refrain from acting in accordance with any instructions of any Finance Party or group of Finance Parties until it has received any indemnification and/or security that it may in its discretion require (which may be greater in extent than that contained in the Finance Documents and which may include payment in advance) for any cost, loss or liability (together with any applicable VAT) which it may incur in complying with those instructions.

(h)
Without prejudice to the remainder of this Clause 29.2 ( Instructions ), in the absence of instructions, the Facility Agent shall not be obliged to take any action (or refrain from taking action) even if it considers acting or not acting to be in the best interests of the Finance Parties. The Facility Agent may act (or refrain from acting) as it considers to be in the best interest of the Finance Parties.

(i)
The Facility Agent is not authorised to act on behalf of a Finance Party (without first obtaining that Finance Party's consent) in any legal or arbitration proceedings relating to any Finance Document. This paragraph (i) shall not apply to any legal or arbitration proceeding relating to the perfection, preservation or protection of rights under the Security Documents or enforcement of the Transaction Security or Security Documents.

29.3
Duties of the Facility Agent

(a)
The Facility Agent's duties under the Finance Documents are solely mechanical and administrative in nature.

(b)
Subject to paragraph (c) below, the Facility Agent shall promptly forward to a Party the original or a copy of any document which is delivered to the Facility Agent for that Party by any other Party.

(c)
Without prejudice to Clause 27.7 ( Copy of Transfer Certificate or Assignment Agreement to Borrower ), paragraph (b) above shall not apply to any Transfer Certificate or any Assignment Agreement.

(d)
Except where a Finance Document specifically provides otherwise, the Facility Agent is not obliged to review or check the adequacy, accuracy or completeness of any document it forwards to another Party.

(e)
If the Facility Agent receives notice from a Party referring to any Finance Document, describing a Default and stating that the circumstance described is a Default, it shall promptly notify the other Finance Parties.

(f)
If the Facility Agent is aware of the non-payment of any principal, interest, commitment fee or other fee payable to a Finance Party (other than the Facility Agent or the Security Agent) under this Agreement, it shall promptly notify the other Finance Parties.




89

(g)
The Facility Agent shall provide to the Borrowers, within three (3) Business Days of a request by the Borrowers (but no more frequently than once annually), a list (which may be in electronic form) setting out the names of the Lenders as at the date of that request, their respective Commitments, the address and fax number (and the department or officer, if any, for whose attention any communication is to be made) of each Lender for any communication to be made or document to be delivered under or in connection with the Finance Documents, the electronic mail address and/or any other information required to enable the sending and receipt of information by electronic mail or other electronic means to and by each Lender to whom any communication under or in connection with the Finance Documents may be made by that means and the account details of each Lender for any payment to be distributed by the Facility Agent to that Lender under the Finance Documents.

(h)
The Facility Agent shall have only those duties, obligations and responsibilities expressly specified in the Finance Documents to which it is expressed to be a party (and no others shall be implied).

29.4
No fiduciary duties

(a)
Nothing in any Finance Document constitutes the Facility Agent as a trustee or fiduciary of any other person.

(b)
The Facility Agent shall not be bound to account to other Finance Party for any sum or the profit element of any sum received by it for its own account.

29.5
Application of receipts

Except as expressly stated to the contrary in any Finance Document, any moneys which the Facility Agent receives or recovers in its capacity as Facility Agent shall be applied by the Facility Agent in accordance with Clause 33.5 ( Application of receipts; partial payments ).

29.6
Business with the Borrowers and the Shareholder

The Facility Agent may accept deposits from, lend money to, and generally engage in any kind of banking or other business with, any Borrower or the applicable Shareholder.

29.7
Rights and discretions

(a)
The Facility Agent may:


(i)
rely on any representation, communication, notice or document believed by it to be genuine, correct and appropriately authorised;


(ii)
assume that:


(A)
any instructions received by it from the Majority Lenders, any Finance Parties or any group of Finance Parties are duly given in accordance with the terms of the Finance Documents; and


(B)
unless it has received notice of revocation, that those instructions have not been revoked; and


(iii)
rely on a certificate from any person:


(A)
as to any matter of fact or circumstance which might reasonably be expected to be within the knowledge of that person; or




90


(B)
to the effect that such person approves of any particular dealing, transaction, step, action or thing,

as sufficient evidence that that is the case and, in the case of paragraph (A) above, may assume the truth and accuracy of that certificate.

(b)
The Facility Agent may assume (unless it has received notice to the contrary in its capacity as agent for the Finance Parties) that:


(i)
no Default has occurred (unless it has actual knowledge of a Default arising under Clause 26.2 (Non-payment));


(ii)
any right, power, authority or discretion vested in any Party or any group of Finance Parties has not been exercised; and


(iii)
any notice or request made by the Borrowers (other than a Drawdown Request or a Selection Notice) is made on behalf of and with the consent and knowledge of all the Transaction Obligors.

(c)
The Facility Agent may engage and pay for the advice or services of any lawyers, accountants, tax advisers, surveyors or other professional advisers or experts.

(d)
Without prejudice to the generality of paragraph (c) above or paragraph (e) below, the Facility Agent may at any time engage and pay for the services of any lawyers to act as independent counsel to the Facility Agent (and so separate from any lawyers instructed by the Lenders) if the Facility Agent in its reasonable opinion deems this to be desirable.

(e)
The Facility Agent may rely on the advice or services of any lawyers, accountants, tax advisers, surveyors or other professional advisers or experts (whether obtained by the Facility Agent or by any other Party) and shall not be liable for any damages, costs or losses to any person, any diminution in value or any liability whatsoever arising as a result of its so relying.

(f)
The Facility Agent may act in relation to the Finance Documents and the Security Property through its officers, employees and agents and shall not:


(i)
be liable for any error of judgment made by any such person; or


(ii)
be bound to supervise, or be in any way responsible for any loss incurred by reason of misconduct, omission or default on the part of any such person,

unless such error or such loss was directly caused by the Facility Agent's gross negligence or wilful misconduct.

(g)
Unless a Finance Document expressly provides otherwise the Facility Agent may disclose to any other Party any information it reasonably believes it has received as agent under the Finance Documents.

(h)
Notwithstanding any other provision of any Finance Document to the contrary, the Facility Agent is not obliged to do or omit to do anything if it would or might, in its reasonable opinion, constitute a breach of any law or regulation or a breach of a fiduciary duty or duty of confidentiality.

(i)
Notwithstanding any provision of any Finance Document to the contrary, the Facility Agent is not obliged to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur any financial liability in the performance of its duties, obligations or responsibilities or the exercise of any right, power, authority or discretion if it has grounds for believing the repayment of such funds or




91

adequate indemnity against, or security for, such risk or liability is not reasonably assured to it.

29.8
Responsibility for documentation

The Facility Agent is not responsible or liable for:

(a)
the adequacy, accuracy or completeness of any information (whether oral or written) supplied by the Facility Agent, the Security Agent, a Transaction Obligor or any other person in, or in connection with, any Transaction Document or the transactions contemplated in the Transaction Documents or any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with any Transaction Document; or

(b)
the legality, validity, effectiveness, adequacy or enforceability of any Transaction Document or the Security Property or any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with, any Transaction Document or the Security Property.

29.9
No duty to monitor

The Facility Agent shall not be bound to enquire:

(a)
whether or not any Default has occurred;

(b)
as to the performance, default or any breach by any Transaction Obligor of its obligations under any Transaction Document; or

(c)
whether any other event specified in any Transaction Document has occurred.

29.10
Exclusion of liability

(a)
Without limiting paragraph (b) below (and without prejudice to paragraph (e) of Clause 33.11 ( Disruption to Payment Systems etc. ) or any other provision of any Finance Document excluding or limiting the liability of the Facility Agent), the Facility Agent will not be liable for:


(i)
any damages, costs or losses to any person, any diminution in value, or any liability whatsoever arising as a result of taking or not taking any action under or in connection with any Transaction Document or the Security Property, unless directly caused by its gross negligence or wilful misconduct;


(ii)
exercising, or not exercising ,any right, power, authority or discretion given to it by, or in connection with, any Transaction Document, the Security Property or any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with, any Transaction Document or the Security Property; or


(iii)
any shortfall which arises on the enforcement or realisation of the Security Property; or


(iv)
without prejudice to the generality of paragraphs (i) to (iii) above, any damages, costs or losses to any person, any diminution in value or any liability whatsoever arising as a result of:


(A)
any act, event or circumstance not reasonably within its control; or


(B)
the general risks of investment in, or the holding of assets in, any jurisdiction,






92

including (in each case and without limitation) such damages, costs, losses, diminution in value or liability arising as a result of nationalisation, expropriation or other governmental actions; any regulation, currency restriction, devaluation or fluctuation; market conditions affecting the execution or settlement of transactions or the value of assets (including any Disruption Event); breakdown, failure or malfunction of any third party transport, telecommunications, computer services or systems; natural disasters or acts of God; war, terrorism, insurrection or revolution; or strikes or industrial action.

(b)
No Party other than the Facility Agent may take any proceedings against any officer, employee or agent of the Facility Agent in respect of any claim it might have against the Facility Agent or in respect of any act or omission of any kind by that officer, employee or agent in relation to any Transaction Document or any Security Property and any officer, employee or agent of the Facility Agent may rely on this Clause subject to Clause 1.5 ( Third party rights ) and the provisions of the Third Parties Act.

(c)
The Facility Agent will not be liable for any delay (or any related consequences) in crediting an account with an amount required under the Finance Documents to be paid by the Facility Agent if the Facility Agent has taken all necessary steps as soon as reasonably practicable to comply with the regulations or operating procedures of any recognised clearing or settlement system used by the Facility Agent for that purpose.

(d)
Nothing in this Agreement shall oblige the Facility Agent to carry out:


(i)
any "know your customer" or other checks in relation to any person; or


(ii)
any check on the extent to which any transaction contemplated by this Agreement might be unlawful for any Finance Party,

on behalf of any Finance Party and each Finance Party confirms to the Facility Agent that it is solely responsible for any such checks it is required to carry out and that it may not rely on any statement in relation to such checks made by the Facility Agent.

(e)
Without prejudice to any provision of any Finance Document excluding or limiting the Facility Agent's liability, any liability of the Facility Agent arising under or in connection with any Transaction Document or the Security Property shall be limited to the amount of actual loss which has been finally judicially determined to have been suffered (as determined by reference to the date of default of the Facility Agent or, if later, the date on which the loss arises as a result of such default) but without reference to any special conditions or circumstances known to the Facility Agent at any time which increase the amount of that loss. In no event shall the Facility Agent be liable for any loss of profits, goodwill, reputation, business opportunity or anticipated saving, or for special, punitive, indirect or consequential damages, whether or not the Facility Agent has been advised of the possibility of such loss or damages.

29.11
Lenders' indemnity to the Facility Agent

(a)
Each Lender shall (in proportion to its share of the Total Commitments or, if the Total Commitments are then zero, to its share of the Total Commitments immediately prior to their reduction to zero) indemnify the Facility Agent, within three Business Days of demand, against any cost, loss or liability incurred by the Facility Agent (otherwise than by reason of the Facility Agent's gross negligence or wilful misconduct) (or, in the case of any cost, loss or liability pursuant to Clause 33.11 ( Disruption to Payment Systems etc. ) notwithstanding the Facility Agent's negligence, gross negligence or any other category of liability whatsoever but not including any claim based on the fraud of the Facility Agent) in acting as Facility Agent under the Finance Documents (unless the Facility Agent has been reimbursed by a Transaction Obligor pursuant to a Finance Document).




93

(b)
Subject to paragraph (c) below, the Borrowers shall immediately on demand reimburse any Lender for any payment that Lender makes to the Facility Agent pursuant to paragraph (a) above.

(c)
Paragraph (b) above shall not apply to the extent that the indemnity payment in respect of which the Lender claims reimbursement relates to a liability of the Facility Agent to a Borrower.

29.12
Resignation of the Facility Agent

(a)
The Facility Agent may resign and appoint one of its Affiliates acting through an office as successor by giving notice to the other Finance Parties and the Borrower.

(b)
Alternatively, the Facility Agent may resign by giving 30 days' notice to the other Finance Parties and the Borrower, in which case the Majority Lenders may appoint a successor Facility Agent.

(c)
If the Majority Lenders have not appointed a successor Facility Agent in accordance with paragraph (b) above within 20 days after notice of resignation was given, the retiring Facility Agent may appoint a successor Facility Agent.

(d)
If the Facility Agent wishes to resign because (acting reasonably) it has concluded that it is no longer appropriate for it to remain as agent and the Facility Agent is entitled to appoint a successor Facility Agent under paragraph (c) above, the Facility Agent may (if it concludes (acting reasonably) that it is necessary to do so in order to persuade the proposed successor Facility Agent to become a party to this Agreement as Facility Agent) agree with the proposed successor Facility Agent amendments to this Clause 29 ( The Facility Agent and the Reference Banks ) and any other term of this Agreement dealing with the rights or obligations of the Facility Agent consistent with then current market practice for the appointment and protection of corporate trustees together with any reasonable amendments to the agency fee payable under this Agreement which are consistent with the successor Facility Agent's normal fee rates and those amendments will bind the Parties.

(e)
The retiring Facility Agent shall, at its own cost, make available to the successor Facility Agent such documents and records and provide such assistance as the successor Facility Agent may reasonably request for the purposes of performing its functions as Facility Agent under the Finance Documents. The Borrowers shall, within three Business Days of demand, reimburse the retiring Facility Agent for the amount of all costs and expenses (including legal fees) properly incurred by it in making available such documents and records and providing such assistance.

(f)
The Facility Agent's resignation notice shall only take effect upon the appointment of a successor.

(g)
Upon the appointment of a successor, the retiring Facility Agent shall be discharged from any further obligation in respect of the Finance Documents (other than its obligations under paragraph (e) above) but shall remain entitled to the benefit of Clause 14.4 ( Indemnity to the Facility Agent ) and this Clause 29 ( The Facility Agent and the Reference Banks ) and any other provisions of a Finance Document which are expressed to limit or exclude its liability (or to indemnify it) in acting as Facility Agent. Any fees for the account of the retiring Facility Agent shall cease to accrue from (and shall be payable on) that date). Any successor and each of the other Parties shall have the same rights and obligations amongst themselves as they would have had if such successor had been an original Party.

(h)
The Majority Lenders may, by notice to the Facility Agent, require it to resign in accordance with paragraph (b) above. In this event, the Facility Agent shall resign in accordance with paragraph (b) above but the cost referred to in paragraph (e) above shall be for the account of the Borrowers.






94

(i)
The consent of the Borrowers (or any other Transaction Obligor) is not required for an assignment or transfer of rights and/or obligations by the Facility Agent.

(j)
The Facility Agent shall resign in accordance with paragraph (b) above (and, to the extent applicable, shall use reasonable endeavours to appoint a successor Facility Agent pursuant to paragraph (c) above) if on or after the date which is three months before the earliest FATCA Application Date relating to any payment to the Facility Agent under the Finance Documents, either:


(i)
the Facility Agent fails to respond to a request under Clause 12.7 ( FATCA Information ) and a Lender reasonably believes that the Facility Agent will not be (or will have ceased to be) a FATCA Exempt Party on or after that FATCA Application Date;


(ii)
the information supplied by the Facility Agent pursuant to Clause 12.7 ( FATCA Information ) indicates that the Facility Agent will not be (or will have ceased to be) a FATCA Exempt Party on or after that FATCA Application Date; or


(iii)
the Facility Agent notifies the Borrowers and the Lenders that the Facility Agent will not be (or will have ceased to be) a FATCA Exempt Party on or after that FATCA Application Date;

and (in each case) a Lender reasonably believes that a Party will be required to make a FATCA Deduction that would not be required if the Facility Agent were a FATCA Exempt Party, and that Lender, by notice to the Facility Agent, requires it to resign.

29.13
Confidentiality

(a)
In acting as Facility Agent for the Finance Parties, the Facility Agent shall be regarded as acting through its agency division which shall be treated as a separate entity from any other of its divisions or departments.

(b)
If information is received by a division or department of the Facility Agent other than the division or department responsible for complying with the obligations assumed by it under the Finance Documents, that information may be treated as confidential to that division or department, and the Facility Agent shall not be deemed to have notice of it nor shall it be obliged to disclose such information to any Party.

(c)
Notwithstanding any other provision of any Finance Document to the contrary, the Facility Agent is not obliged to disclose to any other person (i) any confidential information or (ii) any other information if the disclosure would, or might in its reasonable opinion, constitute a breach of any law or regulation or a breach of a fiduciary duty.

29.14
Relationship with the other Finance Parties

(a)
Subject to Clause 27.9 ( Pro rata interest settlement ), the Facility Agent may treat the person shown in its records as Lender at the opening of business (in the place of the Facility Agent's principal office as notified to the Finance Parties from time to time) as the Lender acting through its Facility Office:


(i)
entitled to or liable for any payment due under any Finance Document on that day; and


(ii)
entitled to receive and act upon any notice, request, document or communication or make any decision or determination under any Finance Document made or delivered on that day,







95

unless it has received not less than five Business Days' prior notice from that Lender to the contrary in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

(b)
Each Finance Party shall supply the Facility Agent with any information that the Security Agent may reasonably specify (through the Facility Agent) as being necessary or desirable to enable the Security Agent to perform its functions as Security Agent.

(c)
Any Lender may by notice to the Facility Agent appoint a person to receive on its behalf all notices, communications, information and documents to be made or despatched to that Lender under the Finance Documents. Such notice shall contain the address, fax number and (where communication by electronic mail or other electronic means is permitted under Clause 36.5 ( Electronic communication ) electronic mail address and/or any other information required to enable the transmission of information by that means (and, in each case, the department or officer, if any, for whose attention communication is to be made) and be treated as a notification of a substitute address, fax number, electronic mail address (or such other information), department and officer by that Lender for the purposes of Clause 36.2 ( Addresses ) and sub-paragraph (ii) of paragraph (a) of Clause 36.5 ( Electronic communication ) and the Facility Agent shall be entitled to treat such person as the person entitled to receive all such notices, communications, information and documents as though that person were that Lender.

29.15
Credit appraisal by the Finance Parties

Without affecting the responsibility of any Transaction Obligor for information supplied by it or on its behalf in connection with any Transaction Document, each Finance Party confirms to the Facility Agent that it has been, and will continue to be, solely responsible for making its own independent appraisal and investigation of all risks arising under, or in connection with, any Transaction Document including but not limited to:

(a)
the financial condition, status and nature of each Transaction Obligor;

(b)
the legality, validity, effectiveness, adequacy or enforceability of any Transaction Document, the Security Property and any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with any Transaction Document or the Security Property;

(c)
whether that Finance Party has recourse, and the nature and extent of that recourse, against any Party or any of its respective assets under, or in connection with, any Transaction Document, the Security Property, the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents or any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with any Transaction Document or the Security Property;

(d)
the adequacy, accuracy or completeness of any information provided by the Facility Agent, any Party or by any other person under, or in connection with, any Transaction Document, the transactions contemplated by any Transaction Document or any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with any Transaction Document; and

(e)
the right or title of any person in or to or the value or sufficiency of any part of the Security Assets, the priority of any of the Transaction Security or the existence of any Security affecting the Security Assets.

29.16
Deduction from amounts payable by the Facility Agent

If any Party owes an amount to the Facility Agent under the Finance Documents, the Facility Agent may, after giving notice to that Party, deduct an amount not exceeding that amount from any payment to that Party which the Facility Agent would otherwise be obliged to


96

make under the Finance Documents and apply the amount deducted in or towards satisfaction of the amount owed. For the purposes of the Finance Documents that Party shall be regarded as having received any amount so deducted.

29.17
Reliance and engagement letters

Each Creditor Party confirms that the Facility Agent has authority to accept on its behalf (and ratifies the acceptance on its behalf of any letters or reports already accepted by the Facility Agent) the terms of any reliance letter or engagement letters or any reports or letters provided by accountants, auditors or providers of due diligence reports in connection with the Finance Documents or the transactions contemplated in the Finance Documents and to bind it in respect of those, reports or letters and to sign such letters on its behalf and further confirms that it accepts the terms and qualifications set out in such letters.

29.18
Full freedom to enter into transactions

Without prejudice to Clause 29.6 ( Business with the ) or any other provision of a Finance Document and notwithstanding any rule of law or equity to the contrary, the Facility Agent shall be absolutely entitled:

(a)
to enter into and arrange banking, derivative, investment and/or other transactions of every kind with or affecting any Transaction Obligor or any person who is party to, or referred to in, a Finance Document (including, but not limited to, any interest or currency swap or other transaction, whether related to this Agreement or not, and acting as syndicate agent and/or security agent for, and/or participating in, other facilities to such Transaction Obligor or any person who is party to, or referred to in, a Finance Document);

(b)
to deal in and enter into and arrange transactions relating to:


(i)
any securities issued or to be issued by any Transaction Obligor or any other person; or


(ii)
any options or other derivatives in connection with such securities; and

(c)
to provide advice or other services to the Borrowers or any person who is a party to, or referred to in, a Finance Document,

and, in particular, the Facility Agent shall be absolutely entitled, in proposing, evaluating, negotiating, entering into and arranging all such transactions and in connection with all other matters covered by paragraphs (a), (b) and (c) above, to use (subject only to insider dealing legislation) any information or opportunity, howsoever acquired by it, to pursue its own interests exclusively, to refrain from disclosing such dealings, transactions or other matters or any information acquired in connection with them and to retain for its sole benefit all profits and benefits derived from the dealings transactions or other matters.

29.19
Role of Reference Banks

(a)
No Reference Bank is under any obligation to provide a quotation or any other information to the Facility Agent.

(b)
No Reference Bank will be liable for any action taken by it under or in connection with any Finance Document, or for any Reference Bank Quotation, unless directly caused by its gross negligence or wilful misconduct.

(c)
No Party (other than the relevant Reference Bank) may take any proceedings against any officer, employee or agent of any Reference Bank in respect of any claim it might have against that Reference Bank or in respect of any act or omission of any kind by that officer, employee or agent in relation to any Finance Document, or to any Reference Bank


97

Quotation, and any officer, employee or agent of each Reference Bank may rely on this Clause 29.19 ( Role of Reference Banks ) subject to Clause 1.5 ( Third party rights ) and the provisions of the Third Parties Act.

29.20
Third Party Reference Banks

A Reference Bank which is not a Party may rely on Clause 29.19 ( Role of Reference Banks ), Clause 42.3 ( Other exceptions ) and Clause 44 ( Confidentiality of Funding Rates and Reference Bank Quotations ) subject to Clause 1.5 ( Third party rights ) and the provisions of the Third Parties Act.

30
THE SECURITY AGENT

30.1
Trust

(a)
The Security Agent declares that it holds the Security Property on trust for the Creditor Parties on the terms contained in this Agreement and shall deal with the Security Property in accordance with this Clause 30 ( The Security Agent ) and the other provisions of the Finance Documents.

(b)
Each other Finance Party authorises the Security Agent to perform the duties, obligations and responsibilities and to exercise the rights, powers, authorities and discretions specifically given to the Security Agent under, or in connection with, the Finance Documents together with any other incidental rights, powers, authorities and discretions.

30.2
Parallel Debt (Covenant to pay the Security Agent)

(a)
Each Borrower irrevocably and unconditionally undertakes to pay to the Security Agent its Parallel Debt which shall be amounts equal to, and in the currency or currencies of, its Corresponding Debt.

(b)
The Parallel Debt of a Borrower:


(i)
shall become due and payable at the same time as its Corresponding Debt;


(ii)
is independent and separate from, and without prejudice to, its Corresponding Debt.

(c)
For the purposes of this Clause 30.2 ( Parallel Debt (Covenant to pay the Security Agent) , the Security Agent:


(i)
is the independent and separate creditor of each Parallel Debt;


(ii)
acts in its own name and not as agent, representative or trustee of the Finance Parties and its claims in respect of each Parallel Debt shall not be held on trust; and


(iii)
shall have the independent and separate right to demand payment of each Parallel Debt in its own name (including, without limitation, through any suit, execution, enforcement of security, recovery of guarantees and applications for and voting in any kind of insolvency proceeding).

(d)
The Parallel Debt of a Borrower shall be:


(i)
decreased to the extent that its Corresponding Debt has been irrevocably and unconditionally paid or discharged; and


(ii)
increased to the extent that its Corresponding Debt has increased,

and the Corresponding Debt of a Borrower shall be:




98


(A)
decreased to the extent that its Parallel Debt has been irrevocably and unconditionally paid or discharged; and


(B)
increased to the extent that its Parallel Debt has increased,

in each case provided that the Parallel Debt of a Borrower shall never exceed its Corresponding Debt.

(e)
All amounts received or recovered by the Security Agent in connection with this Clause 30.2 ( Parallel Debt (Covenant to pay the Security Agent) ) to the extent permitted by applicable law, shall be applied in accordance with Clause 33.5 ( Application of receipts; partial payments ).

(f)
This Clause 30.2 ( Parallel Debt (Covenant to pay the Security Agent) ) shall apply, with any necessary modifications, to each Finance Document.

30.3
Enforcement through Security Agent only

The Creditor Parties shall not have any independent power to enforce, or have recourse to, any of the Transaction Security or to exercise any right, power, authority or discretion arising under the Security Documents except through the Security Agent.

30.4
Instructions

(a)
The Security Agent shall:


(i)
unless a contrary indication appears in a Finance Document, exercise or refrain from exercising any right, power, authority or discretion vested in it as Security Agent in accordance with any instructions given to it by:


(A)
all Lenders (or the Facility Agent on their behalf) if the relevant Finance Document stipulates the matter is an all Lender decision; and


(B)
in all other cases, the Majority Lenders (or the Facility Agent on their behalf); and


(ii)
not be liable for any act (or omission) if it acts (or refrains from acting) in accordance with sub-paragraph (i) above (or if this Agreement stipulates the matter is a decision for any other Finance Party or group of Finance Parties, in accordance with instructions given to it by that Finance Party or group of Finance Parties).

(b)
The Security Agent shall be entitled to request instructions, or clarification of any instruction, from the Majority Lenders (or the Facility Agent on their behalf) (or, if the relevant Finance Document stipulates the matter is a decision for any other Finance Party or group of Finance Parties, from that Finance Party or group of Finance Parties) as to whether, and in what manner, it should exercise or refrain from exercising any right, power, authority or discretion and the Security Agent may refrain from acting unless and until it receives any such instructions or clarification that it has requested.

(c)
Save in the case of decisions stipulated to be a matter for any other Finance Party or group of Finance Parties under the relevant Finance Document and unless a contrary indication appears in a Finance Document, any instructions given to the Security Agent by the Majority Lenders shall override any conflicting instructions given by any other Parties and will be binding on all Finance Parties.

(d)
Paragraph (a) above shall not apply:


(i)
where a contrary indication appears in a Finance Document;




99


(ii)
where a Finance Document requires the Security Agent to act in a specified manner or to take a specified action;


(iii)
in respect of any provision which protects the Security Agent's own position in its personal capacity as opposed to its role of Security Agent for the relevant Creditor Parties.


(iv)
in respect of the exercise of the Security Agent's discretion to exercise a right, power or authority under any of:


(A)
Clause 30.27 (Application of receipts upon enforcement);


(B)
Clause 30.28 (Permitted Deductions); and


(C)
Clause 30.29 (Prospective liabilities).

(e)
If giving effect to instructions given by the Majority Lenders would in the Security Agent's opinion have an effect equivalent to an amendment or waiver referred to in Clause 42 ( Amendments and Waivers ), the Security Agent shall not act in accordance with those instructions unless consent to it so acting is obtained from each Party (other than the Security Agent) whose consent would have been required in respect of that amendment or waiver.

(f)
In exercising any discretion to exercise a right, power or authority under the Finance Documents where either:


(i)
it has not received any instructions as to the exercise of that discretion; or


(ii)
the exercise of that discretion is subject to sub-paragraph (iv) of paragraph (d) above,

the Security Agent shall do so having regard to the interests of all the Creditor Parties.

(g)
The Security Agent may refrain from acting in accordance with any instructions of any Finance Party or group of Finance Parties until it has received any indemnification and/or security that it may in its discretion require (which may be greater in extent than that contained in the Finance Documents and which may include payment in advance) for any cost, loss or liability (together with any applicable VAT) which it may incur in complying with those instructions.

(h)
Without prejudice to the remainder of this Clause 30.4 ( Instructions ), in the absence of instructions, the Security Agent may (but shall not be obliged to) take such action in the exercise of its powers and duties under the Finance Documents as it considers in its discretion to be appropriate.

(i)
The Security Agent is not authorised to act on behalf of a Finance Party (without first obtaining that Finance Party's consent) in any legal or arbitration proceedings relating to any Finance Document. This paragraph (i) shall not apply to any legal or arbitration proceeding relating to the perfection, preservation or protection of rights under the Security Documents or enforcement of the Transaction Security or Security Documents.

30.5
Duties of the Security Agent

(a)
The Security Agent's duties under the Finance Documents are solely mechanical and administrative in nature.

(b)
The Security Agent shall promptly forward to a Party the original or a copy of any document which is delivered to the Security Agent for that Party by any other Party.




100

(c)
Except where a Finance Document specifically provides otherwise, the Security Agent is not obliged to review or check the adequacy, accuracy or completeness of any document it forwards to another Party.

(d)
If the Security Agent receives notice from a Party referring to any Finance Document, describing a Default and stating that the circumstance described is a Default, it shall promptly notify the other Finance Parties.

(e)
The Security Agent shall have only those duties, obligations and responsibilities expressly specified in the Finance Documents to which it is expressed to be a party (and no others shall be implied).

30.6
No fiduciary duties

(a)
Nothing in any Finance Document constitutes the Security Agent as an agent, trustee or fiduciary of any Transaction Obligor.

(b)
The Security Agent shall not be bound to account to any other Party for any sum or the profit element of any sum received by it for its own account.

30.7
Business with the Borrowers and the Shareholder

The Security Agent may accept deposits from, lend money to, and generally engage in any kind of banking or other business with, any Borrower or the applicable Shareholder.

30.8
Rights and discretions

(a)
The Security Agent may:


(i)
rely on any representation, communication, notice or document believed by it to be genuine, correct and appropriately authorised;


(ii)
assume that:


(A)
any instructions received by it from the Majority Lenders, any Finance Parties or any group of Finance Parties are duly given in accordance with the terms of the Finance Documents;


(B)
unless it has received notice of revocation, that those instructions have not been revoked; and


(C)
if it receives any instructions to act in relation to the Transaction Security, that all applicable conditions under the Finance Documents for so acting have been satisfied; and


(iii)
rely on a certificate from any person:


(A)
as to any matter of fact or circumstance which might reasonably be expected to be within the knowledge of that person; or


(B)
to the effect that such person approves of any particular dealing, transaction, step, action or thing,

as sufficient evidence that that is the case and, in the case of paragraph (A) above, may assume the truth and accuracy of that certificate.




101

(b)
The Security Agent shall be entitled to carry out all dealings with the other Finance Parties through the Facility Agent and may give to the Facility Agent any notice or other communication required to be given by the Security Agent to any Finance Party.

(c)
The Security Agent may assume (unless it has received notice to the contrary in its capacity as security agent for the Creditor Parties) that:


(i)
no Default has occurred;


(ii)
any right, power, authority or discretion vested in any Party or any group of Finance Parties has not been exercised; and


(iii)
any notice or request made by the Borrowers (other than a Drawdown Request or a Selection Notice) is made on behalf of and with the consent and knowledge of all the Transaction Obligors.

(d)
The Security Agent may engage and pay for the advice or services of any lawyers, accountants, tax advisers, surveyors or other professional advisers or experts.

(e)
Without prejudice to the generality of paragraph (d) above or paragraph (f) below, the Security Agent may at any time engage and pay for the services of any lawyers to act as independent counsel to the Security Agent (and so separate from any lawyers instructed by the Facility Agent or the Lenders) if the Security Agent in its reasonable opinion deems this to be desirable.

(f)
The Security Agent may rely on the advice or services of any lawyers, accountants, tax advisers, surveyors or other professional advisers or experts (whether obtained by the Security Agent or by any other Party) and shall not be liable for any damages, costs or losses to any person, any diminution in value or any liability whatsoever arising as a result of its so relying.

(g)
The Security Agent may act in relation to the Finance Documents and the Security Property through its officers, employees and agents and shall not:


(i)
be liable for any error of judgment made by any such person; or


(ii)
be bound to supervise, or be in any way responsible for any loss incurred by reason of misconduct, omission or default on the part of any such person,

unless such error or such loss was directly caused by the Security Agent's gross negligence or wilful misconduct.

(h)
Unless a Finance Document expressly provides otherwise the Security Agent may disclose to any other Party any information it reasonably believes it has received as security agent under the Finance Documents.

(i)
Notwithstanding any other provision of any Finance Document to the contrary, the Security Agent is not obliged to do or omit to do anything if it would or might, in its reasonable opinion, constitute a breach of any law or regulation or a breach of a fiduciary duty or duty of confidentiality.

(j)
Notwithstanding any provision of any Finance Document to the contrary, the Security Agent is not obliged to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur any financial liability in the performance of its duties, obligations or responsibilities or the exercise of any right, power, authority or discretion if it has grounds for believing the repayment of such funds or adequate indemnity against, or security for, such risk or liability is not reasonably assured to it.




102

30.9
Responsibility for documentation

None of the Security Agent, any Receiver or Delegate is responsible or liable for:

(a)
the adequacy, accuracy or completeness of any information (whether oral or written) supplied by the Facility Agent, the Security Agent, a Transaction Obligor or any other person in, or in connection with, any Transaction Document or the transactions contemplated in the Transaction Documents or any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with any Transaction Document; or

(b)
the legality, validity, effectiveness, adequacy or enforceability of any Transaction Document or the Security Property or any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with, any Transaction Document or the Security Property.

30.10
No duty to monitor

The Security Agent shall not be bound to enquire:

(a)
whether or not any Default has occurred;

(b)
as to the performance, default or any breach by any Transaction Obligor of its obligations under any Transaction Document; or

(c)
whether any other event specified in any Transaction Document has occurred.

30.11
Exclusion of liability

(a)
Without limiting paragraph (b) below (and without prejudice to any other provision of any Finance Document excluding or limiting the liability of the Security Agent or any Receiver or Delegate), none of the Security Agent nor any Receiver or Delegate will be liable for:


(i)
any damages, costs or losses to any person, any diminution in value, or any liability whatsoever arising as a result of taking or not taking any action under or in connection with any Transaction Document or the Security Property, unless directly caused by its gross negligence or wilful misconduct;


(ii)
exercising, or not exercising ,any right, power, authority or discretion given to it by, or in connection with, any Transaction Document, the Security Property or any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with, any Transaction Document or the Security Property; or


(iii)
any shortfall which arises on the enforcement or realisation of the Security Property; or


(iv)
without prejudice to the generality of sub-paragraphs (i) to (iii) above, any damages, costs or losses to any person, any diminution in value or any liability whatsoever arising as a result of:


(A)
any act, event or circumstance not reasonably within its control; or


(B)
the general risks of investment in, or the holding of assets in, any jurisdiction,

including (in each case and without limitation) such damages, costs, losses, diminution in value or liability arising as a result of nationalisation, expropriation or





103

other governmental actions; any regulation, currency restriction, devaluation or fluctuation; market conditions affecting the execution or settlement of transactions or the value of assets (including any Disruption Event); breakdown, failure or malfunction of any third party transport, telecommunications, computer services or systems; natural disasters or acts of God; war, terrorism, insurrection or revolution; or strikes or industrial action.

(b)
No Party other than the Security Agent, that Receiver or that Delegate (as applicable) may take any proceedings against any officer, employee or agent of the Security Agent, a Receiver or a Delegate in respect of any claim it might have against the Security Agent, a Receiver or a Delegate or in respect of any act or omission of any kind by that officer, employee or agent in relation to any Transaction Document or any Security Property and any officer, employee or agent of the Security Agent, a Receiver or a Delegate may rely on this Clause subject to Clause 1.5 ( Third party rights ) and the provisions of the Third Parties Act.

(c)
The Security Agent will not be liable for any delay (or any related consequences) in crediting an account with an amount required under the Finance Documents to be paid by the Security Agent if the Security Agent has taken all necessary steps as soon as reasonably practicable to comply with the regulations or operating procedures of any recognised clearing or settlement system used by the Security Agent for that purpose.

(d)
Nothing in this Agreement shall oblige the Security Agent to carry out:


(i)
any "know your customer" or other checks in relation to any person; or


(ii)
any check on the extent to which any transaction contemplated by this Agreement might be unlawful for any Finance Party,

on behalf of any Finance Party and each Finance Party confirms to the Security Agent that it is solely responsible for any such checks it is required to carry out and that it may not rely on any statement in relation to such checks made by the Security Agent.

(e)
Without prejudice to any provision of any Finance Document excluding or limiting the liability of the Security Agent or any Receiver or Delegate, any liability of the Security Agent or any Receiver or Delegate arising under or in connection with any Transaction Document or the Security Property shall be limited to the amount of actual loss which has been finally judicially determined to have been suffered (as determined by reference to the date of default of the Security Agent, Receiver or Delegate or, if later, the date on which the loss arises as a result of such default) but without reference to any special conditions or circumstances known to the Security Agent, any Receiver or Delegate at any time which increase the amount of that loss. In no event shall the Security Agent, any Receiver or Delegate be liable for any loss of profits, goodwill, reputation, business opportunity or anticipated saving, or for special, punitive, indirect or consequential damages, whether or not the Security Agent, the Receiver or Delegate has been advised of the possibility of such loss or damages.

30.12
Lenders' indemnity to the Security Agent

(a)
Each Lender shall (in proportion to its share of the Total Commitments or, if the Total Commitments are then zero, to its share of the Total Commitments immediately prior to their reduction to zero) indemnify the Security Agent and every Receiver and every Delegate, within three Business Days of demand, against any cost, loss or liability incurred by any of them (otherwise than by reason of the Security Agent's, Receiver's or Delegate's gross negligence or wilful misconduct) in acting as Security Agent, Receiver or Delegate under the Finance Documents (unless the Security Agent, Receiver or Delegate has been reimbursed by a Transaction Obligor pursuant to a Finance Document).




104

(b)
Subject to paragraph (c) below, the Borrowers shall immediately on demand reimburse any Lender for any payment that Lender makes to the Security Agent pursuant to paragraph (a) above.

(c)
Paragraph (b) above shall not apply to the extent that the indemnity payment in respect of which the Lender claims reimbursement relates to a liability of the Security Agent to a Borrower.

30.13
Resignation of the Security Agent

(a)
The Security Agent may resign and appoint one of its Affiliates acting through an as successor by giving notice to the other Finance Parties and the Borrower.

(b)
Alternatively, the Security Agent may resign by giving 30 days' notice to the other Finance Parties and the Borrower, in which case the Majority Lenders may appoint a successor Security Agent.

(c)
If the Majority Lenders have not appointed a successor Security Agent in accordance with paragraph (b) above within 20 days after notice of resignation was given, the retiring Security Agent may appoint a successor Security Agent.

(d)
The retiring Security Agent shall, at its own cost, make available to the successor Security Agent such documents and records and provide such assistance as the successor Security Agent may reasonably request for the purposes of performing its functions as Security Agent under the Finance Documents. The Borrowers shall, within three Business Days of demand, reimburse the retiring Security Agent for the amount of all costs and expenses (including legal fees) properly incurred by it in making available such documents and records and providing such assistance.

(e)
The Security Agent's resignation notice shall only take effect upon:


(i)
the appointment of a successor; and


(ii)
the transfer, by way of a document expressed as a deed, of all the Security Property to that successor.

(f)
Upon the appointment of a successor, the retiring Security Agent shall be discharged, by way of a document executed as a deed, from any further obligation in respect of the Finance Documents (other than its obligations under paragraph (b) of Clause 30.24 ( Winding up of trust ) and paragraph (d) above) but shall remain entitled to the benefit of Clause 14.5 ( Indemnity to the Security Agent ) and this Clause 30 ( The Security Agent ) and any other provisions of a Finance Document which are expressed to limit or exclude its liability (or to indemnify it) in acting as Security Agent. Any fees for the account of the retiring Security Agent shall cease to accrue from (and shall be payable on) that date). Any successor and each of the other Parties shall have the same rights and obligations amongst themselves as they would have had if such successor had been an original Party.

(g)
The Majority Lenders may, by notice to the Security Agent, require it to resign in accordance with paragraph (b) above. In this event, the Security Agent shall resign in accordance with paragraph (b) above but the cost referred to in paragraph (d) above shall be for the account of the Borrowers.

(h)
The consent of the Borrowers (or any other Transaction Obligor) is not required for an assignment or transfer of rights and/or obligations by the Security Agent.




105

30.14
Confidentiality

(a)
In acting as Security Agent for the Finance Parties, the Security Agent shall be regarded as acting through its trustee division which shall be treated as a separate entity from any other of its divisions or departments.

(b)
If information is received by a division or department of the Security Agent other than the division or department responsible for complying with the obligations assumed by it under the Finance Documents, that information may be treated as confidential to that division or department, and the Security Agent shall not be deemed to have notice of it nor shall it be obliged to disclose such information to any Party.

(c)
Notwithstanding any other provision of any Finance Document to the contrary, the Security Agent is not obliged to disclose to any other person (i) any confidential information or (ii) any other information if the disclosure would, or might in its reasonable opinion, constitute a breach of any law or regulation or a breach of a fiduciary duty.

30.15
Credit appraisal by the Finance Parties

Without affecting the responsibility of any Transaction Obligor for information supplied by it or on its behalf in connection with any Transaction Document, each Finance Party confirms to the Security Agent that it has been, and will continue to be, solely responsible for making its own independent appraisal and investigation of all risks arising under, or in connection with, any Transaction Document including but not limited to:

(a)
the financial condition, status and nature of each Transaction Obligor;

(b)
the legality, validity, effectiveness, adequacy or enforceability of any Transaction Document, the Security Property and any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with any Transaction Document or the Security Property;

(c)
whether that Finance Party has recourse, and the nature and extent of that recourse, against any Party or any of its respective assets under, or in connection with, any Transaction Document, the Security Property, the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents or any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with any Transaction Document or the Security Property;

(d)
the adequacy, accuracy or completeness of any other information provided by the Security Agent, any Party or by any other person under, or in connection with, any Transaction Document, the transactions contemplated by any Transaction Document or any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with any Transaction Document; and

(e)
the right or title of any person in or to or the value or sufficiency of any part of the Security Assets, the priority of any of the Transaction Security or the existence of any Security affecting the Security Assets.

30.16
Reliance and engagement letters

Each Creditor Party confirms that the Security Agent has authority to accept on its behalf (and ratifies the acceptance on its behalf of any letters or reports already accepted by the Security Agent) the terms of any reliance letter or engagement letters or any reports or letters provided by accountants, auditors or providers of due diligence reports in connection with the Finance Documents or the transactions contemplated in the Finance Documents and to bind it in respect of those, reports or letters and to sign such letters on its behalf and further confirms that it accepts the terms and qualifications set out in such letters.


106

30.17
No responsibility to perfect Transaction Security

The Security Agent shall not be liable for any failure to:

(a)
require the deposit with it of any deed or document certifying, representing or constituting the title of any Transaction Obligor to any of the Security Assets;

(b)
obtain any licence, consent or other authority for the execution, delivery, legality, validity, enforceability or admissibility in evidence of any Finance Document or the Transaction Security;

(c)
register, file or record or otherwise protect any of the Transaction Security (or the priority of any of the Transaction Security) under any law or regulation or to give notice to any person of the execution of any Finance Document or of the Transaction Security;

(d)
take, or to require any Transaction Obligor to take, any step to perfect its title to any of the Security Assets or to render the Transaction Security effective or to secure the creation of any ancillary Security under any law or regulation; or

(e)
require any further assurance in relation to any Security Document.

30.18
Insurance by Security Agent

(a)
The Security Agent shall not be obliged:


(i)
to insure any of the Security Assets;


(ii)
to require any other person to maintain any insurance; or


(iii)
to verify any obligation to arrange or maintain insurance contained in any Finance Document,

and the Security Agent shall not be liable for any damages, costs or losses to any person as a result of the lack of, or inadequacy of, any such insurance.

(b)
Where the Security Agent is named on any insurance policy as an insured party, it shall not be liable for any damages, costs or losses to any person as a result of its failure to notify the insurers of any material fact relating to the risk assumed by such insurers or any other information of any kind, unless the Majority Lenders request it to do so in writing and the Security Agent fails to do so within 14 days after receipt of that request.

30.19
Custodians and nominees

The Security Agent may appoint and pay any person to act as a custodian or nominee on any terms in relation to any asset of the trust as the Security Agent may determine, including for the purpose of depositing with a custodian this Agreement or any document relating to the trust created under this Agreement and the Security Agent shall not be responsible for any loss, liability, expense, demand, cost, claim or proceedings incurred by reason of the misconduct, omission or default on the part of any person appointed by it under this Agreement or be bound to supervise the proceedings or acts of any person.

30.20
Delegation by the Security Agent

(a)
Each of the Security Agent, any Receiver and any Delegate may, at any time, delegate by power of attorney or otherwise to any person for any period, all or any right, power, authority or discretion vested in it in its capacity as such.



107

(b)
That delegation may be made upon any terms and conditions (including the power to sub delegate) and subject to any restrictions that the Security Agent, that Receiver or that Delegate (as the case may be) may, in its discretion, think fit in the interests of the Creditor Parties.

(c)
No Security Agent, Receiver or Delegate shall be bound to supervise, or be in any way responsible for any damages, costs or losses incurred by reason of any misconduct, omission or default on the part of any such delegate or sub delegate.

30.21
Additional Security Agents

(a)
The Security Agent may at any time appoint (and subsequently remove) any person to act as a separate trustee or as a co-trustee jointly with it:


(i)
if it considers that appointment to be in the interests of the Creditor Parties; or


(ii)
for the purposes of conforming to any legal requirement, restriction or condition which the Security Agent deems to be relevant; or


(iii)
for obtaining or enforcing any judgment in any jurisdiction,

and the Security Agent shall give prior notice to the Borrowers and the Finance Parties of that appointment.

(b)
Any person so appointed shall have the rights, powers, authorities and discretions (not exceeding those given to the Security Agent under or in connection with the Finance Documents) and the duties, obligations and responsibilities that are given or imposed by the instrument of appointment.

(c)
The remuneration that the Security Agent may pay to that person, and any costs and expenses (together with any applicable VAT) incurred by that person in performing its functions pursuant to that appointment shall, for the purposes of this Agreement, be treated as costs and expenses incurred by the Security Agent.

30.22
Acceptance of title

The Security Agent shall be entitled to accept without enquiry, and shall not be obliged to investigate, any right nd title that any Transaction Obligor may have to any of the Security Assets and shall not be liable for or bound to require any Transaction Obligor to remedy any defect in its right or title.

30.23
Releases

Upon a disposal of any of the Security Assets pursuant to the enforcement of the Transaction Security by a Receiver, a Delegate or the Security Agent, the Security Agent is irrevocably authorised (at the cost of the Borrowers and without any consent, sanction, authority or further confirmation from any other Creditor Party) to release, without recourse or warranty, that property from the Transaction Security and to execute any release of the Transaction Security or other claim over that asset and to issue any certificates of non-crystallisation of floating charges that may be required or desirable.

30.24
Winding up of trust

If the Security Agent, with the approval of the Facility Agent determines that:

(a)
all of the Secured Liabilities and all other obligations secured by the Security Documents have been fully and finally discharged; and




108

(b)
no Creditor Party is under any commitment, obligation or liability (actual or contingent) to make advances or provide other financial accommodation to any Transaction Obligor pursuant to the Finance Documents,

then


(i)
the trusts set out in this Agreement shall be wound up and the Security Agent shall release, without recourse or warranty, all of the Transaction Security and the rights of the Security Agent under each of the Security Documents; and


(ii)
any Security Agent which has resigned pursuant to Clause 30.13 ( Resignation of the Security Agent ) shall release, without recourse or warranty, all of its rights under each Security Document.

30.25
Powers supplemental to Trustee Acts

The rights, powers, authorities and discretions given to the Security Agent under or in connection with the Finance Documents shall be supplemental to the Trustee Act 1925 and the Trustee Act 2000 and in addition to any which may be vested in the Security Agent by law or regulation or otherwise.

30.26
Disapplication of Trustee Acts

Section 1 of the Trustee Act 2000 shall not apply to the duties of the Security Agent in relation to the trusts constituted by this Agreement and the other Finance Documents. Where there are any inconsistencies between (i) the Trustee Acts 1925 and 2000 and (ii) the provisions of this Agreement and any other Finance Document, the provisions of this Agreement and any other Finance Document shall, to the extent permitted by law and regulation, prevail and, in the case of any inconsistency with the Trustee Act 2000, the provisions of this Agreement and any other Finance Document shall constitute a restriction or exclusion for the purposes of the Trustee Act 2000.

30.27
Application of receipts upon enforcement

All amounts from time to time received or recovered by the Security Agent pursuant to the terms of any Finance Document, under Clause 30.2 ( Parallel Debt (Covenant to pay the Security Agent) ) or in connection with the realisation or enforcement of all or any part of the Security Property (for the purposes of this Clause 30 ( The Security Agent ), the " Recoveries ") shall be held by the Security Agent on trust to apply them at any time as the Security Agent (in its discretion) sees fit, to the extent permitted by applicable law (and subject to the remaining provisions of this Clause 30 ( The Security Agent )), in the following order of priority:

(a)
in discharging any sums owing to the Security Agent (in its capacity as such) other than pursuant to Clause 30.2 (Parallel Debt (Covenant to pay the Security Agent)) or any Receiver or Delegate;

(b)
in payment or distribution to the Facility Agent, on its behalf and on behalf of the other Creditor Parties, for application towards the discharge of all sums due and payable by any Transaction Obligor under any of the Finance Documents in accordance with Clause 33.5 (Application of receipts; partial payments);

(c)
if none of the Transaction Obligors is under any further actual or contingent liability under any Finance Document, in payment or distribution to any person to whom the Security Agent is obliged to pay or distribute in priority to any Transaction Obligor; and

(d)
the balance, if any, in payment or distribution to the relevant Transaction Obligor.





109

30.28
Permitted Deductions

(a)
The Security Agent may, in its discretion:


(i)
set aside by way of reserve amounts required to meet, and to make and pay, any deductions and withholdings (on account of Taxes or otherwise) which it is or may be required by any applicable law to make from any distribution or payment made by it under this Agreement; and


(ii)
pay all Taxes which may be assessed against it in respect of any of the Security Property, or as a consequence of performing its duties, or by virtue of its capacity as Security Agent under any of the Finance Documents or otherwise (other than in connection with its remuneration for performing its duties under this Agreement).

(b)
For the purposes of sub-paragraph (i) of paragraph (a) above, if the Security Agent has become entitled to require a sum to be paid to it on demand, that sum shall be treated as due and payable, even if no demand has yet been served.

30.29
Prospective liabilities

Following acceleration the Security Agent may, in its discretion, or at the request of the Facility Agent, hold any Recoveries in an interest bearing suspense or impersonal account(s) in the name of the Security Agent with such financial institution (including itself) and for so long as the Security Agent shall think fit (the interest being credited to the relevant account) for later payment to the Facility Agent for application in accordance with Clause 33.5 ( Application of receipts; partial payments ) in respect of:

(a)
any sum to the Security Agent, any Receiver or any Delegate; and

(b)
any part of the Secured Liabilities,

that the Security Agent or, in the case of paragraph (b) only, the Facility Agent, reasonably considers, in each case, might become due or owing at any time in the future.

30.30
Investment of proceeds

Prior to the payment of the proceeds of the Recoveries to the Facility Agent for application in accordance with Clause 33.5 ( Application of receipts; partial payments ) the Security Agent may, in its discretion, hold all or part of those proceeds in an interest bearing suspense or impersonal account(s) in the name of the Security Agent with such financial institution (including itself) and for so long as the Security Agent shall think fit (the interest being credited to the relevant account) pending the payment from time to time of those moneys in the Security Agent's discretion in accordance with the provisions of this Clause 30.30 ( Investment of proceeds ).

30.31
Currency conversion

(a)
For the purpose of, or pending the discharge of, any of the Secured Liabilities the Security Agent may convert any moneys received or recovered by the Security Agent from one currency to another, at a market rate of exchange.

(b)
The obligations of any Transaction Obligor to pay in the due currency shall only be satisfied to the extent of the amount of the due currency purchased after deducting the costs of conversion.







110

30.32
Good discharge

(a)
Any payment to be made in respect of the Secured Liabilities by the Security Agent may be made to the Facility Agent on behalf of the Creditor Parties and any payment made in that way shall be a good discharge, to the extent of that payment, by the Security Agent.

(b)
The Security Agent is under no obligation to make the payments to the Facility Agent under paragraph (a) above in the same currency as that in which the obligations and liabilities owing to the relevant Finance Party are denominated.

30.33
Amounts received by Borrowers

If any of the Borrowers receives or recovers any amount which, under the terms of any of the Finance Documents, should have been paid to the Security Agent, that Borrower will hold the amount received or recovered on trust for the Security Agent and promptly pay that amount to the Security Agent for application in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

30.34
Application and consideration

In consideration for the covenants given to the Security Agent by each Borrower in relation to Clause 30.2 ( Parallel Debt (Covenant to pay the Security Agent) ) the Security Agent agrees with each Borrower to apply all moneys from time to time paid by such Borrower to the Security Agent in accordance with the foregoing provisions of this Clause 30 ( The Security Agent ).

30.35
Full freedom to enter into transactions

Without prejudice to Clause 30.7 ( Business with the ) or any other provision of a Finance Document and notwithstanding any rule of law or equity to the contrary, the Security Agent shall be absolutely entitled:

(a)
to enter into and arrange banking, derivative, investment and/or other transactions of every kind with or affecting any Transaction Obligor or any person who is party to, or referred to in, a Finance Document (including, but not limited to, any interest or currency swap or other transaction, whether related to this Agreement or not, and acting as syndicate agent and/or security agent for, and/or participating in, other facilities to such Transaction Obligor or any person who is party to, or referred to in, a Finance Document);

(b)
to deal in and enter into and arrange transactions relating to:


(i)
any securities issued or to be issued by any Transaction Obligor or any other person; or


(ii)
any options or other derivatives in connection with such securities; and

(c)
to provide advice or other services to the Borrowers or any person who is a party to, or referred to in, a Finance Document,

and, in particular, the Security Agent shall be absolutely entitled, in proposing, evaluating, negotiating, entering into and arranging all such transactions and in connection with all other matters covered by paragraphs (a), (b) and (c) above, to use (subject only to insider dealing legislation) any information or opportunity, howsoever acquired by it, to pursue its own interests exclusively, to refrain from disclosing such dealings, transactions or other matters or any information acquired in connection with them and to retain for its sole benefit all profits and benefits derived from the dealings transactions or other matters.





111

31
CONDUCT OF BUSINESS BY THE FINANCE PARTIES

No provision of this Agreement will:

(a)
interfere with the right of any Finance Party to arrange its affairs (tax or otherwise) in whatever manner it thinks fit;

(b)
oblige any Finance Party to investigate or claim any credit, relief, remission or repayment available to it or the extent, order and manner of any claim; or

(c)
oblige any Finance Party to disclose any information relating to its affairs (tax or otherwise) or any computations in respect of Tax.

32
SHARING AMONG THE FINANCE PARTIES

32.1
Payments to Finance Parties

If a Finance Party (a " Recovering Finance Party ") receives or recovers any amount from a Transaction Obligor other than in accordance with Clause 33 ( Payment Mechanics ) (a " Recovered Amount ") and applies that amount to a payment due to it under the Finance Documents then:

(a)
the Recovering Finance Party shall, within three Business Days, notify details of the receipt or recovery, to the Facility Agent;

(b)
the Facility Agent shall determine whether the receipt or recovery is in excess of the amount the Recovering Finance Party would have been paid had the receipt or recovery been received or made by the Facility Agent and distributed in accordance with Clause 33 ( Payment Mechanics ), without taking account of any Tax which would be imposed on the Facility Agent in relation to the receipt, recovery or distribution; and

(c)
the Recovering Finance Party shall, within three Business Days of demand by the Facility Agent, pay to the Facility Agent an amount (the " Sharing Payment ") equal to such receipt or recovery less any amount which the Facility Agent determines may be retained by the Recovering Finance Party as its share of any payment to be made, in accordance with Clause 33.5 ( Application of receipts; partial payments ).

32.2
Redistribution of payments

The Facility Agent shall treat the Sharing Payment as if it had been paid by the relevant Transaction Obligor and distribute it among the Finance Parties (other than the Recovering Finance Party) (the " Sharing Finance Parties ") in accordance with Clause 33.5 ( Application of receipts; partial payments ) towards the obligations of that Transaction Obligor to the Sharing Finance Parties.

32.3
Recovering Finance Party 's rights

On a distribution by the Facility Agent under Clause 32.2 ( Redistribution of payments ) of a payment received by a Recovering Finance Party from a Transaction Obligor, as between the relevant Transaction Obligor and the Recovering Finance Party, an amount of the Recovered Amount equal to the Sharing Payment will be treated as not having been paid by that Transaction Obligor.

32.4
Reversal of redistribution

If any part of the Sharing Payment received or recovered by a Recovering Finance Party becomes repayable and is repaid by that Recovering Finance Party, then:




112

(a)
each Sharing Finance Party shall, upon request of the Facility Agent, pay to the Facility Agent for the account of that Recovering Finance Party an amount equal to the appropriate part of its share of the Sharing Payment (together with an amount as is necessary to reimburse that Recovering Finance Party for its proportion of any interest on the Sharing Payment which that Recovering Finance Party is required to pay) (the " Redistributed Amount "); and

(b)
as between the relevant Transaction Obligor and each relevant Sharing Finance Party, an amount equal to the relevant Redistributed Amount will be treated as not having been paid by that Transaction Obligor.

32.5
Exceptions

(a)
This Clause 32 ( Sharing among the Finance Parties ) shall not apply to the extent that the Recovering Finance Party would not, after making any payment pursuant to this Clause, have a valid and enforceable claim against the relevant Transaction Obligor.

(b)
A Recovering Finance Party is not obliged to share with any other Finance Party any amount which the Recovering Finance Party has received or recovered as a result of taking legal or arbitration proceedings, if:


(i)
it notified that other Finance Party of the legal or arbitration proceedings; and


(ii)
that other Finance Party had an opportunity to participate in those legal or arbitration proceedings but did not do so as soon as reasonably practicable having received notice and did not take separate legal or arbitration proceedings.














113

SECTION 10

ADMINISTRATION

33
PAYMENT MECHANICS

33.1
Payments to the Facility Agent

(a)
On each date on which a Transaction Obligor or a Lender is required to make a payment under a Finance Document, that Transaction Obligor or Lender shall make an amount equal to such payment available to the Facility Agent (unless a contrary indication appears in a Finance Document) for value on the due date at the time and in such funds specified by the Facility Agent as being customary at the time for settlement of transactions in the relevant currency in the place of payment.

(b)
Payment shall be made to such account in the principal financial centre of the country of that currency (or, in relation to euro, in a principal financial centre in such Participating Member State or London, as specified by the Facility Agent) and with such bank as the Facility Agent, in each case, specifies.

33.2
Distributions by the Facility Agent

Each payment received by the Facility Agent under the Finance Documents for another Party shall, subject to Clause 33.3 ( Distributions to a Transaction Obligor ) and Clause 33.4 ( Clawback and pre-funding ) be made available by the Facility Agent as soon as practicable after receipt to the Party entitled to receive payment in accordance with this Agreement (in the case of a Lender, for the account of its Facility Office), to such account as that Party may notify to the Facility Agent by not less than five Business Days' notice with a bank specified by that Party in the principal financial centre of the country of that currency (or, in relation to euro, in the principal financial centre of a Participating Member State or London), as specified by that Party or, in the case of the Advance, to such account of such person as may be specified by the Borrowers in the Drawdown Request.

33.3
Distributions to a Transaction Obligor

The Facility Agent may (with the consent of the Transaction Obligor or in accordance with Clause 34 ( Set-Off )) apply any amount received by it for that Transaction Obligor in or towards payment (on the date and in the currency and funds of receipt) of any amount due from that Transaction Obligor under the Finance Documents or in or towards purchase of any amount of any currency to be so applied.

33.4
Clawback and pre-funding

(a)
Where a sum is to be paid to the Facility Agent under the Finance Documents for another Party, the Facility Agent is not obliged to pay that sum to that other Party (or to enter into or perform any related exchange contract) until it has been able to establish to its satisfaction that it has actually received that sum.

(b)
Unless paragraph (c) below applies, if the Facility Agent pays an amount to another Party and it proves to be the case that the Facility Agent had not actually received that amount, then the Party to whom that amount (or the proceeds of any related exchange contract) was paid by the Facility Agent shall on demand refund the same to the Facility Agent together with interest on that amount from the date of payment to the date of receipt by the Facility Agent, calculated by the Facility Agent to reflect its cost of funds.

(c)
If the Facility Agent has notified the Lenders that it is willing to make available amounts for the account of the Borrowers before receiving funds from the Lenders then if and to the




114

extent that the Facility Agent does so but it proves to be the case that it does not then receive funds from a Lender in respect of a sum which it paid to the Borrowers:


(i)
the Facility Agent shall notify the Borrowers of that Lender's identity and the Borrowers shall on demand refund it to the Facility Agent; and


(ii)
the Lender by whom those funds should have been made available or, if the Lender fails to do so, the Borrowers shall on demand pay to the Facility Agent the amount (as certified by the Facility Agent) which will indemnify the Facility Agent against any funding cost incurred by it as a result of paying out that sum before receiving those funds from that Lender.

33.5
Application of receipts; partial payments

(a)
If the Facility Agent or the Security Agent (as applicable) receives a payment that is insufficient to discharge all the amounts then due and payable by a Transaction Obligor under the Finance Documents, the Facility Agent or the Security Agent (as applicable) shall apply that payment towards the obligations of that Transaction Obligor under the Finance Documents in the following order:


(i)
first , in or towards payment pro rata of any unpaid fees, costs and expenses of, and any other amounts owing to, the Facility Agent, the Security Agent, any Receiver or any Delegate under the Finance Documents;


(ii)
secondly , in or towards payment pro rata of any accrued interest and fees due but unpaid to the Lenders under this Agreement;


(iii)
thirdly , in or towards payment pro rata of any principal due but unpaid to the Lenders under this Agreement; and


(iv)
fourthly , in or towards payment pro rata of any other sum due to any Finance Party but unpaid under the Finance Documents.

(b)
The Facility Agent shall, if so directed by the Majority Lenders, vary, or instruct the Security Agent to vary (as applicable), the order set out in sub-paragraphs (ii) to (iv) of paragraph (a) above.

(c)
Paragraphs (a) and (b) above will override any appropriation made by a Transaction Obligor.

33.6
No set-off by Transaction Obligors

All payments to be made by a Transaction Obligor under the Finance Documents shall be calculated and be made without (and free and clear of any deduction for) set-off or counterclaim.

33.7
Business Days

(a)
Any payment under the Finance Documents which is due to be made on a day that is not a Business Day shall be made on the next Business Day in the same calendar month (if there is one) or the preceding Business Day (if there is not).

(b)
During any extension of the due date for payment of any principal or an Unpaid Sum under this Agreement interest is payable on the principal or Unpaid Sum at the rate payable on the original due date.







115

33.8
Currency of account

(a)
Subject to paragraphs (b) and (c) below, dollars is the currency of account and payment for any sum due from a Transaction Obligor under any Finance Document.

(b)
Each payment in respect of costs, expenses or Taxes shall be made in the currency in which the costs, expenses or Taxes are incurred.

(c)
Any amount expressed to be payable in a currency other than dollars shall be paid in that other currency.

33.9
Change of currency

(a)
Unless otherwise prohibited by law, if more than one currency or currency unit are at the same time recognised by the central bank of any country as the lawful currency of that country, then:


(i)
any reference in the Finance Documents to, and any obligations arising under the Finance Documents in, the currency of that country shall be translated into, or paid in, the currency or currency unit of that country designated by the Facility Agent (after consultation with the Borrowers); and


(ii)
any translation from one currency or currency unit to another shall be at the official rate of exchange recognised by the central bank for the conversion of that currency or currency unit into the other, rounded up or down by the Facility Agent (acting reasonably).

(b)
If a change in any currency of a country occurs, this Agreement will, to the extent the Facility Agent (acting reasonably and after consultation with the Borrowers) specifies to be necessary, be amended to comply with any generally accepted conventions and market practice in the Relevant Interbank Market and otherwise to reflect the change in currency.

33.10
Currency Conversion

(a)
For the purpose of, or pending any payment to be made by any Servicing Party under any Finance Document, such Servicing Party may convert any moneys received or recovered by it from one currency to another, at a market rate of exchange.

(b)
The obligations of any Transaction Obligor to pay in the due currency shall only be satisfied to the extent of the amount of the due currency purchased after deducting the costs of conversion.

33.11
Disruption to Payment Systems etc.

If either the Facility Agent determines (in its discretion) that a Disruption Event has occurred or the Facility Agent is notified by the Borrowers that a Disruption Event has occurred:

(a)
the Facility Agent may, and shall if requested to do so by the Borrowers, consult with the Borrowers with a view to agreeing with the Borrowers such changes to the operation or administration of the Facility as the Facility Agent may deem necessary in the circumstances;

(b)
the Facility Agent shall not be obliged to consult with the Borrowers in relation to any changes mentioned in paragraph (a) above if, in its opinion, it is not practicable to do so in the circumstances and, in any event, shall have no obligation to agree to such changes;

(c)
the Facility Agent may consult with the Finance Parties in relation to any changes mentioned in paragraph (a) above but shall not be obliged to do so if, in its opinion, it is not practicable to do so in the circumstances;



116

(d)
any such changes agreed upon by the Facility Agent and the Borrowers shall (whether or not it is finally determined that a Disruption Event has occurred) be binding upon the Parties and any Transaction Obligors as an amendment to (or, as the case may be, waiver of) the terms of the Finance Documents notwithstanding the provisions of Clause 42 ( Amendments and Waivers );

(e)
the Facility Agent shall not be liable for any damages, costs or losses to any person, any diminution in value or any liability whatsoever (including, without limitation for negligence, gross negligence or any other category of liability whatsoever but not including any claim based on the fraud of the Facility Agent) arising as a result of its taking, or failing to take, any actions pursuant to or in connection with this Clause 33.11 ( Disruption to Payment Systems etc. ); and

(f)
the Facility Agent shall notify the Finance Parties of all changes agreed pursuant to paragraph (d) above.

34
SET-OFF

A Finance Party may set off any matured obligation due from a Transaction Obligor under the Finance Documents (to the extent beneficially owned by that Finance Party) against any matured obligation owed by that Finance Party to that Transaction Obligor, regardless of the place of payment, booking branch or currency of either obligation. If the obligations are in different currencies, the Finance Party may convert either obligation at a market rate of exchange in its usual course of business for the purpose of the set-off.

35
BAIL-IN

Notwithstanding any other term of any Finance Document or any other agreement, arrangement or understanding between the parties to a Finance Document, each Party acknowledges and accepts that any liability of any party to a Finance Document under or in connection with the Finance Documents may be subject to Bail-In Action by the relevant Resolution Authority and acknowledges and accepts to be bound by the effect of:

(a)
any Bail-In Action in relation to any such liability, including (without limitation):


(i)
a reduction, in full or in part, in the principal amount, or outstanding amount due (including any accrued but unpaid interest) in respect of any such liability;


(ii)
a conversion of all, or part of, any such liability into shares or other instruments of ownership that may be issued to, or conferred on, it; and


(iii)
a cancellation of any such liability; and

(b)
a variation of any term of any Finance Document to the extent necessary to give effect to any Bail-In Action in relation to any such liability.

36
NOTICES

36.1
Communications in writing

Any communication to be made under or in connection with the Finance Documents shall be made in writing and, unless otherwise stated, may be made by fax or letter.

36.2
Addresses

The address and fax number (and the department or officer, if any, for whose attention the communication is to be made) of each Party for any communication or document to be made or delivered under or in connection with the Finance Documents are:


117

(a)
in the case of the Borrower, that specified in Schedule 1 ( The Parties );

(b)
in the case of each Lender or any other Obligor, that specified in Schedule 1 ( The Parties ) or, if it becomes a Party after the date of this Agreement, that notified in writing to the Facility Agent on or before the date on which it becomes a Party;

(c)
in the case of the Facility Agent, that specified in Schedule 1 ( The Parties ); and

(d)
in the case of the Security Agent, that specified in Schedule 1 ( The Parties ),

or any substitute address, fax number or department or officer as the Party may notify to the Facility Agent (or the Facility Agent may notify to the other Parties, if a change is made by the Facility Agent) by not less than five Business Days' notice.

36.3
Delivery

(a)
Any communication or document made or delivered by one person to another under or in connection with the Finance Documents will only be effective:


(i)
if by way of fax, when received in legible form; or


(ii)
if by way of letter, when it has been left at the relevant address or five Business Days after being deposited in the post postage prepaid in an envelope addressed to it at that address,

and, if a particular department or officer is specified as part of its address details provided under Clause 36.2 ( Addresses ), if addressed to that department or officer.

(b)
Any communication or document to be made or delivered to a Servicing Party will be effective only when actually received by that Servicing Party and then only if it is expressly marked for the attention of the department or officer of that Servicing Party specified in Schedule 1 ( The Parties ) (or any substitute department or officer as that Servicing Party shall specify for this purpose).

(c)
All notices from or to a Transaction Obligor shall be sent through the Facility Agent unless otherwise specified in any Finance Document.

(d)
Any communication or document made or delivered to the Borrowers in accordance with this Clause will be deemed to have been made or delivered to each of the Transaction Obligors.

(e)
Any communication or document which becomes effective, in accordance with paragraphs (a) to (d) above, after 5.00 p.m. in the place of receipt shall be deemed only to become effective on the following day.

36.4
Notification of address and fax number

Promptly upon receipt of notification of an address and fax number or change of address or fax number pursuant to Clause 36.2 ( Addresses ) or changing its own address or fax number, the Facility Agent shall notify the other Parties.

36.5
Electronic communication

(a)
Any communication to be made between any two Parties under or in connection with the Finance Documents may be made by electronic mail or other electronic means (including, without limitation, by way of posting to a secure website) if those two Parties:




118


(i)
notify each other in writing of their electronic mail address and/or any other information required to enable the transmission of information by that means; and


(ii)
notify each other of any change to their address or any other such information supplied by them by not less than five Business Days' notice.

(b)
Any such electronic communication as specified in paragraph (a) above to be made between a Borrower and a Finance Party may only be made in that way to the extent that those two Parties agree that, unless and until notified to the contrary, this is to be an accepted form of communication.

(c)
Any such electronic communication as specified in paragraph (a) above made between any two Parties will be effective only when actually received (or made available) in readable form and in the case of any electronic communication made by a Party to the Facility Agent or the Security Agent only if it is addressed in such a manner as the Facility Agent or the Security Agent shall specify for this purpose.

(d)
Any electronic communication which becomes effective, in accordance with paragraph (c) above, after 5.00 p.m. in the place in which the Party to whom the relevant communication is sent or made available has its address for the purpose of this Agreement shall be deemed only to become effective on the following day.

(e)
Any reference in a Finance Document to a communication being sent or received shall be construed to include that communication being made available in accordance with this Clause 36.5 ( Electronic communication ).

36.6
English language

(a)
Any notice given under or in connection with any Finance Document must be in English.

(b)
All other documents provided under or in connection with any Finance Document must be:


(i)
in English; or


(ii)
if not in English, and if so required by the Facility Agent, accompanied by a certified English translation prepared by a translator approved by the Facility Agent and, in this case, the English translation will prevail unless the document is a constitutional, statutory or other official document.

37
CALCULATIONS AND CERTIFICATES

37.1
Accounts

In any litigation or arbitration proceedings arising out of or in connection with a Finance Document, the entries made in the accounts maintained by a Finance Party are prima facie evidence of the matters to which they relate.

37.2
Certificates and determinations

Any certification or determination by a Finance Party of a rate or amount under any Finance Document is, in the absence of manifest error, conclusive evidence of the matters to which it relates.

37.3
Day count convention

Any interest, commission or fee accruing under a Finance Document will accrue from day to day and is calculated on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed and a year of




119

365 days or, in any case where the practice in the Relevant Interbank Market differs, in accordance with that market practice.

38
PARTIAL INVALIDITY

(a)
If, at any time, any provision of a Finance Document is or becomes illegal, invalid or unenforceable in any respect under any law of any jurisdiction, neither the legality, validity or enforceability of the remaining provisions under the law of that jurisdiction nor the legality, validity or enforceability of such provision under the law of any other jurisdiction will in any way be affected or impaired.

39
REMEDIES AND WAIVERS

No failure to exercise, nor any delay in exercising, on the part of any Creditor Party, any right or remedy under a Finance Document shall operate as a waiver of any such right or remedy or constitute an election to affirm any Finance Document. No election to affirm any Finance Document on the part of a Creditor Party shall be effective unless it is in writing. No single or partial exercise of any right or remedy shall prevent any further or other exercise or the exercise of any other right or remedy. The rights and remedies provided in each Finance Document are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights or remedies provided by law.

40
SETTLEMENT OR DISCHARGE CONDITIONAL

Any settlement or discharge under any Finance Document between any Finance Party and any Transaction Obligor shall be conditional upon no security or payment to any Finance Party by any Transaction Obligor or any other person being set aside, adjusted or ordered to be repaid, whether under any insolvency law or otherwise.

41
IRREVOCABLE PAYMENT

If the Facility Agent considers that an amount paid or discharged by, or on behalf of, a Transaction Obligor or by any other person in purported payment or discharge of an obligation of that Transaction Obligor to a Creditor Party under the Finance Documents is capable of being avoided or otherwise set aside on the liquidation or administration of that Transaction Obligor or otherwise, then that amount shall not be considered to have been unconditionally and irrevocably paid or discharged for the purposes of the Finance Documents.

42
AMENDMENTS AND WAIVERS

42.1
Required consents

(a)
Subject to Clause 42.2 ( All Lender matters ) and Clause 42.3 ( Other exceptions ) any term of the Finance Documents may be amended or waived only with the consent of the Majority Lenders and, in the case of an amendment, the Borrowers and any such amendment or waiver will be binding on all Parties.

(b)
The Facility Agent may effect, on behalf of any Finance Party, any amendment or waiver permitted by this Clause 42 ( Amendments and Waivers ).

(c)
Without prejudice to the generality of Clause 29.7 ( Rights and discretions ), the Facility Agent may engage, pay for and rely on the services of lawyers in determining the consent level required for and effecting any amendment, waiver or consent under this Agreement.







120

42.2
All Lender matters

Subject to Clause 42.4 ( Replacement of Screen Rate ), an amendment of or waiver or consent in relation to any term of any Finance Document that has the effect of changing or which relates to:

(a)
the definition of "Majority Lenders" in Clause 1.1 ( Definitions );

(b)
a postponement to or extension of the date of payment of any amount under the Finance Documents;

(c)
a reduction in the Margin or the amount of any payment of principal, interest, fees or commission payable;

(d)
a change in currency of payment of any amount under the Finance Documents;

(e)
an increase in any Commitment or the Total Commitments, an extension of any Availability Period or any requirement that a cancellation of Commitments reduces the Commitments rateably under the Facility;

(f)
a change to any Transaction Obligor;

(g)
any provision which expressly requires the consent of all the Lenders;

(h)
this Clause 42 ( Amendments and Waivers );

(i)
any change to Clause 2 ( The Facility ), Clause 3 ( Purpose ), Clause 5 ( Drawdown ), Clause 6.2 ( Effect of cancellation and prepayment on scheduled repayments ), Clause 7.4 ( Mandatory prepayment on sale, arrest or Total Loss ), Clause 8 ( Interest ), paragraph (a) of Clause 24.7 ( Provision of valuations ), Clause 25 ( Accounts and Application of Earnings), Clause 27 ( Changes to the Lenders ), Clause 32 ( Sharing among the Finance Parties ), Clause 47 ( Governing Law ) or Clause 48 ( Jurisdiction of English Courts );

(j)
any release of, or material variation to, any Transaction Security, guarantee, indemnity or subordination arrangement set out in a Finance Document (except in the case of a release of Transaction Security as it relates to the disposal of an asset which is the subject of the Transaction Security and where such disposal is expressly permitted by the Majority Lenders or otherwise under a Finance Document);

(k)
(other than as expressly permitted by the provisions of any Finance Document) the nature or scope of:


(i)
the joint and several liability of the Borrowers under Clause 45 ( Joint and Several Liability of the Borrowers );


(ii)
the Security Assets; or


(iii)
the manner in which the proceeds of enforcement of the Transaction Security are distributed,

(except in the case of sub-paragraphs (i) and (iii) above, insofar as it relates to a sale or disposal of an asset which is the subject of the Transaction Security where such sale or disposal is expressly permitted under this Agreement or any other Finance Document);

(l)
the release of the joint and several liability of the Borrowers under Clause 45 ( Joint and Several Liability of the Borrowers ) or of any Transaction Security unless permitted under this Agreement or any other Finance Document or relating to a sale or disposal of an asset which







121

is the subject of the Transaction Security where such sale or disposal is expressly permitted under this Agreement or any other Finance Document,

shall not be made, or given, without the prior consent of all the Lenders.

42.3
Other exceptions

(a)
An amendment or waiver which relates to the rights or obligations of a Servicing Party or a Reference Bank (each in their capacity as such) may not be effected without the consent of that Servicing Party or that Reference Bank, as the case may be.

(b)
The Borrowers and the Facility Agent or the Security Agent, as applicable, may amend or waive a term of a Fee Letter to which they are party.

42.4
Replacement of Screen Rate

(a)
Subject to Clause 42.3 ( Other exceptions ), if the Screen Rate is not available for dollars, any amendment or waiver which relates to providing for another benchmark rate to apply in relation to dollars, in place of that Screen Rate (or which relates to aligning any provision of a Finance Document to the use of that benchmark rate) may be made with the consent of the Majority Lenders and the Borrowers.

42.5
Borrower Intent

Without prejudice to the generality of Clauses 1.2 ( Construction ) each Borrower expressly confirms that it intends that any guarantee contained in this Agreement or any other Finance Document and any Security created by any Finance Document shall extend from time to time to any (however fundamental) variation, increase, extension or addition of or to any of the Finance Documents and/or any facility or amount made available under any of the Finance Documents for the purposes of or in connection with any of the following: business acquisitions of any nature; increasing working capital; enabling investor distributions to be made; carrying out restructurings; refinancing existing facilities; refinancing any other indebtedness; making facilities available to new borrowers; any other variation or extension of the purposes for which any such facility or amount might be made available from time to time; and any fees, costs and/or expenses associated with any of the foregoing.

43
CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION

43.1
Confidentiality

Each Finance Party agrees to keep all Confidential Information confidential and not to disclose it to anyone, save to the extent permitted by Clause 43.2 ( Disclosure of Confidential Information ) and Clause 43.3 ( Disclosure to numbering service providers ) and to ensure that all Confidential Information is protected with security measures and a degree of care that would apply to its own confidential information.

43.2
Disclosure of Confidential Information

Any Finance Party may disclose:

(a)
to any of its Affiliates and any of its or their officers, directors, employees, professional advisers, auditors, partners and Representatives such Confidential Information as that Finance Party shall consider appropriate if any person to whom the Confidential Information is to be given pursuant to this paragraph (a) is informed in writing of its confidential nature and that some or all of such Confidential Information may be price-sensitive information except that there shall be no such requirement to so inform if the recipient is subject to



122

professional obligations to maintain the confidentiality of the information or is otherwise bound by requirements of confidentiality in relation to the Confidential Information;

(b)
to any person:


(i)
to (or through) whom it assigns or transfers (or may potentially assign or transfer) all or any of its rights and/or obligations under one or more Finance Documents or which succeeds (or which may potentially succeed) it as Facility Agent or Security Agent and, in each case, to any of that person's Affiliates, Representatives and professional advisers;


(ii)
with (or through) whom it enters into (or may potentially enter into), whether directly or indirectly, any sub-participation in relation to, or any other transaction including a securitisation under which payments are to be made or may be made by reference to, one or more Finance Documents and/or one or more Transaction Obligors and to any of that person's Affiliates, Representatives and professional advisers;


(iii)
appointed by any Finance Party or by a person to whom sub-paragraph (i) or (ii) of paragraph (b) above applies to receive communications, notices, information or documents delivered pursuant to the Finance Documents on its behalf (including, without limitation, any person appointed under paragraph (b) of Clause 29.14 ( Relationship with the other Finance Parties );


(iv)
to whom information is required to be disclosed in connection with any insurance cover or insurance review required in connection with this Agreement or any other Finance Document;


(v)
who invests in or otherwise finances (or may potentially invest in or otherwise finance), directly or indirectly, any transaction referred to in sub-paragraph (i) or (ii) of paragraph (b) above;


(vi)
to whom information is required or requested to be disclosed by any court of competent jurisdiction or any governmental, banking, taxation or other regulatory authority or similar body, the rules of any relevant stock exchange or pursuant to any applicable law or regulation including any applicable data protection laws;


(vii)
to whom information is required to be disclosed in connection with, and for the purposes of, any litigation, arbitrations, administrative or other investigations, proceedings or disputes;


(viii)
to whom or for whose benefit that Finance Party charges, assigns or otherwise creates Security (or may do so) pursuant to Clause 27.8 ( Security over Lenders' rights );


(ix)
who is a Party, any related entity of a Transaction Obligor or its Affiliate;


(x)
as a result of the registration of any Finance Document as contemplated by any Finance Document or any legal opinion obtained in connection with any Finance Document; or


(xi)
with the consent of the Borrowers;

in each case, such Confidential Information as that Finance Party shall consider appropriate if:


(A)
in relation to sub-paragraphs (i), (ii), (iii) and (iv) of paragraph (b) above, the person to whom the Confidential Information is to be given has entered into








123

a Confidentiality Undertaking except that there shall be no requirement for a Confidentiality Undertaking if the recipient is a professional adviser and is subject to professional obligations to maintain the confidentiality of the Confidential Information;


(B)
in relation to sub-paragraph (v) of paragraph (b) above, the person to whom the Confidential Information is to be given has entered into a Confidentiality Undertaking or is otherwise bound by requirements of confidentiality in relation to the Confidential Information they receive and is informed that some or all of such Confidential Information may be price-sensitive information;


(C)
in relation to sub-paragraphs (vi), (vii) and (viii) of paragraph (b) above, the person to whom the Confidential Information is to be given is informed of its confidential nature and that some or all of such Confidential Information may be price-sensitive information except that there shall be no requirement to so inform if, in the opinion of that Finance Party, it is not practicable so to do in the circumstances; and

(c)
to any person appointed by that Finance Party or by a person to whom sub-paragraph (i) or (ii) of paragraph (b) above applies to provide administration or settlement services in respect of one or more of the Finance Documents including without limitation, in relation to the trading of participations in respect of the Finance Documents, such Confidential Information as may be required to be disclosed to enable such service provider to provide any of the services referred to in this paragraph (c) if the service provider to whom the Confidential Information is to be given has entered in to a confidentiality agreement substantially in the form of the LMA Master Confidentiality Undertaking for Use With Administration/Settlement Service Providers or such other form of confidentiality undertaking agreed between the Borrowers and the relevant Finance Party; and

(d)
to any rating agency (including its professional advisers) such Confidential Information as may be required to be disclosed to enable such rating agency to carry out its normal rating activities in relation to the Finance Documents and/or the Transaction Obligors if the rating agency to whom the Confidential Information is to be given is informed of its confidential nature and that some or all of such Confidential Information may be price-sensitive information.

43.3
Disclosure to numbering service providers

(a)
Any Finance Party may disclose to any national or international numbering service provider appointed by that Finance Party to provide identification numbering services in respect of this Agreement, the Facility and/or one or more Transaction Obligors the following information:


(i)
names of Transaction Obligors;


(ii)
country of domicile of Transaction Obligors;


(iii)
place of incorporation of Transaction Obligors;


(iv)
date of this Agreement;


(v)
Clause 47 ( Governing Law );


(vi)
the name of the Facility Agent;


(vii)
date of each amendment and restatement of this Agreement;






124


(viii)
amount of Total Commitments;


(ix)
currency of the Facility;


(x)
type of Facility;


(xi)
ranking of Facility;


(xii)
Maturity Date for Facility;


(xiii)
changes to any of the information previously supplied pursuant to sub-paragraphs (i) to (xii) above; and


(xiv)
such other information agreed between such Finance Party and the Borrower,

to enable such numbering service provider to provide its usual syndicated loan numbering identification services.

(b)
The Parties acknowledge and agree that each identification number assigned to this Agreement, the Facility and/or one or more Transaction Obligors by a numbering service provider and the information associated with each such number may be disclosed to users of its services in accordance with the standard terms and conditions of that numbering service provider.

(c)
Each Borrower represents, on behalf of itself and the other Transaction Obligors, that none of the information set out in sub-paragraphs (i) to (xiv) of paragraph (a) above is, nor will at any time be, unpublished price-sensitive information.

43.4
Entire agreement

This Clause 43 ( Confidential Information ) constitutes the entire agreement between the Parties in relation to the obligations of the Finance Parties under the Finance Documents regarding Confidential Information and supersedes any previous agreement, whether express or implied, regarding Confidential Information.

43.5
Inside information

Each of the Finance Parties acknowledges that some or all of the Confidential Information is or may be price-sensitive information and that the use of such information may be regulated or prohibited by applicable legislation including securities law relating to insider dealing and market abuse and each of the Finance Parties undertakes not to use any Confidential Information for any unlawful purpose.

43.6
Notification of disclosure

Each of the Finance Parties agrees (to the extent permitted by law and regulation) to inform the Borrowers:

(a)
of the circumstances of any disclosure of Confidential Information made pursuant to sub- paragraph (vi) of paragraph (b) of Clause 43.2 ( Disclosure of Confidential Information ) except where such disclosure is made to any of the persons referred to in that paragraph during the ordinary course of its supervisory or regulatory function; and

(b)
upon becoming aware that Confidential Information has been disclosed in breach of this Clause 43 ( Confidential Information ).




125

43.7
Continuing obligations

The obligations in this Clause 43 ( Confidential Information ) are continuing and, in particular, shall survive and remain binding on each Finance Party for a period of 12 months from the earlier of:

(a)
the date on which all amounts payable by the Borrowers under or in connection with this Agreement have been paid in full and all Commitments have been cancelled or otherwise cease to be available; and

(b)
the date on which such Finance Party otherwise ceases to be a Finance Party.

44
CONFIDENTIALITY OF FUNDING RATES AND REFERENCE BANK QUOTATIONS

44.1
Confidentiality and disclosure

(a)
The Facility Agent and each Borrower agree to keep each Funding Rate (and, in the case of the Facility Agent, each Reference Bank Quotation) confidential and not to disclose it to anyone, save to the extent permitted by paragraphs (b), (c) and (d) below.

(b)
The Facility Agent may disclose:


(i)
any Funding Rate (but not, for the avoidance of doubt, any Reference Bank Quotation) to the Borrowers pursuant to Clause 8.4 (Notification of rates of interest); and


(ii)
any Funding Rate or any Reference Bank Quotation to any person appointed by it to provide administration services in respect of one or more of the Finance Documents to the extent necessary to enable such service provider to provide those services if the service provider to whom that information is to be given has entered into a confidentiality agreement substantially in the form of the LMA Master Confidentiality Undertaking for Use With Administration/Settlement Service Providers or such other form of confidentiality undertaking agreed between the Facility Agent and the relevant Lender or Reference Bank, as the case may be.

(c)
The Facility Agent may disclose any Funding Rate or any Reference Bank Quotation, and each Borrower may disclose any Funding Rate, to:


(i)
any of its Affiliates and any of its or their officers, directors, employees, professional advisers, auditors, partners and Representatives if any person to whom that Funding Rate or Reference Bank Quotation is to be given pursuant to this sub-paragraph (i) is informed in writing of its confidential nature and that it may be price sensitive information except that there shall be no such requirement to so inform if the recipient is subject to professional obligations to maintain the confidentiality of that Funding Rate or Reference Bank Quotation or is otherwise bound by requirements of confidentiality in relation to it;


(ii)
any person to whom information is required or requested to be disclosed by any court of competent jurisdiction or any governmental, banking, taxation or other regulatory authority or similar body, the rules of any relevant stock exchange or pursuant to any applicable law or regulation if the person to whom that Funding Rate or Reference Bank Quotation is to be given is informed in writing of its confidential nature and that it may be price sensitive information except that there shall be no requirement to so inform if, in the opinion of the Facility Agent or the relevant Borrower, as the case may be, it is not practicable to do so in the circumstances;







126


(iii)
any person to whom information is required to be disclosed in connection with, and for the purposes of, any litigation, arbitration, administrative or other investigations, proceedings or disputes if the person to whom that Funding Rate or Reference Bank Quotation is to be given is informed in writing of its confidential nature and that it may be price sensitive information except that there shall be no requirement to so inform if, in the opinion of the Facility Agent or the relevant Borrower, as the case may be, it is not practicable to do so in the circumstances; and


(iv)
any person with the consent of the relevant Lender or Reference Bank, as the case may be.

(d)
The Facility Agent's obligations in this Clause 44 ( Confidentiality of Funding Rates and Reference Bank Quotations ) relating to Reference Bank Quotations are without prejudice to its obligations to make notifications under Clause 8.4 ( Notification of rates of interest ) provided that (other than pursuant to sub-paragraph (i) of paragraph (b) above) the Facility Agent shall not include the details of any individual Reference Bank Quotation as part of any such notification.

44.2
Related obligations

(a)
The Facility Agent and each Borrower acknowledge that each Funding Rate (and, in the case of the Facility Agent, each Reference Bank Quotation) is or may be price sensitive information and that its use may be regulated or prohibited by applicable legislation including securities law relating to insider dealing and market abuse and the Facility Agent and each Borrower undertake not to use any Funding Rate or, in the case of the Facility Agent, any Reference Bank Quotation for any unlawful purpose.

(b)
The Facility Agent and each Borrower agree (to the extent permitted by law and regulation) to inform the relevant Lender or Reference Bank, as the case may be:


(i)
of the circumstances of any disclosure made pursuant to sub-paragraph (ii) of paragraph (c) of Clause 44.1 ( Confidentiality and disclosure ) except where such disclosure is made to any of the persons referred to in that paragraph during the ordinary course of its supervisory or regulatory function; and


(ii)
upon becoming aware that any information has been disclosed in breach of this Clause 44 ( Confidentiality of Funding Rates and Reference Bank Quotations ).

44.3
No Event of Default

No Event of Default will occur under Clause 26.4 ( Other obligations ) by reason only of a Borrower's failure to comply with this Clause 44 ( Confidentiality of Funding Rates and Reference Bank Quotations ).

45
JOINT AND SEVERAL LIABILITY OF THE BORROWERS

45.1
Joint and several liability

All liabilities and obligations of the Borrowers under this Agreement shall, whether expressed to be so or not, be joint and several.

45.2
Waiver of defences

The liabilities and obligations of a Borrower shall not be impaired by:

(a)
this Agreement being or later becoming void, unenforceable or illegal as regards any other Borrower;





127

(b)
any Lender or the Security Agent entering into any rescheduling, refinancing or other arrangement of any kind with any other Borrower;

(c)
any Lender or the Security Agent releasing any other Borrower or any Security created by a Finance Document; or

(d)
any time, waiver or consent granted to, or composition with any other Borrower or other person;

(e)
the release of any other Borrower or any other person under the terms of any composition or arrangement with any creditor of any Transaction Obligor;

(f)
the taking, variation, compromise, exchange, renewal or release of, or refusal or neglect to perfect, take up or enforce, any rights against, or security over assets of, any other Borrower or other person or any non-presentation or non-observance of any formality or other requirement in respect of any instrument or any failure to realise the full value of any security;

(g)
any incapacity or lack of power, authority or legal personality of or dissolution or change in the members or status of any other Borrower or any other person;

(h)
any amendment, novation, supplement, extension, restatement (however fundamental, and whether or not more onerous) or replacement of a Finance Document or any other document or security including, without limitation, any change in the purpose of, any extension of or any increase in any facility or the addition of any new facility under any Finance Document or other document or security;

(i)
any unenforceability, illegality or invalidity of any obligation or any person under any Finance Document or any other document or security; or

(j)
any insolvency or similar proceedings.

45.3
Principal Debtor

Each Borrower declares that it is and will, throughout the Security Period, remain a principal debtor for all amounts owing under this Agreement and the Finance Documents and no Borrower shall, in any circumstances, be construed to be a surety for the obligations of any other Borrower under this Agreement.

45.4
Borrower restrictions

(a)
Subject to paragraph (b) below, during the Security Period no Borrower shall:


(i)
claim any amount which may be due to it from any other Borrower whether in respect of a payment made under, or matter arising out of, this Agreement or any Finance Document, or any matter unconnected with this Agreement or any Finance Document; or


(ii)
take or enforce any form of security from any other Borrower for such an amount, or in any way seek to have recourse in respect of such an amount against any asset of any other Borrower; or


(iii)
set off such an amount against any sum due from it to any other Borrower; or


(iv)
prove or claim for such an amount in any liquidation, administration, arrangement or similar procedure involving any other Borrower; or


(v)
exercise or assert any combination of the foregoing.



128

(b)
If during the Security Period, the Facility Agent, by notice to a Borrower, requires it to take any action referred to in paragraph (a) above in relation to any other Borrower, that Borrower shall take that action as soon as practicable after receiving the Facility Agent's notice.

45.5
Deferral of Borrowers' rights

Until all amounts which may be or become payable by the Borrowers under or in connection with the Finance Documents have been irrevocably paid in full and unless the Facility Agent otherwise directs, no Borrower will exercise any rights which it may have by reason of performance by it of its obligations under the Finance Documents:

(a)
to be indemnified by any other Borrower; or

(b)
to claim any contribution from any other Borrower in relation to any payment made by it under the Finance Documents.

46
COUNTERPARTS

Each Finance Document may be executed in any number of counterparts, and this has the same effect as if the signatures on the counterparts were on a single copy of the Finance Document.





129

SECTION 11

GOVERNING LAW AND ENFORCEMENT

47
GOVERNING LAW

This Agreement and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it are governed by English law.

48
JURISDICTION OF ENGLISH COURTS

48.1
Jurisdiction

(a)
The courts of England have exclusive jurisdiction to settle any dispute arising out of or in connection with this Agreement (including a dispute regarding the existence, validity or termination of this Agreement or any non-contractual obligation arising out of or in connection with this Agreement) (a " Dispute ").

(b)
The Borrowers accept that the courts of England are the most appropriate and convenient courts to settle Disputes and accordingly no Borrower will argue to the contrary.

(c)
This Clause is for the benefit of the Creditor Parties only. As a result, no Creditor Party shall be prevented from taking proceedings relating to a Dispute in any other courts with jurisdiction. To the extent allowed by law, the Creditor Parties may take concurrent proceedings in any number of jurisdictions.

48.2
Service of process

(a)
Without prejudice to any other mode of service allowed under any relevant law, each Borrower (other than a Borrower incorporated in England and Wales):


(i)
irrevocably appoints Scorpio UK Limited at its business address for the time being, presently at 10 Lower Grosvenor Place, London SW1W 0EN (provided that any communication is expressly marked on the outside envelope as " Scorpio Offshore Transaction File - for the immediate attention of General Counsel ") as its agent for service of process in relation to any proceedings before the English courts in connection with any Finance Document provided that any communication is expressly marked on outside as "Scorpio Offshore Transaction File – For the immediate attention of the General Counsel"; and


(ii)
agrees that failure by a process agent to notify the relevant Borrower of the process will not invalidate the proceedings concerned.

If any person appointed as an agent for service of process is unable for any reason to act as agent for service of process, the Borrowers must immediately (and in any event within 5 days of such event taking place) appoint another agent on terms acceptable to the Facility Agent. Failing this, the Facility Agent may appoint another agent for this purpose.

This Agreement has been entered into on the date stated at the beginning of this Agreement.





130

SCHEDULE 1

THE PARTIES PART A
THE BORROWERS

Name of Borrower
Place ofIncorporation
Registration number (or equivalent, if any)
Address for Communication
       
SCORPIO BARON SHIPPING COMPANY LIMITED
Marshall Islands
 92716
C/O Scorpio Commercial S.A.M.,
Le Millenium,
9 Boulevard Charles III
Monaco 98000
Fax number: +377 97 77 83 46
Attention: Luca Forgione – Legal Department
       
SCORPIO BRILLIANCE SHIPPING COMPANY LIMITED
Marshall Islands
 92717
C/O Scorpio Commercial S.A.M.,
Le Millenium,
9 Boulevard Charles III
Monaco 98000
Fax number: +377 97 77 83 46
Attention: Luca Forgione – Legal Department








131

PART B

THE ORIGINAL LENDERS




Name of Original Lender
Commitment
Address for Communication
     
DVB Bank SE Nordic Branch
$9,000,000
DVB Bank SE Nordic Branch
Haakon VII`s gate 1
Postbox 1999 Vika
0125 Oslo
Norway
 
Attention: TLS team
 
 
Telefax: +47 23 01 22 09 / +47
23 01 22 50
E-mail:
tls.tm.oslo@dvbbank.com
     







132

PART C

THE SERVICING PARTIES


Name of Facility Agent
 
Address for Communication
     
DVB Bank SE Nordic Branch
 
DVB Bank SE Nordic Branch
Haakon VII`s gate 1
Postbox 1999 Vika
0125 Oslo
Norway

Attention: TLS team

Telefax: +47 23 01 22 09 / +47 23 01 22 50
E-mail: tls.tm.oslo@dvbbank.com
     
     
Name of Security Agent
 
Address for Communication
     
DVB Bank SE Nordic Branch
 
DVB Bank SE Nordic Branch
Haakon VII`s gate 1
Postbox 1999 Vika
0125 Oslo
Norway

Attention: TLS team

Telefax: +47 23 01 22 09 / +47 23 01 22 50
E-mail: tls.tm.oslo@dvbbank.com











133

SCHEDULE 2

CONDITIONS PRECEDENT AND SUBSEQUENT PART A
CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO INITIAL DRAWDOWN REQUEST

1
Transaction Obligors

[Intentionally deleted as the Loan is fully drawn ]




134

1.1
A copy of the constitutional documents of each Transaction Obligor.

1.2
A copy of a resolution of the board of directors of each Transaction Obligor:

(a)
approving the terms of, and the transactions contemplated by, the Finance Documents to   which it is a party and resolving that it execute the Finance Documents to which it is a party;

(b)
authorising a specified person or persons to execute the Finance Documents to which it is a   party on its behalf; and

(c)
authorising a specified person or persons, on its behalf, to sign and/or despatch all   documents and notices (including, if relevant, each Drawdown Request and each Selection   Notice) to be signed and/or despatched by it under, or in connection with, the Finance   Documents to which it is a party.

1.3
An original of the power of attorney of any Transaction Obligor authorising a specified   person or persons to execute the Finance Documents to which it is a party.

1.4
A specimen of the signature of each person signing any Finance Document.

1.5
A copy of a resolution signed by the Shareholder as all the holders of the issued shares in the   Borrower, approving the terms of, and the transactions contemplated by, the Finance   Documents to which each Borrower is a party.

1.6
A certificate of each Transaction Obligor (signed by an officer or director) confirming that   borrowing or guaranteeing, as appropriate, the Total Commitments would not cause any   borrowing, guaranteeing or similar limit binding on that Transaction Obligor to be exceeded.

1.7
A certificate of each Transaction Obligor that is incorporated outside the UK (signed by an   officer or director) certifying either that (i) it has not delivered particulars of any UK   Establishment to the Registrar of Companies as required under the Overseas Regulations or   (ii) it has a UK Establishment and specifying the name and registered number under which it   is registered with the Registrar of Companies.

1.8
A certificate of an authorised signatory of the relevant Transaction Obligor certifying that   each copy document relating to it specified in this Part A of Schedule 2 ( Conditions Precedent   and Subsequent ) is correct, complete and in full force and effect as at a date no earlier than   the date of this Agreement.

1.9
Evidence of satisfactory capital/shareholding structure of the Transaction Obligors.

2
MOAs

2.1
Copies of each MOA.

2.2
Evidence that 10 per cent. of the Purchase Price has been paid by each Borrower to the Seller pursuant to the relevant MOA.

2.3
The Commercial Management Agreements and the Technical Management Agreements,   each on terms acceptable to the Facility Agent acting reasonably and without undue delay.

3
Finance Documents

3.1
A duly executed original of any Subordination Deed and copies of each Subordinated Finance Document (if applicable).

3.2
A duly executed original of any Finance Document not otherwise referred to in this Schedule 2 ( Conditions Precedent and Subsequent ).




135

3.3
A duly executed original of any other document required to be delivered by each Finance Document if not otherwise referred to in this Schedule 2 ( Conditions Precedent and Subsequent ).

4
Security Documents

4.1
A duly executed original of each Account Security and each Shares Security (and of each document to be delivered under each of them) including confirmation of the appointment of any process agent under the Account Security.

4.2
A duly executed original of any Subordinated Debt Security (if applicable).

5
Legal opinions

5.1
A legal opinion of Watson, Farley & Williams LLP, legal advisers to the Facility Agent and the Security Agent in England, substantially in the form distributed to the Original Lenders before signing this Agreement.

5.2
A legal opinion of Watson, Farley & Williams LLP, legal advisers to the Facility Agent and Security Agent in Germany, substantially in the form distributed to the Original Lenders before signing this Agreement.

5.3
If a Transaction Obligor is incorporated in a jurisdiction other than England and Wales, a legal opinion of the legal advisers to the Facility Agent and the Security Agent in the relevant jurisdiction, substantially in the form distributed to the Original Lenders before signing this Agreement.

6
Other documents and evidence

6.1
A copy of any other Authorisation or other document, opinion or assurance which the Facility Agent considers to be necessary or desirable (if it has notified the Borrowers accordingly) in connection with the entry into and performance of the transactions contemplated by any Transaction Document or for the validity and enforceability of any Transaction Document.

6.2
The original of any mandates or other documents required in connection with the opening or operation of the Accounts.

6.3
Confirmation from the Account Bank that it has received the Minimum Liquidity Amount in each Earning Account.

6.4
Such evidence as the Facility Agent may require for the Finance Parties to be able to satisfy each of their "know your customer" or similar identification procedures in relation to the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents.

6.5
A valuation of the relevant Vessel, addressed to the Facility Agent on behalf of the Finance Parties, stated to be for the purposes of this Agreement and dated not earlier than three weeks before the Drawdown Date and not later than one week before the Drawdown Date unless otherwise agreed by the Facility Agent from an Approved Valuer and showing the Market Value for the Vessel).

6.6
Evidence that any process agent referred to in Clause 48.2 (Service of process), if not an Obligor, has accepted its appointment.

6.7
Evidence that any German process agent referred to in any Account Security has accepted its appointment.



136

PART B

CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO DISBURSEMENT

1
Obligors

1.2
[Intentionally deleted as the Loan is fully drawn]





137

A certificate of an authorised signatory of the relevant Transaction Obligor certifying that   each corporate and copy document provided by it under Part A of Schedule 2 ( Conditions   Precedent and Subsequent ) remains correct, complete and in full force and effect as at the   Drawdown Date.

2
Borrower

A certificate of an authorised signatory of the Borrowers certifying that each copy document   which it is required to provide under this Part B of Schedule 2 ( Conditions Precedent and   Subsequent ) is correct, complete and in full force and effect as at the Drawdown Date.

3
Seller's invoice

A copy of the relevant invoice from the Seller to be provided by the Seller to each Borrower   pursuant to the relevant MOA.

4
Vessel and other security

4.1
Save where the Facility Agent agrees to provision of the same on the relevant Delivery Date   as a condition subsequent under Part C of this Schedule 2 ( Conditions Precedent and   Subsequent ), documentary evidence that the relevant Mortgage has been duly recorded as a   valid first preferred ship mortgage in accordance with the laws of the jurisdiction of the   Approved Flag.

4.2
Simultaneously with the relevant Drawdown, documentary evidence that the relevant Vessel:

(a)
has been unconditionally delivered by the Seller to, and accepted by, the relevant Borrower   under the relevant MOA (including but not limited to copies of the relevant bill of sale and   protocol of delivery and acceptance) and that the full purchase price payable and all other   sums due to the Seller under that MOA, other than the sums financed pursuant to the   release of the Advance on the relevant Delivery Date, have been paid to the Seller;

(b)
is definitively and permanently registered in the name of the relevant Borrower under the Approved Flag at the port of Monrovia.

(c)
is in the absolute and unencumbered ownership of the relevant Borrower save as   contemplated by the Finance Documents;

(d)
maintains the Approved Classification with the Approved Classification Society free of all   overdue recommendations and conditions of the Approved Classification Society affecting   class; and

(e)
is insured in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement and all requirements in this Agreement in respect of insurances have been complied with.

4.3
Copies of the relevant Vessel's Safety Management Certificate (together with any other   details of the applicable Safety Management System which the Facility Agent requires) and   of any other documents required under the ISM Code and the ISPS Code in relation to that   Vessel including without limitation an ISSC.

4.4
Such documentary evidence as the Facility Agent and its legal advisers may require in   relation to the due authorisation and execution by each Borrower and the Seller of the   relevant MOA and of all documents to be executed by each Borrower and the Seller under   and in connection with the relevant MOA; and



138

4.5
A duly executed original of the General Assignment and of each document to be delivered   under or pursuant to each of them together with instructions for the Facility Agent or its   lawyers to date such documents.

4.6
a Manager's Undertaking for each of the Approved Technical Manager and the Approved Commercial Manager; and

4.7
copies of the Approved Technical Manager's Document of Compliance.

5
Legal opinions

Legal opinions of the legal advisers to the Facility Agent and the Security Agent in the   jurisdiction of the Approved Flag of the Vessel.

6
Other documents and evidence

6.1
Evidence that the fees, costs and expenses then due from the Borrowers pursuant to   Clause 11 ( Fees ) and Clause 16 ( Costs and Expenses ), including legal fees, have been paid or   will be paid by the Drawdown Date.

PART C

CONDITIONS SUBSEQUENT

1
Vessel and other security

[Intentionally deleted]



139

(a)
Documentary evidence to be provided on the relevant Delivery Date (as a same day   condition subsequent) that the relevant Mortgage has been duly recorded on that Delivery   Date as a valid first preferred ship mortgage in accordance with the laws of the jurisdiction   of the Approved Flag.

(b)
Evidence that the Security Documents have been duly registered or recorded in such   jurisdictions as the Facility Agent may require (including UCC filings in the United States of   America) and that all notices of assignment required under or in connection with the   relevant Security Documents have been served.

(c)
A duly executed original of a Letter of Undertaking from the Approved Brokers in a form   acceptable to the Facility Agent.

(d)
A duly executed original of a Letter of Undertaking from any protection and indemnity club   or war risks association through or with whom any obligatory insurances are placed or   effected in a form acceptable to the Facility Agent.

2
Miscellaneous

Evidence that all legal fees have been paid within 30 days of the Drawdown Date.

SCHEDULE 3

REQUESTS PART A
DRAWDOWN REQUEST

From:
Scorpio Baron Shipping Company Limited
 
Scorpio Brilliance Shipping Company Limited
   
To:
DVB Bank SE Nordic Branch
   

Dated: [•] 2017

Dear Sirs

Scorpio Baron Shipping Company Limited and Scorpio Brilliance Shipping Company Limited – US$9,000,000 Facility Agreement dated [ ] 2017 (the "Agreement")

1
We refer to the Agreement. This is a Drawdown Request. Terms defined in the Agreement have the same meaning in this Drawdown Request unless given a different meaning in this Drawdown Request.
   
2
We wish to borrow the Advance on the following terms:
   
 
Proposed Drawdown Date:
[•] (or, if that is not a Business Day, the next Business Day)
     
 
Amount:
[•] or, if less, the Available Facility
     
 
Interest Period:
[•]
     
3
[You are authorised and requested to deduct from the Advance prior to funds being remitted the following amounts set out against the following items:
     
     





140



 
Deductible Items
$
     
 
Arrangement Fee
 
     
 
Facility Agent's solicitors' fees inclusive of disbursements and VAT
   
 
[___________] legal opinion fees (if any)
   
     
 
Net proceeds of Advance
_____________]
     
     
4
We confirm that each condition specified in Clause 4.1 ( Conditions precedent to delivery of a Drawdown Request ) and paragraph (a) of Clause Error! Reference source not found. ( Error! Reference source not found. ) is satisfied on the date of this Drawdown Request.
   
5
The [net] proceeds of this Advance should be credited to:
   
 
account number: [•]
   
 
name and SWIFT of account bank: [•]
   
 
name and SWIFT of US correspondent bank: [•]
   
6
This Drawdown Request is irrevocable. Yours faithfully
   



_______________________
[ ]
authorised signatory for
Scorpio Baron Shipping Company Limited
Scorpio Brilliance Shipping Company Limited








141

PART B  SELECTION

NOTICE


From:
Scorpio Baron Shipping Company Limited
 
Scorpio Brilliance Shipping Company Limited
   
To:
DVB Bank SE Nordic Branch
   

Dated: [•] 2017


Dear Sirs

S corpio Baron Shipping Company Limited and Scorpio Brilliance Shipping Company Limited – US$9,000,000 Facility Agreement dated [ ] 2017 (the "Agreement")

1
We refer to the Agreement.  This is a Selection Notice.  Terms defined in the Agreement have the same meaning in this Selection Notice unless given a different meaning in this Selection Notice.

2
We request that, subject to paragraph (g) of Clause 9.1 ( Selection of Interest Periods ) of the Agreement, the next Interest Period for the Loan be [•].

3
This Selection Notice is irrevocable. Yours faithfully






_________________________
[ ]
authorised signatory for
Scorpio Baron Shipping Company Limited
Scorpio Brilliance Shipping Company Limited













142

SCHEDULE 4

FORM OF TRANSFER CERTIFICATE

To:
DVB Bank SE Nordic Branch as Facility Agent [and DVB Bank SE Nordic Branch as Security Agent]
   
From:
 
   
The Existing Lender] (the " Existing Lender ") and [The New Lender] (the " New Lender ")

Dated: [•]

Dear Sirs

Scorpio Baron Shipping Company Limited and Scorpio Brilliance Shipping Company Limited – US$9,000,000 Facility Agreement dated [ ] 2017 [ ] (the "Agreement")

1
We refer to the Agreement. This is a Transfer Certificate. Terms defined in the Agreement have the same meaning in this Transfer Certificate unless given a different meaning in this Transfer Certificate.

2
We refer to Clause 27.5 ( Procedure for transfer ) of the Agreement:

(a)
The Existing Lender and the New Lender agree to the Existing Lender transferring to the New Lender by novation all of the Existing Lender's rights and obligations under the Agreement and the other Finance Documents which relate to that portion of the Existing Lender's Commitment and participation in the Loan under the Agreement as specified in the Schedule in accordance with Clause 27.5 ( Procedure for transfer ) of the Agreement.

(b)
The proposed Transfer Date is [•].

(c)
The Facility Office and address, fax number and attention details for notices of the New Lender for the purposes of Clause 36.2 ( Addresses ) of the Agreement are set out in the Schedule.

3
The New Lender expressly acknowledges the limitations on the Existing Lender's obligations set out in paragraph (c) of Clause 27.4 ( Limitation of responsibility of Existing Lenders ) of the Agreement.

4
[The New Lender hereby confirms that it has received a copy of each of the Security Documents which are governed by German law and which are account pledges, is aware of the contents of such account pledges and expressly consents to the declarations of the Security Agent made on behalf of the New Lender (as future pledgee) in such account pledges.]

5
This Transfer Certificate may be executed in any number of counterparts and this has the same effect as if the signatures on the counterparts were on a single copy of this Transfer Certificate.

6
This Transfer Certificate and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it are governed by English law.






143

7
This Transfer Certificate has been entered into on the date stated at the beginning of this Transfer Certificate.

Note: The execution of this Transfer Certificate may not transfer a proportionate share of the Existing Lender's interest in the Transaction Security in all jurisdictions. It is the responsibility of the New Lender to ascertain whether any other documents or other formalities are required to perfect a transfer of such a share in the Existing Lender's Transaction Security in any jurisdiction and, if so, to arrange for execution of those documents and completion of those formalities.





















144

THE SCHEDULE Commitment/rights and obligations to

be transferred [insert relevant details]

[Facility Office address, fax number and attention details
for notices and account details for payments.]


[Existing Lender]
 
[New Lender]
     
By: [•]
 
By: [•]

This Transfer Certificate is accepted by the Facility Agent [and the Security Agent] and the Transfer Date is confirmed as [•].

[Facility Agent]

By: [•]
[Security Agent]

By:]





















145

SCHEDULE 5

FORM OF ASSIGNMENT AGREEMENT


To:
DVB Bank SE Nordic Branch as Facility Agent, [DVB Bank SE Nordic Branch as Security Agent] and Scorpio Baron Shipping Company Limited and Scorpio Brilliance Shipping Company as Borrower, for and on behalf of each Transaction Obligor
   
From:
[the Existing Lender] (the " Existing Lender ") and [the New Lender] (the " New Lender ")
   
 

Dated: [•] 2017

Dear Sirs

Scorpio Baron Shipping Company Limited and Scorpio Brilliance Shipping Company Limited – US$9,000,000 Facility Agreement dated [ ] 2017 (the "Agreement")

1
We refer to the Agreement.  This is an Assignment Agreement.  Terms defined in the Agreement have the same meaning in this Assignment Agreement unless given a different meaning in this Assignment Agreement.

2
We refer to Clause 27.6 ( Procedure for assignment ):

(a)
The Existing Lender assigns absolutely to the New Lender all the rights of the Existing Lender under the Agreement, the other Finance Documents and in respect of the Transaction Security which correspond to that portion of the Existing Lender's Commitment and participations in the Loan under the Agreement as specified in the Schedule.

(b)
The Existing Lender is released from all the obligations of the Existing Lender which correspond to that portion of the Existing Lender's Commitments and participations in the Loan under the Agreement specified in the Schedule.

(c)
The New Lender becomes a Party as a Lender and is bound by obligations equivalent to those from which the Existing Lender is released under paragraph (b) above.

3
The proposed Transfer Date is [•].

4
On the Transfer Date the New Lender becomes Party to the Finance Documents as a Lender.

5
The Facility Office and address, fax, number and attention details for notices of the New Lender for the purposes of Clause 36.2 ( Addresses ) are set out in the Schedule.

6
The New Lender expressly acknowledges the limitations on the Existing Lender's obligations set out in paragraph (c) of Clause 27.4 ( Limitation of responsibility of Existing Lenders ).

7
[The New Lender hereby confirms that it has received a copy of each of the Security Documents which are governed by German law and which are account pledges, is aware of the contents of such account pledges and expressly consents to the declarations of the Security Agent made on behalf of the New Lender (as future pledgee) in such account pledges.]

8
This Assignment Agreement acts as notice to the Facility Agent (on behalf of each Finance Party) and, upon delivery in accordance with Clause 27.7 ( Copy of Transfer Certificate or



146

Assignment Agreement to Borrower ), to the Borrowers (on behalf of each Transaction Obligor) of the assignment referred to in this Assignment Agreement.

9
This Assignment Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and this has the same effect as if the signatures on the counterparts were on a single copy of this Assignment Agreement.

10
This Assignment Agreement and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it are governed by English law.

11
This Assignment Agreement has been entered into on the date stated at the beginning of this Assignment Agreement.

Note: The execution of this Assignment Agreement may not transfer a proportionate share of the Existing Lender's interest in the Transaction Security in all jurisdictions. It is the responsibility of the New Lender to ascertain whether any other documents or other formalities are required to perfect a transfer of such a share in the Existing Lender's Transaction Security in any jurisdiction and, if so, to arrange for execution of those documents and completion of those formalities.


THE SCHEDULE

Commitment rights and obligations to be transferred by assignment, release and accession

[insert relevant details]

[Facility office address, fax number and attention details for notices and account details for payments]


[Existing Lender]
 
[New Lender]
     
By: [•]
 
By: [•]


This Assignment Agreement is accepted by the Facility Agent [and the Security Agent] and the Transfer Date is confirmed as [•].

Signature of this Assignment Agreement by the Facility Agent constitutes confirmation by the Facility Agent of receipt of notice of the assignment referred to herein, which notice the Facility Agent receives on behalf of each Finance Party.

[Facility Agent]

[By:


[Security Agent]

By:]




147

SCHEDULE 6

TIMETABLES



Delivery of a duly completed Drawdown Request (Clause 5.1 ( Delivery of a Drawdown Request ))
 
Two Business Days before the intended Drawdown Date (Clause 5.1 ( Delivery of a Drawdown Request ))
     
Delivery of a duly completed Selection Notice (Clause 9.1 ( Selection of Interest Periods ))
 
Five Business Days before the expiry of the preceding Interest Period (Clause 9.1 ( Selection of Interest Periods ))
Facility Agent notifies the Lenders of the Advance in accordance with Clause 5.4 ( Lenders' participation )
 
Two  Business  Days  before  the  intended Drawdown Date.
     
LIBOR is fixed
 
Quotation Day as of 11:00 am London time
     
Reference Bank Rate calculated by reference to available quotations in accordance with Clause 10.2 ( Calculation of Reference Bank Rate )
 
Noon on the Quotation Day















148

EXECUTION PAGES


BORROWERS
   
     
EXECUTED AS A DEED by Micha Withoft
)
/s/ Micha Withoft
duly authorised
)
Attorney-in-Fact
for and on behalf of
)
 
SCORPIO BARON SHIPPING COMPANY LIMITED
)
 
in the presence of:
)
 
     
Witness' signature:/s/ Sebastian Sandtorv
)
 
Witness' name: Sebastian Sandtorv
)
 
Witness' address:
)
 
SCORPIO COMMERCIAL MANAGEMENT S.A.M.
   
Le Millenium
   
9, Boulevard Charless III
   
MC 98000 MONACO
   
     
EXECUTED AS A DEED by Micha Withoft
)
/s/ Micha Withoft
duly authorised
)
Attorney-in-Fact
for and on behalf of
)
 
SCORPIO BRILLIANCE SHIPPING COMPANY LIMITED
)
 
in the presence of:
)
 
     
Witness' signature:/s/ Sebastian Sandtorv
)
 
Witness' name: Sebastian Sandtorv
)
 
Witness' address:
)
 
SCORPIO COMMERCIAL MANAGEMENT S.A.M.
   
Le Millenium
   
9, Boulevard Charless III
   
MC 98000 MONACO
   
     
ORIGINAL SHAREHOLDER
   
     
EXECUTED AS A DEED by Eleni Elpis Nassopoulou
)
/s/ Eleni Elpis Nassopoulou
duly authorised
)
Attorney-in-Fact
for and on behalf of
)
 
SCORPIO OFFSHORE HOLDING INC.
)
 
in the presence of:
)
 
     
Witness' signature:/s/ Sebastian Sandtorv
)
 
Witness' name: Sebastian Sandtorv
)
 
Witness' address:
)
 
SCORPIO COMMERCIAL MANAGEMENT S.A.M.
   
Le Millenium
   
9, Boulevard Charless III
   
MC 98000 MONACO
   








149



REPLACEMENT SHAREHOLDER
   
     
EXECUTED AS A DEED by Eleni Elpis Nassopoulou
)
/s/ Eleni Elpis Nassopoulou
duly authorised
)
Attorney-in-Fact
for and on behalf of
)
 
AHTS HOLDCO LIMTIED
)
 
in the presence of:
)
 
     
Witness' signature:/s/ Sebastian Sandtorv
   
Witness' name: Sebastian Sandtorv
   
Witness' address:
   
SCORPIO COMMERCIAL MANAGEMENT S.A.M.
   
Le Millenium
   
9, Boulevard Charless III
   
MC 98000 MONACO
   
     
THE FACILITY AGENT (ON BEHALF OF LENDERS)
   
     
EXECUTED AS A DEED by Tanpreet Rooprai
)
/s/ Tanpreet Rooprai
duly authorised
)
Attorney-in-Fact
for and on behalf of
)
 
DVB BANK SE NORDIC BRANCH
)
 
in the presence of:
)
 
     
Witness' signature: /s/ Ella Vries
)
 
Witness' name: Ella Vries
Trainee Solicitor
)
 
Witness' address:
)
 
Watson Farley & Williams LLP
   
15 Appold Street
   
London EC2A 2HB
   
     
THE FACILITY AGENT
   
     
EXECUTED AS A DEED by Tanpreet Rooprai
)
/s/ Tanpreet Rooprai
duly authorised
)
Attorney-in-Fact
for and on behalf of
)
 
DVB BANK SE NORDIC BRANCH
)
 
in the presence of:
)
 
     
Witness' signature: /s/ Ella Vries
)
 
Witness' name: Ella Vries
Trainee Solicitor
)
 
Witness' address:
)
 
Watson Farley & Williams LLP
   
15 Appold Street
   
London EC2A 2HB
   
     



150



THE SECURITY AGENT
   
     
EXECUTED AS A DEED by Tanpreet Rooprai
)
/s/ Tanpreet Rooprai
duly authorised
)
Attorney-in-Fact
for and on behalf of
)
 
DVB BANK SE NORDIC BRANCH
)
 
in the presence of:
)
 
     
Witness' signature: /s/ Ella Vries
)
 
Witness' name: Ella Vries
Trainee Solicitor
)
 
Witness' address:
)
 
Watson Farley & Williams LLP
   
15 Appold Street
   
London EC2A 2HB
   














151
Exhibit 4.11

Execution Version
AMENDMENT AGREEMENT

Dated 29 March 2019
relating to a
REVOLVING CREDIT FACILITY
dated 16 March 2015
between

NORDIC AMERICAN OFFSHORE LTD.
as Borrower

DNB BANK ASA
and
SKANDINAVISKA ENSKILDA BANKEN AB (PUBL)
as Mandated Lead Arrangers

DNB BANK ASA
as Bookrunner

THE FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS
listed in Part I of Schedule 1
as  Original Lenders

DNB BANK ASA
as Security Agent and Agent

THE FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS
listed in Part II of Schedule 1
as  Swap Banks





THIS AMENDMENT AGREEMENT (the " Agreement ") is dated 29 March 2019 and made between:
(1)
NORDIC AMERICAN OFFSHORE LTD. ,   a company, which following its redomiciliation from the Marshall Islands to Bermuda, is incorporated under the laws of Bermuda with company registration number 51869 and whose registered office is at LOM Building, 27 Reid Street, Hamilton HM 11, Bermuda  as borrower (the " Borrower ");
(2)
BLUE POWER LIMITED , a company incorporated under the laws of Bermuda with company registration number 48473 and whose registered office is at Thistle House, 4 Burnaby Street, Hamilton, HM11, Bermuda as guarantor (" BPL ");
(3)
DNB BANK ASA and SKANDINAVISKA ENSKILDA BANKEN AB (PUBL) as mandated lead arrangers (the " Arrangers ");
(4)
THE FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS listed in Part I of Schedule 1 of the Facility Agreement (as defined below) as original lenders (the " Original Lenders ");
(5)
DNB BANK ASA as bookrunner (the " Bookrunner ");
(6)
DNB BANK ASA as agent of the other Finance Parties (the " Agent ") and security agent (the " Security Agent "); and
(7)
THE FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS listed in Part II of Schedule 1 of the Facility Agreement (as defined below) as swap banks (the " Swap Banks ").
WHEREAS :
(A)
Pursuant to a revolving credit facility agreement dated 16 March 2015 (the " Facility Agreement ") between the Borrower, BPL, Nordic American Offshore (UK) Ltd. (in liquidation) (the " Retiring Guarantor "), the Arrangers, the Original Lenders, the Bookrunner, the Agent, the Security Agent and the Swap Banks the Original Lenders made available to the Borrower a certain revolving credit facility.
(B)
Pursuant to a release letter dated on or about the date hereof between the Agent, as agent, the Borrower as borrower, BPL as guarantor and the Retiring Guarantor as retiring guarantor, the Retiring Guarantor was released from the Facility Agreement.
(C)
Pursuant to a waiver and consent letter dated 12 December 2018 the Original Lenders granted a waiver (the " Waiver ") of the financial covenants in Clause 23.2.1 (Minimum Value Adjusted Equity ), Clause 23.2.2 ( Minimum Value Adjusted Equity Ratio ) and Clause 23.2.4. ( Positive Working Capital ), Clause 25.4 ( Minimum Total Market Value ) of the Facility Agreement,and amended the financial covenants in Clause 23.2.3 ( Minimum Liquidity ) of the Facility Agreement and the waiver has been extended, pursuant to a waiver extension letter dated 6 February 2019, further waiver extension letters dated 20 February 2019, 4 March 2019 and 8 March 2019 and by email correspondence, to and including  1 April 2019.
(D)
Pursuant to the waiver extension letter dated 6 February 2019, referred to above, the Available Facility was cancelled.
1


(E)
The Original Lenders and the Borrower are considering a refinancing of the Facility Agreement with a new term loan facility to be provided by the Original Lenders with a maturity dated of 6 December 2023 subject to, among other things, receipt by the Borrower of cash consideration of no less than USD 35,000,000 following a share issue in the Borrower  as reduced by the amount of any cash consideration received by the Borrower under the Equity Line of Credit (the " Equity Raise ").
(F)
In order to finalise the Equity Raise the Borrower has requested an additional extension of the Waiver and the Original Lenders have agreed to the additional waiver subject to the amendments set out in, and the other terms of, this Agreement.
IT IS AGREED as follows:
1.
DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION
1.1
Definitions
Unless a contrary indication appears, a term defined in the Facility Agreement as amended following the Effective Date (as defined below) has the same meaning when used in this Agreement, and:
" Effective Date " means:

(a)
the date on which the Agent notifies the Borrower that it has received all the documents and other evidence set out in Schedule 1 ( Conditions precedent ) to this Agreement in form and substance satisfactory to it; or

(b)
such earlier date as informed in writing by the Agent to the Borrower,
provided, however, that the Effective Date may occur no later than 26 April 2019
" Waiver Period " means the period from and including the date of this Agreement to (i) 26 April 2019 (the " Initial Waiver Period ") and (ii) following the Initial Waiver Period, and provided that the Effective Date has occurred within the Initial Waiver Period, the earlier to occur of:

(a)
31 January 2020;

(b)
the date on which the Borrower fails to comply with any condition set out in Clause 3 ( Conditions of waiver ) as determined by the Agent (acting on the instructions of any  Lender in such Lender's reasonable discretion);

(c)
the date occurring 15 Business Days after the Effective Date, if the Agent has not received all the documents and other evidence set out in Schedule 2 ( Conditions subsequent ) to this Agreement in form and substance satisfactory to it; and

(d)
the date on which any Event of Default occurs,
it being understood that the Waiver Period (including the Initial Waiver Period, as applicable) shall automatically terminate without further notice on such date.
2


1.2
Interpretation
The provisions of Clause 1.2 ( Construction ) of the Facility Agreement shall apply to this Agreement as though they were set out herein in their entirety, except that references to the Facility Agreement shall be construed as references to this Agreement.
2.
WAIVER

(a)
Subject to paragraph (b) below the Lenders hereby agree during the Waiver Period:

(i)
to suspend the following provisions of the Facility Agreement: Clause 23.2.1 ( Minimum Value Adjusted Equity ), Clause 23.2.2 ( Minimum Value Adjusted Equity Ratio ), Clause 23.2.4. ( Positive Working Capital ) and Clause 25.4 ( Minimum Total Market Value ) of the Facility Agreement;

(ii)
to amend Clause 23.2.3 ( Minimum Liquidity ) in respect of the Borrower to read as follows: " The Liquidity of the Borrower, on a consolidated basis, shall at all times during the Security Period be higher than zero ."; and

(iii)
to waive any breach of Clause 21.20 ( The Vessel s), Clause 24.4 ( Title ), Clause 24.11 ( Merger and, Clause 25.13 ( Ownership, flag, name and registry ) of the Facility Agreement required to permit any steps or actions necessary to complete the Permitted Reorganisation.

(b)
Following the expiry of the Waiver Period:

(i)
the original wording of the financial covenants (as amended pursuant to this Amendment Agreement following the Effective Date) set out in Clauses 23.2.1 ( Minimum Value Adjusted Equity ), 23.2.2 ( Minimum Value Adjusted Equity Ratio ), 23.2.3 ( Minimum Liquidity ), 23.2.4 ( Positive Working Capital ) and Clause 25.4 ( Minimum Total Market Value ) of the Facility shall apply;

(ii)
the waiver contained at subparagraph (iii) of paragraph (a) above shall terminate; and

(iii)
in respect of any breach of covenant or Event of Default in existence per the end of the Waiver Period, no remedy or cure period will apply.
3.
CONDITIONS OF WAIVER
Notwithstanding subparagraph (iii) of paragraph (a) of Clause 2 ( Waiver ):

(a)
neither of the AHTS SPVs may be transferred to the AHTS Holdco and none of the Crew SPVs may be transferred to Crew Holdco prior to (i) the establishment of AHTS Holdco and Crew Holdco as wholly owned direct Subsidiaries of the Borrower and (ii) the completion of the Permitted Vessel Transfers in respect of all of the Vessels; and

(b)
prior to the Effective Date no funds may be transferred from BPL, PSV Guarantor A, the PSV A SPVs, PSV Guarantor B, PSV B SPVs, PSV Charterer Guarantor A or PSV Charterer Guarantor B to other members of the Group but funds may be transferred between the aforementioned entities,
3


and it is understood that the Waiver Period will automatically terminate on the date on which the Borrower fails to comply with any such condition set out above as determined by the Agent (acting on the instructions of any Lender in such Lender's sole discretion).
4.
AMENDMENTS
Subject to the terms of this Agreement, it is hereby agreed that with effect from and including the Effective Date the following amendments will be made to the terms of the Facility Agreement:

(a)
The following new definitions will be inserted at Clause 1.1 ( Definitions ) of the Facility Agreement:
'" AHTS Holdco " means, AHTS Holdco Limited, the special purpose corporation, established or to be established, as a wholly owned Subsidiary of the Borrower and which owns, or shall own, directly or indirectly, both of the AHTS SPVs.'
'" AHTS SPVs ” means “Scorpio Baron Shipping Company Limited” and “Scorpio Brilliance Shipping Company Limited” each being a wholly owned Subsidiary of the AHTS Holdco and each owning one of the AHTS Vessels.’
'" AHTS Vessels " means each of the anchor handling tug supply vessels: "SOI Baron" and "SOI Brilliance".'
'" Amendment Agreement " means the amendment agreement dated 29 March 2019 in respect of this Agreement.'
'" Crew Holdco " means, the special purpose corporation, established or to be established, as a wholly owned Subsidiary of the Borrower and which owns, or shall own, directly or indirectly, each of the Crew SPVs.'
'" Crew SPVs ” means “Petro Craft 2017-1 Shipping Company Limited”, “Petro Craft 2017-2 Shipping Company Limited”, “Petro Craft 2017-3 Shipping Company Limited”, “Petro Craft 2017-4 Shipping Company Limited”, “Petro Craft 2017-5 Shipping Company Limited”,, “Petro Craft 2017-7 Shipping Company Limited ”, “Petro Craft 2017-8 Shipping Company Limited ”, “Petro  Combi 6030-01 Shipping Company Limited”, “Petro  Combi 6030-02 Shipping Company Limited”, “Petro  Combi 6030-03 Shipping Company Limited”and “Petro  Combi 6030-04 Shipping Company Limited.’
'" Crew Vessels " means each of crew vessels: "Petro Craft 2005-1", "Petro Craft 2005-2", "Petro Craft 1605-1", "Petro Craft 1605-2", "Petro Craft 1605-3", "Petro Craft 1605-5", "Petro Craft 1605-6", "Petro Craft 1905-01", "Petro Craft 1905-02", "Petro Craft 1905-03" and "Petro Craft 1905-04".'
'" Crew Holdco Intercompany Loan Assignment " means the intercompany loan assignment agreement collateral to this Agreement entered or to be entered into between each relevant member of the Group and the Security Agent( on behalf of the Finance Parties and the Swap Banks) for the first priority assignment of the claims of such member of the Group under any loan from it to Crew Holdco as security for the Obligors' obligations under the Finance Documents and Swap Agreements, in form and substance satisfactory to the Security Agent (on behalf of the Finance Parties and the Swap Banks).’
4


'" Crew Holdco Share Pledge " means the share pledge agreement collateral to this Agreement entered or to be entered into between the Borrower and the Security Agent (on behalf of the Finance Parties and the Swap Banks) for the first priority pledge over all of the shares in Crew Holdco as security for the Obligors' obligations under the Finance Documents and Swap Agreements, in form and substance satisfactory to the Security Agent (on behalf of the Finance Parties and the Swap Banks).’
'" Equity Line of Credit " means the common stock purchase agreement entered into or to by entered into by the Borrower, Scorpio Offshore Investments Inc. (“ SOI ”) and Mackenzie Financial Corporation for and on behalf of certain Mackenzie funds and accounts in respect of the issuance and sale of common stock in the Borrower and the purchase of such common stock by SOI and Mackenzie Financial Corporation for and on behalf of certain Mackenzie funds and accounts.'
'" Group ” means the Borrower and its Subsidiaries.’
'" Original Lender A " means DNB Bank ASA in its capacity as Original Lender and Original Swap Bank.'
'" Original Lender B " means Skandinaviska Enskilda Banken AB (publ) in its capacity as Original Lender and Original Swap Bank.’
'" Permitted Reorganisation " means:

(a)
the establishment of PSV Guarantor A, each of the PSV A SPVs, PSV Guarantor B and each of the PSV B SPVs and the acquisition by BPL of the PSV Charterer Guarantor A and the PSV Charterer Guarantor B provided that prior to any Permitted Vessel Transfer the conditions precedent set out in paragraphs 1, 2 and 3 of Schedule 1 (Conditions Precedent) to the Amendment Agreement have been satisfied;

(b)
each Permitted Vessel Transfer provided that (i) the completion of the steps set out in paragraph (a) above have been completed prior to the first Permitted Vessel Transfer, (ii) the conditions precedent set out in paragraphs 4 and 5 of Schedule 1 (Conditions Precedent)  to the Amendment Agreement in respect of the relevant Vessel have been satisfied or will be satisfied on the date of such Permitted Vessel Transfer, and (iii) within 7 days of the first Permitted Vessel Transfer each PSV A Vessel is transferred to its respective PSV A SPV and each PSV B Vessel is transferred to its respective PSV B SPV.’
'" Permitted Vessel Transfer " means the transfer of a PSV A Vessel to its respective PSV  A SPV and the transfer of a PSV B Vessel to its respective PSV  B SPV.'
'" PSV A Vessels " means, collectively, NAO Guardian, NAO Protector, NAO Storm, NAO Thunder and NAO Viking, unless a different distribution of the PSV A Vessels and PSV B Vessels is agreed between the Lenders.'
'" PSV B Vessels " means, collectively, NAO Fighter, NAO Power, NAO Prosper, NAO Galaxy and NAO Horizon, unless a different distribution of the PSV A Vessels and PSV B Vessels is agreed between the Lenders.'
'" PSV Charterer Guarantor A " means, Delta PSV Norway AS (formerly known as  Athomstart Invest 367 AS) ,a limited liability company established under the laws of Norway being a wholly Subsidiary of BPL and, following the Permitted Vessel Transfer, the charterer (in respect of any internal Charterparty) and the disponent
5


owner (in respect of any external Charterparty) in respect of any Charterparty relating to the PSV A Vessels.'
'" PSV Charterer Guarantor B " means, NAO Norway AS, a limited liability company, established under the laws of Norway as a wholly owned Subsidiary of BPL and, following the Permitted Vessel Transfer, the charterer (in respect of any internal Charterparty) and the disponent owner (in respect of any external) in respect of any Charterparty relating to the PSV B Vessels.'
'" PSV Group " means BPL, PSV Guarantor A, PSV Guarantor B, PSV Charterer Guarantor A, PSV Charterer Guarantor B, each of the PSV A SPVs and each of the PSV B SPVs.‘
'" PSV Guarantor A " means, “Delta Cistern V Limited”, the special purpose corporation, established or to be established, under the laws of Bermuda  as a wholly owned Subsidiary of BPL.'
'" PSV A SPVs ” means, “Storm Shipping Company Limited”, “Viking Shipping Company Limited”, “Protector Shipping Company Limited”, “Guardian Shipping Company Limited”, and “Thunder Shipping Company Limited” each being a special purpose corporation, established, under the laws of the Marshall Islands  as a wholly owned Subsidiary of PSV Guarantor A and which will each, following the Permitted Vessel Transfer, own one of the PSV A Vessels.’
'" PSV Guarantor B " means, “Sierra Cistern V Limited”, the special purpose corporation, established or to be established, under the laws of Bermuda  as a wholly owned Subsidiary of BPL.'
'" PSV B SPVs ” means, “Galaxy Shipping Company Limited”, “Horizon Shipping Company Limited”, “Power Shipping Company Limited”, “Prosper Shipping Company Limited”, and “Fighter  Shipping Company Limited” each being a  special purpose corporation, established or to be established, under the laws of the Marshall Islands as a wholly owned Subsidiary of PSV Guarantor B and which will each, following the Permitted Vessel Transfer, own one of the PSV B Vessels.’
'" Restricted Group ” means members of the Group not including the PSV Group.’

(b)
The definitions of "Approved Ship Registry", "Assignment Agreement", "Commercial Manager", "Mortgage", "Security Documents", "Technical Manager", "Share Pledge Agreements", and "Vessels" at Clause 1.1 ( Definitions ) of the Facility Agreement shall be deleted and replaced with the following new definitions:
'" Approved Ship Registry " means the Norwegian International Ship Registry, the Norwegian Ordinary Ship Registry, the Ship Register of the United Kingdom, and in respect of NAO Viking the Marshall Islands Ship Register in combination with a bareboat registration in the name of PSV Charterer Guarantor A in the Bermudan Ship Register, in respect of NAO Guardian the Marshall Islands Ship Register in combination with a bareboat registration in the name of PSV Charterer Guarantor A in the UK Ship Register and in respect of NAO Horizon, NAO Galaxy and NAO Power the Marshall Islands Ship Register in combination with a bareboat registration in the name of PSV Charterer Guarantor B in the UK Ship Register or such other reputable ship registry or flag acceptable to the Lenders (acting reasonably).'
'" Assignment Agreement " means the Crew Holdco Intercompany Loan Assignment and any assignment collateral to this Agreement for (i) the first priority assignment
6


of the Earnings under the Charterparties with a fixed duration of more than twelve (12) months, the Insurances, any monetary claims under intercompany loan agreements granted by any Obligor, and (ii) the first priority pledge of the Earnings Accounts held with the Agent in Norway, to be made between the relevant Obligor and the Security Agent (on behalf of the Finance Parties and the Swap Banks) as security for all amounts due from time to time under the Finance Documents and the Swap Agreement(s), in form and content acceptable to the Security Agent (on behalf of the Finance Parties and the Swap Banks).‘
'" Commercial Manager " means any of the Obligors, Remøy Shipping AS, V.Ships Offshore Ltd. or any third party commercial manager acceptable to the Majority Lenders (acting reasonably).’
'" Mortgage " means each of the first priority mortgages (each in the maximum secured amount of USD 200,000,000 plus interests, costs and expenses) and deeds of covenants collateral thereto or declarations of pledge thereto (if any) to be executed and recorded by the relevant Obligor against each of the Vessels in an Approved Ship Registry or in the Marshall Islands Registry (only as underlying registry) in favour of the Agent (on behalf of the Finance Parties and the Swap Banks) as security for all amounts due from time to time under the Finance Documents and the Swap Agreement(s), in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent (on behalf of the Finance Parties and the Swap Banks).'
'" Security Documents " means all or any of the security documents as may be entered into from time to time pursuant to Clause 20 (Security).'
'" Share Pledge Agreements " means, the Crew Holdco Share Pledge and the share pledge agreements collateral to this Agreement entered or to be entered into between the Borrower, BPL, PSV Guarantor A or PSV Guarantor B (as the case may be) and the Security Agent (on behalf of the Finance Parties and the Swap Banks) for the first priority pledge over the Shares as security for the Obligors' obligations under the Finance Documents and Swap Agreements, in form and substance satisfactory to the Security Agent (on behalf of Finance Parties and the Swap Banks).'
'" Technical Manager " means any of the Obligors, Remøy Shipping AS, V.Ships Offshore Ltd. or any third party technical manager acceptable to the Majority Lenders.’
'" Vessels " means

(a)
M/V "NAO FIGHTER" (" NAO Fighter "),   an offshore supply vessel built in 2012 with IMO number 9613692 owned by and registered in the name of the Borrower prior to the relevant Permitted Vessel Transfer, and Fighter Shipping Company Limited following the relevant Permitted Vessel Transfer, in the Norwegian International Ship Registry;

(b)
M/V "NAO GUARDIAN" (" NAO Guardian "),   an offshore supply vessel built in 2013 with IMO number 9665114 owned by and registered in the name of the Borrower prior to the relevant Permitted Vessel Transfer, and Guardian Shipping Company Limited following the relevant Permitted Vessel Transfer, in the Marshall Islands Ship Register and bareboat registered in the UK Ship Register;

(c)
M/V "NAO POWER" (" NAO Power "), an offshore supply vessel built in 2013 with IMO number 9651890 owned by and registered in the name of BPL prior to the relevant Permitted Vessel Transfer, and Power Shipping Company
7


Limited following the relevant Permitted Vessel Transfer, in the Marshall Islands Ship Register and bareboat registered in the UK Ship Register;

(d)
M/V "NAO PROSPER" (" NAO Prosper "), an offshore supply vessel built in 2012 with IMO number 9312707 owned by and registered in the name of the Borrower prior to the relevant Permitted Vessel Transfer, and Prosper Shipping Company Limited following the relevant Permitted Vessel Transfer, in the Norwegian International Ship Registry;

(e)
M/V "NAO PROTECTOR" (" NAO Protector "), an offshore supply vessel built in 2013 with IMO number 9665126 owned by and registered in the name of the Borrower prior to the relevant Permitted Vessel Transfer, and Protector Shipping Company Limited following the relevant Permitted Vessel Transfer, in the Norwegian Ordinary Ship Registry;

(f)
M/V "NAO STORM" (" NAO Storm "), an offshore supply vessel built in 2014 with IMO number 9722510 owned by and registered in the name of the Borrower prior to the relevant Permitted Vessel Transfer, and Storm Shipping Company Limited following the relevant Permitted Vessel Transfer, in the Norwegian Ordinary Ship Registry;

(g)
M/V "NAO THUNDER" (" NAO Thunder "), an offshore supply vessel built in 2013 with IMO number 9665102 owned by and registered in the name of the Borrower prior to the relevant Permitted Vessel Transfer, and Thunder Shipping Company Limited following the relevant Permitted Vessel Transfer, in the Norwegian International Ship Registry;

(h)
M/V "NAO VIKING" ('' NAO Viking "), an offshore supply vessel built in 2014 with IMO number 9722522 owned by and registered in the name of BPL prior to the relevant Permitted Vessel Transfer, and Viking Shipping Company Limited following the relevant Permitted Vessel Transfer, in the Marshall Islands Ship Register and bareboat registered in the Bermudian Ship Registry;

(i)
M/V "NAO Galaxy" ( ''NAO Galaxy "), an offshore supply vessel built in 2016 with IMO number 9748344 owned by and registered in the name of the Borrower prior to the relevant Permitted Vessel Transfer, and Galaxy Shipping Company Limited following the relevant Permitted Vessel Transfer, in the Marshall Islands Ship Register and bareboat registered in the UK Ship Register; and

(j)
M/V "NAO Horizon" ( ''NAO Horizon "), an offshore supply vessel built in 2016 with IMO number 9747493 owned by and registered in the name of the Borrower prior to the relevant Permitted Vessel Transfer, and Horizon Shipping Company Limited following the relevant Permitted Vessel Transfer, in the Marshall Islands Ship Register and bareboat registered in the UK Ship Register;

(c)
Paragraph (c) of Clause 22.1 ( Financial Statements ) of the Facility Agreement shall be re-numbered as paragraph (d) and the following new paragraph (c) shall be included:
'once every fourteen (14) days (i) its consolidated three (3) month forward looking liquidity budget and (ii) three (3) month forward looking liquidity budget for each member of the Group; and'

(d)
Sub paragraph (d) of Clause 23.1 (Financial Definitions) of the Facility Agreement shall be amended to read as follows:
8


'" Liquidity " means cash in hand or on freely available deposit with any financial institution and in the case of BPL only, deposited on an Earnings Account with the Agent.'

(e)
The following new paragraphs shall be included at Clause 23.2.3 ( Minimum Liquidity ) of the Facility Agreement:
'The Liquidity of BPL shall at all times (consolidated with any subsidiary of BPL but otherwise unconsolidated with the rest of the Group) during the Security Period, exceed USD 5,000,000 and immediately following any utilisation of the Equity Line of Credit shall exceed USD 7,500,000.'
'The Liquidity of AHTS Holdco shall at all times (consolidated with any subsidiary of AHTS Holdco but otherwise unconsolidated with the rest of the Group) during the Security Period, exceed USD 250,000.'
'The Liquidity of Crew Holdco shall at all times (consolidated with any subsidiary of Crew Holdco but otherwise unconsolidated with the rest of the Group) during the Security Period, exceed USD 250,000.'

(f)
Clause 24.5 ( Negative pledge ) of the Facility Agreement shall be amended to read as follows:
'The Obligors shall procure that no Security Interest is created or subsists over the the Crew Vessels or any of the assets of (including, all of the shares in) Crew Holdco and the Crew SPVs and the Obligors shall not create or permit to subsist any Security Interest over any of the Vessels, shares in the Guarantors, the Earnings, the Insurances, the Charterparties, nor the Earnings Account, other than:

(a)
Security Interests under the Finance Documents;

(b)
Permitted Encumbrances; and

(c)
Security Interests consented to in writing by the Agent (acting upon instructions from the Majority Lenders.'

(g)
The following new clause 24.10 ( Equity Line of Credit ) shall be inserted into the Facility Agreement:
'The Borrower shall procure that:

(a)
members of the Group, other than BPL, PSV Guarantor A and PSV Guarantor B, do not receive, directly or indirectly, more than USD 5,000,0000 in aggregate of proceeds of any utilisation of the Equity Line of Credit , including when aggregated with any funds received by AHTS Holdco, AHTS SPVs, Crew Holdco and Crew SPVs in connection with the first utilisation of the Equity Line of Credit;

(b)
(i) any funds received by BPL from any utilisation of the Equity Line of Credit shall be paid to an Earnings Account of BPL held with the Agent and (ii) such funds necessary to maintain compliance with 23.2.3 (Minimum Liquidity) in respect of BPL shall be maintained on such Earnings Account of BPL; and

(c)
no funds may be transferred from the PSV Group to any member of the Restricted Group unless: (i) USD 5,000,000 in proceeds of the Equity Line of Credit has been utilised by members of the Restricted Group, (ii) the Obligors would not be
9


in compliance with Clause 23.2.3 (Minimum Liquidity) in respect of the AHTS Holdco and/or the Crew Holdco if such transfer was not made, and (iii) following the transfer the Obligors would be in compliance with Clause 23.2.3 (Minimum Liquidity) in respect of BPL.

(h)
The following new clause 24.11 ( Recapitalisation ) shall be inserted into the Facility Agreement:
'The Borrower shall procure that:

(a)
upon request of the Agent, and without undue delay, the Lenders are provided with copies of all correspondence with the Securities and Exchange Commission of the United States of America (the " SEC ") in relation to the shelf registration of the Borrower with the New York Stock Exchange, provided that provision of such correspondence to the Lenders is not prohibited by applicable law or regulation; and

(b)
the Agent (i) is provided with satisfactory evidence that the registration statement in respect of the shelf registration of the Borrower with the New York Stock Exchange has been approved by the SEC or (ii) has approved (acting on the instructions of the Lenders in their sole discretion) an alternative plan, provided by the Borrower, for the recapitalisation of the Group, in each case by  no later than 30 October 2019.'

(i)
Paragraph (a) of Clause 25.5 ( Restrictions on chartering, appointment of Managers etc ) of the Facility Agreement shall be amended to read as follows:
'enter into any Charterparty which is not on arm's length terms and conditions or in the case of any external Charterparty for a term of more than six (6) months unless the terms of any such Charterparty have been approved by the Agent (acting reasonably) in writing prior to the date that such Charterparty is entered into, it being understood that the Agent may (acting reasonably) request that certain amendments are made to such Charterparty as a condition for approval and that the Agent will respond to any request for approval of a Charterparty within five (5) Business Days. In the event the Agent does not respond to requests for approval hereunder within five (5) Business Days the Agent will be deemed to have approved the Charterparty'.

(j)
Clause 25.13 ( Ownership, flag, name and registry ) of the Facility Agreement shall be amended to read as follows:
'Other than in respect of the change of ownership contemplated by the Permitted Reorganisation, the Obligors shall not change the ownership, flag, name or registry of any of the Vessels, without the prior written consent of the Agent (on behalf of the Lenders) (not to be withheld in case of change of flag to an Approved Ship Registry). The Agent shall notify the Borrower of the conditions precedent applicable to any permitted change in ownership, flag, name or registry.'

(k)
The following new Clause 26.15 ( Equity Line of Credit ) shall be inserted into the Facility Agreement:
'Any party to the Equity Line of Credit cancels, terminates or fails to comply with the Equity Line of Credit in any respect or the Equity Line of Credit otherwise ceases to be valid, effective, and binding on the parties to it.'

(l)
Clause 26.15 ( Acceleration ) shall be renumbered to be Clause 26.16.
10



(m)
The following new Clause 26.17 ( Unilateral Acceleration ) shall be inserted into the Facility Agreement:
'Notwithstanding Clause 26.16 (Acceleration) and without prejudice to the rights and remedies of the Lenders contained therein, on and at any time after the occurrence of any Event of Default (which is continuing), the Agent may, and shall if so directed by either Original Lender A or Original Lender B, by notice to the Borrower start enforcement in respect of the Security Interests established by the Security Documents.’

(n)
Clause 27.1 ( Assignment and transfers by the Lenders ) of the Facility Agreement shall be amended to read as follows:
'Subject to this Clause 27, a Lender (the " Existing Lender ") may (in its sole discretion):

(a)
assign any of its rights; or

(b)
transfer any of its rights and obligations,
in respect of all or part of its participation in the Facility (but in the case of part, in an amount of no less than USD 5,000,000) to another bank or financial institution or to a trust, fund, or other entity  which is regularly engaged in or established for the purpose of making, purchasing or investing in loans, securities or other financial assets (the " New Lender ").

(o)
Paragraphs (a) and (b) of Clause 27.2 ( Condition of Assignment and Transfer ) of the Facility Agreement shall be deleted and the remaining paragraphs shall be renumbered accordingly.
5.
REPRESENTATION
Each Obligor makes the Repeating Representations to each Finance Party by reference to the facts and circumstances then existing on the date of this Agreement and on the Effective Date.
6.
SECURITY AND GUARANTEES
Each Obligor confirms and agrees that the guarantee and indemnity contained in Clause 19 ( Guarantee and Indemnity ) of the Facility Agreement and the Security Interests created or intended to be created under the Security Document shall, on and after the date of this Agreement and following the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, continue in full force and effect and extend to all the liabilities and obligations of each Obligor under or in respect of the Facility Agreement as amended following the Effective Date and the other Finance Documents.
7.
COSTS AND EXPENSES
The Borrower shall promptly following demand pay to the Agent the amount of all costs and expenses (including external legal fees) reasonably incurred by the Agent in connection with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.
11


8.
FINANCE DOCUMENT
This Agreement shall be a Finance Document.
9.
GOVERNING LAW
This Agreement is governed by Norwegian law.
10.
ENFORCEMENT
10.1
Jurisdiction

(a)
The courts of Norway have exclusive jurisdiction to settle any dispute arising out of or in connection with this Agreement (each a " Dispute ") and the Parties therefore irrevocably submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Oslo district court ( Oslo tingrett ).

(b)
Notwithstanding paragraph (a) above, no Finance Party shall be prevented from taking proceedings relating to a Dispute in any other courts with jurisdiction. To the extent allowed by law, the Finance Parties may take concurrent proceedings in any number of jurisdictions.
10.2
Service of process
Without prejudice to any other mode of service allowed under any relevant law, each Obligor (other than any Obligor incorporated in Norway):

(a)
irrevocably appoints NAO Norway AS as its agent for service of process in relation to any proceedings before the Norwegian courts in connection with any Finance Document; and

(b)
agrees that failure by a process agent to notify the relevant Obligor of the process will not invalidate the proceedings concerned.
This Agreement has been entered into on the date stated at the beginning of this Agreement.
12


SCHEDULE 1
Conditions Precedent
1.
Obligors

(a)
A copy of the constitutional documents of the Borrower and BPL.

(b)
A copy of a resolution of the board of directors of the Borrower and BPL:

(i)
approving the terms of, and the transactions contemplated by, this Agreement and resolving that it execute this Agreement; and

(ii)
authorising a specified person or persons to execute this Agreement on its behalf; and

(c)
If applicable, a copy of a resolution signed by all the holders of the issued shares in each Guarantor, approving the terms of, and the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

(d)
A certificate of an authorised signatory of each relevant Obligor certifying that each copy document relating to it specified in this Schedule 1 is correct, complete and in full force and effect as at a date no earlier than the date of this Agreement; and containing a specimen of the signature of each person authorised by the resolution referred to in paragraph (b) above.
2.
PSV Guarantor A,  each of the PSV A SPVs, PSV Guarantor B, each of the PSV B SPVs, PSV Charterer Guarantor A, PSV Charterer Guarantor B

(a)
A copy of the certificate of incorporation (or similar) for each such Additional Guarantor.

(b)
A copy of the articles of association (or similar) for each such Additional Guarantor .

(c)
A copy of a certificate of good standing (if relevant) for each such Additional Guarantor.

(d)
A copy of resolutions of the board of directors for each such Additional Guarantor:

(i)
approving the terms of, and transaction contemplated by the Finance Documents to which it is a party and resolving that it execute, deliver and perform the Finance Documents to which it is a party; and

(ii)
authorising a specified person or persons to execute the Finance Documents to which it is a party on its behalf.

(e)
a certificate signed by an authority signatory of each such Additional Guarantor

(i)
certifying that each copy document relating to it and provided in connection with its accession as an Additional Guarantor is correct, complete and in
13


full force and effect and has not been amended or superseded as at a date no earlier than the date of its accession;

(ii)
confirming that guaranteeing or securing, as appropriate, the Total Commitments would not cause any limit binding on it to be exceeded; and

(iii)
containing a specimen signature of each person authorised by the resolution referred to in (d) above.

(f)
such documentation and other evidence needed for the Agent or any Lender to carry out and be satisfied it has complied with all necessary "know your customer" or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulation in respect of the accession of each Additional Guarantor to this Agreement.

(g)
any other document or instrument required by the Agent.
3.
Permitted Reorganisation

(a)
Evidence that PSV Guarantor A,  PSV Guarantor B and PSV Charterer Guarantor B have been established as wholly owned direct Subsidiaries of BPL;

(b)
Evidence that the PSV A SPVs have been established as wholly owned direct Subsidiaries of PSV Guarantor A;

(c)
Evidence that the PSV B SPVs have been established as wholly owned direct Subsidiaries of PSV Guarantor B;

(d)
Evidence that each of PSV Guarantor A, the PSV A SPVs, PSV Guarantor B, the PSV B SPVs, PSV Charterer Guarantor A and PSV Charterer Guarantor B have acceded to the Facility Agreement in accordance with its terms as Additional Guarantors;

(e)
Each Share Pledge Agreement (other than the Crew Holdco Share Pledge) duly executed by the relevant Obligor together with all notices, acknowledgements and other ancillary documents required pursuant to the terms of each such Share Pledge Agreement; and

(f)
The Legal Opinions referred to at paragraph 5 below in agreed form.
4.
Vessels

(a)
Such evidence that the Agent may reasonably require that each of the PSV A Vessels has been transferred to the relevant PSV A SPV and each of the PSV B Vessel has been transferred to the relevant PSV B SPV including:

(i)
the deed of agreement in connection with the sale of each Vessel to the relevant Additional Guarantor;

(ii)
a copy of the bill of sale in relation to each Vessel; and

(iii)
a copy of the duly executed protocol of delivery and acceptance in relation to each Vessel.
14



(b)
Evidence by way of a transcript of registry issued by the relevant ship register that each Vessel is registered in the name of the relevant PSV A SPV or PSV B SPV, free from encumbrances other than the relevant Mortgage, and that the Mortgage has been registered in favour of the Agent on first priority.

(c)
In respect of NAO Viking only, such documents or evidence in connection with the bareboat registration of the vessel in the Bermudan Ship Register as the Agent may reasonably require and in respect of each of NAO Guardian, NAO Horizon, NAO Galaxy and NAO Power, such documents or evidence in connection with the bareboat registration of each vessel in the UK Ship Register as the Agent may reasonably require.

(d)
Each Security Document (other than those received in connection with paragraph 3 above and the Crew Holdco Intercompany Loan Assignment) duly executed by the relevant Obligor together with all notices, acknowledgements and other ancillary documents required pursuant to terms of each such Security Document.

(e)
Evidence that the Finance Parties' security interests in the insurance policies required in accordance with Clause 25.2 (Insurances) have been noted in accordance with relevant notices and acknowledgements as required under the Security Documents.

(f)
Evidence that any internal bareboat Charterparty has been novated so that any such Charterparty is between the relevant PSV A SPV as owner and PSV Charterer Guarantor A as bareboat charterer in respect of the PSV A Vessels and the relevant PSV B SPV as owner and PSV Charterer Guarantor B as bareboat charterer in respect of the PSV B Vessels.

(g)
Evidence that any external Charterparty shall have been novated so any such Charterparty is between the relevant PSV A SPV as owner or PSV Charterer Guarantor A as disponent owner and the counterparty to such external charterparty in the respect of the PSV A Vessels and the relevant PSV B SPV as owner or PSV Charterer Guarantor B as disponent owner and the counterparty to such external charterparty in the respect of the PSV B Vessels.
5.
Legal opinions
Legal Opinions of legal advisors (including with limitation, special maritime counsel) to the Agent in all relevant jurisdictions.
6.
AHTS Vessels / Crew Vessels

(a)
Evidence that AHTS Holdco and Crew Holdco have been established as wholly owned direct Subsidiaries of the Borrower and that both of the AHTS SPVs have been transferred to AHTS Holdco and each of the Crew SPVs  have been transferred to Crew Holdco including:

(i)
the share purchase agreement in connection with the purchase of the shares in each of the AHTS SPVs and Crew SPVs  by  the relevant member of the Group; and
15



(ii)
Stock Transfer documentation evidencing the completion of the share purchases pursuant to the share purchase agreements referred to at paragraph (i) above.

(b)
The Crew Holdco Share Pledge duly executed by the relevant Obligor together with all notices, acknowledgements and other ancillary documents required pursuant to the terms thereof.

(c)
The Crew Holdco Intercompany Loan Assignment duly executed by the relevant Obligor together with all notices, acknowledgements and other ancillary documents required pursuant to the terms thereof.
7.
Equity Line of Credit
Evidence that the Equity Line of Credit for USD 20,000,000 has been entered into by all parties thereto and all conditions for its effectiveness have been met.
8.
Other documents and evidence

(d)
A copy of all Management Agreements including any amendments thereto.

(e)
A copy of all Charterparties including any amendments thereto.

(f)
A copy of the acceptance of appointment of any process agent required to be appointed pursuant to this Agreement.

(g)
Evidence that any costs and expenses then due from the Borrower pursuant to the terms of this Agreement have been paid or will be paid to the extent due.

(h)
A copy of any other Authorisation or other document, opinion or assurance which the Agent considers to be necessary or desirable (if it has notified the Borrower accordingly) in connection with the entry into and performance of the transactions contemplated by any Finance Document or for the validity and enforceability of any Finance Document.

(i)
Any other document or instrument reasonably required by the Agent.
16


SCHEDULE 2
Conditions Subsequent
1.
Evidence that proceeds from the first utilisation of the Equity Line of Credit have been applied to:

(i)
ensure compliance with Clause 23.2.4 (Minimum Liquidity) of the Facility Agreement in respect of BPL; and

(ii)
fund AHTS Holdco and Crew Holdco in a minimum amount of USD 2,000,000 in aggregate.
17


SIGNATURES
THE BORROWER
Nordic American Offshore Ltd.
     
     
By:
/s/ Cameron Mackey
     
Name:
Cameron Mackey
     
Title:
Chief Operating Officer
     



THE ORIGINAL GUARANTOR
Blue Power Limited
     
     
By:
/s/ Filippo Lauro
     
Name:
Filippo Lauro
     
Title:
Director
     



THE ORIGINAL LENDERS
DNB Bank ASA
     
     
By:
/s/ James Elvik-Bull
     
Name:
James Elvik-Bull
     
Title:
Attorney in Fact
     



Skandinaviska Enskilda Banken AB (Publ)
     
     
By:
/s/ James Elvik-Bull
     
Name:
James Elvik-Bull
     
Title:
Attorney in Fact
     



THE ARRANGERS
DNB Bank ASA
     
     
By:
/s/ James Elvik-Bull
     
Name:
James Elvik-Bull
     
Title:
Attorney in Fact
     
18


Skandinaviska Enskilda Banken AB (Publ)
     
     
By:
/s/ James Elvik-Bull
     
Name:
James Elvik-Bull
     
Title:
Attorney in Fact
     



THE SWAP BANKS
DNB Bank ASA
     
     
By:
/s/ James Elvik-Bull
     
Name:
James Elvik-Bull
     
Title:
Attorney in Fact
     



Skandinaviska Enskilda Banken AB (Publ)
     
     
By:
/s/ James Elvik-Bull
     
Name:
James Elvik-Bull
     
Title:
Attorney in Fact
     



THE AGENT AND SECURITY AGENT
DNB Bank ASA
     
     
By:
/s/ James Elvik-Bull
     
Name:
James Elvik-Bull
     
Title:
Attorney in Fact
     

19


Exhibit 8.1



The following is a list of the Company's significant subsidiaries as of May 15, 2018:
Company
Incorporated in
Ownership Percentage
Blue Power Limited*
Bermuda
100%
Delta Cistern V Limited*
Bermuda
100%
Sierra Cistern V Limited*
Bermuda
100%
CB Holdco Limited*
Bermuda
100%
AHTS Holdco Limited*
Bermuda
100%
Delta PSV Norway AS
Norway
100%
NAO Norway AS
Norway
100%



* Holding company for vessel-owning subsidiary.


Exhibit 12.1

CERTIFICATION OF THE PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICER


I, Emanuele Lauro, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 20-F of Nordic American Offshore Ltd. (the “Company”);

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the Company as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The Company’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the Company and have:

(a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the Company, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

(b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

(c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

(d) Disclosed in this report any change in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the period covered by the annual report that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The Company’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the Company’s auditors and the audit committee of the Company’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

(a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the Company’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date: May 15, 2019


/s/ Emanuele Lauro
Emanuele Lauro
Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer)

Exhibit 12.2

CERTIFICATION OF THE PRINCIPAL FINANCIAL OFFICER


I, Bjørn Giæver, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 20-F of Nordic American Offshore Ltd. (the “Company”);

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the Company as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The Company’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the Company and have:

(a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the Company, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

(b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

(c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

(d) Disclosed in this report any change in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the period covered by the annual report that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The Company’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the Company’s auditors and the audit committee of the Company’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

(a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the Company’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date: May 15, 2019


/s/ Bjørn Giæver
Bjørn Giæver
Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer)

Exhibit 13.1

PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICER CERTIFICATION
PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350


In connection with this Annual Report of Nordic American Offshore Ltd. (the “Company”) on Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2018 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) on or about the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Emanuele Lauro, Chief Executive Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:

(1)
The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

(2)
The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

A signed original of this written statement has been provided to the Company and will be retained by the Company and furnished to the SEC or its staff upon request.


Date: May 15, 2019


/s/ Emanuele Lauro
Emanuele Lauro
Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer)

Exhibit 13.2

PRINCIPAL FINANCIAL OFFICER CERTIFICATION
PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350


In connection with this Annual Report of Nordic American Offshore Ltd. (the “Company”) on Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2018 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) on or about the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Bjørn Giæver, Chief Financial Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:

(1)
The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

(2)
The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

A signed original of this written statement has been provided to the Company and will be retained by the Company and furnished to the SEC or its staff upon request.


Date: May 15, 2019


/s/ Bjørn Giæver
Bjørn Giæver
Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer)